A FINAl^CIAL GIBEALTAE. THE NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE IN ST. LOUIS. The printing of this volume had just been finished when the announcement was made, that the Continental National Bank had been merged into the National Bank of Commerce. We speak of these two banks on page 159 and page 172 respectively and will add here, that by this consolidation the National Bank of Commerce has become one of the giant financial institutions of the United States, its capital- amounting to seven million and its surplus also to seven million dollars, making a total of four- teen millions. As the new Board of Directors is composed of members of the two former boards and the officers remain as before, there will be no change in the policy and management of the institution, which will be conducted upon the same sagacious, progressive and libei’al basis as heretofore. AND Iron Mountain Route KNOWN AS THE, : Great Southwest System Connecting the Commercial Centers and TOf Rich Farms of JTiiOOUUIti) The Broad Wheat and Corn Fields and 1/' A IWC A C Thriving Towns of XaXAllwxaOy The Fertile River Valleys and Trade Cen- NEBRASKA, The Grand, Picturesque and Enchanting OD A TWl Scenery and the Famous Mining District of The Agricultural, Fruit, Mineral and Tim- A ‘pi/ A IMC A Q her Lands and Famous Hot Springs of . . xAIill/AllOrlOy The Beautiful Rolling Prairies and Wood- IIUTtT A AT lands of the iililiiill s ^ TERRITORY, The Sugar Plantations of . . LOUISIANA, The Cotton and Grain Fields, the Cattle T'H'YAQ Ranges and Winter Resorts of 1 £/A.r\0, Historical and Scenic . . . OLD and ^ ^ NEW MEXICO ular Winter Route to . . ARIZONA and ^ ^ CALIFORNIA. FOR DESCRIPTIVE AND ILLUSTRATED PAMPHLETS. LAND FOLDERS, ETC., ADDRESS COMPANIES’ AGENTS. C. G. WADNED, Second Vice-President, DUSSELL HARDING, H. C. TOWNSEND, Third Vice-Pres’t and Gen’l Mgr., Gen’l PassT and Ticket Agent, ST. LOUIS, MO. CITY OFFICE, S. E. COR. 6TH AND OLIVE STS. MERCANTILE, INDUSTRIALS^ PROFESSIONAL SAINT LOUIS. E. D. KARGAU. ILLUSTRATED. ST. LOUIS, MO.: NIXON-JONES PTG. CO., PRINTERS. BECKTOLD PTG AND BOOK MEG. CO., BINDERS. Entered according to Act of Congress In the OfDce of the Librarian of Congress, Washington, I). C. THE FLOWERS COLLECTION 7 7 .. TO THE MERCHANTS AND MANUFACTURERS, THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL MEN, Whose energy and ability, enterprise and perseverance have made our City what it is, and to whom St. Louis owes its growth and prosperity, its position and prominence among the great cities of America, THIS WORK IS DEDICATED. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2015 https://archive.org/details/merchantileindus01karg INDORSEMENTS The work of our fellow-citizen, Mr. E. D. Kargau, deserves special recognition and support. His connection with the daily press of this city, covering a period of more than forty years, afforded him exceptional opportunities for information regarding our financial, commercial and manufacturing interests and his book will prove of great value to all. We therefore cordially recommend his enterprise to the consid- eration and hearty assistance of our business community. The foregoing bears over two hundred signatures, including: — E. L. Adreon. M. Kotany. Altheimer Rawlings Inv. Co. Wm. H. Lee. F. W. Biebinger. Wm. J. Lemp. C. F. Blanke. Edward Mallinckrodt. Otto Bollman. Estill McHenry. Jos. W. Branch. C. F. G. Meyer. Robt. S. Brookings. E. F. W. Meyer. Adolphus Busch. Geo. H. Morgan. Murray Carleton. Chas-. Nagel. Gustav Cramer. T. K. Niedringhaus. Alex. N. DeMenil. Wm. D. Orthwein. Edw. Devoy. Peter J. Pauly, Sr. Wm. Druhe. Louis Renard. C. Marquard Foster. Clark H. Sampson. Joseph Franklin. Alex. H. Smith. Louis Fusz. Marshall S. Snow. G. W. Galbreath. Otto F. Stifel. August Gehner. Wm. Taussig. Morris Glaser. Chas. H. Teichmann. Henry C. Haarstick. Chas. F. Vogel. Richard Hospes. Festus J. Wade. R. R. Hutchinson. C. P. Walbridge. Anthony Ittner. Julius S. Walsh. Breckenridge Jones. C. M. Woodward. L. D. Kingsland. W. H. Woodward. Caspar Koehler. Wulflng, Dieckriede & Co. ■j: PEEFACE. This work, published at the suggestion of many prominent rep- resentatives of our financial, mercantile and manufacturing interests, most of whom have known the writer for more than forty years, makes no pretension to completeness, but it may nevertheless be considered a modest contribution to our local history, a true picture of our development and a faithful mirror of what Saint Louis does in the field of industry and commerce. The annexed table of contents shows the subjects of which this volume speaks, and a carefully prepared index will greatly facilitate the finding of the desired information. In placing the result of his labor — the work of one since many years deprived of his eyesight — in the reader’s hands, the author does so in the hope that it will meet with general approval and give satisfaction to all concerned. E. D. Kargau. TABLE OF CONTENTS. [For index see end of volume.] History of St. Louis 13 The Louisiana Purchase 42 The History of our World’s Fair 45 Plan and Scope of the Exposition 52 World’s Fair Officers, Directors and Committees . 55 The World’s Fair Grounds and Buildings 59 World’s Fair Architects 82 Eads Bridge and Tunnel 82 Union Station 86 The Merchants Bridge 89 Terminal Railroad Association 91 Merchants Exchange 92 History of St. Louis Mills 97 Milling and Flour Trade 101 Grain and Flour Export and Grain Trade 113 Produce, Fruit, etc 120 Meat and Provision Trade 124 Cotton Exchange 127 The Cotton Trade 128 History of the St. Louis Real Estate Exchange 132 The Real Estate Trade 134 Stock and Bond Exchange 148 Financial Institutions, Banks 157 Trust Companies 180 Fire and Life Insurance 188 Railroads 206 Ocean Passenger Traffic 213 Coal and Coke 215 The Lumber Trade 231 ( 10 ) — 11 — Sashes, Doors and Blinds 245 Furniture, Office and Store Fixtures 251 Carpets, Curtains, etc 260 Wooden Ware 263 Cooperage 267 Cars, Carriages, etc 270 The Saddlery Trade 275 Agricultural Machines and Implements 277 Metal Industry and Trade 283 Foundries and Machine Works 289 Stoves and Furnaces 300 Butchers’ Supplies 303 Hinges, Nuts and Bolts 305 Machine Saws 307 Architectural Iron Works 308 Leather, Tanning and Belting 313 Transmitters of Power — Pulleys . 315 Electric Manufacture 319 Bricks and Tiles — 323 Lime and Cement 328 Roofing 329 Street and Sewer Construction 331 Architects 332 Dentistry 337 The Musical Profession 339 Musical Instruments and Sheet Music 371 Commercial Colleges 378 The Paper Trade 380 Booksellers, Printers, Engravers and Binders 384 Publishing Firms 403 Advertising Agencies 406 Dry Plates and Photographers’ Supplies 409 Opticians’, Artists’ Supplies, etc 416 Physicians’ and Surgeons’ Supplies 419 Drugs and Chemicals 422 Paints, Oils and Colors 434 Mineral and Soda Water 441 The Dairy Industry 449 — 12 — Bakeries 451 The Hardware Trade 459 Clippies Station 462 The Grocery Trade 467 Soap Manufacture 488 Cigar Manufacture 490 Cigar and Paper Boxes 491 The Brewing Industry 496 Malt, Hops and Brewers’ Supplies 528 Highwine, Liquors and Wine 536 Table Supplies, Restaurants and Public Resorts 550 Florists 556 Dry Goods 558 Cloaks and Suits 565 Watches and Jewelry 577 China, Glass and Queensware 582 Toys, Notions, Fireworks and Rubber Goods 583 Millinery 585 Hats and Caps 589 Embroidery and Embroidery Silks 592 The Clothing Manufacture and Trade 595 Boots and Shoes 607 APPENDIX. Our Congressmen 609 The Municipal Administration 613 The Public Schools 633 Washington University 636 Libraries 639 The Daily Press 641 St. Louis Post Office 648 Index 651 HISTORY OF ST. LOUIS. ^NE hundred and thirty-nine years is a long time, espe- cially in a country which, in comparison with the old world, must still be considered young. St. Louis is, therefore, one of the oldest cities on the North-Ameri- can Continent, as one hundred and thirty-nine years have elapsed since the first white man set his foot upon the west- ern shore of the Mississippi at a point where the block house was built which became the nucleus of a traders’ post, and later on of a small village, from which the fourth largest city in the United States emanated. It was in December, 1763, when Pierre Liguest Laclede, com- ing up the river, landed here with a few companions and after reconnoitering the terrain, selected the place as a suitable location for a traders’ post. A year before the firm of Maxent, Laclede & Co. in New Orleans had been established and the exclusive privilege given them by the French Colonial Government, to trade with the Indians in what was called the Missouri River country. The party remained only a few days, after which they went to Fort Chartres, a French military post east of the Mississippi, for winter quarters. In the following spring Auguste Chouteau, then a mere boy of only fourteen years, was sent here with a few men by Laclede, his step-father, to make the necessary preparations for the trading post. He built a block house where is now the inter- section of Main and Walnut streets, to which another and larger one was added after the arrival of Laclede, who came a couple of months later. This second house served for a dwelling and ware- house purposes and for Laclede’s headquarters, from which he always started on his regular expeditions to the various Indian tribes, with whom he traded. Laclede gave the colony its name in honor of King Louis XV. of France, but young Chouteau is and must be considered the founder of St. Louis, as the former — 14 — left everything in the latter’s care, reserving to himself only a supervising control. Laclede died in 1788 and from that time on all authority over the settlement and its inhabitants was vested in Auguste Chouteau, who never misused his power, enjoyed the fullest confidence of all and did much for the common good. His death occurred in 1828, in the seventy-ninth year of his life. The inhabitants of St. Louis in that period were simple, unsophisticated, good-natured men and women, living together in harmony and peace. They divided the land among themselves, I cultivated the soil by assisting each other, and if one became unable to work his neighbors lent him a helping hand. One of their chief duties, to which they faithfully adhered, was the mutual protection and defense against thievish and hostile Indians. Their principal safeguard consisted in a palisade, which they had erected in the rear of the two streets running parallel with the river. The great value and importance of this palisade was best proven during the attack upon the settlement, made by about fifteen hundred Indians on the 26th of May, 1780. The Indians had crossed the river during the night, fastened their canoes where is now Bissell’s Point, and had hidden them- selves in the woods which surrounded the common fields, where a large number of men, women, and children worked as usual on a bright summer day, without the least suspicion of the near danger. It was about 10 o’clock in the forenoon, when the Indians broke through the trees with their infernal yell, killing and wounding all who were unable to escape their brutal pur- suers. As soon as those in the village became aware of what was going on, resistance quickly began; everybody armed him- self with his gun or pistol. Auguste Chouteau and his brother Pierre took command and when the redskins approached they were met on all sides with such a fusillade, that they hastily retreated, taking with them their killed and wounded and about thirty men and women from the village as prisoners. Of the villagers nearly forty men, women and children, had been killed, a still larger number wounded, and as only a few of those captured succeeded in escaping and returning home, the fate of the others never became known and caused lifelong anxiety among their families and friends. The Indians had expected to have a walk-over and — 15 — were greatly disappointed in being repulsed in such a manner; the result of this was that they never afterwards repeated such an undertaking — the “braves'’ had found out to their surprise and dismay that there were still braver men in the little colony. Stealing and pilfering was nevertheless continued by them for many years, and once in a while a dead Indian was discovered in some yard whose owner had made good use of his rifle. The French Government had by a secret treaty in 1763 ceded all its territory west of the Mississippi to Spain, but it was not before 1765 that the Spanish government took possession of what was called the Louisiana Territory ; at the end of the century France became once more the owner, but Napoleon the First was always in fear that England would not tolerate the arrangement and make it perhaps a casus belli; and prompted by this appre- hension he entered into negotiations with the government of the United States, which led to the purchase of the Louisiana Territory. The transfer took place in December, 1803, in which month the French colonial government in New Orleans ceased to exist and that of this country became its successor. It was on the 9th of March, 1804, when St. Louis witnessed the lowering of the French tricolor and the hoisting of the stars and stripes, whereupon the French military and civil officers were replaced by Americans. The representatives of the Spanish government who had resided here from 1765 to 1801, had always been on the best of terms with the almost exclusively French inhabitants ; the officers and soldiers of the garrison had never given cause for complaint, and the same was the case with their successors from France, who left in the spring of 1804. The old French settlers were now American citizens and in the beginning more or less displeased with the change, but they soon became reconciled ; they did not give up their manners and customs, retained their mode of living, the social features inherited from their ancestors, and were soon content with the new order of things. The population amounted in 1804 to about 1000'; in 1808 nearly 1400; a year later the town of St. Louis was incorporated, fol- lowed by the election of town trustees. The first city charter was granted in 1823, in which year the population had reached 4000. Dr. William Carr Lane, the first mayor, was re-elected — 16 — for five consecutive terms, and after an interruption of nine years, for three more, altogether eight times, no doubt a rare occurrence in the history of American cities. The term of municipal officers was at that time limited to one year. St. Louis was during the first four decades hardly more than j a trader’s post, but its commerce gained greater dimensions, and this brought an influx of French colonists from Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and Michigan, and, by and by, of Americans from the Eastern and New England States. The original French charac- ter of the place remained intact, in spite of this, even during the J first quarter of the nineteenth century, and was not entirely lost for many years later. Most of the dwelling-houses were after the pattern of those in the smaller towns of France, one story in height, with a gable roof and a piazza, which often surrounded all four sides ; a garden in front was seldom missing, and that was sometimes quite large. They were built either of rough stones or wood, but from 1815 on brick houses were frequently built, and when all the houses were counted in 1820, the result was as follows : North of Market street, 154 of stone or brick, and 195 of wood ; south of Market street 78 of the former, and 223 of the latter kind — total, 650. The streets ran for a long time only from north to south, or, in other words, parallel with the river ; the laying out of those between east and west was com- menced after Sixth street had been reached. The growth of the population and the extension of the town brought an outspoken change in the occupation of its inhabitants ; ^ the fields, used for the culture of all sorts of grain and vegeta- '* bles, had to give way for buildings, so that the woods had to be cleared from time to time, to make room for agricultural purposes. yThe cultivation of the soil was entirely given up by many to become tradesmen or to engage in other pursuits. Trading with the Inr dians was, in course of time, entirely left to the Newfoundland Fur Company, at the head of which the Chouteaus and Johann Jacob Astor of New York stood, and from 1819 on to the Mis- souri Fur Company. The merchants of the early period kept their stock of goods, nearly all of which came from the East, in their residences, and sometimes in large boxes standing in front of them, which were unlocked when a customer came. Think of — 17 — a wholesale dry goods merchant, whose stock was kept in this manner, and the palatial business houses of to-day in the wholesale district ! The means of traffic were of an equally primitive character, and so was the postal service in those days. The first post office, established in 1804, consisted of a small room in the postmaster’s residence, northwest corner Third and Elm streets, and was removed later on to South Main street. The “postrider,” who brought the mail twice a week from the Eastern and Middle States (mail connection with the West did not exist at all), was an important person; after his arrival, everybody who was some- body went to the post office to call for letters and newspapers, and after horse and rider had taken the necessary rest and the merchants had handed in their letters in answer to those received, the mail pouch was closed and sent off with the return- ing rider. The list of uncalled-for letters was written out by the postmaster once a month and nailed on the outside of the door; this custom ceased after the establishment of a newspaper (1808), whereupon the list was published every three months. After two more removals, first to the corner of Second and Chestnut, then to 2 k — 18 — Chestnut between Third and Fourth streets, the building on the southeast corner of Third and Olive was erected by the Govern- ment, and occupied by the Post Office, Custom House and the Fed- eral courts from 1853 to 1884, in which year the transfer to the present quarters, covering the block between Olive and Locust, Eighth and Ninth streets, took place. It may not be without interest to know how the various pursuits — commercial, industrial and professional — were rep- resented in earlier days, and we select for this purpose the year 1820. The town had at that time 4 bakers, 6 butchers, 5 grocers (most of whom sold also wine and liquor), 1 brewery, 46 dealers in products and merchandise of all sorts, 12 tailors, 3 hatters, 13 shoemakers, 2 confectioners, 6 cabinet makers, 28 carpenters, 14 masons, 3 stone-cutters, 10 painters and glaziers, 9 black- smiths, 1 nail maker, 1 locksmith, 4 coopers, 4 wagon makers, 1 tanner, 2 brick makers, 2 potters, 5 watch makers, 4 hair- dressers and barbers, 1 coach manufacturer, 3 soap and candle ( makers, 3 druggists, 13 physicians and 3 midwives. Legislation must have been rather brisk, as there were 27 lawyers more or less busy all the year around ; there were 3 auctioneers of real estate, 1 bookseller, 3 weekly newspapers, 1 portrait painter, 6 livery stables, a number of taverns (called coffee houses) and inns, three of which were styled hotels. Musicians were in abundance and had a good deal to do, as dancing was much indulged in, balls and parties being the principal entertainment at that time, aside from billiard playing, a favorite pastime, for which five billiard tables were provided in public resorts. The first church was built in 1770 after the arrival of two or three Catholic priests from Kaskaskia; it was not a very large blockhouse put up on the northwest corner of Second and Walnut street. The first cathedral was erected in 1818 on Walnut street on the site of the present one, built in 1837. There existed no graveyard before 1776; the dead were buried in the neighborhood of the dwellings, in gardens and yards until the aforesaid year, in which a churchyard was laid out along Second street between the little church and Market street. It remained there till 1828, in which year the coffins were transferred to a new cemetery at what is now — 19 — the intersection of Franklin avenue and Twenty-second street. The St. Francis Xavier church, in charge of the Jesuit fathers of the St. Louis University, was built on Ninth street and what is now Lucas avenue, and dedicated in 184.3 ; St. Mary’s and St. Joseph church, both German, were opened for service in 1844 and 1846 respec- tively, St. Patrick’s and St. Vincent’s in 1845 and St. Peter and Paul in 1854. These are the oldest Catholic churches in the city. The first Protestants in Missouri were Baptists and their first church in this city was built in 1818 on the southwest corner of Third and Market streets ;this congregation comprised only very few members and dissolved in 1832 principally because their house of worship had partly been condemned by the city, when Market street was widened. The second Baptist congregation was organized in 1835 and bought, in 1836, the Episcopal church on Third and Chest- nut streets; the third English and the first German of this denom- ination were both built in 1850 on Fourteenth and Clark avenue and Fourteenth and Carr street respectively. The first Methodist Episcopal congregation was founded in 1821, hut went out of ex- istence in 1845 after the secession of a part of the members, the split being caused by the dissenting views on the slavery question, whereby the Methodist Episcopal South church was formed. The first Methodist (North) church after this separation was built in 1852; the first North Methodist congregation of any conse- quence was organized in 1862 in the former Presbyterian church on Eleventh and Locust streets and had within a short time 400 members. The first Methodist Episcopal church was a rather small building, on Fourth and Myrtle, and replaced in 1835 by a larger one on Fourth street and Washing- ton avenue, where the congregation worshiped up to 1854, in which year the then completed new edifice, on the northeast cor- ner of Eighth and Washington avenue, was inaugurated. The St. Paul congregation erected a chapel near the Mound in 1838, and the Centenarian church was built in 1844 on the southwest corner of Fifth and Pine streets. The Presbyterians had no church of their own until 1826, the second followed in 1832 and stood on the corner of Fifth and Walnut streets, where now the Temple building stands ; the first Presbyterian congregation abandoned its down-town location in 1847, after building a new — 20 — church on Fourteenth and Lucas place, now the Germania The- ater. The first Episcopal church was built on the corner of Third and Chestnut in 1829, and was the predecessor of Christ Church Cathedral, on Thirteenth and Locust; a second one, the St. Paul’s, was erected in 1839, on Fifth and Wash streets, where it remained till 1859, in which year the church on Seventeenth and Locust was dedicated. The Unitarians erected their first church, the Church of the Messiah, 1836, at Fourth and Pine, and a much larger one, in 1851, on Ninth and Olive, which was sold in 1879, some time previous to the inauguration of their new church on Garrison avenue and Locust street. The First Congrega- tional church emanated from the Third Presbyterian (organized 1842) in 1852 ; they bought the building belonging to the latter, located on Sixth between Wash street and Franklin avenue, which was vacated after seven years, and a new church on Tenth and Locust substituted in 1860. The Church of the Holy Ghost, the first German Protestant church, dates back to 1834 ; it stood first on Seventh and Myrtle streets, but was soon replaced by a larger one on Eighth and Walnut. The first two Evangelical churches, St. Marks and St. Petri, were built in 1843 on Soulard and Carr streets respectively, and then followed, in 1848, the St. Paul’s on Ninth street near Lafayette avenue. The Evangelical Lutherans (Saxons) wor- shiped for several years in a Baptist church, but erected one for their own use in 1842 on Lombard, now Papin, between Third and Fourth streets. This was the Trinity church, replaced in 1865 by the present one, corner of Eighth and Lafayette ; the second, Immanuel’s Church, was erected in 1848 at Eleventh street and Franklin avenue; it was entirely destroyed by fire in 1865, whereupon a new edifice was built on Sixteenth and Morgan ■streets. The United Hebrew congregation was organized in 1839 and purchased, after worshiping in several rented places, in 1855, the old Benton schoolhouse on Sixth near Locust street and remodeled it for divine service ; the congregation remained here until the new temple, corner Twenty-first and Olive, was finished in 1880. Another Jewish congregation was formed in 1840, called the Bnai El; their first temple, on Sixth near Cerre street, was replaced by their present house of worship on Chouteau — 21 — avenue near Eleventh street. The reform element in these two congregations seceded in 1868, organized a third and built a temple on Seventeenth and Pine, known as Shaare Emeth, and from this latter emanated in turn the Temple Israel congregation in 1887. The constant growth of the population caused, naturally, the forming of new congregations, and the addition of new churches of all denominations, and their total number amounts now to over three hundred and fifty. There are two Free- thinkers societies in the city, one in North and one in South St. Louis, the former since 1850, the latter of more recent date, the members of both being exclusively Germans. The Ethical Society was organized in 1887 after the principles laid down by Dr. Felix Adler of New York, the founder of the first Ethical Culture Society. Congress donated, in 1812, to the towns and villages in Missouri, certain sections of government land, the income from which was to be applied to the foundation and maintenance of public schools aside from a school tax to be levied and paid by every taxpayer, but the first school heard of in St. Louis was not created before the year 1833, and even then five more years elapsed until the^ first money became available for school purposes, whereupon 4000 dollars were appropriated for the building of two school- houses, one on Fourth and Spruce and the other on Third and Cherry streets (now Franklin avenue). Both were opened in 1838 with one male and one female teacher in each. The present number of public schools is 125, fourteen of which are for col- ored children; and the total number of teachers, 1700. The parochial schools, which the church congregations support, are of an earlier date than the public schools ; the school attached to the Cathedral was the first and followed by other Catholic schools in the various parishes ; and there is a large number of Protestant schools (Evangelical and Evangelical Lutheran) in connection with the respective churches in existence. The first higher educational institute was established in 1819, by Bishop Rossatti, but was kept up only a few years. The St. Louis Univer- sity was founded in 1829 by a number of Jesuit fathers from Bel- gium ; the buildings covered by-aud-by the double block bounded by Ninth and Eleventh streets, Washington and Lucas avenues. — 22 — and remained there until 1888, in which year the new building on Grand and Lindell avenues was inaugurated. Professor Edward Wyman opened Wyman’s Academy on Fourth and Olive in 1843, and transferred it in 1861 to Sixteenth and Pine streets, changing its name to City University which ceased to exist in 1867. The Christian Brothers College was established in 1850, by some members of the order, who had come here from France at the request of Archbishop Kenrick; it remained on Eighth and Cerre streets till 1882, when the Brothers took possession of their new building on King’s Highway and Easton avenue. The Deutsche Institute, a High School for boys, was founded in the beginning of the fifties on South Third near Elm street and went out of ex- istence some twenty years later. Washington University was founded in 1853 and added in course of time a Law School, the Mary Institute, Smith’s Academy, and in 1880 a Manual Training School ; it includes now the two Medical Colleges mentioned further on. The Concordia College on Jefferson avenue, a seminary in which young men are fitted out for the Evangelical Lutheran pulpit, was established in 1850, and its adjunct, the Walther College, soon after; the latter was in 1890 removed to the block between Eighth and Paul, Hickory street and Chouteau avenue. The High School, belonging to the Public Schools, began oj^eratlons in 1853 in a room of the old Benton School on north Sixth near Locust street, where it remained for only one year, during which an appropriate building was erected on the northeast corner of Fifteenth and Olive streets, which was replaced in 1893 by the present one located on Grand near Finney avenue. Our city has a great number of higher schools for girls and young ladies, the oldest of which is the Sacred Heart Convent, established in 1827 by the Sisters of Notre Dame on the con- vent grounds bounded by Fifth and Sixth, Labadie (now La Salle), and Hickory streets, where it remained till 1872, in which year they removed to their new possession, called Maryville, on Meramec street ; a branch institute was opened in 1893 on Taylor and Maryland avenues. The next oldest, the St. Joseph’s Convent in Carondelet, dates back to 1836. The Convent of the Visitation, from 1846 to 1858 located on South Ninth street and from the latter — 23 — year till 1893 on Twentieth and Cass avenue, occupies since then its new quarters in Cabanne Place. The Ursuline Sisters came here in 1848 and kept for two years a school in a rented house near the French Market till their convent on Twelfth street and Russell avenue was built. The other convents are of more recent date. The Mary Institute, a branch of Washington University, was es- tablished in 1859, occupied until 1878, a building on Lucas Place near Fourteenth, then on Locust and Beaumont and will soon remove to Lindell Boulevard. Hosmer Hall was for many years located at 2812-14 Locust street and removed some }’ears ago to 4296 Washington avenue. Forest Park University for women, south of Forest Park, is the offspring or more correctly the succes- sor of Kirkwood Seminary, organized in 1861, and after thirty years’ existence followed by the present institution, the first of its kind in the United States. The Missouri Medical College, the oldest in the city, was founded in 1840 by Dr. McDowell, by whose name it was gener- ally signified ; the building, northwest corner Eighth and Gratiot streets, was his property, and he being an outspoken secessionist, it was confiscated by the Government soon after the breaking out of the civil war and used as a military prison until 1865, where- upon it was again used for its original purpose up to 1874 ; it was then removed to Twenty-third and Locust, later on to Twenty- seventh and Lucas avenue, and in 1899 consolidated with Wash- ington University. The St. Louis Medical College, established in 1847 by Dr. Chas. A. Pope, and for many years called Pope’s Col- lege, stood at the intersection of Seventh street and Clark avenue, but was transferred in 1890 to Eighteenth and Locust street and is now likewise a part of Washington University. The Humboldt In- stitute existed from 1859 to 1869, was conducted after thes ystem of medical schools in Germany, and first located on Ninth near Walnut, afterwards on Fourteenth street opposite the City Hos- pital. The College of Physicians and Surgeons, Beaumont, Barnes, Marion-Sims and the Homeopathic Medical College originated in later years. Up to 1818 a policeman or anything like it was unknown; previous to that time the only preservator of law and order was^ a one-armed constable. In the year named a nightwatch was — 24 — organized consisting of six men and a captain, who also acted as market master and town register ; this very primitive state of affairs remained till 1839, in which year the number of men was raised to sixty; it was their duty to call out the hours, give the alarm in case of a fire by blowing a Lorn, and to arrest everybody found in the street after 9 o’clock in winter and 10 o’clock in summer, who could not give a satisfactory account for being out. Constant patroling was not expected of them, as sentry boxes were provided for their use, in which they could take a rest for a while and find shelter in inclement weather. Day police was still lacking until 1848, when seven officers and a lieutenant were appointed for duty during the day; the office of City Marshal combined with that of Chief of Police was created in 1850, which two offices were separated in 1861 by the appointment of a Chief of Police after the or- ganization of the Metropolitan Police Department. The present force comprises 1100 men, divided between a central station and eight districts or sub-stations. The extinguishing of fires was for more than fifty years left 'to the neighbors and any one who would help. A fund was raised in 1819 and two hand engines were purchased that year in Cincinnati, and this led to the formation of two volunteer fire companies, one in the northern and one in the southern part of the town, but they dissolved after a few years; a new company was organized in 1826, and their engine was stationed in the market-house, on Market street and the Levee ; another followed in 1829 ; but both existed only till 1831. The formation of regular volunteer com- panies began in 1832, and there were a goodly number of them in course of time ; the engines were drawn to the place of the fire by long ropes, of which the men took hold, and there was a great rivalry between the companies as to which would arrive first and receive the five dollars premium paid by the city ; fights on this account were of frequent occurrence, the rivalry went even so far as to lead to incendiaries at a certain moment, to enable this or that company to arrive before any other. The first steam en- gine was bought in 1855, and caused such a jealousy among the volunteer firemen that they lost all their former energy and am- — 25 — bilion, so that one company after the other went out of service, and all were replaced by the paid fire department, organized by the city in 1858. The department consists now of one chief en- gineer, nine assistants, and a corps of nearly 500 firemen, with thirty-nine engines and hose carriages, a sufficient number of coal wagons, eleven hook and ladder apparatus, and two water towers. The salvage corps, an efficient accessory of the department, was organized in 1874, and has now three stations in different parts of the city ; its costs are defrayed by the insurance companies, and not by the city, and its duties consist in the protection of merchandife, furniture, etc., against damage by fire and water. Until 1830 fire alarms were given by horn signals and the cry of “ fire ; ” from that year on by strokes from a bell in the tower of St. Xavier’s church, at that time ihe highest in the city, two men being employed for that purpose; the telegraph system for the announcement of fires was introduced in 1858, with forty-five alarm boxes. They number now nearly 1000, with more than 1800 miles of wire. The police telegraph comprises at present 250 boxes, 430 telephones, and 22 operators. St. Louis became a city in 1823, with a north, middle, and south ward, which were changed into four wards in 1833, with three representatives for each in the City Council. The addition of new wards caused usually a change in the number of new rep- resentatives in the municipal legislature, which sometimes con- sisted of only one body, and sometimes of two branches, which is the case since 1877. In 1870 the city was divided into twelve wards. The present city charter was adopted in 1876 and the separation of the city from the county took place the same year, whereupon Clayton became the county seat of the new St. Louis County. The sum of 18,000 dollars was appropriated fora City Hall in 1828 and a two-story brick building erected on the site of the old mai’ket house between Market and Walnut, Main street and the Levee, of which the lower floor was still used as a market house and only the upper story for municipal offices. The city sold this building in 1855 to the Merchants’ Exchange, who had it taken dowrr to make room for what is now the old Merchants’ Exchange, vacated in 1874. The city offices were transferred into a three-story brick house on the — 26 — south side of Chestnut between Main and Second street and again removed in 1863 to the north wing of the Court- house rented for that purpose from the county. The barn like structure between Eleventh and Twelfth, Market and Chestnut street, now known as the-old City Hall, was built at an outlay of 70,000 dollars and was used from 1877 till 1898. The new City Hall, standing on what used to be Washington Square, was com- menced in 1890, but its interior is not completely finished and the two million dollars so far expended will not be sufficient to finish it. The construction of streets, sidewalks and wagon roads began Jm 1818. The first city engineer was appointed in 1828 and placed at the head of the street department, which now stands under the control of the Board of Public Improvements, organized in 1877, and embracing the street, water, sewer, harbor and park com- missioners, appointed by the mayor for a term of four years, and a president elected by public vote every six years. The sewer system, whose net of subterranean canals is constantly extended, was commenced in 1849, and is one of the principal sources of the excellent sanitary condition for which St. Louis is justly known. The first water works, commenced in 1831 at Ashley and Collins streets by two contractors, were not completed on account of financial difficulties, so that the city had to pur- chase them in 1835 ; they were finished at a cost of $54,000. More pumps were added in course of time and the reservoirs built in 1846, which furnished half a million gallons water per day. The erection of larger water works at Bissell’s Point began in 1868, for which purpose the city issued three millions in bonds; these works supplied, in 1872, forty million gallons in 24 hours. Compton Hill reservoir, from which the southern part of the city is supplied, was built in 1868. These works became inadequate and the necessity of larger ones more obvious from year to year, so that the erection of a new plant at the Chain of Rocks was commenced in 1887, whose daily capacity will amount to one hundred million gallons ; a part of them is in operation since 1894, but it will be some time before they are entirely completed. Another reservoir is now in course of con- struction in Baden to supply the entire northwestern part of the city. CITY HALL. 28 — The first hospital was established in 1828 by three or four sisters of Charity, who had come here from France ; it was a four-room house on the south side of Spruce, between Third and Fourth streets, but had soon to be enlarged, so that a massive four-story building was erected in 1832, covering more than half the block and known as the Sisters or the Mullanphy Hospital, Mr. Bryan Mullanphy being the donor of the ground and principal contributor to the cost of the building. It re- mained there till 1874 in which year the Sisters went into their new hospital on Montgomery street near Grand .avenue. In 1840 the erection of a City hospital was begun on the double block bounded by Lafayette avenue, Carroll, Fourteenth and Grattan streets. The first patients were received in 1846, but as only ninety patients could be accommodated, additions were made from time to time. A fire destroyed all the buildings in 1856, whereupon larger ones were immediately constructed, which again met with total destruction by a cyclone on the twenty-seventh of May, 1896, since which time the former Con- vent of the Good Shepherd, corner Seventeenth and Pine streets, serves as a “ temporary ” hospital. Quarantaine Hos- pital was, until 1854, on Arsenal Island, was then removed below Jefferson Barracks and is now used by the city authorities as a hospital for contagious diseases, especially smallpox patients. The United States Government established its Marine Hospital in 1858 ; in the same year two others were opened, the Good Samaritan (chiefly supported by German Protestants) and the Evangelical Lutheran; St. John’s, 1861; St. Luke’s, 1865; the Alexian Brothers’, 1870; St. Mary’s Infirmary and the City’s Female Hospital, 1872, complete the list of the older institutions of this kind ; at present there are thirty-three public and eight private hospitals in the city. The St. Vincent’s Insane Asylum on Ninth and Marion streets, opened in 1858, and managed by the Sisters of Charity, was removed in 1895 to new quarters, the property of the Sisterhood, built eight miles from the city on the line of the Wabash Railroad. The county erected like- wise in 1858 an Insane Asylum in the southwestern part of the city near Manchester Road which came into possession of the city at the separation from the county in 1876. — 29 — The first market house was built as early as 1812 at the foot of Market street. Wednesday and Saturday were the market days, and the market kept open from sunrise till 10 o’clock in the fore- noon. The City Market was established, 1832, on Third between Morgan and Green streets, now Lucas avenue; it was taken down in 1868 and replaced by the Union Market. The French, or Convent Market, at the junction of Fourth and fifth streets, was built in 1839 by a private corporation, to which it still belongs. Soulard Market was also established as a private enterprise ( 1848), but was acquired by the city in 1854, considerably enlarged in 1865 ; the tornado of 1896 destroyed the western half of the building, and it has not been reconstructed. Lucas Market was abolished in 1882 ; it had been erected in 1845, in the middle of Twelfth, occupying the space between Olive and Chestnut streets. Mound Market, on Cass avenue and Fifth street, existed, from 1843 to 1868; Sturgeon Market, from 1851 to 1897; Center Market, established in 1856, covered the block between Seventh and Eighth, Spruce and Poplar streets, and was sold in 1882 to make room for Cupple’s Station, which by this time extended almost to Eleventh street. The Round-Top Market, so called on account of its cupola-like roof, was built in 1857, but is no longer used. Biddle Market was establislied about 1858 by a private corporation between Biddle and O’Fallon, Thirteenth and Four- teenth streets. The South St. Louis Market belongs to the city since the aunexatiou of Carondeletin 1870. Several small market houses for instance, the Allen, St. George, Washington, Carr, etc., ceased to exist in course of time. The two oldest parks are the Dakota, for which the town trus- tees of Carondelet destined a part of tl;e common fields in 1812, and the Jackson Place, donated to the town of St. Louis by some land owner in 18 16 ; the next oldest are the Gravois and the Laclede parks, with the exception of Jackson Place all in the southern part of the city. The new City Hall stands on what used to be Washington Square, in olden times a nice park, vyhich lost all attraction through the neighborhood of the Four Courts. The first appropriation for Lafayette Park was made in 1857 ; it be- longs to the city, but stands not under the control of the Park Commissioner, having a superintendent of its own under the di- — 30 — rection of a separate board of three citizens living in the park district, which for naany years paid a special tax to assist in its maintenance. The Carr family donated Carr Square to the city in 1842, but it was not laid out until many years later. The ground for Hyde Park was purchased by the city in 1854, but it became attractive only after the end of the civil war. The present Benton Park was originally in part a city cemetery, and work for park purposes began 18G6. The United States Govern- ment gave a part of the Arsenal ground to the city in 1871 for the Lyon Park, and Henry Shaw donated in the same year Tower Grove Park to the city ; the latter bought, 1874, the land for Forest, O’Fallon and Carondelet parks. St. Louis Park, for- merly called St. Louis Place, was donated by the several real estate owners of North St. Louis, but not laid out for a number of years. The city became the owner of the Missouri Botanical Gardens by the last will and testament of Mr. Henry Shaw in 1889, who also left a part of his real estate to the municipality, the income from which to be used for the maintenance of the Gardens. J it was in 1823 that the city authorities forbade further inter- ments within the city limits, which at that time meant east of Seventh street, south of Biddle street and north of the Mill Creek. The few graveyards within this territory were accordingly closed and new ones laid out in the common fields. They were located in various parts of what was at that time called country, but what now and since quite a while constitutes busy thoroughfares and residence districts. Bellefontaine Cemetery was opened in 1851 and Calvary in 1863 ; the latter is an exclusively Catholic burial ground, the former receives the dead irrespective of creed, and both number among the largest and most beautiful cemeteries in America. Several graveyards belonging to Protestant congrega- tions and Catholic parishes are located in the outskirts of the city, likewise the Jewish cemeteries. The crematory in the southwest- ern part of the city, one of the very few so far existing in the United States, was built in 1888 by an association organized for that purpose, which has slowly but constantly grown in member- ship. — 31 — The first court house, a very primitive one, stood on Third near Myrtle street and had been built in 1817, later on the house on the southwest corner of Third and Market streets was used for that purpose. Here its offices remained until 1826, in which year a small building was placed upon one corner of the present court house square ; the corner-stone for the present one was laid in 1839, but work was not commenced until 1851, and COURT HOUSE. the structure not completed before 1862, the total cost amount- ing to $1,200,000. Two Circuit Courts for the whole State were created, with St. Louis as the seat of one of them three courts were established in its place in 1840, viz. : The Common Pleas the Law Commissioner’s and the Land Court, which in turn were succeeded, in 1865, by three circuit judges, and this number was, in course of time, first charged to five, and later on to — 32 — seven. The Criminal Court was created in 1842, and had a sep- arate judge up to 1895, from which year on the circuit judges occupy the criminal bench in rotation. The Court of Appeals was organized in 1876 to relieve the State Supreme Court of a part of its duties. The building known as the Four Courts was erected in 1871 by the old St. Louis County, and became the city’s property five years later; it contains the headquarters of the police department, a police station, the Criminal Court, the Court of Criminal Correction, the Police Court and the jail. Until the completion of the building the police headquarters were located on Chestnut between Second and Third streets, the jail and city prison on the site where now the Laclede Hotel stands. The Probate Court dates back to 1807, but was reor- ganizi'd in 1841, serving till 1876 for county and city, since then only for the latter. The river trade of St. Louis is no longer what it used to be ; its prestige waned when the railroad era began ; it stood at its height in the forties, fifties and sixties, during which period an uninterrupted line of steamboats occu- pied every foot along the lauding from Biddle street on the north to Chouteau avenue on the south, and often a boat had to wait for th3 departure of another one before it could approach the wharf. These were the golden times for passen- gers and freight traffic on the Mississippi between St. Paul and New Orleans, and St. Louis was the center of the immense trade of the Mississippi Valley and the western and southwestern country tributary to the city. The steamboat interest was of the greatest prominence ; millions were invested in it and millions made by it. The owners and captains of the floating palaces pla 3 'ed a conspicuous I’ole in our commercial circles, but their halcyon days came to an end with the continued extension of the railroad system of the country. There were no railroads in Missouri during the first half of the century, and it was not before the beginning of the fifties that steps were taken to build them. The Missouri Pacific, the Iron Mountain and the North Missouri (now Wabash West) were put in operation between 1852 and 1855 ; each of them had its own depot until the erection of the first Union Depot 33 — at Twelftli and Poplar streets in 1874. Tbe railroads which connected St. Louis with the Eastern, Middle and Northern States terminated on the eastern shore of the Mississippi, and had their passenger and freight depots in East St. Louis until the completion of the Eads Bridge and Tunnel, which were inaugurated on the fourth of July, 1874. Up to that time pai «engers and freight were brought across the river by ferry boats. To show what great traffic was carried on in this •way we can state that in the middle of the sixties from lorty to fifty large buses transferred from 1,000 to 1,500 railroad passengers to and from East St. Louis, about €00 big transfer wagons took the freight over in both directions and 200 loaded farmer wagons came in on an average every day across tbe river. All this became obsolete when the central depot system went into force. The first on Twelfth street was abolished in 1894, in which year our magnificent Union Station, unsurpassed by any central railroad depot in this coun- try, was opened. The Merchants’ Bridge, built in 1889, connects a number of railroads with Union Station by an elevated road. The many tracks running from the exit of the tunnel on Eighth street an a western direction made the building of bridges over a number of streets a necessity, as without them all communication betwee*" north and south, west of Seventh street, would have become in.- possible ; the city erected, therefore, with the financial assistance of the railroad companies, a number of bridges, viz., over Twelfth, Fourteenth, Eighteenili, Twenty-first streets, Jefferson and Grand avenues, and it is only a question of time when additional ones will be needed. The growth of the city made means of transportation for longer distances necessary and the appearance of the first omnibus in 1844 was hailed with delight; it went up and down Olive between Fourth and Twelfth street from 7 o’clock in the morning till to the close of the theaters, aud’was driven by its owner, Erastus Wells, afterwards president of the City Council and Congress- man ; another omnibus ran on Market street, one on Franklin avenue, and these were soon followed by several others run. ning between the northern and southern part of the city, even as far as Carondelet. This method prevailed for 3k — 34 — fifteen years, and was abandoned in 1859, when it wa& succeeded by the street railroad cars, the first of which was in operation on Olive street, but not further west than Twelfth. The Market street line was opened the same year to Thirteenth street; the line on Fourth and Chouteau avenue to St. Ange was established in 1860, and in 1865 extended to Lafayette Park. Franklin avenue and Morgan street had car sei’vice in 1859, Fifth street resp. Seventh to the Arsenal about the same time. Numerous other roads sprang up in course of time, and eventually the horses and mules were placed on the retired list, making room for the cable, and later on for the elec- tric cars ; to-day there are few large cities in the world with so extensive a system of rapid transit as St. Louis. For the lighting of our streets, oil lamps did service as late as 1847, in which year a contract was made between the city and the St. Louis Gas Light Company, by which the latter was to light the streets with gas at fixed rates. It was a great event when the first gas lanterns replaced the obsolete oil lamps on the evening of the fourth of November, 1847 ; ten years later gas works were erected in Carondelet, and they are still in operation, forming a part of the Laclede Gas Light Company, which latter was organized in 1868, and later on became the purchaser of the older company. The lighting of streets by electricity was inaugurated in 1889, but a large part of the city is still lit with gas. It did not require great prophetic ability to predict even in ear- lier years the future of our city as one of the commercial centers of the United States ; its geographical location, the'waterways of the ^ Mississippi and Missouri and the tributary sections of the country with their vast agricultural products, but especially the supplying of the great western territory, contributed all together to make St. Louis the focus of trade and commerce with the West, South and Southwest ; it became still more so through the constant addition of further railroad connections. To all this came its quick devel- opment as an industrial center ; there is hardly an important branch of industry not represented in our midst, and we occupy a front rank in many, as for instance, the milling, iron and other metals, street car building, furniture, saddlery, boot and shoe, clothing manufacture, etc. The St. Louis flour is celebrated in — 35 — domestic and foreign markets ; our breweries bave made the name of this city known in every part of the globe; among the chemical factories, one is the largest in the United States ; and though the slaughtering and packing trade is no more what it used to be, it still forms an important branch of business, likewise the lumber and the cotton trade. The Merchants Exchange adopted this name in 1850, emanating from the Chamber of Commerce, or- ganized in 1836 ; the meetings were held in rented localities until 1857, in which year the building on Main between Market and MERCHANTS EXCHANGE. Walnut streets, now known as the old Merchants Exchange, was opened. The present one was inaugurated in 1875, is a very im- posing structure, whose only fault lies in its ill- chosen location. One of the principal causes for the removal of the Exchange from Main to Third street was the continued wane of the river traffic and the general exodus of business from the neighborhood of the Levee. The westward march of trade began when the wholesale firms (mostly in the dry goods, clothing and hat and cap line) left Main for Fifth sti'eet and afterwards for Wash- ington avenue ; Fourth street was deserted by the wholesale millinery and the retail dry goods houses, which also went further — 36 — west; the banks and brokers, who used to be on Third, came to Fourth and made it the Wall street of St. Louis; Olive street, once one of the favorite residence streets, became the center of our retail trade, and North Broadway underwent a similar change up to Franklin avenue; Lucas avenue, formerly called Green street and Christy avenue, is now the seat of many manufacturing aud wholesale firms. Post Office and Custom House followed suit in 1884. The northern part of the city, beginning with Cass avenue, abounds more than any other part with factories of all sorts, particularly in the furniture branch, and it is also the principal location for lumber yards ; the southern part of St. Louis has in ■course of time developed into a manufacturing district by the establishment of many industrial enterprises of importance, most of which are between the river and Broadway, on account of transportation facilities by water and railroads. The long list of great calamities, of which St. Louis became a victim from time to time, begins with the flood in 1872, followed by a second one in 1885. Like casualties occurred in 1811, 1823 and 1826 but none of them had such fearful results as the overflow of the Mississippi in 1844, when more than 500 persons had to leave their dwellings and the loss of property was very great. Further floods came in 1851, 1854, 1858, 1863, 1867, 1871, 1875 and 1876, but the damage caused by them was comparatively not very large. The entire Levee stood under water in 1881 and 1883, likewise in 1892, in which year this side of the river suffered only little damage, when to the contrary the loss on the Illinois shore amounted to almost ten million dollars. Large conflagrations were so numerous in course of time that rmention can be made only of those whereby the losses amounted rto 300,000 dollars and more. The most terrible of all of them ■happened on the seventeenth and eighteenth of May, 1849, when the fire broke out in one of the boats in the harbor, other iboats were caught by the flames and the Levee being covered with cotton bales, hemp, hogsheads of sugar and all kinds of merchandise the flames spread soon to the buildings on the Levee and from there further west causing the destruction of dwellings and business houses in fifteen blocks between Locust and Elm, Third street and the Levee with a loss of over six — 37 — million dollars. The “ City Buildings ” on the Levee between Market and Walnut streets burned down in November, 1856, loss- $300,000 ; a loss of $350,000 was incurred by the destruction of Fagin and McQueen’s pork house (O’Fallon and Main) in 1873, and the Collier’s White Lead Factory on Clark avenue in 1881. Fires in which numbers of large business houses were- totally or nearly destroyed happened as follow's : On the west side of Main between Pine and Olive, in 1868, with a loss of 750,000 dollars; in April, 1879, on Washington avenue, Broad- way and St. Charles street, loss, 450,000 dollars ; in May of the same year on the west side of Broadway from Locust half a block northward; in November, 1891, over a million dollars worth of property was destroyed on both sides of Broadway between Morgan street and Franklin avenue, and exactly the same locality, including both sides of Fourth street even up to Third became the victim of a terrible fire in December, 1899, the losses amounting to several millions; in October, 1887, business houses on Washington avenue and on Fourth street burned out, causing a loss of 450,000 dollars. Further very destructive fires were those of Anchor Mills, on Twenty-third and Randolph streets, in 1879 (loss $300,000), and in the same 3 mar the Greeley-Burnham Grocery establishment ($450,000) ; in 1886 the lumber yard of Knapp & Stout ($380,000), and Shapleigh’s hardware store on Main street with $400,000 loss. Richardson’s wholesale drug house on Fourth street and Clark avenue burned to the ground on January 1, 1889, loss half a million; in 1891 the establishment of Mansur & Tebbetts, on Spruce and Tenth streets, with 300,000 dollars loss ; the dry goods firm of Ely, Walker & Co., on Eighth and Washington avenue, suffered a loss of 750,000 dollars in 1897. The burning of the Mermod-Jaccard Building shortly before Christmas in 1897, was accompanied by a loss of 400,000 dollars. Hotel fires were less frequent, but some of them caused the' loss of many lives. This was especially the case by the burning of the Pacific Hotel, corner of Seventh and Poplar streets, in February, 1858, and of the Southern in April, 1877. The Lin- dell Hotel was totally destroyed in April, 1867, and the St. Nicholas, on Fourth between Morgan street and Franklin avenue, — 38 — burned out in January, 1885. The following theaters became the victims of fire: In 1837 the St. Louis, on Main near Locust; in 1866 the National, on Market street opposite the court house (originally Wyman’s Hall), and the Bowery on North Third near Franklin avenue ; in 1867 the Opera House, on Fifth near Wash street; in 1880 the Comique, formerly DeBarr’s, on Pine; in 1884, the Grand Opera House on Market. The various boat conflagrations in our harbor have caused a loss, at a low estimate, of over twenty millions ; the most de- structive of them occurred in 1849, 1864, and 1869, with losses of $400,000, $300,000, and $475,000 respectively. Cholera epidemics appeared in St. Louis in 1832 and 1833 in a mild form, but in a fearful measure in 1849 when 4,140 persons were taken away by the scourge ; 872 died from it in 1850, in the year following 790. The dreadful disease returned in 1866, in which year 684 persons fell as its victims ; sporadic cases ap- peared in the following year, and no more since that time. A smallpox epidemic visited the city in 1872, causing the death of 1,591 out of 3,759 patients, and nearly 1,900 more died during the next three years ; 1,840 children and adults died in 1886, and 1887 of diphtheria, and in 1892 were 3,642 typhus eases reported, of which 514 pi’oved fatal. The first tornado occurred in 1833, on the 27th of June, the second came on the 27th of April, 1852, when Carondelet suf- fered most; another one was that on the 8th of March, 1871, and a very severe storm set in on the evening before Easter Sunday, 1872. It will be observed that two of those tornadoes happened on the 27th day of April and June, respectively, and it is there- fore a somewhat strange coincidence that the 27th of May, 1896, brought over our city a similar and at the same time the most terrible calamity that ever befell this or any other of the large cities of this country. The cyclone of that memorable day de- stroyed within twenty minutes 8,500 houses of all kinds, factories, warehouses, dwellings, either entirely, or in such a measure that their repairing became more expensive than to build them anew ; 138 lives were lost, several hundred persons wounded, and the excitement and terror during that never-to-be-forgotton catas- trophe, made many insane, or at least nervous for the rest of — 39 — their lives. The material damage to property, real estate and otherwise, amounted to more than ten million dollars, and a great number of those who had to bear those losses have not yet recuperated from them. A history of St. Louis, may it be ever so brief, would be incom* ,plete without some reference to the German element, which played and still plays such a conspicuous role, and an important factor in the development of the city. The revolutionary movements in 1848 and 1849 brought a vast immigration from Germany to the United States ; the West received a full share of it, and Missouri, ■especially St. Louis, attracted many of these newcomers to the •western shores of the Mississippi ; they comprised farmers, mechanics, laborers, but the majority consisted of merchants, ' lawyers, clerg}^men, teachers, civil officers, physicians, etc., — in 1 one word, men of intelligence, knowledge and culture, whose”^ presence soon became felt in the community. They devoted themselves to the various professions, commercial pursuits and industrial branches, and it did not take long before the German attorneys, doctors, teachers, editors, merchants and manufac- turers formed a prominent part of the population. It is a fact that many of our German fellow-citizens number among the ioremost representatives of trade, industry and science, and that their energy and enterprise have materially assisted in making St. Louis what it is. Times of lawlessness and disturbances of a very deplorable character furnished some lamentable pages in the history of our city. The discovery of some skeletons in an outhouse of the Med- ical College on Eleventh street and Washington avenue, a part of the St. Louis University, on the 25th of February, 1844, by some boys who had entered the yard, caused a riot and the destruction of a building and its contents by an infuriated crowd, which from there went to McDowell’s College, on Eighth and Gratiot streets, with similar intentions, but the professors and students received a timely warning, removed everything from the djssecting room that could have aroused the ire of the crowd ; an inspection of the premises satisfied the ring-leaders that there was no cause 4or an attack, and no harm of an 3 ’- kind was done. A fight between the members of a volunteer fire company and some — 4U — boat bands during the burning of a steamer in June, 184i>,. extended into a riot, in which four or five boarding houses and saloons on the Levee were demolished, and many of the partici- pants wounded. The municipal election in April, 1852, caused very riotous scenes around Soulaid Maiket and Seventh street,, and Park avenue ; bloody combats between German and non- German citizens lasted from morning till evening on election> day ; a house, in which many Germans hail sought refuge, was- set on fire and burned down, and an infuriated mob went late in the evening to the office of the Anzieger des Westens, bound on? destroying it on account of the paper’s politics, but a military company protected the building, and the attack was prevented^ The worst of all was the riot in August, 1854, brought on by the Knownothing party, the native Americans, whose object it wa& to deprive the foreign-born citizens of their Constitutional rights this moveruent was especially directed against Catholics and' Irishmen ; their dwellings on the Levee, Second and Morgaui streets, Franklin and what is now Lucas avenue, at that time- called Green street, were attacked by the mob, their furniture- and household goods destroyed, and the inhabitants who did not escape in time, were either badly treated or wounded and many of them even killed. The anarchy thus created lasted two days and nights, and the riot was only quelled by the interference of all the military companies and a posse of armed citizens, who had organized to restore peace and order. The disturbances in connection with the great railroad strike of 1877 produced a few troublesome days, especially in factories, flour mills, foundries and other industrial establishments, but they came to an end without bloodshed and without much harm to anyone. The strongest contrast to that insignificant inter- ruption of normal conditions furnished the street railroad strike in 1900, which lasted fully three months, causing the greatest in- convenience to the public, indescribable hardship to the striking conductors and motormen, and large financial losses to the con- solidated street car companies. The direct effect of this strike- included two other features; the employment of men new in the- service and without the necessary ability, and in consequence of that innumerable accidents of more or less serious nature, and this — 41 — condition has lasted during the year following (1901) and still prevails. The growth of the population is best shown by the following figures: The inhabitants of St. Louis in 1800 numbered 970; in 1810, 1,400; in 1820, 4,000; in 1840, 34,000; in 1850 the population amounted to 78,000; in 1860 it had risen to 185,000 ; in 1870 to 310,000. It is somewhat surprising, that the census of 1880 places the population at only 350,000, only 40,000 more than ten years before, when the decade from 1860 to 1870, including the period of the civil war, shows an increase of 125 000, but this can in part be accounted for by the fact, that the second half of the sixties brought large numbers of immigrants from Germany and Austria to this country and that St. Louis received a full share of it. The census of 1890 gave the city 451,770 inhabi- tants, and the one taken in 1900 places it at 575,000. This last census makes St. Louis the fourth largest city in the United States. The foregoing pages show in a concise way the development of St. Louis from a small trader’s post to the magnificent city of its present size, and the changes which time has brought to the me- tropolis on the western bank of the Father of Waters, the mighty Mississippi. ST. LOUIS OF TO-DAY. St. Louis has a population of nearly 600,000 ; it has a river front of nearly twenty miles ; an area of sixty-two and one-half square miles ; 462 miles of improved streets ; over 500 miles of sewers ; it has twenty public parks with an acreage of 2176.59; its waterwork’s plant cost thirty million dollars; over five millions are invested in public school property, it has 125 public schools ; fifty-four colleges and academies ; forty-one hospitals ; 328 churches. St. Louis has the largest steel arch bridge in the world, costing ten millions ; the largest and finest railway station in the world ; the greatest electric plant in America; the largest brewery in the world. The Missouri Botanical Garden (better known as Shaw’s Garden, after the name of its founder) is the finest botanical garden in the world, and it is said that every fiower, tree, plant and shrub on the globe finds a representative within its boundaries. — 42 — THE LOUISIANA PURCHASE. The Province or District of Louisiana was a French possession originally, through La Salle’s discoveries in the Seventeenth Century. In 1762, by a secret treaty, France conveyed Louis- iana to Spain. It had been an expensive and troublesome prov- ince, and France was glad to be rid of it. In 1800, nearly forty years later, another secret treaty retroceded the country to France. Our relations at that time with both Spain and France were decidedly strained, the free navigation of the Mississippi river being a particularly troublesome question with the former. President Jefferson saw plainly that we must obtain certain territory on and adjacent to the mouth of the Mississippi river. No man dreamed of such a thing as the purchase of Louisiana, let alone suggesting its possibility. The vast region teas virtually thrown at us by Napoleon. When Jefferson began negotiations for the purchase of the desired territory — New Orleans and the Floridas — it was with Spain, which was supposed to own it. When subsequently it was ascertained that Spain had secretly reconveyed Louisiana to France, it was a complete surprise to the United States negotiators. War between France and England being now — 1802 — almost certain, negotiations were transferred to France and pushed energetically, $2,000,000 being the sum our negotiators were authorized to give for the territor}’ desired. Livingston, our Minister to France, was reinforced by James Monroe, a man eminently qualified for his extraordinary mission. Monroe reached France April 7, 1803. Apparently the stars in their courses fought for us, for on April 30th, the treaty trans- ferring all of Louisiana to us for $15,000,000 was signed, and was at once sent to Washington for ratification. Congress rati- fied it October 17, 1803, and on December 20th following, the French colors came down at New Orleans and the stars and stripes .went up in their stead, and the Mississippi ran its course to the sea wholly through American territory. — 43 — Before Monroe leacbed France, Napoleon, with consummate astuteness, had decided to dispose of all of Louisiana instead of the insignificant portion we were trying to buy. To Talleyrand and Marbois, his Ministers of State and Treasury, he had said : “ I know the full value of Louisiana, and I have been desirous of repairing the fault of the French negotiator who abandoned it in 1762. A few lines of treaty have restored it to me, and I have scarcely^ recovered it when I must expect to lose it. But if it escapes from me, it shall one day cost dearer to those who oblige me to strip m3'self of it, than to those to whom I wish to de- liver. it. The English have successively taken from France, Can- ada, Cape Breton, New Foundland, Nova Scotia and the richest portions of Asia. They shall not have the Mississippi, which they covet. * » * I tiave not a moment to lose in putting it out of their reach. * ♦ ♦ j think of ceding it to the United States. * * » They only ask of me one town in Louisiana, but I already consider the colony as entirely lost ; and it appears to me that in the hands of this growing power it will be more useful to the policy, and even to the commerce, of France than if I should attempt to keep it.” And again, “I renounce Louisiana. It is not only' New Orleans that I will cede, it is the whole colony without any reservation. ♦ * * Xo attempt to retain it would be folly. I direct you to negotiate this offer with the envoys of the United States. * * ♦ I will be moderate in consideration of the necessity in which I am of making the sale.” This determination to hasten matters is shown in the words to the Ministers: “Irresolution and deliberation are no longer in season. Do not even await the arrival of Mr. Monroe. Have an interview with Mr. Livingston this very day.” When the proposition to sell this vast domain w'as laid before the American diplomatists they were naturally' rather staggered. They at once rose grandly to the occasion, however. In those days of slow-sailing ships and no cables, they must themselves, unadvised by Jefferson and his Cabinet, assume the responsi- bilities of the moment and act one way or the other — either accept or reject. Like brave patriots they did this, accepted, and closed the bargain. After a little haggling as to price, the matter was easily arranged. — 44 — and thus England was prevented from seizing New Orleans and Louisiana in the great war that immediately followed, and the United States obtained a future empire. Marbois, a personal friend and admirer of Monroe, and also a warm friend of our country, was an important adjunct in the negotiations. When Napoleon was informed of the conclusion of the treaty he said: “This accession of territory strengthens forever the power of the United States; and I have just given to England a maritime rival that will sooner or later humble her pride.” This brief recital shows the important figure cut by the French Emperor himself in the affair, and how, as a matter of fact, we drifted into it without any preconceived intention on the part of Jefferson or any one else. And what of the country? There was a great uncertainty at the lime, and there is now to many, as to what we actually obtained. We did not buy the Oregon country. United States Land Commissioner Hermann gives the area of the purchase as 883,072 square miles, or 565,166,080 acres, an area somewhat less than that of the original thirteen States. Roughly, the eastern limit followed the Mississippi from its mouth north to the forty-ninth parallel at the Lake of the Woods ; the forty-ninth parallel constituted the northern boundary, which extended to the Rocky Mountains ; the western line ran south along the summit of the Rockies to the head-waters of the Arkansas river in Colo- rado ; thence down the Arkansas to the 100th meridian ; thence south to the Red river ; thence down that river to the ninety-fourth meridian ; south along that meridian to the Sabine river ; down the Sabine to the Gulf of Mexico, which formed the southern line. The Louisiana Purchase was larger in area than Great Britain, France, Spain, Germany, Portugal, and Italy thrown into one. Out of it have been carved entire Missouri, Arkansas, Iowa, Ne- braska, North and South Dakota, and Indian Territory; nearly all of Louisiana, Oklahoma, Kansas, Wyoming, and Montana, about two-thirds of Minnesota, and one-third of Colorado. In 1890 the population within its limits exceeded twice that of the United States at the time of the purchase. To-day it is the greatest mineral, grazing, timber, and corn and wheat region of the United States. — 45 — THE HISTORY OF OUR WORLD’S FAIR. From an address delivered before the Southern Industrial Convention at Philadelphia by Walter B. Stevens, Secretary, St. Louis World’s Fair ■Company. The man who wrote the Declaration of Independence in 1776 sat in the White House twenty-seven yeais later and directed the acquisition of what became known as “ Jefferson’s West,” and what was until then called the Territory of Louisiana. The price paid to the Government of France was fifteen million dollars. The money had to be borrowed. Stephen Girard, the Philadel- phia philanthropist, negotiated the loan. The St. Louis World’s Fair Company entered upon the period of prepaiation with $15,000,000 already provided toward the cost. It is one of the coincidences that the amount secured in advance for the celebration of this Centennial is exactly what was paid for the Territory. The Territory thus acquired, stands to-day for $6,600,000,000 of taxable wealth. It is seven times as large as Great Britain and Ireland ; four times as large as Germany or France. The genesis of this coming World’s Fair was an evolu- tion. A dozen years ago James G. Blaine, speaking of the Louisiana Purchase to the Merchants’ Exchange of St. Louis, said : — “ Your growth, gentlemen, is the growth of the Republic.” “ But,” he continued, ” I feel I have one reproach against this Trans-Mississippi department. My reproach to every foot and to every inhabitant of the territory of Louisiana is that on its surface which represents a third part of the United States, there is not a statue raised to the honor of Thomas Jefferson.” It was a reproach. The just ground for it was acknowledged. Sentiment for some form of celebration which should emphasize the wisdom of the Louisiana Purchase and glorify the man who made it, has been growing. The people of the Purchase dis- cussed one form after another for the observance of this Cen- tennial. When the thought of a World’s Fair was first expressed it received little attention. When, in February, 1898, a St. — 46 — Louis member of Congress introduced a bill for a World’s Fair at St. Louis in 1903, it passed almost unnoticed. Ten days later the Maine was sunk. The bill slumbered. In the summer of 1898 the Missouri Historical Society of St. Louis moved formally in the matter of the Centennial celebration. A committee of fifty men, fully representing the city’s interests, was named to consider plans. The deliberation showed that the plans considered at that time were limited to a monument for Jefferson, a building for the Historical Society, or the creation of a memorial park. But none of these was satisfying. Months of consideration brought the conviction that the Centennial called for observance in the form of a World’s Fair. To the Governor of Missouri the committee went with the suggestion that the States and Territories of the Purchase be called in con- sultation. The Governor formally invited the other Governors of the Purchase to send delegates to a convention at St. Louis, and they did so. The invitation set forth the purpose to be “ con- sideration of the form the observance of the Louisiana Purchase Centennial should take.” Every State and Territory in the Purchase responded. The Convention met in St. Louis January 10th, 1899. Organization was effected with the Lieutenant-Governor of Iowa, Mr. J. C. Milliman, as President. Delegates were present from Arkansas, Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Ne- br’aska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota and Wyoming. The convention continued during two days. The result of it was a unanimous decision that the Centennial of the Purchase should be celebrated by a World’s Fair. In summing up conclusions, the delegates, without a dissenting voice, declared: “ We believe that this object can be best accomplished by an Exposition, inter- national in its character, where the products of the labor, skill, genius, industry and enterprise of our country are brought into close comparison with those of all other countries ; where the peo- ples of the earth can have an opportunity to behold and study the mighty impress which the influence of Liberty makes upon the progress of man, and in this great contest, where the world is the field, this wonderful valley, extending from the semi-tropical sea on the south to the semi-frozen regions of the north, will gladly — 47 — submit its progress and achievements for the first century of its growth, in friendly competition with the results of many centuries in the older world.” The convention recommended that Congress be asked to participate through a suitable appropriation. A roll call of States and Territories for an opinion of the most appropri- ate location for the proposed Exposition, showed sixty-nine votes for St. Louis and eight for New Orleans. The Missouri delegation asked to be excused and did not vote. On motion of a delegate from Louisiana, Mr. Calhoun, the selection of St. Louis was made unanimous. The convention then .proceeded to organize an Executive Committee composed of three representatives from each State and Territory within the Purchase. This Executive Committee is in existence to-day as an important branch of the organization. The convention further declared its judgment to be that in order to insure success of the proposed international Exposition on a scale worthy of its importance, it would be neces- sary to obtain an appropriation of $5,000,000 from the National Government, conditioned upon a subscription of $5,000,000 by the citizens of St. Louis. The judgment of the Executive Com- mittee was that it would be necessary ” to ask and obtain the amount of $5,000,000 from the city of St. Louis additional to the $5,000,000 subscribed by citizens.” The people of St. Louis acted promptly upon the decision of the Louisiana Purchase Convention and its Executive Committee. An organization of two hundred citizens was formed, with Pierre Chouteau as Chairman, with David R. Francis, as head of the Ex- ecutive Committee, and with Wm. H. Thompson, as Chairman of the Finance Committee. In the month following the convention at St. Louis, thirty members of the Executive Committee then formed, representing all parts of the Purchase, visited Washington. The committee- men canvassed the Congressional delegations from their States. They found the responses to the suggestion of a World s Fair prompt and emphatic. Following the canvass, ther^ was given a dinner, the hosts of which were the Executive Committee of the Louisiana Purchase Convention. The guests were members of the Cabinet, Senators, Representatives and Delegates and members of the United States Supreme Court. Invitations were — 48 — limited strictly to those from Purchase States and Territories. The Cabinet was represented by Secretaries Hitchcock and Wil- son. Congress was represented by nearly every Senator and Representative and Delegate within the Purchase. The Supreme Court was represented by Justices Brewer and White. The banquet assumed a most practical aspect. A series of speeches indorsing the decision of the convention and pledging per- sonal effort on the part of the guests to carry out the recom- mendations was made. These addresses were characterized by marked enthusiasm. In the course of his introductory remarks, the chairman, David R. Francis, said: “Such an P^xposition as we are planning will be the scene of competition of the highest mechanism of the world, and the theater for the dis- play of the best thought of the age. The one hundreth anniver- sary of the Louisiana Purchase should be marked by the erection of a monument to Thomas Jefferson in the capital or metropolis of every State carved from the Louisiana Territory. On behalf of St. Louis I am authorized to say — and in this statement I am sustained by substantially all of her progressive, public-spirited merchants, capitalists and laboring men — the men who have made that city what it is — and twenty-five or more of them are seated at this board — lam authorized to say that the city of St. Louis pledges her people to raise at least $10,000,000 toward preparing for such an international Exposition as will fitly com- memorate the Louisiana Purchase, provided the Federal govern- ment will grant its recognition of the Exposition, and will evi- dence its good will and support.” The addresses which followed dwelt upon the magnitude of development within the Purchase limits and upon the importance of the Purchase to the whole country. There was not an inharmonious note in that series of talks, continuing far into the night. The Executive Committee and the St. Louis delegation returned to their homes to take up details of preliminary work. Senators and Representatives and delegates who had pledged their co-operation formed an organi- zation to encourage sentiment on the subject in Congress. The Missouri Legislature entered upon the necessary legislation for the enterprise. In St. Louis the work of raising, by popular subscription, the $5,000,000 which Chairman Francis had prom- — 49 — ised at Washington, was undertaken with vigor. At amass meet- ing held in the great Music Hall, $4,000,000 was pledged. The Speaker of the House, Mr. Henderson, appointed a special com- mittee to consider World’s Fair matters. In the House the initial World’s Fair bill was introduced by Hon. J. R. Lane, of Iowa. In the Senate a similar bill was introduced by Hon. Francis M. Cockrell, of Missouri. At the hearings before the special com mittee, appeared Governors or other officials of the Purchase States. It was asked that Congress should, through enactment, give assurance of national aid to the amount of $5,000,000. This aid was to be wholly dependent upon St. Louis raising $10,000,000. The committee reported in favor of a vote by the House upon the proposition. Before the session ended a provision in the sundry civil bill committed Congress to this con- ditional aid. Especially significant and gratifying was the absence of any partisanship or sectionalism in the action of Congress. With the leaders of the House the conclusion was that if St. Louis performed its part of the contract the appropriation should be made at the subsequent session of Congress. The contract was fulfilled. At the next election in Missouri, November, 1900, the Constitution of the State was amended, not only to per- mit the city of St. Louis to issue $5,000,000 in bonds, but also to authorize an appropriation of $1,000,000 by the State for its participation in the Exposition. The voting resulted in the passage of both propositions, five-sixths of the total number being in the affirmative. Since that election the Legislature has carried out its part, making the appropriation of $1,000,000 ; the municipal assembly has by ordinance authorized the issue of the $5,000,000 in bonds, and the people of St. Louis have subscribed the $5,000,000 in stock. In February, 1901, Secretary Gage, of the Treasury Depart- ment, was furnished with the evidence that honajide subscriptions to the full amount stipulated by Congress had been secured and that the bonds had been legally authorized. He certified these facts to Congress. The Special Committee reported the bill pro- viding an appropriation by the Government of $5,000,000. The House passed it by more than a two-thirds majority. There en- sued some days of delay, owing to the desire of the Senate to 4k — 50 — attach to the St. Louis proposition appropriations for the Buffalo and Charleston expositions, and owing to the unwillingness of the House to couple these propositions to the World’s Fair at St. Louis. On the 3d of March, the Senate receded from its position, and the bill, as passed by the House, was accepted with only ten dis- senting votes, which were cast by friends of the other proposed appropriations. This action of Congress in appropriating $5,000,- 000 to the St. Louis World’s Fair making the Government a finan- cial partner to the extent of one-third, was practically unanimous. It constituted the most notable legislation by Congress for exposi- tion purposes. In the act making the appropriation the general government’s close relations were clearly set forth. A national commission was provided for. That commission the late President McKinley appointed before the end of April. The nine commis- sioners are four former United States senators, two former mem- bers of the House of Representatives, a former railroad manager, a former State official of New England, and a leading business man of the Southwest.. All sections of the country have represen- tation in this commission. Following the action of Congress, the Exposition Company was incorporated, and the stockholders elected directors. The direc- tors immediately organized by the election of officers and by appointment of committees. The president of the company is David R. Francis, former mayor of the city of St. Louis, former Governor of the State of Missouri, and a member of President Cleveland’s cabinet during his second administration. Wm. H. Thompson, the treasurer, is the president of the National Bank of Commerce of St. Louis. The directors stand for all leading financial, commercial and professional interests of the city. The second month of corporate existence brought the selection of site to a conclusion, and found a score of committees at work upon the general scope and the numberless details of the exposi- tion. Mention only of the indorsements which this World’s Fair proposition has received from industrial and commercial bodies would tax patience. It will not be attempted. But the fact may be recalled that the Southern Industrial Convention which met in New Orleans went on record in strong terms supporting the move- ment. On that occasion it was declared that the delegates and — 51 members of the Southern Industrial Convention “ urge not only upon all the States of the Louisiana Purchase, but upon all the Southern States, cities and manufacturers especially, to give to the enterprise their hearty approval, advocacy and co-operation, in order that the industrial development of the South and West may be practically placed before the world’s people, and that the grand achievement of the greatest statesman of modern times, Thomas Jefferson, be properly celebrated and his memory crowned.” There is evolution in expositions. The Centennial was a great thing in 1876. Everybody talked about it. Everybody who could visited it. Some statesman at Washington made a speech the following winter, in which he inveighed bitterly against expo- sitions. He told how some of his constituents had sold their winter stoves in summer to get money to go to the Centennial, and were then shivering at their homes in penance for their folly ! The awakening of interest in the Centennial was sudden. It came with the opening of the gates, and inci’eased almost to a popular craze. For months after Chicago obtained from Con- gress the legislation to hold the Columbian Exposition, the prop- osition was treated in many parts of the country with incredulity. Six months after the action of Congress, the Government Com- missioners found it expedient to afHrm in resolutions that the Columbian Exposition movement was worthy of the serious consideration of the world. The Louisiana Purchase Exposition enters the field without handicap, with the official indorsement and financial backing of the United States Government. It began the period of material preparation with the good will of the whole country, and with notable manifestations of interest from all parts of the world. The Louisiana Purchase Exposition will surpass all predecessors. How? It is too soon to tell in detail, but that does not detract from the promise. An exposition grows in the brains as well as by the hands of its builders. Out of the wealth of suggestion comes as naturally as germination of seed, the evolution of a World’s Fair. Shadows of some phases are being cast before. They indicate no borrowing, no copying. Life, the human activities, it seems, will be a strong feature in the Exposition. A World’s Fair of people as well as of things is contemplated. — 52 — Enduring features are engaging the attention of the directors. A World’s Fair that shall create for permanence is being planned. Processes of manufacture, wherein actual production is shown, will be encouraged, as being of more interest to the people than still exhibits. These and other tendencies will develop that which shall make the coming Exposition characteristic, greater and better than all international expositions which have pre- ceded it. PLAN AND SCOPE OF THE INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT ST. LOUIS. (Official.) PLAN. The foundation plan of the St. Louis World’s Fair will be that of an exposition both national and international in its character, so that not only the people of the Louisiana Purchase Territory, but of our Union, and all the nations as well, can participate. It will be so projected and developed as to insure the active interest of all the peoples of the world and induce their participation upon a scale without parallel in any previous exposition. It will present in a special degree, and in the most comprehen- sive manner, the history, the resources, and the development of the States and Territories lying within the boundaries of the Louisiana Purchase, showing what it was and what it is ; what it contained and produced in 1803; what it contains and pro- duces now. It will make it plain that the prophecy of 1803 has been more than fulfilled, and show that a veritable empire now lies between the Gulf of Mexico and Puget Sound, within the limits of the territory Jefferson obtained by the Louisiana Purchase. It will show the history, resources and development of the possessions of the United States, including Porto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii, Samoa, Guam and the Philippines. It will embrace in a similar portrayal Cuba and any other country which may enjoy the special and exceptional protection and — 53 — guardianship of the United States. It will depart from the plan of all past expositions and make life and movement its distin- guishing and marked characteristics. To this end it will aim definitely at an exhibition of man as well as the works of man ; at the presentation of manufacturing industries in actual conduct as well as of the machines out of action ; at the exhibition of processes as well as of completed products. It will carefully plan in the location, the construction and ai’rangement of all buildings and works so as to assure the highest degree of convenience, ease and comfort for visitors who come to inspect the wonders contained within its inclosure. It will make it both easy and comfortable to get to the Exposition Grounds from every quarter of the city and from every railway terminating in St. Louis. It will in like manner make it easy and comfortable to move about the Exposition Grounds, and to pass from building to building and from point to point within every building of large area. In short, it will make the transportation of visitors the subject of special study and spare no expense in the solving of this vital problem, so that the St. Louis World’s Fair may go down in his- tory as the first great international exhibition which a visitor could inspect without enduring fatigue and hardship. Finally, it will embody and illustrate the latest and most ad- vanced progress in the employment of the energies of nature. It will be up-to-date in the use of all new motive forces, and be fully abreast with science in the utilization of every novel invention or discovery that has practical value. SCOPE. In order that the general plan outlined for the St Louis World’s Fair may be fulfilled in its actual accomplishments, it will exhibit the arts and industries, the methods and processes of manufacture of the whole world ; it will gather the products of the soil, mine, forest and sea from the whole earth. It will comprehend man in his full twentieth-century development, exhibiting not alone his material, but his social advance- ment. It will show humanity at rest as well as at work, presenting man in his hours of recreation, his exercises, his — 54 — games and his sports. It will illustrate the modern home with the infinity of comforts and conveniences that have been brought into common use within the century the St. Louis World’s Fair will commemorate. It wilLbring together the wild life of the forests, plains and waters, showing visitors a zoological collection of un- trained and untamed Janimals as nearly as practicable with the surroundings of their native state. The progressiveness of the Exposition will be most especially manifest in the manner and extent of its use of artificial light, both for purposes of illuminating and as a means of decoration. Electric lighting in the latest, most striking and most effective form, as well as all other new and efficient modes of illuminating, will be so liber- ally employed that the Exposition grounds and buildings will blaze with light at night and their beauties successfully rival the at- tractions of daylight. For the development of the Exposition to the full scope outlined it will provide for the housing and care of exhibits divided into a number of grand sections, each of which will be again divided into departments and subdepart- ments. The principal sections into which the Exposition will be divided will be as follows : Agriculture, Athletics and Outdoor Sports and Games, Chemical Industries, Civil Engineering, Colonization, Decoration, Furniture, etc., Diversified Indus- tries, Education and Instruction, Electricity, Fine Arts, Machinery, Food-stuffs, Forestry, History, Horticulture and Arboriculture, Liberal Arts, Military and Naval, Mining and Metallurgy, Social Economy, Textile, Transportation, Wild Animals. 00 — WORLD’S FAIR OFFICERS. President. David R. Francis. Vice-Presidents. Corwin H. Spencer. Samuel M. Kennard. Daniel M. Houser. Cyrus P. Walbridge. Seth W. Cobb. Charles H. Huttig. August Gehner. Pierre Chouteau. Treasurer. William H. Thompson. Secretary. Walter B. Stevens. General Counsel. James L. Blair. BOARD OF DIRECTORS. A. A. Allen. James Campbell. Murray Carleton. Pierre Chouteau. Seth W. Cobb. James L. Blair. Nicholas M. Bell. C. F. Blanke. W. F. Boyle. A. D. Brown. James F. Coyle. George T. Cram. John D. Davis. George Warren Brown. Paul Brown. Adolphus Busch. James G. Butler. Alex. N. De Meuil. S. M. Dodd. L. D. Dozier. — 56 — BOARD OF DIRECTORS. — Coiitmued. Harrison J. Drummond. R. B. Dula. George L. Edwards. Howard Elliott. S. M. Felton. David R. Francis. Nathan Frank. A. H. Frederick. August Gehner. Norris B. Gregg. W. T. Haarstick. A. B. Hart. Walker Hill. John A. Holmes. D. M. Houser. C. H. Huttig. M. E. Ingalls. Breckenridge Jones. S. M. Kennard. Goodman King. W. J. Kinsella. Charles W. Knapp. Dr. J. J. Lawrence. W. H. Lee. F. W. Lehmann. Wm. J. Lemp. J. W. McDonald. Thos. H. McKittrick. Geo. D. Markham. Finis E. Marshall. C. F. G. Meyer. Isaac W. Morton. F. G. Niedringhaus. W. F. Nolker. D. C. Nugent. Edward S. Orr. George W. Parker. H. Clay Pierce. Joseph Ramsey, Jr. David Ranken, Jr. Jonathan Rice. Clark H. Sampson. Julius J. Schotten. John Schroers. Isaac Schwab. R. M. Scruggs. John Scullin. A. L. Shapleigh. J. E. Smith. C. H. Spencer. Samuel Spencer. W. C. Steigers. H. W. Steinbiss. Walter B. Stevens Charles A. Stix. R. H. Stockton. Geo. J. Tansey. Wra. H. Thompson. Charles H. Turner. J. J. Turner. J. C. Van Blarcom. Festus J. Wade. C. P. Walbridge. Julius S. Walsh. C. G. Warner. W. B. Wells. Chas. F. Wenneker. J. J. Wertheimer. Jldwards Whitaker. A. A. B. Woerheide, Wm. H. Woodward. Geo. M. Wright. B. F. Yoakum. CHAIRMEN OF COMMITTEES. Organization : D. R. Francis, ex officio ; C. H. Spencer, Vice-Chairman. Executive : D. R. Francis, ex officio ; Wm. H. Thompson, Vice-Chairmi Fmance : Wm. H. Lee. Ways and Means: Festus J. Wade, Thos. H. McKittrick, Vice-Chairman. Concessions : Geo. L. Edwards, J. J. Wertheimer, Vice-Chairman. Transiwrtation : Julius S. Walsh, Joseph Ramsey, Jr., Vice-Chairman. Press and Publicity: R. H. Stockton, W. B. Stevens, Vice-Chairman. Chief of Press Bureau; Wm. a. Kelsoe. Foreign Relations: Adolphus Busch, W. F. Boyle, Vice-Chairman. Supplies: Norris B. Gregg, James F. Coyle, Vice-Chairman. Sanitation : C. P. Walbridge, Alex. N. De Menil, Vice-Chairman. Police : Harrison I. Drummond, C. H. Turner, Vice-Chairman. . Insurance: Geo. T. Cram, A. D. Brown, Vice-Chairman. Ceremon ies : C. H. Spencer, W. H. Lee, Vice-Chairman. — 58 — Grounds and Buildings: W. H. Thompson, S. M. Kennard, Vice-Chairman. Legislation : D. M. Hocser, W. C. Steioers, Vice-Chairman. Agriculture : Paul Brown, Festus J. Wade, Vice-Chairman. Fine Arts: Isaac W. Morton, S. M. Dodd, Vice-Chairman. Mines and Mining: W. J. Kinsella, John D. Davis, Vice-Chairman. State Exhibits : C. H. Hcttig, Edward S. Orr, Vice-Chairman. Manufactures and Liberal Arts: Geo. W. Parker, Goodman Kino, Vice-Chairman. Electricity : J. E. Smith, Joseph Ramsey, Jr., Vice-Chairman. Fish and Fisheries: Seth W. Cobb, A. B. Hart, Vice-Chairman. Ethnology : F. W. Lehmann, Goodman King, Vice-Chairman. Education : John Schroers, R. B. Dula, Vice-Chairman. History : Pierre Chouteau, Alex. N. De Menil, Vice-Chairman. Director of Exhibits: Fredrick J. V. Skiff. — 59 THE ^YORLD’S FAIR GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS. The Louisiana Purchase Exposition, in St. Louis, will be the first in the world’s history in which hills enter into the composition of the main exposition “ picture. ” The natural topography of the site prompted this radical departure. The main “picture” of the exposition (the great spectacle to be made by the big exhibit buildings, by water and by sculptures) is to be located entirely within Forest Park, the second largest public park in the United States. The use of half of this park, the unfinished por- tion, was granted to the exposition company by the City of St. Louis as an exposition site. This part of the park is hilly. It contains a large level tract of about 400 acres, which formerly supplied space for golf links and a race track. From this level the ground rises on a slope of about 60 degrees to an average height of 60 feet. The main exhibit buildings, the big towers, the lagoons, basins, canals and statuary groups, occupy the lower level. The Art Gallery and its by buildings (the architectural chef d’oeuvre of the exposition designed by Cass Gilbert) the United States Government Building, designed by J. Knox Taylor, are t© be built on the elevated tract. In the treatment of the intervening slope the commission of Architects had scope for originality. The difference of elevation constituted the chief problem with which they had to contend. They solved it as shown in the ground plan. Hanging gardens and a series of magnificent cascades fill in this portion of the picture. The main picture of the exposition is roughly in the shape of a gigantic fan, the ribs of which are the avenues of the exposition. At the apex of this radiant composition stands the Art Building on an eminence. Three great cascades that issue from the sides of three hills in the form of a crescent are to course down the hillsides and to empty into a grand basin. The water effects of the picture, radiating from these three cascades, offer a mile of continuous water circuit. From the roughly semi-circular basin into which the cascades plunge, two streams in imitation of a natural river branch to right and left. As they traverse the avenues their banks assume a regular geometrical — 60 — outline to their debouchure into the grand basin at its lower end. The beautifully wooded areas on the highest levels of Forest Park are to be occupied by the State and foreign buildings. The main entrance to the exposition is to be on the side toward the city where the exposition site abuts the finished portion of the Forest Park. A monumental entrance of magnificent proportions and design, the work of Chief Architect Taylor, will be located here. The two exhibit buildings immediately within this great portal will be crowned by towers 400 feet high which will form a part of the picture of the monumental entrance. The grandest residence street in St. Louis, Lindell Boulevard, will lead directly to the monumental portal. Visitors driving to LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION Ground Plan Revised to Feb. 1st, 1902. \ 1 Goyfmf/vr 2 nsH Commission .3 ubcnalArts 4 Mines ANOMfrALCORGX 6 MANVFACTUM£0 6 Textiles 7 ART GALLERY 8 VARIED /NDUSTff/ES 9 Electricity ANO Machinery 10 MACHINERY 11 Transportation 12 Forestry AN onsH AND GAME 13 CDUCATION AND SOCIAL ECONOMY 14 ADMINISTRATION 1 6 PHYSICAL CUL TORE GROUND PLAN. the site out Lindell Boulevard, will traverse a thoroughfare on which are some of the handsomest homes in America. The main exposition picture covers over two-thirds of a square mile. The avenue in which lies the Grand Basin is 600 feet wide. The other avenues are 300 feet wide. From the main entrance to the apex of the radiant picture the distance is over three-fourths of a mile. The buildings are on the same heroic scale. Those in the main picture are to be : — — 61 — BUILDING. DIMENSIONS. ARCHITECT. Art Building, with two Pa-i vilions, each / 300 X 900 ft. \ 200 X 300 “ i Cass Gilbert. Liberal Arts Building 600 X 550 .. Barnett, Haynes & Barnett Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building 600 X 1200 “ .. Carrere & Hastings. Electricity Building 600 X 550 “ .. Walker & Kimball. Varied Industries Building . . . 600 X 1200 .. Van Brunt & Howe. Mines and Metallurgy Build’g 650 X 750 “ .. Theo C. Link. Textiles Building 550 X 750 “ .. Eames & Young. Machinery Building Government Building, with 600 X 1300 “ .. Widmann, Walsh & Bois- selier. Fisheries Pavilion and Ord- nance Pavilion 400 X 250 “ .. J. Knox Taylor. The Agricultural Building, the largest structure in America, 700x2000 feet, to be designed by Chief Architect Isaac S. Tay- lor, -will not be included in the main picture. Another problem solved by the architects was in the composi- tion of the Art Building. This is to be a fire-proof permanent structure, and for that reason cannot be as ornate as the show buildings of staff, which form the rest of the main picture. To- eliminate a discordant note which might enter in the juxtaposi- tion of a subdued building with the more ornate exhibit buildings, the summit of the hill whence the cascade torrents gush will be crowned by a magnificent colonnade or peristyle which will close the main picture and exclude from the grand view the more subdued main art galleries. The colonnade will be terminated at either end by the pavilions of the Art Building. UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT BUILDING. The United States Government Building will occupy the most easterly site of the several large exhibit buildings. It wilt be upon an eminence sixty feet above the water level of the Grand Lagoon and will command a view of the main transverse avenue of the exposition “ picture.” The west frontage of the build- ing will be marked by great colonnades on the Corinthian order. The appropriation for this building is $250,000, but since the — 62 — sketch has been finished by the architect the government board has declared that the space afforded by the structure is insuffi- cient and an effort will be made to make the building larger without materially altering the design. The site affords ample space for the proposed increase of size. The building is from designs by J. Knox Taylor, supervising architect of the treasury. He has introduced in the design a central feature which gives a GOVERNMENT BUILDING. well balanced and effective facade. The style of architecture conforms happily with that adopted for the other exhibit build- ings. The area to be covered by this building, if present plans are followed, is a little more than two acres, being 400x250 feet. Back of the main structure is to be a large building for the United States Fish Commission exhibit. THE MISSOURI STATE BUILDING. The Missouri Building at the World’s Fair, is the main building in the group of buildings to be erected by the Missouri World’s Fair Commission on the grounds of the Louisiana Purchase Exposition in Forest Park. The site of the building was recommended by the Commission after a careful survey of the ground. Ready accessi- bility and prominence among the buildings that surround it are both admirably subserved by the location. The building will be erected — 63 — on the high grpund south of the big main picture of the Fair. The building nearest to it will be the United States Government Build- ing. The Missouri Building is to be almost in the geographical center of Forest Park and is therefore near the eastern boundary of that part of the park to be used for the Fair. It will be easy of access from north, south and east. The grounds to the south are nearly level to the border of the park at Clayton road. To the north the approach is precipitous, which adds beauties of per- spective, while at the same time the declivity is not so great as to render it inaccessible for pedestrians. The Intramural Railway which will traverse the grounds of the Fair has been laid out to pass in the immediate vicinity and a handsome station will be located near the Missouri Building. All the sewer, water and elec- tric service lines will be brought to the building. The site selected is now heavily wooded with oak, hickory and other forest trees and not a single tree will be molested except where the necessities of foundations and walks compel. The majestic old trees will be kept to serve as a background and a foil for the architectural beauties of the edifice. The Missouri Building will face the north, looking directlj' toward what will be the main entrance to the Exposition grounds. The Lindell pavilion, located near this point, is even now and will be after the Fair, the central gateway on the north side of the park. The style of architecture of the building is a free treatment of the French Renaissance, which is the characteristic style selected for the Exposition. It is in the shape of a long parallelogram with a center wing extending to the rear. It will be two stories in height and will have a basement story also. The center is a symmetrical square design with the two side and rear wings joining same. The two side wings of the three which branch from the main rotunda, will have a center corridor, the full length of the wing with rooms on either side — large and spacious and capable of being used either as reception or exhibit rooms. The present intention is to divide the space into compartments for use during the Fair. Afterward it can be thrown into one compartment to serve such uses as the building will be put to after the Fair. The height of the stories allows the rooms to be thoroughly lighted and ventilated, and gives them a monumental appearanee. A great dome crowns the center and — 64 — the second story is formed into a balcony opening the view from the level of the first story floor to the ceiling of the dome. The visitor entering the building will be struck at once with the size of the rotunda and the wide sweep of the dome. Sixteen columns will carry the balcony of the second floor and, following the plan of the dome, will carry the perspective from the floor line to the vault of the dome. The ceiling of the great dome and the walls of the corridor will supply work for the mural painter in the representation of incidents in the history of Missouri and in genre representation of incidents of the life and work of its citizens. These genre paintings will represent life and action of the present MISSOURI BUILDING. day in Missouri, and will in a short time to come be of great historical interest. It is the intention to have these paintings represent a court scene ; a marriage scene, civil or church ; a baptism scene, and other every-day events of the present time. Large, wide, easy flights of stairs lead to the second story. The sides of the main entrance are decorated with massive stone columns and the entablature, broken into the shape of an arch, makes the front light in construction and graceful in appearance. This form also guarantees light and ventilation in the main ro- tunda at all times. A magnificent caiwing in stone of the coat of arms of the State of Missouri will hold a place here, over the — 65 — ADMINISTRATION BUILDING. hall, in the basement, are toilet and storage rooms. This com- partment also contains the heating and ventilating -apparatus. Above the hall are two large rooms which can be used advan- tageously for exhibit purposes. Two flights of iron stairs lead from the basement to the second story. These are placed back of the rotunda and afford easy access to all parts of the building. 5k main entrance of the building. This will stamp it through coming years as one of the possessions of the State, no matter to what use it is turned after the exposition. In the rear wing is a large assembly hall on a level with the first story floor. This hall is 25 feet high in the clear, capable of seating 1,000 persons. At the sides are retiring rooms. The hall is designed not only for speech-making but also for such balls and entertainments as the Missouri Commission may give during the exposition. A large gallery crosses the hall at the northern end. Under the — 66 — None but Missouri materials will be used in the building. The Commission is satisfied that Missouri can supply everything needed for the erection and equipment of even so elaborate a structure as this. The basement of the building is to be of Missouri granite. Above this, to the top of the ballustrade course, the material will be of cut stone. The exterior of the dome will be covered with Missouri lead or zinc. The rotunda is to be finished in the marble and onyx so abundant in Missouri. The most delicate materials can be used in this position, as there will be perfect protection from the weather. There will be no plastering in the rotunda. Walls, columns aud dome will show the original materials in their most highly finished condition. The purpose is to get a perfectly har- monious effect of color and texture, but at the same time give all the vast building resources of Missouri a show place in this struc- ture for all time to come. In the finish of the interior the beau- tiful woods of Missouri will be exclusively used. The wood will be finished aud polished, but in natural color. Oak, walnut, elm, sweet gum, yellow pine, maple, ash, and many others, will be used. The chandeliers will be of Missouri iron. The floor of the rotunda of Missouri marble. The building will be fire- proof throughout, and from foundation to dome will be a credit to the State, and what it is intended to be — an exhibit within itself of the building material resources of the State. Isaac S. Taylor is the architect of this magnificent edifice. TEMPLE OF FRATERNITY. It is very gratifying to the promoters of the Louisiana Purchase Exposition to have accorded them such a cordial spirit of co-oper- ation as the fraternal societies of the United States have shown. Very substantial results are to follow the efforts of these societies, which will take the form of a magnificent Temple of Fraternity costing $200,000, to be erected on the site of the World’s Fair and to be a prominent part of the Exposition. This temple will be erected by the World’s Fair Fraternal Building Association under the auspices of the Missouri Fraternal Congress, which repre- FRATICKNAL BUILDING sents the various fraternal societies operating in Missouri. This is the first time that the fraternal orders have united in such an enterprise. The congress includes Masons, Odd Fellows, and other fraternal and beneficiary orders having a combined member ship of more than three millions. Every member of all these orders will be made to feel at home in this building. As each one will participate to a greater or less extent in its erection he will feel a proprietary interest in the building and will be attracted to the World’s Fair. It will be the meeting and resting place for all members of these societies, where their interests will be well oared for. The Board of Directors will consist of Noah M. Givan, Presi- dent; W. R. Eidson, 1st Vice-President; W. H. Miller, 2nd Vice- President; Theo. A. Huey, President of the Missouri Fraternal Congress, and C. F. Hatfield, Secretaiy. Mr. Wm. H. Thomp- son, President of the National Bank of Commerce, and Treasurer of the Louisiana Purchase Exposition Company, is also Treasurer of the Fraternal Association. The Finance Committee will con- sist of W. R. Eidson, Chairman; Charles F. Wenneker, Sam’l M. Kennard, Corwin H. Spencer, W. H. Woodward, C. H. Hut- tig, A. S. Robinson, and J. T. M. Johnston. Thus it will be seen that six of the principal directors of the World’s Fair Company are unofficially indorsing this building, A press and publicity com- mittee will also be organized, of which Mr. W. F. Bohn has already been appointed Chairman. The plans for the building, designed by Mr. Thomas J. Prosser, architect, show a structure 300 by 200 feet in size. The building is to be an adaptation of the famous Parthenon of Athens, the standard of Greek Archi- tecture. Immense Doric columns will surround the building on all its four sides, inclosing sixteen foot verandas, which will surround the building on both the ground and second floors. There will be eighty rooms, all of which will have an abundance of light and air, all being outside rooms, and running from these outside verandas to an interior court, which is to be, itself, surrounded on both floors by broad galleries. The intei’ior of this court is to be made attractive with fountains, foliage, flowers, etc. There will be four entrances, one on each side of the building, leading through magnificent corridors to the central — 69 — court. Many conveniences will be provided such as a free dispensary for the sick, both men and women, under a medical commission ; a branch post-office, telephone service, check-rooms, writing, reading, smoking and lounging rooms, ladies’ parlors, and, in fact, every convenience which will insure the comfort and enjoyment of members of the fraternal societies visiting the World’s Fair. It is designed that the building shall be placed upon an elevation, rising in two terraces from the main ground level. The Director of Construction and Maintenance, Mr. Isaac S. Taylor, has assigned a very satisfactory and eligible site 500 by 600 feet. MINES AND METALLURGY BUILDING. The Mines and Metallurgy Building forms part of the east wing of the fan-like general ground plan, and is the last building on the south side of the esplanade leading to the group of Govern- ment buildings, which are to stand on a higher level. It will have a rich background of hillside foliage toward the southeast. Considered as part of the general scheme it plays a rather un- important role in the spectacular display of the Fair, and for this reason no attempt has been made to force attention to it by such means as towers, domes, or similar architectural devices. The outside dimensions are 525x750 feet and the interior is divided into eight oblong parts, almost equal in area. The division is accomplished with glass covered and ventilated arcades from 30 to 50 feet wide, which makes it possible that each division receives abundant light from every side, and that no skylights are neces- sary directly over any of the exhibition spaces. At the inter- section of the two principal arcades through the main axis a colonnaded rotunda is shown. The ground floor will furnish an exhibition space of about 265,000 square feet, and about 150,000 square feet may be gained by the introduction of galleries. A subdivision of each department into numerous alcoves is suggested. The walls of the building are set back from the facade 18 or 20 feet, forming a covered loggia which surrounds the entire building. The facade of the building in — 70 — question may be likened to a screen bearing the same relation to this structure as do the colonnades of the adjoining buildings. The base of this screen consists of sculptured panels illustrating in bold relief the progressive stages of civilization in symbolical representations, the background to the sculptured figures being of a rough golden-colored glass which will be illuminated at night and show the figures in silhouette. The figures are more than life size. Being a part of the greatest “ show ” ever at- tempted it undoubtedly should be novel, striking and full of life. The style of architecture which it represents has been a source of much speculation. “ Some have attempted to classify it as an example of the ‘ Nouveau art,’ ” says Mr. Theo. C. Link (of St. Louis), the architect of the Mines and Metallurgy Building, “but when I recently noticed an English art critic say, in protesting against its invasion of Great Britain, that this ‘ Nouveau art ’ is ‘ a mal- ady, the pernicious virus of which becomes more acute the farther it travels,’ I feel a strong personal solicitude for a properly con- ducted baptismal ceremony. Let us, therefore, name it ‘ Seces- sion Architecture.’ Perhaps I will have to explain what ‘ seces- sion architecture ’ is, if the name should not make it quite clear. It means architectural liberty and emancipation, with a strong plea for individuality. It is a breaking away from convention- ality in design ; it is more an architecture of feeling than of formula.” LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING. The Liberal Arts Building, another of the monster struc- tures which makes up the great picture of the Exposition, was designed by Barnett, Haynes and Barnett, an architectural firm of established repute in St. Louis. It is the closest of the big exhibit buildings to the open-mesh wire fence which will separate the exposition site from the finished part of Forest Park. It is the most easterly of the buildings and abuts the pavilions of the United States Government Building, which will be used for fish and ordnance exhibits. The Liberal Arts Building will be built of staff and the estimate of its cost is $500,000. Although — 71 — following the prevailing style of architecture of the exposition — the Renaissance — it adheres very closely to classic lines. The long facade, especially, shows a magnificent entrance, which is almost pure Corinthian. Here is what the architects say of their structure : — “ The style of architecture is a severe treatment of the French Renaissance for the exterior facades. In fact, the treatment embodies rather a feeling of the classic than of the Renaissance. It has been the endeavor of the architects to depend largely on sculpture in the decoration of the building, refraining from the over-use of stereotyped architectural ornamentation. The main facade will be 750 feet long and will be made interesting by the use of a center pavilion and of two end pavilions. The center LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING. pavilion is brought somewhat above the connecting buildings which unite it with the pavilions on either side. Each of the three pavilions, on the fronts, forms an elegant entrance to the building. On the main facade are three entrances and on the 525-foot facades are two entrances, one in each of the end pa- vilions. One of the most beautiful features of the plan will be the internal court, which is to be carried out - in strictly Roman feeling. The court is treated with arcade develop- ment, which incloses the court, forming a cool, shady walk entirely around it. The court is diversified with architectural fountains, statuary and vases. It is the idea that these vases and — 72 — statuary shall be reproductions from old Italian and Roman mas- ters. In the loggia of the court will be mural frescoes on old gold backgrounds, which will add subdued color to the enchanting pic- ture. Vines and flowers will be employed in a garden walk at the attic story line. The lower court will be carried out in the form of gardens and fountains. One of the most beautiful treatments of the exterior will be the broad allegorical, processional frieze on the interior walls of the exterior loggias. These mural paintings will be executed on a background of old gold. The main en- trance will be in the form of a semi-cycle with circular colon- nades. The ceiling of this semi-cycle will be frescoed on a back- ground of old gold. The decorations and ornaments will be brought out in relief. The plan is conspicuous for the perfect simplicity of its arrangement and the practicability of its exhibit spaces. The ten main entrances of the building intersect the ex- act centers of the exhibit spaces, the axial lines of these entrances running through the centers of the exhibit spaces from east to west and from north to south. The building is to be construc- ted without interior columns, the exhibit space being spanned in one truss. The internal court can, if necessary, be used as an overflow exhibit space. The exhibit space is adapted to any kind of an exhibit and the building will be ventilated and lighted by an abundance of windows, both in the exterior walls and in the clear- story.” ELECTRICITY BUILDING. The Electricity Building is the work of Walker & Kimball, of Boston and Omaha, who were chief architects of the Omaha Exposition. The structure is located on the main central avenue, and is one of the leading elements of the main Exposition pic- ture. It will have a frontage toward the north of 650 feet, and toward the east of 525 feet, facing the main lagoon. The design is a bold columnated treatment of the Corinthian order. The columns are carried well down toward the ground to give height to the facades. The facades are well accentuated by elevated pediments and tower effects over the four main entrances and at the corners. Over the accentuated places, as well as over the twin columns, which form 73 — a pleasing variation of the treatment of the facades, opportunity for ample sculptural decoration is supplied. The fenestration is bold and appropriate, giving ample light and substantial wall treatment. On two sides of the building are loggias which add pleasing effects of light and shadow. There are numerous open- ings on the facades, such as exhibitors always seek in selecting their exhibit space. The plan of the building is simple and well treated, showing an effort to supply as much exhibit space as is possible with the 350,600 square feet of floor space. The exhibit space is compact and symmetrical. An extensive balcony sweeps around four sides of the building, supplying 100,000 square feet of additional exhibit space. MANUFACTURERS AND LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING. The Manufacturers and Liberal Arts Building, designed by Carrere & Hastings, of New York, is one of the leading structures in the big Exposition picture. It is located in the picture sym- metrically with the Mines and Metallurgy Building. These two buildings will stand one at each side of the first view of the pic- ture of lagoons, cascades and hanging gardens, which the visitor will get as he enters the grounds by the main entrance. At the northern end of each of these buildings a gigantic tower, some 400 feet high, will be reared, and will close the picture much as the colonnade of the Art Building will close the picture at the southern end. These two big buildings have been designed re- spectively by Walker & Kimball, who were chairman of the Board of Architects of the Omaha Exposition, and Carrere & Hastings, who were chairman of the Board of Architects of the Pan- American Exposition, so that the northern end of the St. Louis Exposition picture will have a working relation with the most recent great expositions held in this country. Isaac S. Taylor, Chairman of the Commission of Architects, furnished the following discussion of the structure: “The Lib- eral Arts Building, by the well-known AmericaD architects, Carrere & Hastings, of New York, is a noble composition devel- oped in the Corinthian order of architecture. It lies in the main picture, being one of the buildings on the entrance to the main boulevard or central spacing. The structure has a — 74 — frontage to the north of 1,300 feet, with a depth of 525 feet on the main boulevard. The architects have designed noble and im- posing entrances at the centers of the main facades and have composed a tower some 400 feet high to stand at the angle of the main facade facing north. This prominent feature gives an appropriate balance with a tower of corresponding height on the Mines and Metallurgy Building immediately west. These two towers will balance the main front of the general layout of the important buildings constituting the fair. The architects have arranged corner entrances into this building. Entrances at the corners of buildings are difficult to so design as to be in perfect harmony with the architecture of the building in general. Without skillful treatment, such en- trances would not be acceptable from an artistic standpoint, but such entrances as Carrere & Hastings supply will please both the layman and the expert. Graceful groups of sculpture will orna- ment and accentuate the four main entrances on the sides. The architects have developed a most skillful arrangement of the roof lines. They give light and ventilation and at the same time avoid the extensive and troublesome skylights frequently used on struc- tures of this kind. The design of the facades of the building, employs the open Colonnade treatment which is very acceptable in a climate like that of St. Louis. This affords both a passageway for visitors and offers the shadow relief that will enhance the beauty of the design. The interior of the building has been laid out with courts of simple and pleasing proportions, with suffi- cient decoration to break the monotony of the walls. Oppor- tunity for mural decoration is given on the outside walls back of the column treatment. The cost of the building is to be $850,000.” THE BIG TOWER OF MANUFACTURES BUILDING. Carrere & Hastings, of New York City, architects of the Manufactures Building, have sent to Director of Works Taylor a perspective drawing of the big tower which will stand at the southeastern angle of their building. The plan of the building consists of two trapezoids slightly inclined towards each other about a central axis. The tower stands at the end of this axis^ — 76 — This tower is symmetrical in the picture with a similar, tower holding a similar position on the Varied Industries Building, designed by Van Brunt & Howe, of Kansas City. The tower rises 375 feet above the ground. It has an observ- ation platform 300 feet above the grade of the building. The platform is reached by a staircase and two elevators. The tower consists of a plain square shaft with a large spreading base. In this base is a monumental doorway giving entrance to the main axis of the building. The observation platform is a great loggia beyond a colonnade of the Ionic order, which is located immediately below the principal cornice of the tower. Above the cornice is a heavy pediment, forming the base of the surmounting lantern. The lantern is composed of an octagonal basement story supporting four loggias with Corinthian columns, between which, and the angles, are allegorical figures set upon bracket plinths. The top story of the lantern is an octagonal attic with torches at its base. This attic is capped by a small gilded dome, on which stands a winged figure. The motion to be taken by the sculptures is suggested iu considerable detail by the artist who has drawn the pei’spective. Sculpture is used in profusion in the pediments, in the cornice and in the angles beside the pediments. In the tower along the roof line of the building a small balcony is located, which can also serve for observation. Carrere & Hastings have sent to the Director of Works their general drawings, including plans and sections, and the force of draftsmen is now engaged in developing them. ART BUILDING. The Art Palace and its by-buildings, designed by Cass Gilbert, of New York and St. Paul, the architect of the New York Custom House and of the Minnesota State Capitol, will be the crowning construction of the St. Louis World’s Fair. The art palace will stand on a natural elevation rising some 60 feet at an angle of about 60 degrees from the level on which will be located the other big main exhibit buildings. It will close the picture as much as the big electric tower at the Pan-American Exposition closed the pic- ture there and as the Peristyle at Chicago closed the Court of Honor picture there. The Art Palace will consist of a main permanent gallery, 600x300 feet, in which will be housed the priceless paint- ings gathered from all parts of the earth ; two pavilions, each 200x300 feet which will be used for housing exhibits of art ob- jects produced in the course of industrial pursuits ; and a gigan- tic colonnade connecting the pavilions and spanning the entire upper end of the exposition picture. The main art gallery will be a permanent fireproof structure. In the main art gallery will be two courts which it is the inten- tion of the Art Department to use for the exhibit of sculptures under as nearly as possible the conditions under which they were designed for exhibit. The Art Palace and its by-buildings will cost $1,000,000. TEXTILES BUILDING. Messrs. Eames & Young, St. Louis architects, have designed the Textiles Building. They have selected the Corinthian order of architecture as being most in keeping with the purpose of the TEXTILES BUILDING. structure. The Textiles Building is situated to the left of the main Lagoon, and this, and the Electricity Building are the only two buildings facing the Grand Basins with the cascades and approaches to the terrace crowning the hill on which the Art Building stands. While the building is not the largest in area, its position makes it one of the most conspicuous one, in what has been called the “Main Picture’’ of the Exposition. The build- ing fronts 525 feet on the main thoroughfare of the Exposition. The principal entrances are on the axes of the building and some- — 78 — what resemble the well known form of the triumphal arch. At each angle of the building is a pavilion, forming a supplementary entrance, and these are connected by a colonnade of monumental proportions. The four elevations are similar in character, varying only as required to accommodate the design to the irregular shape of the ground plan. A liberal use of architectural sculpture lends a festal character to an otherwise somewhat severely classical ex- terior. The screen wall back of the colonnade, gives opportunity for a liberal display of color as a background for the classic out- lines of the Corinthian columns, affording liberal scope to the mural decorator. The interior court will follow the general outline of the build- ings in form and style, and will be laid out in the form of a plais- anoe or garden of a formal type. It is also suggested that this building, the roof of which is practically on a level with the terrace of the Art Building, could be successfully utilized as a jjromenade with a roof garden and restaurant attachment. It is estimated that the cost of this building will be about $600,000. It will be wholly temporary in character, and will be constructed of staff, or other similar material. MACHINERY BUILDING. The Machinery Building, which is the product of Widman, Walsh & Boisselier, of St. Louis, has a number of peculiarities that distinguish it from the other buildings of the main Exposition picture. From the southeast corner a big square is cut, forming a re-entering angle. The reason for this was that a big hill entered into the side at this point. The building is peculiar, also, in that it is crowned by eleven towers. Two of these, each 265 feet high, flank the northern entrance. Five are located one on each of the main corners of the building. Each of these is 185 feet high. Four lower towers, each 100 feet high, are located on the south front of the building. The building is peculiar, also, from the fact that it will house the big electric light and power plant to be put in by the Westinghouse Electric Company, con- sisting of four units of 2,000 kilowatts each. Coupled with this plant is a switch board 107 feet long, from which the electricity is to be distributed to all parts of the grounds. This switch — 79 — 'board stands in a gallery at the eastern end of the building. The wires carry the current from it and reach the sub-way through two great towers, each 8Jxl8 feet. These towers are to be fire- proof and to be built of tiling and iron. Another peculiarity of the building will be the fact that two lines of railway track will be run through it, from east to west, properly equipped with turn-outs and switches. These tracks will be used for conveying material to the building during construction and will be left in place to aid in installing machinery later. The building will contain altogether 3,000 feet of railway track. The floor is to MACHINERY BUILDING. be laid “ flush ” with the top of the rails, and the people are to walk over them. For the passage of railway cars, there will be at the western end big sliding doors 13x18 feet. Like the Elec- trical Building, this building will be equipped with a traveling crane. That in the Electrical Building will have a span of 60 feet and will carry 30 tons, while that in the Machinery Building will have a span of 80 feet and will be able to carry a weight of 40 tons — a larger span and greater power. This crane will run the entire length of the building. The building will be one of the giants of the Exposition picture. Its dimensions are to be 525x1000 feet. — 80 — VARIED INDUSTRIES BUILDING. The Varied Industries Building is a magnificent structure on the outer perimeter of the picture representing the main view of the Fair. It is one that will strike the beholder immediately after passing the main entrance gate. It will present a facade of 1,250 feet on the north and 525 feet on the east, giving 656,250 feet of exhibition space on the first or ground floor. It is a col- umnated design, free treatment, of the Ionic order. There is an increase of size of column treatment at the main entrance, but in such style and taste as to not interfere with the general design. On the main 1,200 feet will be a center tower 400 feet high with flank- ■ BVILDIHC ■ OF ■ VARIED- IllDVSTRIES • ing towers each about 200 feet high. In the large tower there will be a magnificent electric clock. These towers afford ample space for electrical display and illumination. Numerous entrances are to be on the facades, exclusive of the main entrance in the center. A specially featured entrance will be made at the center of the south front, this entrance being thrown baek and a magnificent colonnade formed on either side. The colonnade construction on the main fronts will afford protection for pedes- trians from both sun and rain. In the center of the struc- ture will be two large courts, affording light and ventilation to the building. Graceful iron sheds, or canopies, will be erected in the courts and used for exhibits. The kiosks to be used as — 81 — toilet rooms, will also be placed in the courts. The building is so designed that it will have a magnificent corridor or passageway through the center from north to south. A gallery, constructed with a view to architectual beauty, will nearly double the exhibit T. P. A. BUILDING. space in the building. The size and grace of this building will add materially to the beauty and attractiveness of the group build- ings forming the main picture of the Fair. Van Brunt & How of Kansas City, are the Architects of this building. USE OF UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS. The magnificent buildings erected for the new Washington University on the terrain adjoining the World’s Fair grounds have been leased for Exposition purposes and will greatly add to the beauty and grandeur of the Louisiana Centennial Exposition. One of them will constitute the Educational Building, another will serve for the Social Economy Exhibit, a third will be occu- pied by the various offices of the World’s Fair Administration, and all will be utilized to the utmost advantage. 6k — 82 COMMISSION OF WORLD’S FAIR ARCHITECTS. The following Architects constitute the Commission : — Isaac S. Taylor, St. Louis, Chief Architect. Eames & Young, St. Louis, Textile Building. Theodore C. Link, St. Louis, Mines and Metallurgy Building. Widman, Walsh and Boisselier, St. Louis, Machinery Building. Barnett, Haynes and Barnett, St. Louis, Liberal Arts Building. Cass Gilbert, New York and St. Paul, Fine Arts Building. Carrere & Hastings, New York, Manufacturers Building. Walker & Kimball, Omaha and Boston, Electricity Building. Van Brunt & Howe, Kansas City, Varied Industries Building. Isaac S. Taylor, St. Louis, Missouri State Building. J. Knox Taylor, Washington, D. C., Government Building. EADS BRIDGE AND TUNNEL. The necessity of a bridge across the Mississippi river between St. Louis and East St. Louis, connecting Missouri and Illinois, was keenly felt long before such a bridge was built. The first official step towards the erection of one consisted in an instruc- tion, given by the city council of St. Louis in 1865, to the city engineer, Tiuman G. Homer, to prepare plans and estimates for such a structure, but when the required outlay was set down by him at three and a third million dollars, the intention was sum- marily given up. A charter in the name of the St. Louis and Illinois Bridge Co. had, in the meantime, been secured from the Missouri legislature by Norman J. Cutter and a number of St. Louis capitalists, followed by a charter issued to him by the authorities of Illinois, both documents granting the erection of a bridge between the two States, but the Illinois charter contained certain unacceptable conditions, and a committee went to Spring- field to have them amended. Before this committee succeeded in its mission a Chicago syndicate procured froiu the Illinois legis- lature a charter creating the Illinois and St. Louis Bridge Com- pany as a rival, and in opposition to the St. Louis 'Company, which, in consequence of this unexpected action, had to encounter all sorts of obstacles, legal hindrances and embarrass- KAD3 BRIDGE. — 84 — ing delays lasting several years. At last an agreement was reached and the difficulties were settled by the buying out of the Chicago Company, leaving the field to the St. Louis organization, whose board of directors appointed an executive and finance committee, with Dr. Wm. Taussig as its chairman. One of the principal duties of this committee was the securing of the neces- sary funds, and the success in this direction was chiefly due to the exertions of Dr. Taussig, who, after the completion of the bridge, became the general manager, and soon afterwards the president of the Bridge and Tunnel Company and of the St. Louis Terminal Railroad Association. The bridge is called the Eads Bridge, in honor of Capt. James B. Eads, who was the chief engineer of this gigantic work, which stands unsurpassed in beauty and grandeur. The corner-stone was laid on the western shore of the Mississippi, at the foot of Washington avenue, on the 25th of Febrnary, 1868, and the inauguration took place on the 4th of July, 1874, fully six years having been necessary for the construction of one of the greatest bridges of the world. The imposing strncture connect- ing not only Missouri and Illinois, bnt the entire East with the great West, consists of three arches, the center one being 520 feet in clear span, and 55 feet above high water; the two side arches measnre 502 feet each, with 50 feet above high water ; the rise of the middle arch is 47 feet, and that of either side span is 43 feet 8 inches. The total length of the bridge is 1,627 feet between abutments ; the western abutment has a base of 49 feet in length and 62 feet 8 inches in width ; the west pier is 82 feet long and 48 feet wide at the base, and 63 feet by 24 feet at the top, being 172 feet 1 inch in height, with its foundation 61 feet 2 inches below extreme low water. The east abutment measures 83 by 70 feet 6 inches at the base, and the east pier is 82 feet by 60 at the bottom, 63 by 24 feet at the top, with 197 feet and 1 inch in height, the foundation standing 86 feet 2 inches below extreme low water. From the abutments on either bank of the river the two roadways are carried across the Levee, a dis- tance of 240 feet, on an arcaded structure of stone-masonry of two tiers of arches, the lower roadway or railway floor being sup- ported on the lower tier consisting of a series of five masonry — 85 — arches of 27 feet span each ; the upper or highway floor is sup- ported on the upper tier which contains 21 arches. The length of the bridge, including the two arcades, is 2,107 feet, and from Third street, where the tunnel commences, to the east end of the east arcade, is 3,000 feet. The masonry of the two piers below the surface of the water had to be done by way of caissons and cofferdams, within which the workmen performed their not easy task, fresh air being con- ducted into the caissons and the foul air pumped out by power- ful machines from above, without which precaution the workmen would not have been able to remain in the caissons any length of time. The ingenious contrivances and the whole apparatus brought to use were admired by engineers from all parts of the globe, who came here to witness the progress of the work ; but an object of still greater admiration was the superstructure with its gigantic net of steel tubes, ribs and posts, which serve as support for the roadbeds. Each piece of steel or iron, used in the construction of the bridge, was subjected to a most scrupulous test and promptly rejected if not coming up to the required conditions. The steel and iron parts came from the Keystone Bridge Co., of Pittsburg, and the William Butcher Steel Works in Philadelphia. There the tests were made before the shipment to St. Louis took place and they were repeated here. Several machines were expressly invented for this purpose by Col. Henry Flad, the first assistant of Captain Eads, after- wards President of the Board of Public Improvements and later on a member of the United States Commission for the improve- ment of the Mississippi. The calculations were principally the work of Mr. Chas. Pfeifer, who afterwards became Street Com- missioner, then Harbor Commissioner, and Chief Engineer for the building of a bridge over the Manongahela in Pittsburg. The late Chancellor of Washington University, Prof. Chauvenet, assisted in the mathemetical calculations, which formed such an important part of the work. The men who planned and conducted the erection of the bridge and in whose hands the financial management rested, were fully aware, that an enterprise of such dimensions would not be free from obstacles and disappointments, but they hardly expected — 86 — that they would have to encounter so many great hindrances of various character, as they actually did. These men were the two engineers, Eads and Flad, and the chairman of the finance committee. Dr. Taussig, but they had sufficient confidence in the ultimate success of their undertaking and did not falter in bring- ing it to completion. They overcame all difficulties and had the satisfaction to see their arduous labors and prolonged cares triumphantly crowned and rewarded, when this wonderful work of bridge architecture was finished and the first railroad train made its way across the Father of Waters. The quantity of steel for the arches amounted to 4.788,000 pounds, the wrought iron weighs 6,313,000. The total costs, including all expenses, approached ten million dollars. The work on the tunnel, connecting the bridge with all our railroad lines, was commenced in the fall of 1872 and completed in June, 1874. The tunnel begins west of Second street and goes from Third to Sixth street in a straight line under Washing- ton avenue, makes a curve from near Seventh under St. Charles and Locust to Eighth and Olive and thence below Eighth to its mouth between Spruce and Poplar street, where its two tracks connect with our whole railroad system. The tunnel has a length of 4,880 feet or 1,623 yards, equal to one mile. It consists in fact of two parallel running tunnels, separated by a massive wall; this was done not only to secure the necessary safety for the immense traffic of passengers and freight trains, which thereby run only in one direction in each of these two tunnels, but also on account of safer construction and greater solidity of the un- derground masonry work. The laying of tracks was completed on the 9th of July, 1874, and the first train was soon afterwards sent through the tunnel and over the bridge. UNION STATION. The (old) Union Depot on Twelfth and Poplar streets was established simmultanously and served its purpose during twenty years; the constant extension of traffic, especially of the freight trade, made the purchase of additional ground necessary from time to time, but all this proved inadequate and led to the erect- UNION STATION. — 88 — ing of Union Station, in which all railroad lines center. The Depot building by itself faces on Market street and occupies the two blocks between Eighteenth and Twentieth street, a length of 606 feet. The plans were made b}' the St. Louis architect, Theo. C. Link, and the building executed under his supervision, but it is chiefly due to the wisdom, the energy and the untiring exertions of Dr. Wm. Taussig, that St. Louis possesses the finest, best equipped and most practically arranged railway depot in the United States, and that all Europe can boast of only one which is its equal — the Central Bahnhof, at F'rankfort on the Main. The New Union Station, as it is still called, though it has been inaugurated in September, 1894, is a massive, imposing structure, just as elaborate and beautiful in its exterior as in its interior. The principal waiting hall forms the piece de resistance in size and elegance and is not surpassed by any waiting room in this or any other country. All other parts of the immense building are likewise admirably arranged and the comfort of the public is taken care of in every imaginable way. The electric light and the heat- ing is furnished from a separate building, standing 1,800 feet distant, by a system of underground pipes. The building costs over 800,000 dollars and it is confirmed by the best authorities of America and Europe, that it is worth fully that sum. The train sheds of the Union Station cover more area and more tracks than any existing train shed. The structure is 700 feet long by 606 feet broad, and contains 30 passenger tracks. The area included in the train shed is 424,200 square feet, or nearly ten acres. The trains of 22 railroad companies are to be found on its tracks. The shed is lighted by 150 direct-current arc lamps distributed along the platforms and in the Midway, which latter sepa- rates the shed from the main building. This Midway reaches from Eighteenth to Twentieth street, is 50 feet wide, under a roof of corrugated glass, which admits light to the waiting- rooms of the first floor. The movement of all trains is regulated by an interlock system furnished by the Westinghouse Company, and operated by electric pneumatic power, for which the com- pressed air is produced in the same building in which the dyna- — 89 — mos and heating apparatus stand. The interlock system is controlled from a tower on the top of the power-house, where it faces the station and the entire track system. The successful operation of the station depends upon the rapid and safe move- ments of trains and engines, and when it is stated that, by actual count, 250 distinct movements of trains and engines are made in one hour while handling the regular daily traffic, it will be seen that the selection of the most suitable system of interlocking was a weighty question. An idea of the territory covered by the Union Station property may be obtained when it is stated that the building, the Midway and the train shed, occupy an area of 497,092 square feet or 11.1 acres ; the ground south of the train shed and between it and the power-house contains 465,970 square feet, or more than twenty-two acres. There are nineteen miles of tracks in the system, of which three and one-half miles are located under the train shed. To show the reader, furthermore, the immensity of the traffic within the aforesaid terrain the simple statement will be sufficient that 236 passenger trains, aside of freight trains, arrive and depart every twenty-four hours. The total outlay for real estate, buildings and all other improvements, tracks, etc., amounted to six and a half million dollars. The general offices of the Bridge and Tunnel Company and of the St. Louis Terminal Railroad Association occupy the upper floors of the Union Station Building. The latter association will soon commence extensive prepara- tions in view of the coming World’s Fair, and the multitude of travelers which during that period will throng the station and whose safety and comfort will be taken care of in the same ad- mirable manner which has signified the entire management since the opening day of Union Station. THE MERCHANTS BRIDGE. The second bridge spanning the Mississippi at this point bears the name Merchants Bridge from the fact that some members of the Merchants Exchange were its promoters. Two companies were organized : the St. Louis Merchants Bridge Company and — 90 — the St. Louis Merchants Terminal Company. The construction of the Merchants Bridge began in 1887 and was finished in 1889. It is a railwa}' bridge and has a double track; its four piers sup- port three main spans, the center one of which measures 523.5, each of the two others, 521.5 feet. The height above high water is 52 feet. At either end of the main bridge are three approach deck spans of 125 feet each in length. The bridge proper is 1,366.5 feet long, the total structure including the steel approaches, 2,422.5 feet. The en- tire superstructure is of steel except the pedestals and ornamen- ted posts, which are of cast iron ; the total weight of steel is 10,470,940 pounds. The eastern approach has a length of 4,740 feet and crosses the tracks of the Chicago and Alton, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis and the Wabash Railroads in the north end of Venice and terminates in the town of Madison, from this point to Granite City, two and a half miles distant, a double track railway connects with the above railroads, and the St. Louis, Chicago & St. Paul Railroad. At the western end of the bridge approach connection is made with the Wabash Rail- road, the Keokuk lines and the St. Louis Transfer Railway. The tracks of the Merchants Bridge Terminal Railway com- mence west of Tenth street near the tracks of the St. Louis & San Francisco Railroad, and are carried on a double track ele- vated structure, 8,160 feet long, from Seventh street to the levee and along the levee northwest to Carr street ; from this point the tracks continue northward along Main and Hall streets to Bremen avenue, where they meet the western approach at the bridge. At Bremen avenue a branch extends across the grounds of the city water works, and thence along McKissock avenue to Bircher street and Broadway. The cost of erection amounted to 1,800,000 dollars. Mr. C. C. Rainwater has been the President of the Merchants Bridge Ter- minal Railway Co. since its organization. The offices of the company are located in the Union Station Building. - 91 — TERMINAL RAILROAD ASSOCIATION. The Terminal Railroad Association of St. Louis, organized in 1889, is the offspring of four older companies, which had been established at different times since 1874. The first two of them, the Union Railway and Transit Company of St. Louis and the Union Railway and Transit Company of East St. Louis, chartered by the States of Missouri and Illinois respectively, were organized for the purpose, to enable the Bridge and Terminal Company to run passenger and freight trains between East St. Louis and St. Louis, as the charter of the latter company contained no pro- vision granting such privilege. Soon after their formation these companies organized, under the direction of the bridge management, a complete service, pur- chased locomotives, erected machine shops and freight ware- houses, and laid connecting and storage tracks for the handling of freight. But this served exclusively for freight traffic and it became necessary therefore, to found another company, to take care of the passenger traffic ; this was done under the name of the Union Depot Company of St. Louis, by which the (old) Union Depot on Twelfth and Poplar streets was built; it was opened for traffic in June, 1875, and served until September, 1894, when it was superseded by the present Union Station. In 1880 the capital of the two Transit Companies had become exhausted and as the traffic had increased to large dimensions and more ground was needed for expansion of terminals, two new auxiliary companies weie formed, the “ Terminal Railroad Com- panies of St. Louis and East St. Louis ” for exactly the same pur- poses as those of their predecessors. Thus there were five sepa- rate companies in existence, but all five operating under the direction of the St. Louis Bridge and Tunnel Company. The General Manager and afterwards President of the latter company. Dr. Wm. Taussig, conceived already in 1882 the plan for the con- solidation of the principal railroad lines centering in this city into a united terminal system, but it took years and years before his plans went into effect. The contracts with the four companies had expired in 1886 and when Dr. Taussig communicated his ideas to Mr. Jay Gould, who in the meantime had become the lessee of — 92 — the bridge, this gentleman approved of them without hesitation and authorized him to take the necessary steps for the consumma- tion of the project. The final result of this was the formation of the Terminal Railroad Association of St. Louis in 1889 by the following companies: The Ohio & Mississippi ; Cleveland, Cincin- nati, Chicago & St. Louis (the Big Four) ; Louisville & Nashville ; Missouri Pacific and Wabash Railways. Under the agreement made by these companies they became the owners of all the property held at the time by the five auxiliary corporations and perpetual lessees of the bridge and tunnel. The new association immediately elected Dr. Taussig its president, which office he occupied until his voluntary retirement in 1896, whereupon Mr. Julius S. Walsh became his successor. The formation of the Terminal Association, which at the outset required a capital of five millions and later on five more, gave St. Louis the largest, most compact and perfect terminal system in the United States and there is none in Europe which could bear comparison. A further result of this gigantic association was the establishing of the largest, completest and best arranged Central Railway Depot in the world, our unsurpassed Union Station, which affords the means of the most practical ingress and egress to twenty-two railroads. The association owns in St. Louis in fee and under lease over ninety-five and in East St. Louis nearly eighty-four acres of ground, operates here thirty and across the river twenty-eight miles of tracks, with thirty-eight locomotives of the latest and heaviest type, and furnishes freight facilities, storage yards and warehouses for all the vast tonnage that the various roads bring into and out of St. Louis. Its number of employees is over three thousand, all its appliances and appurtenances are of the most modern character, and its passenger accommodations have no rival in this or any other country. MERCHANTS’ EXCHANGE OF ST. LOUIS. The Merchants’ Exchange of St. Louis, now and since many years one of the most important institutions of its kind in the country, had its inception in a small debating club, established — 93 — in 1836 by about twenty-five merchants, who came together once a mouth after business hours, to discuss business and other mat- ters of interest to themselves and the city at large. They had no room of their own but met in the office of the Missouri Insurance Company on the east side of Main between Pine and Olive streets. These monthly gatherings were soon attended by a larger number of merchants, and the offer of a more spacious room in the printing house of the Missouri Republican, in the same block was therefore gladly made use of. Later on the meetings were held in the basement of the Unitarian Church, corner Fourth and Pine, at that time considered rather distant from the center of trade, that is from the Levee and Main street, and this fact shows how insignificant the organization must have been at its beginning. It adopted the name of Chamber of Commerce and received a charter from the State Legislature in 1837. Most of its members were commission merchants or boat owners and the deliberations were therefore principally devoted to these two branches of business. It was not until 1848, that the members resolved to occupy more adequate quarters, to meet every day at a certain hour and to get market reports, quotation and ship- ping news by telegraph and have them posted in their rooms. A suitable locality was found on the second floor at the northeast corner of Main and Olive streets ; the daily papers of other large cities were kept on file and accessible during the whole day and various other facilities were procured. The growing importance of the milling trade led in 1849 to the establishing of a Millers’ Exchange on Main and Locust streets, where samples of grain and flour could be exhibited from day to day and producers and dealers were invited to congregate there for the transaction of business ; owners and captains of steam- boats and barges and their agents found it likewise in their interest to appear regularly at this Exchange as well as at the Chamber of Commerce and both bodies became more and more important. The Millers’ Exchange was in fact the first Grain Exchange in the country and may be called the Pioneer Corn Exchange of the United States. Before a year had elapsed, plans for a consoli- dation were submitted to both bodies and immediatly adopted, larger accommodations secured on Main near Locust street and — 94 the St. Louis Merchants’ Exchange, which name had been agreed upon, was opened for the first time on January the 7th, 1850. The constant addition of new members, the extension of trade and the requirement of still better accommodations caused a general desire to substitute an appropriate building, its own property, for the leased quarters, and the erection of what is now called the Old Merchants’ Exchange Building on the east side of Main, between Market and Walnut streets, was the result of this desire, but the intention of becoming the owner of the building was abandoned and the renting of the second floor for twenty-five hundred dollars per annum preferred. The inaugural of the Exchange Hall took place on June the 8th, 1857, and eveiything went on satisfactorily and harmoniously until January, 1862, when diverging sentiments in politics caused a rupture among the members. They were divided on the vital question of the day, the intact preservation of the Union, — and the outcome of these differences of opinion was the secession of the Unionists; they let the Southern sym- pathizers in possession of the hall on Main street and esiablished themselves under the name of the Union Merchants’ Exchange in the then new building directly south of the Post Office on Third and Olive streets, owned by General Frank P. Blair. The most influential members of the Exchange had affiliated with the new body and this was keenly felt liy those from whom they had sep- arated and with whom many of them had been united by ties of a lifelong friendship. But the separation diil not last long, harmony was restored before the year expired, the Union Merchants’ Ex- change was closed and its members returned to the old quarters in November, 1862, all being glad and rejoicing over the recon- ciliation. The continued expansion of trade, the multiplicaiion of mem- bers, general prosperity in all commercial and industrial branches soon after the end of the war, renewed the demand for another Exchange which would be worthy of and in keeping with the city’s greatness, the volume of trade and the position occupied by our mercantile community. Another cause for a removal lay in the fact that the march of trade in a western direction had already set in ; that many Arms, banks and insurance companies had left Main street, and the transfer of the commercial center to the — 95 — streets further west had become obvious. A proposition made by George Knapp in behalf of himself and other prominent men, to erect a suitable and appropriate building for the use of the Merchants’ Exchange on Third street, reaching from Chestnut to Pine, was therefore accepted; the Chamber of Commerce Association organized with Rufus J. Lackland as its President and Geo. H. Morgan as Secretary, and work com- menced in the spring of 1874. The ground and buildings occupy- ing the site were bought at a cost of 561,700 dollars and one and a half millions were expended for the imposing structure whose dedication and opening was duly celebrated on the 21st of De- MEKCHANTS EXCHANGE. cember, 1875. After the old hall on Main street had been closed the same day with appropriate ceremonies. The new building be- came afterwards the property of the Merchants’ Exchange. The purchase took place in 1892. The Exchange hall proper has a length of 222, a width of ninety-two and one-half feet, and the ceiling is sixty feet above the floor. It is well adapted for its speciflc purpose, receives light and air from three sides, and con- tains all facilities in the way of telegraph and telephone connections, including pneumatic transmission of dispatches to and from the central offices of the Western Union Telegraph Company. — 96 — During the many years of its existence additions and diminutions of membership were of frequent occurrence, but neither the one nor the other ought to be taken as a criterion of business transactions or trade conditions, as such fluctuations are brought on by various and in most cases personal reasons. The largest membership, 3,566, was reached in 1883, the smallest was that of 1863, there being only 518 names on the list; the number varied mostly between 2,500 and 3,500 and averaged in the last five or six years aiiout 2,200. It is not the quantity, but the quality of the men, who constitute such a body, that gives it its prestige and it can be said with the fullest justification, that the members of the Merchants Exchange of St. Louis have no superiors in any of the other commercial centers on this side of the Atlantic. They are the bone and sinew of the commu- nity, the foremost promoters of all important enterprises and of everything tending to the development of our commercial and other public interests and to the welfare of the city at large. The men who, in the course of time, officiated as president of the Exchange, form an array of the best known names, represent- atives of business and industr^q unsurpassed honor and integrity, and so were and are their co-workers from the time of the organization of the Exchange till to-day. The officers for the year 1902 are as follows: — President. Geo. J. Tansey. First Vice-President. J. R. Ballard. Second Vice-President. Wm. a. Gardner. Secretary and Treasurer. Geo. H. Morgan. First Assistant Secretary. D. R. Whitmore. — 97 — Second Assistant Secretary. H. R. Whitmore. Attorney. R. F'. Walker. Directors for 1902. Oscar M. Whitelaw. James S. McGehee. Henry Wollbrinck. Christoph Hilke. S. A. Whitehead. Directors for 1902 and 1908. Wm. T. Haarstick. T. H. Francis. L. B. Brinson. Otto L. Teichmann. John H. Dieckmann. HISTORY OF ST. LOUIS MILLS. My Dear Karoad : You ask me for a brief review of the flour mills of St. Louis. This involves a large draft on memory for nearly fifty years, and without printed or written records to refer to, I will hasve to rely on personal recollections entirely. When I came to St. Louis in 1850, the mill of August Chouteau, up to that date run by water power from Chouteau pond through Mill Creek, west of Seventh street, at about the present Poplar- street, was abandoned as a mill and converted into a stone saw mill ; later the picturesque Chouteau pond was filled up to make ground for the past and present Union Depot and the numerous tracks, warehouses, including the Cripples block, now the location of the heavy wholesale grocery, transfer and man- ufacturing industries of this busy city. The first wheel- barrow load of dirt was dumped into the pond by Mayor Kennett, in the absence of Senator Benton, with pomp and ceremony to inaugurate the beginning of the Pacific, our first railroad. The Chouteau residence was an imposing Gre- cian structure on the present site of the jail and Four Courts, and 7k — 98 — Mr. Cbouteau aud the white horse he rode to the mill daily added to the picturesque features of an attractive landscape. The Star Mill on Levee and Elm streets was built by Daniel D. Page, of whom it was told that he used to stand out on the levee and count the puffs of steam and remark that the profit was a “ dollar a puff.” As the engine was slow and he could buy wheat at his own price and sell flour on the same terms, the profits were, of course, large, and helped to form the great banking house of Page & Bacon, which became the financial backer of our first railroad to the East, the Ohio & Mississippi, to Cincinnati. Smith & Watkins succeeded Page in the ownership, and after running the mill a few years it was dismantled and converted into an iron foundry, now feed and hay warehouses. The Union Mill at Main, Levee and Florida streets, was built, owned and run by James and Edward Walsh, which firm also owned and run several fine steamboats to New Orleans. After partially freighting at the Levee, these boats would go to the mill and take on one thousand or more barrels of flour for the trade South. The Walshes descended from J. & E. occupy the high- est positions in business and society circles in the city. Capt. Gorman, sometimes wheat buyer for and manager of the mill, and also captain of one of the boats, was killed by a rebel shell while commanding the steamer Henry Von Phul. After the Walshes sold the mill it passed through several changes of owner- ship, until torn down to make room for the Merchants Elevator. The Phoenix Mill, on Barry between Sixth and Seventh, built and run by the Pilkingtou Bros., was Grant’s resting-place on his way from town to the farm, the pile of bran sacks affording fine opportunity for “forty winks.” This mill, after changing ownership several times, was finally dismantled, and the remnant of it is now used as an annex to a planing mill. The O’Fallou Mill, at junction of Fourth and Fifth, now Broadway, was built and torn down and rebuilt by Jos. G. Shands,and operated under several succeeding owners until bought with other properties by the Gould railways for right of way to connect the Iron Mountain and Pacific roads by surface tracks, but the city refus- ing the necessary grant, the connection was not made; meantime, however, the mill was torn down. The Nonantum Mill was built — 99 — opposite the Convent Market almost over the Mill Creek Sewer, by S. G. Sears and his associates, and run successfully for sev- eral years and was then dismantled and became in time a beer and boarding-house. The Planters Mill, on Franklin avenue, west of Fourteenth street, was one of the reputable old-time mills which have passed. When I first knew it William Stobie and associates had it. It passed to successive owners until abandoned. The first Anchor Mill was farther west on Franklin avenue ; was burned and rebuilt, burned again and then rebuilt at Twenty-first and Clark avenue, burned and rebuilt, all under the ownership of Henry C. Yeager and his associates ; passed to Jno. W. Kauffman, and burned again, and then abandoned. The Park Mill at Fourteenth and Market, owned by Thomas A. Buckland and Weller, afterwards by John F. Tolle, succeeded by John W. Kauffman ; burned in a Fourth of July celebration ; the city was sued for the value of the property, suit decided in favor of the city ; mill was not rebuilt. Cherry Street Mill, corner Cheny and Collins, was run by Osborne and Tolle, later John F. Tolle ; had a fine reputation and profitable trade up to the death of Mr. Tolle. Empire Mill, Broadway and LaBaume streets, built by Goodfellow and Robinson, passing through Hazard, Benson & Co., Alex. H. Smith & Co., and Empire Mill Co. until dismantled, and is now used as a carriage repository. The Jefferson Mills, on North Market street, built by the Sessinghaus Mill Co., continues to be one of the few suc- cessful mills now active. The Missouri Mills, Seventh and St. Charles, a beautiful structure, which was burned soon after com- pletion and not rebuilt; Powell Bros, were the proprietors. The Pacific Mills, Third and Cedar streets. When I first knew it Pomperoy was proprietor, after him Col. Chas. L. Tucker, suc- ceeded by Kehlor until it burned ; a pickle factory now occupies the site. The Atlantic Mills, corner of Main and Plum streets, was built and run by Ball & Chapin until sold to Rhodes, Pegram & Co. and Henry Whitmore, succeeded by Bain & Pegram, later on Fusz & Backer, under the name of Regina Mill ; it was totally destroyed by fire twice and rebuilt. Plants — all the old resi- dents will remember this old landmark on Franklin avenue, be- — 100 — tween Fifth and Sixth, from whence it had supplied flour for fifty years, until the new Plants was built at Main and Chouteau ave- nue ; this new mill was burned and rebuilt and is now much the largest mill here ; the old one was converted into stores. The Laclede Mill, Ninth and Soulard, built by Elbridge Goddard and S. G. Sears; last owner, Kehlor, burned several years ago, and was not rebuilt. The United States Mill, corner Second and Eutger, built by E. Goddard and Sons, destroyed by cyclone ajid fire ; partially rebuilt, but not completed. The Victoria Mills, built by Alex. H. Smith and his associates, now owned by Wm. D. Orthwein and the estate of Chas. F. Orthwein, are con- stantly in successful operation. The Gamble Street Mill, corner of Gamble and Twenty-first, built and operated by Buschman & Co., until sold to Anchor Mill Co., and dismantled to make room for the new Anchor Mill. The Pearl Mills, on Rocky Branch in North St. Louis, built and operated by Horatio N. Davis until dismantled a few years ago. The Saxony Mills, Lombard, be- tween Third and Fourth streets, built and operated by Leouhardt & Schuricht, dismantled and rebuilt by Mr. Leonhardt, and are now successfully operated by his sons. St. George Mill, Nos. 1 11-1919 South Third street, built, remodeled, rebuilt and op- erated by Henry Kalblleisch, was bought a few years ago by Flannagan & Co., and converted into a corn mill. Eagle Mills, Main and Bates street, built and operated successfully by Dennis Marks, until sold to Sam Plant, sold by him to E. O. Stanard, present owner. Buss Mills, North Broadway, opposite Bellefontaine, a strictly up-to-date modern mill, built and operated by John B. Buss Milling Co. Hezel Mills, East St. Louis, built by Hezel Mill Co., totally destroyed by the cyclone in 1896, rebuilt on another site and continually in successful operation. Venice Mills, owned by Kehlor until burned. Kehlor Mills, East St. Louis, built by Kehlor Bros., the largest mill here. This was badly damaged by the cyclone of 1896 ; speedily restored and continuously in suc- cessful operation. Meramac Mills, Eighth and Clark avenue, built and operated by H. B. Eggers, is a strictly up-to-date, suc- cessful mill. The United States Mill, Seventh street, south of Poplar, built and operated by Aaron W. Fagin until burned — 101 — down without insurance ; was not rebuilt. Camp Spring Mill at Twentieth, south of Market street, built by Eickerman & Wulze^ remodeled by the Camp Spring Mill Co., Mr. John B. Woestman, president, was sold to the Terminal Co., and now part of the Union Station. From the brief resume it appears that of the twentj'-nine mills mentioned, twenty have ceased to exist, and the busy, energetic proprietors have passed away in about the same proportion. If space admitted, I would like to indulge in pleasant reminiscences of these departed friends, but must close with the general sum- mary, that they were all honorable, useful citizens, who, in their day and generation, contributed much to the prosperity of the city. Alex. H. Smith. MILLIl^G AND FLOUR TRADE. There was a time, and it lies not at all very far behind us, when the flour trade of the United States looked to St. Louis for its chief supply. Our city was, for many years, the actual center of milling, and the wheat flour produced here was of unsur- passed quality, and considered tlie best in home and foreign markets, and this reputation is still held by it. The prestige of the St. Louis flour, milled here as in the country mills owned by St. Louis millers, is based upon the fact that the wheat regions, from which these mills draw their supply, is of superior quality, and that the mills are equipped with the most approved and modern machinery ; the grain and flour inspection regulated by the St. Louis Merchants Exchange, and conducted by its sworn officials, is, furthermore, a guarantee and safeguard to the pro- ducer and miller as well as to the dealer and consumer, and of the greatest advantage to each of them. Fourteen mills were in the city as early as 1847, twenty-two in 1850, and the number reached even up to twenty-seven in tlie first half of the seventies. At present only fourteen are here in operation, but to these must be added a like number of mills located elsewhere owned and operated by St. Louis firms. Aside from supplying the domestic markets, very large sales are constantly made to foreign coun- — 102 — tries, especially to Great Britain, France, Belgium, Holland, to Mexico, Central and South America, to South Africa, Mediter- ranean points, and during the last two years the West Indies were added to the list. The flour export began in 1872, and was inaugurated by the late Geo. Bain, at that time the owner of the Atlantic (now known as the Regina) Mills, with the active and valuable co-operation of Mr. Henry C. Haarstick, the president of the Mississippi Valley Transportation Company, whose barge lines form an important factor in the export trade of the city. J. F. IMBS, President. J. J. IMBS, Vice-President. A. V. IMBS, Secretary. M. A. RUST, Treasurer. J. p. Imbs /T\illi9<5 <^o., propri(?tors of E/r\ills - ii) - Illinois. 120 ai)d 122 Soiitl? (Tfaii? Street, sj. eodis, /T)o. Kirjloel?, /I8I5. B- trusted to him is in safe hands ; the interests of his clients are most carefully guarded by him just as if they were his own, and it is his constant aim to secure to his patrons the best results. His business comprises buying and selling real estate, loaning mone}' on such, the investing of capital for others and alt the various functions of a house agent. Some very important real estate deals involving large amounts have been consummated through him in the most efficient manner, and he is considered one of the best experts in his line. Imbued with the strictest busi- ness principles, upright in all his transactions, giving his undi- vided attention to everything placed in his hands, his remarkable success is well deserved and a justified source of pride to himself and his innumerable friends. His career is a rather interesting one. — 147 — and shows what industrial habits, probity of character, willpower and ambition can achieve. In his fifteenth year a drummer boy in the beginning of the Civil War and during the following four years, and until mustered out at the end of the war, he has stood before the public’s eye ever since, for many years in various official capacities, the most important of them that of Circuit Clerk, for which he was twice elected by very large majorities, and all of which he filled with great honor to himself and the full- est satisfaction of the community. Mr. Vogel is a man of great activity and energy, but at the same time precautious and conservative, affable and modest in his manners and of rare per- sonal magnetism, a true friend and well meaning to everybody. He takes a lively interest in public affairs, is a member of the Merchants and of the Real Estate Exchange, the Mercantile and Union Club ; belongs to several social and benevolent organiza- tions, and is very prominent in Grand Army and fraternal circles, especially so in the Masonic Order. JOS. P. WHYTE REAL ESTATE CO. Kinloch A977. Mr. Joseph P. Whyte, the President of this company, is a resi- dent of this city since forty years, having come here in 1862. His connection with the real estate branch began in 1875, and he became identified during the following sixteen years with some of the oldest real estate firms of our city. This long period made him thoroughly familiar with the branch in all its details, and he was fully equipped for the transaction of business when he opened his own office in 1891. The firm is incorporated under the laws of the Slate of Missouri, and attends to everything pertaining to the real estate trade with the greatest reliability and promptness, guarding the interests of their clients with the utmost care and fidelity. The officers of the company are: .Jos. P. Whyte, President; C. J. Daly, Vice-President and L. L. Daly, Secretary. Mr. Whyte is one of the oldest members of the Real Estate Exchange ; was secretary of that body during 1893 and 1894, later on one of its directors, and in 1899 its vice-president. Declining the presidency in 1900, he had to accept it for the year — 148 — following and it is a noteworthy coincidence, that on the day of bis election he was appointed City License Collector by Mayor Wells, which office he filled with such ability and strictness, that the revenue from this source showed an increase of $175,000 within one year. The recent death of Harbor Commissioner Alt made this office vacant and Mayor Wells appointed Mr. Whyte to this important position. The office of the Jos. P. Whyte Real Estate Company is since many years at 809 Chestnut street. ST. LOUIS STOCK EXCHANGE. It was. in the second half of the 80s, when a number of stock brokers met every day on the floor of the Merchants Exchange for the transaction of business. The mining craze prevailing in those years in our city — principally caused by the phenomenal result of the Granite Mountain Mine — kept the brokers unusu- ally busy in that period, and there were sometimes very lively scenes witnessed by the bystanders, from the grain pit and the pork corner. The accommodation enjoyed in that vyay was a very meager one and the desire for a change of base on the part of the brokers was natural, but circumstances were not favorable, business became less active and regular meetings were discontinued until 1896, in which year the St. Louis Bond & Stock Brokers Association was formed, whose members again met at a certain hour on the floor of the Merchants Exchange. This Association had during the first year the following officers: H. H. Wernse, President; Chas. Hodgeman, Vice-President; A. D. Grant, Secretary, and B. C. Jinkins, Treasurer. The directors were: A. H. Bauer, J. H. Blessing, Wm. C. Little, Ben. Altheimer and M. Kotany. H. H. Wernse remained its President during three consecutive terms. The St. Louis Stock Exchange, an offspring of the Asso- ciation, was organized in August, 1899. Geo. L. Edwards was its first President; M. Kotany, Vice-President; G. Lacey Craw- ford, Secretary, and B. C. Jinkins, Treasurer; with H. H. Wernse, E. W. Rawlings, A. H. Bauer, Chas. Hodgeman and — 149 — C. R. Drummond as directors. The office of President was held by M. Kotauy from 1900 to 1901, by J. H. Dieckman from 1901 to 1902, and A. H. Bauer was elected for 1902 to 1903. The other officers for this term are; H. B. Collins, Vice-President, B. C. Jinkins, Treasurer; A. D. Grant, Secretary, and H. S. Rein, Assistant Secretary. They constitute the Governing Committee, of which H. S. Rein is Chairman. The present Board of Directors is composed of the following gentlemen: J. H. Dieckman, M. Kotany, E. W. Rawlings, G. H. Walker, R. Singer, Wm. C. Little, J. D. P. Francis, J. P. Meyer and W. E. Orthwein. The meetings of the new organization were first held at 214 North Fourth street and afterwards in the Continental National Bank Building till November the first, 1900, when the removal to the Stock Exchange Building, erected by the C. G. Stifel Estate on the east side of Fourth, between Olive and Locust streets took place, which affords all desirable accommodations to the Brokers’ fraternity. ALTHEIMER & RAWLINGS INVESTMENT CO. Bell Main 1850. Kinloch B505. Mr. Ben Altheimer, the senior partner and President of this firm, began operations as a financial broker in 1889 and so great was his success in this field, that the constant extension of business caused the forming of the corporation bearing the above name. The Altheimer & Rawlings Investment Company was incorporated in 1899 by Ben Altheimer, Edward W. Rawlings and Herman C. Stifel. The officers of the company are: Ben Altheimer, President; Edward W. Rawlings, Vice-President; H. C. Stifel, Treasurer, and Frank Obernier, Secretary. The firm deals in high grade investment securities and dividend paying stocks, buys and sells stocks and bonds for customers’ account and has frequently placed whole emissions of bonds on the market. They are known for the careful handling of all orders entrusted to them, for reliability and promptness in all their trans- actions ; they have the confidence of a large and continually increasing patronage, including many of our largest capitalists, who deal exclusively with this firm. Mr. Altheimer had been — 150 engaged for many years in the wholesale business before he entered the realm of finance. Mr. Rawlings was identified with the branch from boyhood, having been connected with the firm of Whitaker & Hodgeman during a long period ; Mr. Stifel held a responsible and important position with the N. O. Nelson Manufacturing Co. for years and years, was afterwards the President of the American Tripolis Co., and all these gentlemen give their time, ability and attention to their business duties. The firm has an extensive local trade, a very large number of clients in the Western and Southern States, especially in Missouri and Illinois and also in the East. The office was for years in the Mississippi Valley Trust Company’s Building and is now at Nos. 215 and 217 North Fourth street in the Laclede Building and therefore in the center of what may by right be called the Wall street of St Louis. M, KOTANY, AND BONDS, 409 Olive Street, Continental National Bank Building, Bell Main 1260. Kinloch A30. — 151 — KOHN A.ND COMPANY. Bell Main 2444. Kinloch A3. This firm is for more than a quarter of a century in existence, having been established in 1874 by David Kohn, Wm. M. Kohn and Ed. Popper, for the transaction of a general stock and bond broker business. They were, for many years, located on Third street, between Olive and Locust, directly in front of the Exchange Bank, but when most of the banks moved to Fourth street, making this thoroughfare the Wall street of St. Louis, Messrs. Kohn and Co. followed suit, and went into the then just completed Security Building, in which they occupy commodious office rooms on the first floor, fronting on Fourth street. A branch of the firm was, for many years, kept in New York and managed by Mr. David Kohn, whose retirement from active business caused the closing of the New Y^ork office. The St. Louis house stood under the direction of Mr. Wm. M. Kohn until his death, which occurred on the 31st of May, 1900, since which time Mr. 1. M. Simon and Mr. Richard Singer are the owners, the latter gentleman having been a partner in the firm for many years previous. The house devotes itself to the bu}"- ing and selling of Government, State, Count}" and City bonds — they have repeatedl}" taken entire emissions of St. Louis munici- pal bonds — of railroad and other securities, and to the execu- tion of orders for the purchase or sale of stocks and bonds, giving careful attention to everything entrusted to them. The firm is known for its reliability and enjoys a well-deserved repu- tation. Mr. Richard Singer, who represents the firm on the floor of the Stock Exchange, is a native of this city, and had a long experience in the branch, having grown up in it from boyhood. The firm is a memlier of the St. Louis Merchants and Stock Ex- change and also of the Chicago Board of Trade and the New York Stock Exchange. ® — 152 WM. C. LITTLE & BRO. INVESTMENT CO. (211 and 213 North Fourth Street.) Phones Kinloch A1616? Bell Main 1889. The Wm. C. Little & Brother Investment Company is the suc- cessful evolution of several brokerage firms, all of which were organized and conducted by Mr. Wm. C. Little, the President of the present company. He was born in the Shenandoah Valley, Virginia, and came to St. Louis when ten years of age. After passing through our public schools he entered the service of the Clark Brothers’ banking house, of which his uncle, Mr. Edward Chase (afterwards manager of the Clearing House) was the man- aging partner. Mr. Little’s experience in the financial field was further developed by his becoming teller in theTraders Bank, then as Assistant Cashier of the Continental Bank, which position he re- signed in 1876 in order to become a member of the stock and bond broker’s firm of P. F. Keleher & Co., but withdrew from it in 1880, in which year he established the brokerage firm of Wm. C. Little & Co. Four years later this firm was wound up, where- upon Mr. Little became a partner of the firm of Kelley & Little, New York, in which capacity he was for several years an active member on the floor of the Stock Exchange. Returning to our city in October, 1886, he re-established the firm of Wm. C. Little & Co., which in 1889 was succeeded by Wm. C. Little, Scott & Co. Mr. Scott retired at the end of 1893 on account of ill- health, whereupon the Wm. C. Little & Bro. Investment Co. was organized. During all these years Mr. Little had remained on North Third street, but joined in 1893 the westward march of our financial institutions by a removal to Fourth and Olive streets. For a time thereafter the style of the firm was changed to the Little & Hays Investment Co., but Mr. Hays retiring, the name was changed to the Wm. C. Little & Bro. Investment Co., as now conducted, withWm. C. Little, President ; H. J. Little, Vice-Presi- dent, and Alden H. Little, Secretary. The company does a general stock and bond brokerage business, and is well equipped with facilities for all kinds of financial transactions. Their prin- cipal business is the handling of whole issues of municipal and 153 — corporation bonds, which are bought by them outright after care- ful examination, and then resold to their clients. They also have a very complete private wire system, giving them quick and re- liable intercourse with the various exchanges in other cities, and also have an extensive department for trading in local stocks and bonds. The house is known for its promptness and reliability, and possesses ample means, its paid-up capital stock amounting to 100,000, with a surplus of 40,000 dollars. MORRIS GLASER, DEALER IN COMMERCIAL PAPER, STOCKS AND BONDS. LACLEDE BUILDING, COR. FOURTH AND OLIVE, Bell Main 3079. ST. LOUIS. Kinloch A1791. WHITAKER & CO., SUCCESSORS TO WHITAKER & HODGMAN. Bell Main 1456. No Other Western brokerage firm is so well known in the finan- cial centers of the countrj', especially in New York, Boston and Chicago, as that of Whitaker & Company, of this city, which may justly be called the offspring and successor of Edwards, Mathews — 154 — & Co., a prominent financial and real estate firm, consisting; of Albert J. Edwards, for many years at the head of the U. S. Sub-Treasury in St. Louis, Leonard Mathews and Edwards Whitaker, who had been taken into partnership in 1872, after resigning his position as chief clerk in the Sub-Treasury. Gen- eral Edwards retired in 1874 into private life whereupon the firm changed to Mathews & Whitaker and remained so until the withdrawal of Mr. Matliews, which took place in 1889, when Mr. Whitaker associated with himself the confidential clerk of the firm, Mr. Clias. B. Hodgman, under the firm name of Whitaker & Hodgman. If the expression is permissible we will say that these two gentlemen formed a very strong team, as they possessed, aside from more than ample means, a thor- ough knowledge in financial matters, a long experience through the management of a very extensive and mainfold business, comprising the purchase and sale of bonds and stocks for customers’ account, the buying and selling of investment securities and the negotiating of loans for cities, counties, railroad, gas and street railway com- panies, real estate and industrial syndicates. Some of the most important and largest transactions of this character were carried out with remarkable success by the firm. The death of Mr. Hodgman occurred in 1899, whereupon Mr. Whit- aker took Mr. H. B. Collins, for many years connected with the firm, into partnership, changing the name to Whitaker & Company. Mr. Whitaker is acknowledged one of the best financiers, a man of far-reaching business ability ; this is suffi- ciently proven not only by his own and his firm’s success but also by the various positions of trust and importance to which he has been elected in course of time. The office of the firm occupies the ground floor of two adjoining buildings on the northeast cor- ner of Fourth and Olive streets, opposite the Fourth National, Merchauts-Laclede and Continental National banks. CHAS. H. WYMAN & CO. CUSTOM HOUSE BROKERS CORPORATION. Bell Main 1780M. Kinloch A91. The services of the Custom House Broker are in greater demand from year to year not only on account of the constant — 155 — growth of the import trade, but still more in view of the fact, that the tariff regulations become more and more complicated, that their interpretation by Custom House officials is by no means uni- form and often erroneous and unjust to the importer, whose inter- ests are therefore best guarded by the experienced Custom House Broker. The latter business is of a peculiar character; it requires a complete knowledge of everything in connection with the im- portation of merchandise from foreign countries, an uninterrupted study of and a perfect familiaritj’ with the tariff, its rules, changes and modifications. The Custom House Broker is the watchful pro- tector of the merchant as well as the private individual, who has to pay an import duty to the government and he relieves these parties from all care and not seldom very troublesome details in the transactions with the Custom House. Our commercial community has the good fortune to have in its midst an excellent representative of this particular branch of business in the Chas. H. Wyman & Co. Custom House Brokers Corporation. Mr. Chas. H. Wyman began operations in 1872 and the present firm was incorporated in 1892, the owners being Chas. H. Wyman, Frederick G. Hollman, E. B. Wyman and James Richardson, who form the Board of Directors, with Chas. H. Wyman as President and General Manager, and Frederick G. Hollman as Vice-Presi- dent and Acting Secretary. The object and purpose of the cor- poration comprise all transactions pertaining to the import trade, the appraising of imported goods, the protection of the importer in reference to carriers, underwriters and custom officials, and especially the defense against illegal exactions. The corporation not only attends to the needs of the merchants of St. Louis, but acts as distributing agent for merchants in other cities of America, as well as for foreign merchants and manufacturers — giving care and attention to both large and small consignments. It attends to the collection of accounts when requested and generally acts as the agent of importers or shippers in their transactions with car- riers and with the customs. It also acts as drawback agent in the recovery of duties paid but w’hich under the law are returned to manufacturers when the imported product is manufactured and exported in a regenerated condition. This is a growing depart- ment in the company’s business. It has always been Mr. Wyman’s — 156 — aim to make commercial intercourse between his native city and the market centers of the old world both easy and profit- able, to which end he established offices abroad for the special conduct of the business, and these offices are operated without cost to the patrons of the firm, who embrace three-fourths of the Importers of St. Louis. The work of the company requires, aside from the above mentioned knowledge, a thorough familiarity with the money and wages of foreign countries, insurance, marine and railroad laws. Mr. Chas. H. Wyman is the second son of the late Prof. Edward Wyman, L.L.D., an educator of prominence in the West from 1839 to 1888. He was born in this city in 184o and in 1867 was appointed to a clerkship in the St. Louis Custom House by Hon. E. W. Fox, who was the father of the direct import law under which interior ports in the United States were made avail- able as ports of entry. Mr. Wyman materially assisted in the preparation of the details of that act, the operations of which have been his particular study ever since. In 1872 he resigned from the service, and founded the present business. The company oc- cupies spacious offices in the Columbia Building, 318 North Eighth street, directly opposite the Custom House. Joseph Glaser. Carl S. Glaser. Stocks, Bonds & Local Securities. JOSEPH MEMBERS OP THE NEW YORK STOOE EEOHANSE. 317 Olive St. Bell Main 1110. ST. LOUIS. Kinloch A385. — 157 — FmANCIAL INSTITUTIOI^S. The financial institutions of to-day comprise banks and trust companies. St. Louis has at present twenty of the former and eleven of the latter. In the second half of the sixties there were as many as thirty banks in the city, but a salubrious purification set in and reduced their number in course of time. The first bank established here was called the Bank of St. Louis. It was organized in 1816 and followed by another, the Bank of Missouri, in 1817, but both were rather short-lived, the first existing only three, and the second only nine years. A branch of the United States Bank of Philadelphia was opened herein 1829, but when President Jackson vetoed the extension of the charter of the parent bank, in 1832, the existence of the St. Louis branch was of course at an end. The founding of the Bank of the State of Missouri, located here, took place in 1837 and proved very valuable to the commercial community, facili- tating business transactions in the most desirable manner; it had a capital of five million dollars, part of which furnished by the State, for which it held an interest in the proceeds. The charter expired in 1867, and was not renewed; many similar institutions, and especially several National Banks having been established in the mean time. In addition to these banks and trust companies there is a safe deposit and savings bank in operation, making a total of thirty-two financial institutions. Nearly one-half of the banks have been in existence for almost forty years, one even more than fifty, and every one of them has withstood stormy times and financial panics, to which numerous money institutions of other great cities had to suc- cumb. The proverbial conservatism of our merchants and capitalists is still adhered to by our financiers in the manage- ment of our banks and trust companies, with enviable results to shareholders as well as depositors. It is a source of great and justified pride, in what unexcelled measure all these institutions flourished and in which high reputation they are held all over the country. The city may therefore well be proud of this fact and point to it with unlimited satisfaction and without the least fear of contradiction. — 158 — AMERICAN EXCHANGE BANK. Bell Main 1820. Kialoch B1086. The Aiuerican Exchange Bank emanated from the Union Sav- ings Association, one of our oldest financial institutions, having been organized as early as 1864 with Thomas S. Rutherford as President and Thomas E. Souper as Cashier. The Union Savings had its office during many years on the northeast corner of Main and Walnut streets, in the old Merchants Exchange Block, which, at that time, contained two other banks, the German and the Franklin Savings Institutions. The Union Savings Association, like other banks, removed in course of time from Main to North Third street, between Olive and Locust, where it remained until the reorganization took place, by which its name was changed to that of the American Exchange Bank. This was in January, 1888, since which time the history of the institution has been one of uninterrupted success. It occupied for nearly twelve years the northeast corner of Third and Pine streets (the Gay Build- ing), but has, since two years, its very spacious and well- a])pointed office in its own home, formerly belonging to the St. Louis National Bank, and purchased by the American Exchange Bank in 1899. This building stands on the west side of Broad- way, between Pine and Olive streets, and was especially designed and erected for the purpose which it serves and for which it is particularly adapted in point of safety and the utmost security which strong walls, aside from the vaults in the interior, afford. The management of the institution, conservative as it always has been, is at the same time one of progressive and liberal prin- ciples, the result of vvhich has been a constant growth of its busi- ness, the number of its patrons and depositors, showing a remarkable extension from year to year. Its paid-up capital amounts at present to half a million dollars, with a surplus of another half a million. The board of directors consists of the following well-known gentlemen: Paul Brown, A. H. Duncan, Geo. A. Meyer, Sam. M. Kennard, A. T. Kelley, H. F. Lagen- berg, J. B. C. Lucas, Jas. Y. Lockwood, F. R. Rice, Walker Hill, Ephron Gatlin, H. B. Spencer and L. A. Battaile. The — 159 — officers are: Walker Hill, President; Ephron Gatlin, Vice-Presi- dent; L. A. Battaile, Cashier, and Emison Chanslor, Assistant Cashier. Mr. Walker Hill is known as one of our most able financiers, a man of great experience and foresight, highly appre- ciated in financial circles, as best proven by the fact that he has frequently been requested to read papers before the American Bankers’ Association, which body honored him a few years ago by his election as its President. BOATMEN’S BANK. Bell Main 1722. The Historical Encyclopedia of St. Louis contains the follow, ing, written by the Cashier, Wm. H. Thomson, in reference to this bank: The Boatmen’s Bank was established in 1847 as the Boatmen’s Savings Institution, without capital, the profits to be divided among the depositors. In 1856 it took its second char- ter with a capital of $4(10,000. In 1873 it took the name of Boatmen’s Savings Bank and in 1890 its present name. Its officials are: Rufus J. Lackland, President; Edwards Whitaker, Vice-President; William Thomson, Cashier; Jules Desloge and Ernest M. Hubbard, Assistant Cashiers. The bank removed in 1891 from its old location on Second and Pine streets to its own building on the northwest corner of Fourth street and Washing- ton avenue. CONTINENTAL NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 1825. Kinloch A36. The history of this bank is one of continued great success. It was originally organized under a Slate charter as the National Loan Bank, incorporated in 1866. Two or three years later the Comptroller of the Currency demanded a change of its name, as it conflicted with names of banks organized under the National Bank law, whereupon the name of Continental Bank was adopted. On July the 1st, 1880, its capital amounted to 100,000, its surplus 11,000 and the deposits 405,900 dollars. Its first President was Mr. T. B. Edgar, who acted as such offi- — IGO — cer from its organization till July, 1880, when he resigned ; from that time on the business and financial condition of the whole country showed great prosperity, and as a consequence this bank, four years later, had a capital of 200,000 dollars; 100,000 dollars of its increase came from the earnings of the previous four years, with a surplus of 20,000 and 1,031,000 dollars deposits. Five years later the capital still remained as before, the surplus had growu’to 136,7 00 and the deposits to 3,434,000. A proposition made at that time to increase the capital stock to two millions resulted in a reorganization under the National Bank act, the in- crease being approved by the stockholders. The institution began operation as a national bank in 1889. In consequence of the de- pression caused by the panic in 1893, it was deemed best to reduce the capital to one million, to which proposition the stock- holders consented and the amount of the reduction, one million dollars, was paid to them. Since that time uninterrupted success has made this bank one of the strongest financial institutions of our city. Mr. Geo. A. Baker, who had been identified with the bank for twenty-three years and during a long lime its President, died February 2, 1902. Mr. F. E. Marshall, for many years the cashier of the bank, was elected his successor. The officers are as follows: P'. E. Marshall, President; Jos. M. Hayes, Vice- President ; Geo. W. Parker, Second Vice-President ; J. A. Lewis, Cashier; andG. N. Hitchcock, Assistant Cashier. Directors are: Geo. W. Parker, L. B. Tebbetts, B. Eisemau, M. M. Buck, Jos. M. Hayes, C. H. Spencer, Wm. J. Orthwein, H. S. Priest, A. H. Bauer, Alexander Douglas and F. E. Marshall. The bank has a capital of one million, a surplus and undivided profits amounting to half a million dollars and is a United States and City of St. Louis depository. FOURTH NATIONAL BANK. Bell Main 953. Kinloch A1725. The Fourth National Bank is one of the strongest financial institutions of our city and known as such not only in all the Western and Southwestern States, but also in the business and money centers of our own as well as the European continent. — 161 — It is also one of the oldest St. Louis banks, having been organ- ized in 1864 under the Act of Congress, by which the national banks were created. The incorporators were: Joseph J. Mersmann, J. C. H. D. Block, F. E. Schinieding, Francis Cornet, Christ Peper, Casper Stolle, C. L. Buschmann and J. H. Kaiser. These gentlemen composed the first Board of Directors with Jos. J. Mersmann as President, F. W. Bie- binger as Cashier and G. A. W. Angst as Assistant Cashier. The failing of his eyesight compelled Mr. Mersmann to resign during the first year, whereupon Mr. Block became the Presi- dent, which position he held up to the time of his death (December 20, 1891), when Mr. Biebinger was elected his successor. Having been the Cashier of the institution from the day of its organization and chiefly instrumental in making it what it is, his promotion was only a well deserved recogni- tion of his ability as a financier and manager. He held the office of President from 1891 till 1901, in which latter year the failing of his health compelled him to resign. Mr. H. A. Forman, who had been Vice-President of the bank for some time previous, succeeded him and the continued remarkable success of the institution is the best evidence of his sagacity and able man- agement. Mr. Forman was for a number of years a national bank examiner and at one time cashier of the Continental National Bank of St. Louis, after holding the position of Vice-President in the Second National Bank of Cincinnati, Ohio. The Fourth National Bank was originally located at the northwest corner of Washington avenue and Third street, where it remained until 1873, in which year a removal to the northeast corner of Fourth street and Washington avenue took place. There are at present not less than ten banks on Fourth street, but at that time only one had preceded the Fourth National in this great thoroughfare, which has since developed into the Wall street of St. Louis. The con- stant growth of its business made larger quarters necessary and this led to the erection of the Rialto Building at the southeast corner of Fourth and Olive streets, in 1893, since which year the bank occupies the spacious office fronting on both streets. The prominence of the institution is in keeping ^ith the interior arrangements of its home, the vaults expressly 11k — 162 — built for its use contain fire and burglar proof safes, which alone caused an expense of 17,000 dollars, and which are unsurpassed in regard to the security of its contents. The number of depositors has permanently been on the increase from year to year, some of our largest mercantile and manufacturing firms being among them. The Fourth National has a capital of one million dollars and a surplus of another million ; it has corre- spondents in every part of the United States, and issues drafts and letters of credit payable in all civilized countries. The for- eign department forms, in fact, a special feature and includes the execution of all orders for the purchase and sale of European securities, the collection of accounts, inheritances, etc. The bank represents, since many years, the North German Lloyd Steamship Line, and issues tickets to and from Eui'ope via New York or Baltimore. The foreign and ocean passage department is managed by Mr. Ferdinand Diehm, who is also counsel for Austria and Hungary. The officers of the Fourth National are: H. A. Forman, President; Edward A. Faust, Vice-Presi- dent ; David Sommers, Second Vice-President ; G. A. W. Agust, Cashier, and Van L. Runyan, Assistant Cashier. Mr. Augst has been Assistant Cashier from 1864 to 1891 and Cashier since then. The following gentlemen constitute the . Board of Directors: Messrs. H. A. Forman, L. A. Browning, G. A. W. Augst, Van L. Runyan, August Goerts, C. A. Caldwell, Forrest Ferguson, E. A. Faust, Ferdinand Diehm, Z. W. Tinker, G. W. Lewis and David Sommers. FRANKLIN BANK. Bell Main 1813. Kinloch B626. The Franklin Bank, southeast corner of Fourth and Morgan streets, was originally known as the Franklin Avenue German Savings Institution, under which name it received its charter in 1867, the incorporators being Hy. Meier, Adolphus Wippern, John B. Woestman, Hy. S. Platt, Adolph Moll, Jas. H. Forbes and others. It was organized with a paid-up capital of only 60,000 dollars and the best proof of the great prosperty of the institu- tion lies in the fact that it now possesses a paid-up capital of 600,- — 163 — 000 with a surplus of 200,000 dollars. The constant growth of itg business demanded larger quarters and caused a removal from the northwest corner of Sixth street and Franklin avenue to its present location, which the bank has occupied for many years and where its business and the number of its depositors, among whom are some of the most prominent mercantile and manufacturing firms of our city, have become larger from j’ear to year. This is chiefly due to the excellent management, and the liberal dealing for which the Franklin Bank is known, but to all this comes the ad- vantage of its location in the center of a very extensive wholesale and retail business district. The officers of the institution are G. W. Garrels, President; J. B. Woestman, Vice-President; Louia Schmidt, cashier, and Louis Kraemer, Assistant Cashier. Mr. Garrels is acknowledged to be one of the best financiers in the city, a man of great executive ability, circumspection and pre- caution ; he had been the cashier of the bank since its organization and was elected to his present office after the death of Mr. Henry Meier, who for many years had been the President. Mr. Schmidt, the Cashier, has held the same position in the International Bank and the United States Savings Association. The Board of Directors consists of the following well-known business men and capitalists, most of whom have been re-elected from year to year: Robert M. Forbes, G. W. Garrels, Henry Kaiser, Henry Meier, Jr., Paul Moll, Wm. F. Reipschlaeger, Geo. T. Riddle, Geo. A. Wippern and John B. Woestman. The Franklin Bank is justly considered one of our most solid financial institutions and enjoys the fullest confidence of the community. The building occupied by the bank is its own property and a very valuable piece of real estate; the ground floor is exclusivel}^ used for the bank office ; the upper stories contain among other offices those of the Franklin Insurance Company, of which we speak in the appropriate chapter. GERMAN-AMERICAN BANK. Bell Main 987. Kinloch B655. The German-American Bank was organized in November, 1872, under the laws of the State of Missouri, and commenced opera- — 164 — tions on December 2d, of the same year. Its capital stock at the time of the incorporation was $150,000, of which only $25,000 was paid in. The first Board of Directors consisted of Messrs. Hugh Brennan, F. Fienup, H. L. Fox, Aug. Gehner, Benj. F. Horn, Martin Lammert, John J. Menges, G. Meysenburg, Wm. Niemann, George Tinker, Wm. Trauernicht, Balthaser Weber, and Ernst Witte, with the following oflicers : John J. Menges, Pres- ident; Martin Lammert, Vice-President, and Emil A. Meysen- burg, Cashier. The present capital amounts to $250,000, divided into shares of $100 each. The annual report, dated December 31, 1901, shows the following figures: Surplus, $850,000; cash on hand and due from banks, $1,521,000; demand deposits, $2,488,- 000; time deposits, $1,765,000; call loans, $598,000; time loans, $2,631,000. The annual cash dividends, paid by this bank since many years, are twenty dollars per share, and it is therefore only natural that its shares are never in the market and very seldom change hands, being considered a most profitable and safe investment. This phenomenal success is due to excellent finan- ciering and wise management on the part of its officers and directors, but at the same time to the character of its clients. The following gentlemen constitute the present Board of Directors : Messrs. Louis Brinckwirth, Thomas Ferrenbach, August Gehner, Henry Hiemeuz, Jr., Martin Lammert, Gustav W. Niemann, Wm. F. Nolker, Wm. Pickel and Casper Stolle, all well- known business men of the highest integrity, and prominent representatives of our commercial and industrial community. Mr. August Gehner, the President, holds this position since 1875 ; Mr. Wm. F. Nolker succeeded Mr. Lammert some years ago as Vice-President; Mr. Chas. E. Kircher is its efficient Cashier since 1884, and Mr. L. F. Placke, who has been con- nected with the bank since the day of its organization, is the Assistant Cashier since 1891. The institution was originally located at the northeast corner of Tenth street and Franklin avenue, but was one of the first banks which came to Fourth street, erecting its own building on the southwest corner of this street and Franklin avenue, and thereby forming one of the numerous financial institutions which have made Fourth street the Wall street of St. Louis. — 165 — GERMAN SAVINGS INSTITUTION. Bell Main 1269. Kinloch B516. The year 1903 will not only commemorate the Lousiana Pur- chase of 1803, but also the Fiftieth Anniversary of the German Savings Institution, one of the oldest of our banks, having been organized in 1853. The founders and first directors were Wm. Palm, Louis C. Hirschberg, C. R. Stinde, Wayman Crow, Edward Eggers, Felix Coste, Franz Saler and Robert Barth, who was its President until 1875, in which year Mr. F. W. Meister succeeded him ; this gentleman occupied the position up to the time of his death in October, 1898, whereupon the Vice-President, Mr. .John Wahl, was elected to fill his place. The first Cashier was Isaak Rosenfeld, Jr., afterwards in the same capacity with the State Sav- ings Association ; his successor was the late Chas. Enslin, who be- came in course of time Cashier of the Buildings and Savings Institu- tion and of the Bank of Commerce. Mr. Richard Hospes, who had entered the employ of the bank when a mere youth and had been promoted from one position to the other, was appointed Cashier in 1864 and has managed the institution ever since. The German Savings, by which abbreviation it is generally known, began operations with a capital of 60,000 dollars, of which only 5,000 were paid in originally, and its phenon- enal growth is best evidenced by the fact that in 1902 its capi. tal amounted to 250,000, the surplus and undivided profits to 500,000 dollars. The first office was on the east side of Main, between Pine and Olive streets, was in 1857 removed to the southeast corner of Main and Market streets, where the insti- tution had erected its own building and where it remained until 1876, when a removal took place into the Merchants Exchange Building, but as Fourth street became more and more the home of the financial institutions, the German Savings followed suit and secured the magnificent office in the new Planters Hotel, which it occupies since the completion of this building in 1894. The great success of the German Savings Institution is the result of the conservative principles, laid down by its founders and invariably adhered to up to the present day; its solidity and the — 166 - precaution and foresight has won for it the unlimited confidence of its depositors and of all who transact business with this old bank. It is but natural that during the long period of its exist- ence changes in the Board of Directors had to occur, but there were comparatively few, which is another proof of its conserv- atism. The following gentlemen, all well known in our busi- ness community, are at present and most of them since many years, tlie Directors of the Institution: Louis Fusz, Richard Hospes, Wm. Koenig, Wm. J. Lem|), Otto F. Meister, August Nedderhut, Chas. A. Stockstrom, Wm. C. Uhri and John Wahl. John Wahl is its President, Wm. Koenig the Vice-President, R. Hospes, Cashier, Herman Hunicke, Assistant Cashier, who, like Mr. Hospes, has been identified with the bank for more than forty years. YOU CARRY THE KEY WE DO THE REST, For the Security of your STOCKS, BONDS And INSURANCE POLICIES And Guarantee Absolute Protection Against Loss From BURGLARS, THIEVES AND FIRES IN THE STEEL VAULTS OF THE St. Louis Sale Deposit & Savings Bank No. 513 Locust Street, St. Louis. — 167 INTERNATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 2276. Kinloch A594. This bank emanates from the banking house of Wm. C. Lange, established by him in 1862 after his retirement from the old firm of Lange and Sennewald, wholesale and retail druggists. The International Bank was organized in 1865 by Isidor Bush, F. S. Behrens, Wm. C. Lange, August Leisse and C. T. Uhlmau. It was first located on Locust and Market, afterwards on Fifth and Market, and occupies since many years the first floor of the build- ing at the southeast corner of Chestnut and Fourth streets, pur- chased by the bank in 1888. A reorganization of the institution was effected in 1885 by Wm. C. Lange, Louis G-ottschalk, G. J. Helmerichs, A. W. Straub, Chas. F. Hermann, A. C. Stifel, and John P. Heinrich, under the laws of the State of Missouri. Mr. Wm. C. Lange was the President from the first day of its existence until the time of his death (1886) whereupon Mr. A. W. Straub succeeded him, and when he died (May. 1898) Mr. Christopher Winkelmeyer was elected in his place. Mr. Adolph Herthel, who in former years had been a teller in the German Savings Insti- tution and the Union Savings Bank, was, 1879, appointed Cashier of the institution, whose development and remarkable success was in a great measure due to his activity and able management; he held his position for twenty-one years, resigning in January, 1900, to take a much needed rest from the long and arduous perform- ance of his responsible duties. The International Bank had at the time of its reorganization a paid-up capital of 100,000 dollars. Its present capital and surplus amounts to nearly 300,000. It does a general banking business and makes a specialty in issuing drafts on all parts of Europe, buying and selling foreign securities and making collections in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The number of its depositors has con- stantly grown and so has the value of its shares. The- Board of Directors consists at present of Messrs. Otto Cramer, Edw. Devoy, William Herzog, J. H. Aug. Meyer, John Weisert, Chris- topher Winkelmeyer, Julius L. Winkelmeyer and J. Sibley White. The officers are : Christopher Winkelmeyer, President ; J. H. Aug. — 168 — Meyer, Vice-President ; William Herzog, Second Vice-President ; Geo. A. Held, Cashier, and Chas. Seibert, Assistant Cashier. JEFFERSON BANK. Bell Main 604. Kinloch D1332. The Jefferson Bank, whose large and handsome office on the northwest corner of Jefferson and PTanklin avenues, commenced operations on the 20th of July, 1892. Its incorporators were : James M. Carpenter, J. B. Conrad, H. Wood, L. J. W. Wall, W. E. Berger and R. B. Bullock. The present Board of Direct- ors consists of the following well-known businessmen: James M. Carpenter, Henry Wood, W. E. Berger, R. B. Bullock, J. F. Conrad, W. H. Steele, L. J. W. Wall, Fred Ueibel, and C. F. Blanke. The officers are: H. Wood, President; R. B. Bullock, Vice-President, and W. E. Berger, Cashier, which latter gentle- man had occupied a similar position in the Citizens Bank for many years, and who became the Cashier of the Jefferson Bank soon after its organization. The conservative ideas prevailing among the Directors have always been strictly adhered to in the conduct of the bank’s business and form the basis of its success. Located in a district abounding with factories and stores and very far from all other banks in the city, the number of its depositors are naturally very large, and the way and manner in which its customers are treated is another source of its extensive and constantly growing patronage. The paid-up capital of 100,- 000 dollars with which it went into business has doubled by accumulated surplus, and its cautious management warrants continued additions in the future. Like our other solid financial institutions, this, too, withstood the panic of 1893 in spite of its short existence at that time, and also the terrible ordeal of 1896 when the whole country, and especially the financial world, was entirely upset by the gold and silver question — facts which make any additional word of praise in regard to the safety of this bank superfluous. 169 — LAFAYETTE BANK. Bell Tyler 365. Kinloch B398. There was no bank in the southern part of the city before 1856, in which year the First Ward Savings Institution was organized. To show the great contrast between then and now, when the interior of our banks is a mar^e of elegance and comfort, we will describe with a few words how the office of the aforesaid bank looked. It was a small, dingy store, on the corner of Ca- rondelet and Russell avenues, and the entire office furniture had been purchased for $87.65, an amount nowadays hardly suffi- cient to buy the'writing-desk for the president or Cashier. Thomas Allen was its President, and R. J. Rombauer the Cashier. The modest outfit was kept after the removal to the west side of Ca- rondelet avenue between Barry street and Park avenue, and only exchanged for something better after the office was transferred to the triangular building now owned and occupied by the Lafayette Bank. The latter was founded in 1870, and was for four years located at the southwest corner of Caroudelet avenue and Car- roll street, whereupon it was consolidated with the Carondelet Avenue Bank, an institution organized in 1870 with John Paul as President and Fred. Leser as Cashier. Michael Helmbacher was the first President of the Lafayette Bank, and Wm. Kossack its Cashier. It has a capital stock of $100,000, and just received a new charter for fifty years. This bank has proved a very reliable auxiliary to the trade and commerce of the southern portion of thecit}', and is a great convenience to the inhabitants of that dis- trict in general. It is conducted on a strict conservative basis. Fred Arendes, the well-known merchant tailor and one of the most prominent citizens of South St. Louis, was elected President of the bank in 1872, and held that position for twenty-eight years, till the time of his death on the last day of the year 1898, His administration was signified by continued progress and very successful results, and it can truthfully be said, that it is one of the safest money institutions in the city. Mr. Peter J. Doerr, the Cashier, has been connected with the Lafayette Bank for over a quarter of a century and is one of the most experienced bank officials in the city, a very careful manager, well liked by the patrons of the bank and held in high esteem by his numerous friends. THE MECHANICS NATIONAL BANK. Bell Main 1004. Kinloch B1022. It was in 1857, the year of a financial and business crisis which swept over the whole country, when the Mechanics Bank commenced its operation, but neither that nor any other panic in later years proved in the least detrimental to this staunch insti- tution, which since many years stands in the front rank among the financial corporations of the United States. It was organized under the laws of theState of Missouri with Joseph Charless as its first President and J. W. Mills as Cashier. North Second and North Third street formed at the time the financial center of St. , Louis, where all our banks and banking houses were congregated, and the Mechanics Bank occupied for almost thirty years the southwest corner of Second and Pine streets, till it followed in 1885 the westward march of various other banks by a removal to its present location, the southeast corner of Fourth and Pine. The continued growth of its business has been and is due to its conservative but at the same time liberal management, the strict- ness, precaution and ability, with which its affairs are conducted, and last, but not least, to the character and standing of its offi- cials and directors, whose names in themselves have at all times been a guaranty for the validity of the bank and the safety of its depositors. The Mechanics National Bank does a general banking business and enjoys the patronage of some of the largest corporations, mercantile and manufacturing firms, and innumer- able private individuals ; it grants discounts and loans, gives its customers all reasonable accommodations; issues drafts and makes collections in every part of the country, receives time deposits on interest and buys and sells exchange, having cor- respondence in all the commercial centers of the country. Aside from its cash capital of one million dollars it has a surplus fund of 500,000 dollars and its transactions become more extensive from year to year. The following prominent business men and — 171 capitalists constitute the present Board of Directors : Chas. H. Ackert. R. R. Hutchinson, B. B. Graham, James Green, J. B. Desnoyers, James T. Drummond, R. M. Hubbard, D. K. Ferguson, Morris Glaser, H. J. Miller, Henry Nicolaus, Chas. H. Turner, Isaac Schwab, C. G. Knox, and W. J. Kinsella. The officers are: R. R. Hutchinson, President; D. K. Ferguson, Vice-President; B. B. Graham, Second Vice-President ; C. A. Austin, Cashier, and Pope Sturgeon, Assistant Cashier. Mr. Hutchinson held first a responsible position in the Union (afterwards Union National) Bank and was for many years cashier of the Mechanic’s Bank, till he succeeded Mr. Ferguson as its President ; he is acknowledged to be one of the best financiers, a man of great executive ability, full of activity and energy, with manners which cannot fail to win and keep friends. Up to 1901 this intitution had operated under the laws of the State, but is now conducted as a National bank finder the provisions of the National Bank Act. THE MERCHANTS LACLEDE NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 148. Kinloch A1512. The bank which bears the above name was organized in 1895 by the uniting of the Mereliants National and the Laclede Bank. The former had been founded in 1857 as a State bank with J. A. Brownlee as President and R. F. Barry as Cashier and had its office for many years at the northwest corner of Main and Locust street; in 1865 it was changed into a National bank with Wm. L. Ewing as President and James A. Yeatman as Cashier, who soon after became its President, holding this position until the amalgamation of the two banks. The Merchants National left its first location in 1870 and removed to the northwest corner of Third and Locust streets, where it remained till the completion of the Laclede building, in which it acquired very handsome quar- ters adjoining those of the Laclede Bank. The latter was estab- lished in 1872 as the offspring of the old banking house of Bar- thelow, Lewis & Co. ; Thos. J. Barthelow was its first President and F. I. Iglehart the Cashier. This bank had its counting-room — 172 — in the Gay building, northeast corner Third and Pine, and re- mained there till the Laclede building was finished, whereupon the removal took place to its present commodious and well ap- pointed office. The consolidation of the two banks added another powerful financial institution to those already in exist- ence and formed another important factor for the advancement of our commercial and industrial interests. The business of the Merchants Laclede National has grown from year to year and is continually increasing. The bank has now and since the con- solidation a paid-up capital of 1,400,000 and a surplus of 500,000 dollars. The officers are: Wm. H. Lee, President; D. R. Francis, Vice-President; A. L. Shapleigh, Second Vice- President; Geo. F. Hoffman, Cashier; R. T. Sturgeon, Assist- ant Cashier, and D. A. Phillips, Second Assistant Cashier. The Board of Directors consists of: Harrison J. Drum- mond, Henry C. Scott, Chas. A. Cox, Wm, H. Lee, E. E. Paramore, David Ranken, D. R. Francis, R. B. Dula, F. A. Drew, C. F. Gauss, L. D. Dozier, A. L. Shapleigh, Geo. H- Goddard, John J. O’Fallon, Chas. Clark, S. E. Hoffman, J. J. Wertheimer, C. R. Scudder and Geo. E. Hoffman. THE NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE IN ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 32, 2934, 2980, and 3005. Kinloch B845. The statement that one of the richest and strongest banks in the whole country is located in St. Louis, may be new and surprising to many even in our own midst, but it is nevertheless an undis- putable fact, and the financial institution which holds this ex- alted position, is The National Bank of Commerce. It is the off- spring of the St. Louis Buildings and Savings Association, established in 1857 as a State bank, with Marshall Brotherton as President, R. M. Funkhouser (father of Dr. Robert M. Funk- houser) as Vice-President and P. A. Laduc as Cashier. Mr. Brotherton resigned before the end of the first year and Mr. Felix Coste, the father of the attorney, Paul F. Coste, who became his successor, held the position until January, 1874, when he was succeeded by Mr. C. B. Burnham, whose resignation (1883) was followed by the election of Mr. Wm. H. Thompson, the present — 173 — incumbent; the immediate predecessor of Mr. J. C. Van Blarcom, who has been the Cashier of the institution from 1877 to 1899, and is now its Vice-President, was Mr. Chas. Enslin, who served from 1864 till the time of his death (January, 1877), and to whose ability the success of the bank is in a great measure due. Mr. VanBlar- com’s connection with the Bank of Commerce dates back to the year 1870, and covers therefore a period of over thirty years ; he is considered one of the best financiers in the land and the results of his management proved this beyond a doubt. The name “ Bank of Commerce ” was adopted January the first, 1869, but changed for the present one on the 16th of December, 1889, on which day the institution was converted into a national bank. Its phenomenal career is best told by the following dates and figures : In 1864 the capital stock of $200,000 had been raised to $300,000, fully paid up ; in 1866 it was resolved to create a surplus fund by preserving and accumulating the profits during the next five years, and in 1871 this method was made perma- nent, but the paying of dividends was resumed in 1879. The capital at that time amounted to $300,000 and the surplus to $800,000. In 1882 the authorized capital of $500,000 was acquired by the sale of the remaining 2,000 shares at $400 per share, which brought the surplus up to $1,500,000. The capital was again increased on December 31, 1889, to $3,000,000, with a reserve fund of $350,000. Another increase, warranted by the constant growth of its business, took place in 1899 by the sale of 20,000 shares of stock at $200 each, since which time the capital amounts to $5,000,000, with surplus and undivided profits of $3,000,000. The Board of Directors consists of the following gentlemen : James W. Bell, Geo. O. Carpenter, Nathan Cole, Samuel W. Dodd, W. T. Haarstick, John A. Holms, Thos. H. McKittrick, Jno. Nickerson, H. C. Pierce, E. C. Simmons, W. H. Thompson, J. C. Van Blarcom, and Chas. G. Warner. The officers are: Wm. H. Thompson, President; J. C. Van Blarcom, First, and Jno. Nickerson, Second Vice-President, B. F. Edwards, Cashier, and C. L. Merrill and W. B. Cowen, Assistant Cashiers. The office on the northeast corner of Broadway and Olive street was known as the handsomest of all our financial institutions, but will be surpassed by its future home in the new — 174 — Bank of Commerce Building on the southeast corner of these two great thoroughfares. NORTHWESTERN SAVINGS BANK. Bell Tyler 403. Kinloch A1524. The Northwestern Savings Bank will soon be able to celebrate its thirtieth anniversary, having been founded and incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri in 1873. The first officers were: Chas. J. Stifel, President; John H. Evers, Vice-Presi- dent, and Peter Obernier, Cashier. The constant growth of North St. Louis, the uninterrupted addition of large manufactur- ing establishments, breweries, lumber and coal yards, furniture factories, planing mills, etc., of business firms of all kinds, made such a financial institution a necessity in that part of the city, and the organization of the Northwestern Savings Bank was therefore highly welcome as an important factor in trade and commerce. But it was also of great benefit to the thousands and thousands of thrifty mechanics, workmen and laborers living in that district, as it furnished them a safe place to deposit and accumulate their earnings and savings. There is perhaps no other financial institution in the city in which week after week so many small de[)osits are made by men, women, and even boys and girls, who bring part of their wages to the window of the receiving teller. The capital of the bank amounts at present to 200,000 dollars, the surplus and profits to 125,000, and its shares are in great demand, but seldom in the market and hardly ever change hands. After serving more than twenty years as President of the institution Mr. Stifel resigned, his various other interests demanding this step, whereupon Col. Arnold Beck became his successor and after the death of Vice-President Evers, Mr. Bernard Irael succeeded him and remained Vice-President until his death. Mr. August H. Hoff- mann, one of the most enterprising and prominent business men of North St. 'Louis, was elected President in 1900, in which year Col. Beck died. The following gentlemen form the present Board of Directors: F. W. Bierbaum, Conrad Blumeyer, Aug. Pick, Felix Hoevel, August H. Hoffmann, Christ Oonk, H. Ratermann, Jacob B. Schorr, Fr. Steinkaemper, Otto F. Stifel and Fred Westerbeck. The officers are : August H. Hoffmann, President; C. Blumeyer, Vice-President; Robt. A. Obernier, Cashier, and Jos. F. Obernier, Assistant Cashier — the two latter are the sons of the late Peter Obernier who served the bank as its faithful Cashier from the day of its organization up to the time of his death ; they grew up in the bank under their father’s direction almost from boyhood and are his worthy successors. Mr. Hoffmann devotes all his time and attention to the manage- naent of the bank, which is known as one of the most conserva- tive financial institutions of our City. It has never changed its location and is still at the southeast corner of North Market and Fourteenth streets, where it began operations in 1873. The vaults and safes have recently received an extra protection by the introduction of Gould’s Electric Burglar Alarm System as a safeguard against burglary. SOUTHERN COMMERCIAL AND SAVINGS BANK. Bell Caroudelet 103M. Kiuloch C239. The extreme southern part of the city, up to 1870 called Carondelet, possesses in the Southern Commercial and Savings Bank, a financial institution which enjoys the confidence of busi- ness men and private parties by the conservative and prudent man- agement of its affairs. It was organized in 1891, after two other Carondelet banks had gone out of existence, by the following incorporators: John Krauss, W. E. Huppert, F. W. Strat and Christ Krauss. Mr, John Krauss was its President up to the time of his death and the success of the institution was in a large measure brought on by his influence and exertions. The present Board of Directors consists of Messrs. Frank W. Feuerbacher, W. E. Huppert, John Beckert, Jr., P. Cummings, Fred Hoff- meister. Geo. Lay, W. M. Kinsey, August J. Lang and Fred Ulrich. The officers are: F. W. Feuerbacher, President; W. E. Huppert, Vice-President, and M. A. Kammeref, Cashier. The bank has a capital stock of one hundred thousand dollars, and a handsome surplus and is of decided value and importance to that part of the city. The office was first located at 7129, but is now at 7203 South Broadway, on the line of the Southern — 176 Electric Street Railway, and in close proximity to tlie Bellefon- taine Line, therefore easily accessible from a large territory. SOUTH SIDE BANK OF ST. LOUIS. Kinloch B721. Tlie South Side Bank of St. Louis was incorporated June 17, 1891, and began operations on the 13th day of the following mouth. The incorporators were: Messrs. Adolphus Busch, Wm. K. Bixby, Leopold Freund, Geo. J. Fritz, Joseph Kupferer, Chas. Nagel, Chas. Rebstock, Chas. C. Reuss and Louis Schlosssteiu. The organization of this bank was deemed necessary to fill a long-felt want in that particular part of our city, which from year to year developes into a manufactur- ing district of constantly growing dimensions, containing the largest breweries, cooperage and woodenware works, lumber firms, etc., aside from an industrious, thrifty class of wage- earners and a great number of tradesmen, to whom the institution furnishes all desirable facilities. The capital stock amounts to $200,000 with an appropriate surplus fund. It has a large list of depositors, including business firms as well as private indi- viduals, and forms a valuable factor for commerce and industry. The present Board of Directors consists of the following gentlemen : Messrs. Adolphus Busch, August A. Busch, Chas. Ehlermann, Leopold Freund, Henry Koehler, Jr., Joseph Kupferer, Alfred C. F. Meyer, Chas. C. Reuss and J. Widman. The officers are: Adolphus Busch, President; Henry Koehler, Jr., Vice-President; Chas. C. Reuss, Second Vice-President, and Guido D’Oench, Cashier, whose connection with the institution dates back to the day of its organization. The South Side Bank occupies handsome quarters at the northwest corner of South Broadway and Pestalozzi street, right in the middle of a densely populated industrial center of the city. — 177 — STATE NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 2209. The State National Bank of St. Louis will complete the fiftieth year of its existence in 1905, it being the offspring of the State Savings Institution, organized in 1855, with John How, R. M. Henning, Eugene Miltenberger, Isaac Rosenfeld, Jr., Louis V. Bogy, Neree Valle, William L. Ewing, R. J. Lockwood, and B. W. Hill as incorporators. In 1859 the name of State Savings Association was adopted, which later on was changed to the more appropriate of State Bank, as it did from the beginning a general banking business. The first President was R. M. Henning and his successors were John How, John J. Roe, and, since 1870, the present incumbent, Mr. Chas. Parsons, who in 1864 had suc- ceeded Mr. Isaac Rosenfeld, Jr., as Cashier. The office was during twenty years on the southeast corner of Main and Vine streets, and from 1875 to 1892 on the southwest corner of Third and Vine streets, in which latter yea» the removal to its present location in the Security Building, southwest corner of Fourth and Locust streets, took place. The State Bank and the Commercial Bank became consolidated under the law of Congress creating national banks, as the State National Bank of St. Louis, in Jan- uary, 1899, with a paid-up capital of two million dollars. Its sur- plus amounted at the end of February, 1902, to 400,000, the uu. divided profits to over 250,000 dollars. The State National Bank does exclusively a legitimate banking business ; it receives depos- its, pays checks and makes collections in any part of the world, and loans money on good commercial paper ; pays interest on time deposits and on daily balances of certain kinds of accounts, to be determined by its officers ; it bu}'s and sells foreign exchange, and issues letters of credit available in any part of the globe. The institution possesses a well-deserved reputation for its pru- dent, sagacious, conservative but at the same time lib6ral man- agement and stands in the front rank among the banks of this country. The following gentlemen constitute the Board of Di- rectors: Chas. Parsons, L. F. Jones, John H. McClune\% M. Rumsey, Daniel Catlin, John A. Scudder, Henry C. Haarstick, 12k — 178 — Robert S. Brookings, P. C. Maffitt, Logan Tompkins, Joseph Ramsey, Jr., Joseph Franklin, Rolla Wells, John T. Davis and H. N. Davis. The officers are: Chas. Parsons, President; L. F. Jones, First, and John H. McClnney, Second Vice-President; Logan Tompkins, Cashier, and C. S. Cone, Assistant Cashier. Mr. Parsons, a native of New York State, came to St. Louis in 1850, but emliarked soon after (on the advice of Mr. Bacon, of the banking house of Page & Bacon) in the banking business in Keokuk, Iowa, where he remained till the breaking out of the Civil War; entering the Union Army, he was soon placed in charge of army rail and river transportation at the very important post of St. Louis ; in this position he earned tlie highest praise of the war department and was promoted to the rank of Lieutenant- Colonel, but declined an appointment, which placed him at the head of the bureau of Railroad Transportation for the United States, tendered him in 1864, preferring the place offered him by the States Saving Association. He is a recognized authority on banking and finances in general, his views and utterances, written or verbal, have always been highly appreciated in financial circles ; he has frequently been elected a delegate to important conventions, has for many years been President of the St. Louis Clearing House and several times of the American Bankers As- sociation, and presided over the World’s Congress of Bankers and Financiers held in Chicago in 1893. Mr. McCluney has been identified with the State Bank for nearly forty-five years, was till 1870 its Assistant Cashier, in which year he became the Cashier, and in 1899 a Vice-President of this formidable financial insti- tution. THIRD NATIONAL BANK. Bell Main 992 and 2907. Kinloch B843. The Third National Bank was originally a State bank, organ- ized in 1857 under the name of the Southern Bank, which in 1864 was transformed into a national bank under its present name. It is therefore one of the oldest financial institutions and may justly be considered one of the most prominent and best conducted. It was first located on the west side of Second, two doors south of 179 — Pine street, but occupies since many years an elegant counting room, the entire ground floor of its own building on the north side of Olive, between Fourth street and Broadway, a most eligi- ble location in the midst of nearly all other financial institutions, and easily accessible from every part of the city. It transacts a general banking business in accordance with the national bank law, including the issue of drafts for the inland and foreign coun- tries, also letters of credit for the use of ti’avelers abroad, and has correspondents in all the principal cities of the United States and in the financial centers of Europe, which affords it all desir- able facilities for the collection and transmission of money in both countries. The management of the Third National Bank has always been marked by sagacity and circumspection and has deservedly won the enviable confidence of the business community as well as private parties, as evidenced by the large number of depositors of the latter class. The scope of its business received an important extension by the absorp- tion of the Chemical National Bank and a continued gain of new customers. Among its Presidents in former years were such prominent business men as James S. Watson, Thos. E. Tutt, John R. Lionberger and G. T. Cram; Thos. A. Stod- dard was for many years the Cashier of the Bank and is now the manager of the St. Louis Clearing House. The great vol- ume of business now and since quite a while transacted by the Third National Bank is the result of the untiring exertions and financial ability of the President, Mr. Chas. H. Huttig, and the Cashier, Mr. G. W. Galbreath. The latter gentleman was for many years a National Bank Examiner, can point to a phenomenal growth of the bank’s business since he became its Cashier (1896), and has in Mr. John R. Cooke an able assistant. The capital amounts to two millions and the surplus to one million with an undivided profit of 136,000 dollars. The follow- ing gentlemen form the Board of Directors : C. H. Huttig, Presi- dent; W. B. Wells, Vice-President; John S. Dunham, Geo. T. Cram, J. B. M. Kehlor, G. W. Galbreath, Jno. N. Drnmmond, H. F. Knight, Edwin S. Orr, Thos. Wright and G. W. Brown. — 180 — TRUST COMPANIES. Trust companies are in some respects similiar to banks, and in others widely different from them. They receive deposits and make loans, but do not issue currency and do not undertake the general collection of commercial paper. the great broadness of their charters they accept and execute all kinds of trusts, act as registrars and agents for the transfer of stocks and bonds ; they are also authorized to execute wills, administer estates, be- come guardian, curator, assignee, receiver and depository of money for courts in complicated litigation. They do a general financial business for corporations and others; make investments, collect interest and transact many other financial affairs, not the least important of which is their serving as savings bank. But one of their chief functions consists in their acting in the capacity of a trustee for living or deceased persons ; when by reason of increasing cares, advancing age, or approaching death, men or women find it no longer possible to manage their property and guard valuable interests or to protect those whom they must leave behind them as they wish to do, they seek for another who, representing them as principal, can safely be entrusted with prop- erty, and who will honorably, carefully and exactly carry out their wishes in regard to their dear ones. Here it is where the trust company steps in with its many safeguards, its faithfulness and fidelity its guarantee for the utmost protection of those whose interests are placed in their hands. All their transactions are surrounded by specific State laws which make it the duty of the State authorities to exercise a controlling supervision over their management. COMMONWEALTH TRUST CO. Bell Main 230. Kinloch A623, 624. The Commonwealth Trust Company, one of the younger finan- cial institutions of our city, began its career under the most favorable auspices and its remarkable success within a compara- tively short time has by far surpassed even the most sanguine — 181 — expectations of its founders. The company commenced opera- tions on May the 20th, 1901, with a capital of one million and a surplus of another million dollars, but the phenomenal results of the first few months led to the increase of its means to five and a half millions in accordance with a decision of the shareholders, given in a meeting held October 31, 1901. Such ample resources form in themselves an undisputable guaranty for depositors, owners of shares and all who intrust their business to the care of this institution. But still another safeguard for their interests is found in the character and standing of the directors and officers, in whose hands the management of its affairs is placed ; they are men of the greatest integrity, experience and respectability, the best representatives of our financial and commercial community, fully deserving the confidence bestowed upon them by the public. The financial department of the company embraces a general banking business, the loaning of money on real estate and approved collateral, the buying and selling of exchange, the issuing of drafts and letters of credit, which are available in every part of the world. The company pays two per cent per annum, on daily balances of running accounts and three per cent on time deposits. The savings department receives deposits from one dollar upwards and pays an interest of three per cent on all savings over one dollar. The trust department manages estates, acts as administrator, attends to all probate business, furnishes bond and represents .clients in court. The real estate branch constitutes a special feature of the company and transacts all business pertaining to real estate, including the negotiating of loans, collecting of rents, etc. It may be mentioned in this con- nection, that the well-known real estate firm of Chas. H. Turner & Co., has been merged into the Commonwealth Trust Company and that the two members of the firm, Mr. Chas. H. Turner and Mr. Lawrence B. Pierce, give their particular attention to this department. The Board of Directors consists of Messrs. A. D. Brown, A. A. Busch, Geo. 0. Carpenter, S. M. Dodd, Samuel C- Davis, Edward F. Goltra, James Green, Russell Harding, Jos. M. Hayes, Sam. M. Kennard, W. J. Kinsella, C. G. Knox, Elias Michael, Henry Nicolaus, Reid Northrup, Lawrence B. Pierce, Otto F. Stifel, L. B. Tebbetts, Chas. H. Turner, C. G. Warner, — 182 — and J. M. Woods. Its officers areas follows: Clias. H. Turner, President; L. B. Tebbetts, First, Geo. O. Carpenter, Second, and Lawrence B. Pierce, Third Vice-Presidents ; J. M. Woods, Secre- tary ; A. G. Douglass, Assistant Secretary ; and Br 3 'an & Christie, Counsel. The building of the National Bank of Commerce, north- east corner Broadway and Olive street, has been purchased by the Commonwealth Trust Compau}' and will .contain its office after September, 1902, until which time the present location, 312 North Broad wajg will be retained. LINCOLN TRUST COMPANY. Bell Main 38, 531 , G84, 717, 842, 8G5 and 882. The Lincoln Trust building, finished in 1898, at the southwest corner of Seventh and Chestnut streets, derives its name from the Lincoln Trust Company, which was chiefly instrumental in Hs erection, stands in the center of the real estate trade district, furnishing a most desirable location for the Trust Company, whose offices and safe deposit vaults take up the larger part of the ground floor. The company was organized in April, 1894, Mr. A. A. B. Woerheide being the principal promoter of this very successful financial enterprise. The incorporators were J. B. Case, J. H. A. Meyer, A. A. B. Woerheide and E. H. Coffin. Its first office was at number 618 Chestnut, later on at 712, the same street, where it remained until the removal to the present handsome and w'ell ai)pointed quarters. The original capital of 500,000 dollars was raised in 1899 to a full million aside from an appropriate reserve fund. The company’s business comprises all the various functions to which trust companies are authorized by law ; it receives savings deposits, issues certificates for money deposited for specified periods, also receives the deposits of special funds and allows interest thereon. It acts in all the capacities of trust for corporations and individuals in real estate and every kind of financial and court transactions and has a deposit of two hundred thousand dollars with the insurance department of Missouri as a guarantee for the prompt fulfillment of its trust obligations. The Safe Deposit department contains in its extensive vault boxes of — 183 — different sizes rented out to private parties and corporations for the safe-keeping of all kinds of valuables. The following gentle- men are the Directors of the company : L. R. Blackmer, Chas. R. Blake, D. S. Brown, E. H. Coffin, H. L. Caulfield, Wm. R. Drummond, Henry Dunker, Wm. Duncan, Geo. F. Durant, Ben Eisemau, C. Marquard Forster, Julius C. Garrell, Chas. Hamilton, Geo. W. Lubke, J. H. Aug. Meyer, John C. Roberts, A. A. Rule, J. Wagner, W. B. Wells, Thos. Wright and A. A. B. Woerheide. The officers are: A. A. B. Woerheide, President ; Geo. F. Durant, Vice-President, Geo. W. Lubke, Second, and J. H. Aug. Meyer, Third Vice-President; Cbas. Hamilton, Sec- retary; Julius C. Garrell, Treasurer; Geo. W. Lubke, Counsel, and Henry Sprague, Trust Officer. The Lincoln Trust Company enjoys a well-earned reputation for careful management, all its transactions are conducted in accordance with the strictest in- tegrity and watchfulness, so that its patrons can at all times be convinced that their interests are conscientiously taken care of and well-guarded. MERCANTILE TRUST COMPANY. Bell Main 1536, 1583, 3031. Kiuloch A86, 89. The Mercantile Trust Company was organized by Mr. Festus J. Wade, and incorporated iu November, 1899, by the Directors named hereafter and other subscribers to its stock, viz. : Lorenzo E. Anderson, Geo. W. Brown, James AV. Bell, Paul Brown, James G. Butler, James Campbell, L. D. Dozier, C. F. Gauss, Henr}^ Griesedieck, Jr., C. H. McMillan, Emerson McMillin, Wm. Matfit, Peter O’Neil, Valle Reyburn, Jonathan Rice, Harry Scnlliu, Corwin H. Spencer, John S. Sullivan, Festus J. Wade, D. D. Walker, and Geo. AV. AVilson. A more formidable array of capitalists and business men of the highest standing was rarely ever united in a similar enterprise, and these names alone speak better than anything else for the solidity of the institution, aside from the fact that its officers take pride in carefully guarding the interests of its shareholders as well as of its clients. The com- pany receives deposits on time and on call aud pays interest on both, likewise on current account balances; loans money — 184 on collateral and real estate, and executes financial trans- actions of every discription ; it furthermore acts as exec- utor, administrator, curator and guardian, assignee or receiver under appointment of court, and as representative for indi- viduals in any of the aforesaid capacities, and officiates also as trustee under mortgages, deeds of trusts and similar in- struments. The real estate department, which constitutes ^ special and very important feature of this company, is the suc- cessor of the Anderson- Wade Realty Company, established in 1887 by Lorenzo E. Anderson and Festus J. Wade, which firm succeeded in a very short time to stand in the front rank of the branch, and to become the promoter of numerous important en- terprises, including the erection of some of our largest office buildings, hotels and factories. The Mercantile Trust Company is in a position to handle real estate with the greatest advantage to its clients, whose affairs are conducted with the utmost care and attention, based upon many years’ experience and knowledge. All orders for the sale or purchase of real estate property in- trusted to the company are executed in the most conscientious way and all other business referring to real estate receives at all times the promptest attention, for instance, the renting of houses, collection of rents, etc. The capital stock of the company amounts to 81,500,000, the surplus, and undivided profit to $2,- 150,000. The officers of the company are as follows: Festus J. Wade, President; Corwin H. Spencer, First Vice-President; L. E. Anderson, Second Vice-President, and Jonathan Rice, Third Vice-President; G. W. Wilson, Treasurer ; Wm. Maffitt, Assistant Treasurer ; C. H. McMillan, Secretary, and J. B. Mo- berly. Assistant Secretary. The Directors are : Lorenzo E. Ander- son, James W. Bell, Geo. Warren Brown, Paul Brown, James G. Butler, James Campbell, Gustav Cramer, L. Dozier, C. F. Gaus, Henry Griesedieck, Jr., C. H. McMillan, Emerson McMilliu, Wm. Maffitt, Geo. D. Markham, Dan C. Nugent, Valle Reyburn, Jona- than Rice, Harry Scullin, Corwin H. Spencer, Dr. Joseph Spiegel- halter, John S. Sullivan, Festus J. Wade, D. D. Walker and Geo. W. Wilson. The eompany will soon vacate its office in the Co- lumbia Building and remove to the building bearing its name recently erected for its use on the northeast corner of Eighth — 185 — and Locust streets ; the Safe Deposit departnaent will constitute an important part of the company’s business and will be provided with fire and burglar proof steel vaults of immense size, aside from the fact that the entire structure is built of stone and iron. MISSISSIPPI VALLEY TRUST CO. Bell Main 48, 2023. Kinloch B93, 94, 95. The rather unique, but attractive and very massive building on the northwest corner of Fourth and Pine street, one story in height with a ceiling of unusual dimensions, is the home of the Mississippi Valley Trust Company, a financial institution just as solid as the walls of its substantial building. The organization of the company took place in October, 1890, and during the first seven years its office was located on Fourth between Olive and Locust street until the completion of its present very spacious abode. It was incorporated with an authorized capital of one and a half million dollars of which fifty per cent was paid up in cash ; in 1893 it was increased to three millions and eleven thou- sand shares of stock were sold at eight 3 '-five dollars per share, for half paid stock, leaving four thousand shares in the treasury, which in course of time were sold at one hundred dollars per share. The surplus fund amounts at present to 3,500,000 and the undivided profits to more than 800,000 dollars. The history of the company is one of continued, we may say, phenomenal success, the result of a very conservative but at the same time progressive management, which leaves nothing undone to guard the interests of those who entrust their business to its care, as •well as those of its shareholders. The business of the company is divided in four principal branches : its Trust Department is the most important and comprises trust business of every character ; it acts in all fiduciary relations without bond, having a permanent deposit of 200,000 dollars in approved securities with the State Superintendent of Insurance as a security for its trust liabilities ; it has in connection with this branch a protec- tion against eventual losses in bond giving by way of a reinsur- ance, for which purpose an accumulating fund has been inaugurated. The Deposit Department is constantly gro-^vung — 186 — and its books contain the names of over 12,000 depositors, among whom are some of our largest corporations ; it receives deposits in the nature of a savings bank or subject to check with or without specified time, paying interest on both, which money is lent out on gilt- edge collateral only. The third department serves for the safe-keeping of valuables in the vaults of the company, which contains about 5,000 boxes, rented at various rates according to size. The fourth is the Real Estate branch, devoted to real estate business of every nature. The officers of the institution are: Julius S. Walsh, President; Breck- enridge Jones, First Vice-President and Counsel ; Samuel E. Hoffman, Second Vice-President; James E. Brock, Assistant and Acting Secretar}' ; Hugh R. Lyle, Second ; and Henry C. Ib- botson. Third Assistant Secretary ; Frank P. Hays, Bond Officer; Fredrick Vierling, Trust Officer; Henry Semple Ames and Win. G. Lacke}^ Assistant Trust Officers ; Eugene H. Benoist, Real Estate ; and Wilbur B. Price, Safe Deposit Officers. The following well-known business men and capitalists form the Board of Directors: Elmer B. Adams, Williamson Bacon, Chas. Clark, Harrison I. Drummond, August B. Ewing, David R. Francis, August Gehner, Geo. H. Goddard, S. E. Hoffman, Chas. H. Huttig, Breckenridge Jones, Wm. F. Nolker, Wm. D. Orthwein, H. Clay Pierce, Joseph Ramsey, Jr., Moses Rumsey, J. C. Van Biarcom, Julius S. Walsh and Rolla Wells. ST. LOUIS UNION TRUST CO. Bell Main 281. Park 18G, 188. Kinloch A1720. The consolidation of the St. Louis and the Union Trust Com- panies, effected in April, 1902, united the two oldest trust com- panies of this city into the most formidable institution of its kind. The St. Louis Trust Company had been formed in 1889, the Union Trust Company in 1890, and the property of both cor- porations grew from y'ear to year. The St. Louis had its first office in the Equitable Building and afterwards on the northwest corner Fourth and Locust streets, where the company in 1900 erected its own building, a massive structure, planned and arranged for its specific purposes. The Union Trust Company 187 — was lor a while located in the Emilie Building, Tenth and Olive, until the Union Trust Building on Seventh and Olive streets was finished. The building on Fourth and Locust streets forms the home of the new corporation. The capital, surplus and undi- vided profits of the St. Louis Union Trust Company amount to nine million dollars. The company’s transactions include all branches of business to which trust companies are authorized by law ; it receives money on deposit, at interest or for invest- ment purposes, paying interest on it until invested; it manages all kinds of trusts for corporations and individuals, takes care of estates, acts in the capacity of administrator, curator, guardian for minors or persons incapable to attend to their affairs, of receiver or assignee, gives court and other bonds, loans money on unexceptional securities, buys and sells real estate ; it also executes trusts for married women, in re- spect to their separate propert}^, whether real or personal, and acts as agent for them in the management of such propert}'. The building contains a Safe Deposit department with large fire aud burglar proof vaults, equipped with steel boxes which are rented to corporations, business firms and private parties who wish to avail themselves of the securitj^ guaranteed in this way by placing their valuables in the care of the companj’. The officers of the Institution are as follows: Thos. H. West, President; Roberts. Brookings, Henry C. Haarstick, John D. Filley, John F. Shepley and N. A. McMillan, Vice-Presidents; A. C. Stewart, Counsel; Isaac H. Orr, Trust Officer; A. H. Stille, Assistant Trust Officer ; Allen T. West, Treasurer, and Geo. A. H. Mills, Secretary. The Board of Directors, to which the Vice-Presidents do not belong, consist of W. K. Bixby, John L. Bolland, Adolphus Busch, Daniel Gatlin, John T. Davis, Howmrd Elliot, S. W. Fordyce, John Fowler, B. B. Graham, Wm. E. Guy, D. M. Houser, Robert McK. Jones, Edward Mallinckrodt, I. W. Morton, T. H. Mc- Kittrick, Chas. D. McLure, L. M. Rumse}', .John A. Scudder, John Scullin, E. C. Simmons, E. O. Stanard, Wm. Taussig, Thos. H. West, Edw'ards Whitaker and B. F. Yoakum. The Trust Committee, in whose hands lies the control and supervision of the most important branch of the Company’s transactions, is composed of Messrs. R. S. Brookings, Henry C. Haarstick, Jno. — 188 - R. Shepley, G. A. Finkelnburg, Dan’l Catlin, Isaac W. Morton and John T. Davis. These officers and directors are men of the highest integrity and great financial ability, forming a galaxy of names of ■which any such institution may well be proud. THE ST. LOUIS CLEARING HOUSE. Bell Main 1717. The St. Louis Clearing House was organized in 1868 after the pattern of similar institutions in New York, Boston and Philadel- phia. It is an association formed by a number of banks for the purpose to facilitate the collection of checks and drafts through a system by which a great deal of time and expense is saved, work spared and safety secured. Before the existence of the clearing house every bank had to send its collectors day after day to all the banks on which it held checks or drafts. The Clearing House does away with this necessity, acts as a mutual accountant for its members and as a collector between them. The first manager was James W. Howenstein, he was followed in 1871 b}’ Edward Chase, who remained in this position until his death in 1897, whereupon Thomas A. Stoddard, for many years Cashier of the Third Na- tional Bank, became his successor. The Clearing House occu- pies a part of the upper floor in the Merchants Exchange Building. FIRE mSURA^sTCE COMPAJ^IES AKD AGEJS'CIES. The business of fire and marine insurance was inaugurated in St. Louis as early as 1824, in which year three or four citizens accepted the agency for some of the oldest insurance companies of New York and Hartford. The first local company, the Missouri Insurance Co., was organized in 1831 by a number of the most prominent men of the city, among them Judge Collier, who served as its President as long as the company existed. The growth of the city’s commerce and the extension of river trade made the insurance business more and more profitable, and the legislature of 1836 granted charters to five St. Louis insur- — 189 ance companies. In the meantime many Eastern stock companies had agencies established in this city, and when the great fire of 1849 destroyed the larger part of the business district of St. Louis these and the local companies sustained so heavy losses that some of them were forced to liquidate and others became considerably crippled. All the local companies then in existence were, however, soon placed in a condition to resume business, and so well were they patronized that during the fifties and sixties an additional number of companies were established, most of them on the mutual plan, but at the same time issu- ing policies for cash premiums. With the continued exten- sion of trade and the constant addition of manufactur- ing establishments, of stores, warehouses and dwellings, grew the number of home insurance companies and repre- sentatives of more local companies. The insurance against the losses by fire has become a necessity ; it forms an indispensable protection for individuals, firms, corporations, and whole com- munities, and a solid insurance company wisely and honestly managed, may truly be considered one of the most useful and beneficent institutions of modern life. We speak in the follow- ing pages of some such companies, and of the men who devote themselves to this important business branch. AMERICAN GUARANTY FUND MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE CO. OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Telephone Main 655M. This insurance company is a local institution and was organ- ized in 1892 by Messrs. J. E. and G. L. Werth, who number among the oldest insurance agents of our city, the firm of J. E. Werth & Brother having been established as early as 1866, since which time they have devoted themselves to this important branch of business with uninterrupted success. The American Guaranty Fund Mutual Fire Insurance Company had its office first at number 18 North Third street, but occupies now very large and handsome rooms on the first floor of the Merchants Exchange Building, 315 Chestnut street. Incorporators of the company were the following well-known business men and capital- — 190 — ists: H. F. Langenberg, H. C. Huiskamp, Paulas Gast, L. W. Manning, J. H. Cockrell, J. E. Werth, H. J. Huiskamp, J. B. Farmer, Ernst Marshall, J. E. Huiskamp, J. M. Berry, N. D. Allen, G. L. Werth, J. A. Marshall, and C. R. Stinde. It comprises insurance against losses by fire, lightning, and tornado, and operates exclusively in the State of Missouri. It has the largest ratio of assets against liabilities of any fire insurance company and is, aside from this, the only one who has deposited the sum of fifty thousand dollars with the State Insurance Department as a guarantee for the prompt payment of losses, as shown by the following certificate : “I, Ed. T. Orear, Superintendent of the Insurance Depart- ment of the State of Missouri, hereby certify that the American Guaranty Fund Mutual Fire Insurance Company of St. Louis, Missouri, has transferred to and deposited with me the sum of fifty thousand dollars, consisting of the securi- ties required by the Revised Statutes of Missouri of 1889, as its guarantee fund, to be held by me as security for the pay- ment of all losses and other policy liabilities of said company. In witness whereof, etc., at the City of Jefferson this 23i’d day of September, 1897. Ed. T. Orear, Superintendent.” The Board of Directors consists of Messrs. H. C. Huiskamp, J. M. Berry, Paulus Gast, J. H. Cockrell, H. J. Huiskamp, E. Mar- shall, G. E. Werth. Thomas Dunn, L. W. Manning, G. A. Mar- shall and G. L. Werth. J. E. Werth is the President, J. M. Berry is the Vice-President; andG. L. Werth, Secretary of the company, and they are always ready to give the desired information and advice on all matters pertaining to fire, lightning, and cyclone insurance. FRANKLIN MUTUAL INSURANCE CO. OF ST. LOUIS. This company was organized and incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri on the 15th of May, 1855, by Adolph Abeles, William D’Oench, Charles F. Meyer, Charles A. Cuno, I. C. H. D. Block, A. C. Cordes, F. Wilmot, Henry I. Spaunhorst and Henry Meier, of which only the last named is surviving and still connected with the institution as a director — 191 — and officer. These nine gentlemen constituted the Board of Directors. The late Louis Duestrow was for many years Sec- retary of the company and upon his resignation his assistant, Emil Heintz, became his successor. The present Board of Directors consists of Adolph Boettler, F. W. Clemens, Edward Cornett, Henry Kaiser, E. A. Lindemann, Henry Meier, Jr., John C. Nul- sen, Henry J. Spaunhorst, and John B.Woestmann. The latter is the President; Henry J. Spaunhorst, Vice-President; Emil Heintz, Secretary, and Hugo Haerting, Assistant Secretary. The com- pany issues fire insurance policies on the mutual as well as on the non-mutual plan, and adheres to very conservative principles. Being a local institution, those who wish to insure, or are insured in the Franklin, can always communicate with the officers and Directors whenever they wish to do so, especially when a misun- derstanding or a difference of opinion may occur, or in the set- tlement of claims, should the adjustment by the agent or repre- sentative of the company appear unsatisfactory. This is one of the advantages of a local company in comparison with those who have their seat not in the cit 3 ^ so that all business is transacted by agents, whose authority is naturally more or less limited, ne- cessitating in many cases a protracted correspondence and delay. The Directors, all old St. Louis residents, are per- sonally known to most of the policy holders, if not intimately acquainted with them, can easily’ be approached, and are cheer- fully willing to preserve the most friendly relations between the company and the insured parties. Being a mutual company, all profits go, of course, to all the members alike, there are no stock- holders to claim dividends, and the interest from the company’s in- vestments is used for the payments of losses and business expenses, when, on the contrary in stock companies the premium money, ])aid by the policy holders, must cover all losses and expenses and the dividends which the shareholders expect. The company has at present over 2,000 members and their number is still increasing. The office is since many years over the Franklin Bank, corner Fourth and Morgan streets, but was in former times on Main street in the old Merchants Exchange Building. — 192 — GERMAN MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF ST. LOUIS. Bell T. Main 1302m. Kinloch A219. This company was organized and chartered October 8 , 1868, for a term of twenty years, and a new charter was granted in 1888, for a period of ninety-nine 5 'ears. The original incor- porators were ; August Krieckhaus, Fredrick Hill, John Kupferle, J. D. Hiemenz, John H. Ameluug, P. J. Peters, Peter Weiss, Theodore Bloess, H. F. Vahlkamp, C. A. Stifel, Jos. Lindenschmidt, and Bernhard Lager. The reorganization and renewal of charter took place with the following incorporators: August Gehner, Frank J. Karlskind, John C. Lullman, Ernst Link, Albert H. Meyer, Henry Mehl- ing, W. F. Nolker, John A. Nies, August Beimler, Leo Rassieur, A. W. Straub, John M. Sellers, Jacob Gruen, Chas. F. Walther, W. K. Walther and Claus Vieths. The office was first located over the International Bank, southeast corner Broadway and Market, then for a number of years in the Temple Building and is now at 616 Chestnut street, right between the principal real estate firms and the neighborhood of some of the largest office buildings. The German Mutual Fire Insurance Company, like the other home companies, does exclusively a local business and is favorably known for its reliability, fair rates and promptness in the settlement of eventual losses ; the holders of its policies have always been much pleased with the cautious management of the company on the part of its officers and direct- ors, who have at all times exercised great care in the taking of risks, thus guarding the interests of the insured as well as those of the corporation. The company has six agents attending to the outside business. Mr. W. K. Walther, for many years the faithful Secretary of the company, died in 1902, whereupon Mr. Chas. L. Weber, his assistant and for years connected with the corporation, was deservedly promoted to the successorship. The present officers are: Chas. F. Vogel, President; Jacob Gruen, Vice-President, and Chas. L. Weber, Secretary. The directors are: Gustav Bischoff, August Gehner, Jacob Gruen, L. F. — 193 — Hammer, A. C. L. Haase, F. J. Karlskind, John A. Nies, W. F. Nolker, Leo Rassieur, Otto Schmidt, John M. Sellers, and Chas. F. Vogel. The first President was Dr. Frederick Hill, who for many years represented the old Thirteenth Ward (Caron- delet) in the city council ; he was followed by Chas. F. Walther, during a long time a justice of the peace and in partnership with M. Jacoby in the real estate business ; he was succeeded by Mr. Fred. F. Espenscbied, the former city treasurer and member of the State Senate, who resigned the position in 1901, his other inter- ests demanding all his time, whereupon Mr. Chas. F. Vogel was elected in his place. The company is now one-third of a century in operation and enjoys a constantly growing patronage. GERMANIA FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK. Bell Main 2658. Kinloch A290. The Germania Fire Insurance Company of New York was organized in 1859, and is, therefore, not only one of the oldest but also one of the most reliable insurance companies of the country. Its founder, the late Mr. Rabert Garrigues, a man of the greatest experience in the insurance branch, was its first President, and some of the most prominent business men and capitalists of New York City have always constituted the Board of Directors. The present officers are as follows : Hugo Schumann, President ; Fr. von Bernuth and Geo. B. Edwards, Vice-Presi- dents ; Chas. Ruykhaver, Secretarjg and Gustav Kehr, Assistant Secretary. The institution stands in the front rank, and is con- sidered one of the safest among the best Eastern insurance com- panies, and is known for the promptness with which all claims are adjusted. This reputation had been gained from the beginning of its operations, and has been invariably kept up to the present day. The following figures are taken from the official statement presented to the Insurance Commissioner of the State of New York on January 1st, 1900: Cash capital, $1,000,- 000 00; reserve for unearned premiums, $1,588,646.34; reserve for losses under adjustment, $91,812.36; reserve for all other claims, $35,008.46; net surplus, $2,101,402.85. Total assets, $4,816,870.01. 13k 194 — These figures are surely the best evidence of the solidity of the company, whose affairs have always been conducted on conserva- tive but at the same time lilteral principles. The St. Louis office of the company stands under the management of Mr. Paul Thee- garten and a better selection for this responsible position could not have been made ; he hails from the East but has for the last twenty years lived in the Western States, representing the com- pany in St. Paul and Minneappolis until his arrival in St. Louis about six years ago. In this comparatively short period he has succeeded in greatly extending the company’s business among merchants, manufacturers, and in the residence part of the city, and has won for himself a host of friends in business and social circles by strictness in all his transactions, and his affable man- ners which make him a great favorite with all who know him. Being a man of great activity, Mr. Theegarten takes a lively in- terest in everything tending to the welfare of our city ; he belongs to various organizations and is one of the most prominent mem- bers of the St Louis Liederkranz. The office of the company has recently been removed to the Liggett Building, 717 and 719 Chestnut street where three well-appointed rooms, numbers 16, 17 and 18, furnish ample accommodations for the transaction of business. JEFFERSON MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF ST. LOUIS. Kinloch D1556. This company received its charter on the first of May, 1861, and its incorporators were Louis Bach, F. W. Biebinger, Herman Eisenhardt, Adam Conrad, ,T. O. Kalb, E. H. Kortkamp, John G. Kaiser, Louis Schneider, Edward Schulz, Caspar Stolle, Julius^ Thamer, Rudolph Wessling and C. R. Fritch ; they constituted the first Board of Directors and selected the following officers: Louis Bach, President; C. R. Fritch, Secretary, and F. W, Biebinger, Treasurer. The outbreak of the Civil War proved very detrimental to the young institution ; aside from the fact that its Secretary enlisted in the three months’ service and had to be most of the time with his regiment in the Arsenal, all business^ — 195 — was more or less prostrated and the directors had to decide if they should suspend operations for the time being. They con- cluded to continue even under the adverse circumstances and had the satisfaction that the following year showed a marked improve- ment, and from that time on came a constant extension of its business. The first office of the company was located at No. 212 North Fourth street, afterwards on Third between Pine and Olive, and then for a long time in the Masonic Temple, corner of Eleventh and Market streets, until the removal to the Merchants Exchange Building, first fioor. Chestnut street entrance. The Jefferson is a Mutual Fire Insurance Company, but issues also policies on the non-mutual plan; it is the only mutual com- pany which has not assessed its policy holders during the last twenty years, so that they have paid only the first ten per cent on their premium notes and nothing more. Its policies in force at the end of 1900 amounted to seven and a half million in the mutual department and over four million dollars on the cash premium plan. Its management has always been very conservative, its rate liberal and adjustment prompt and equitable. The present Board of Directors consists of Messrs. Chas. A. Teichmann, C. A. Stifel, F. W. Biebinger, Wm. Reipshlaeger, August Klasing, Wm. Heinrichsofen, Henry Droste, Henry Griesedieck, Ernst Hartmann, Fredrick Goebel, Fred E. Zelle, Christopher Hilke and H. H. Biermann. The officers are: Chas. H. Teichmann, President; C. A. Stifel, Vice-President; H. H. Biermann, Secretary and Treasurer; with Louis W. Schoenebeck as his Assistant and Wm. Sievers, Inspector and Surveyor. Mr. Biermann entered the service of the company from its inception and has therefore been con- nected with it since forty years ; he became the successor of Mr. Fritch, who died in 1895, and is like his predecessor a very efficient and competent officer. The directors are well known and prominent old citizens of St. Louis. — 196 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 274G. Kinloch B838. The Washington Mutual Fire Insurance Company of St. Louis received its first charter in 1857, for a period of thirty years, which expired in 1887, in which year a new charter for fifty years was granted under the laws of the State of Missouri. The original incorporators and founders of the company were: Casper F. Becker, Julius Kurlbaum, Wm. Siever, John H. Marquard, Louis Roever, Herman H. Meier, Wm. Seifried, Peter Weber, Ernest Minche, Chas. Altinger, Chas. W. Gottschalk, John H. Burckhardt, Edward Eggers, and F. Roever. They formed the first Board of Directors and began operations on the basis of a conservative policy which has been strictly adhered to by all their successors up to the present day, a policy which was justly rewarded by excellent results in favor of the insured and an enviable reputation for the management of the company. The reorganization in 1887 was followed by a still greater extension of business on the mutual as well as on the cash premium plan, the company issuing policies either way. The present Board of Directors consists of Messrs. Peter Gundlach, Jacob Kaiser, Wm. Koenig, Aug. Krieckhaus, Aug. Kurtzeborn, Otto Schmitz, Geo. A. Wippern, Herman Stoffregen, and Wm. C. Uhri. Its officers are: Aug. Krieckhaus, President; Peter Gundlach, Vice-President ; andEfwin J. Meyer, Secretary. The character of these gentlemen and their standing in the communit}^ are in itself the best guarantee for the honest and faithful performance of their duties towards those who intrust their insurance to their care. The offices of the company were first at 112 Market street, then for many years on the northeast corner of Market and Second, and are now in the Commonwealth Building on Broadway and Olive street. — 197 — H. M. BLOSSOM & CO. Bell Main 1702. Kinloch B. 1775. Mr. H. M. Blossom may truly be called the veteran of Western insurance men, as his operations in this branch cover a period of more than forty years. He entered the field as early as 1861, in which year he became the secretary of the Globe Mutual Fire Insurance Company of St. Louis, which position he held during ten years, whereupon he established an agency under his own name and as representative of some of the best inland and foreign insurance companies. His activity and energy, combined with the highest integrity and a thorough knowledge of all matters pertaining to insurance, brought in a comparatively short time an unparalleled result; his fairness in all his transactions soon won for him a large number of clients, who were fully convinced that their interests were conscientiously guarded by him. His business became more extensive from year to year ; new patrons were constantly added to the old ones and the books of the firm Show to day very likely the greatest number of policies issued by any of our agencies. Mr. H. A. Blossom, a nephew of the founder of the firm, became his uncle’s partner at an early date and participated in the management of affairs. Among the companies represented by the Blossom Agency are the fol- lowing of London (England): North British, Mercantile, Com- mercial Union Assurance Company, and the Union ; of home companies: Boston Insurance Company of Boston, Victoria and Commercial Union of New York, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insur- ance Company of St. Paul, Minn., and others of similar unexceptional high standing. The policy holders of the firm comprise mercantile and manufacturing houses, as well as private individuals, and it is the invariable rule of H. M. Blossom & Company to cause the speedy adjustment of losses whenever such occur. The officers of the company are : Mr. H. M. Blos- som, President; Mr. H. A. Blossom, Vice-President: Mr. Al- bert Kuehne, Treasurer, and Mr. Warren Bruce, Secretary. The office was for many years on Chestnut street, opposite the Mer- chants Exchange Building, then on Third, between Pine and — 198 — Olive, and is now in the Century Building, room 940, where the gentlemen just named are always ready to give all the desired information and advice to those in search of safe and reliable insurance. Mr. H. M. Blossom, besides being a prominent mem- ber of our commercial community, is an ardent lover of music and art in general ; he finds time to devote his administi’ative tal- ent to musical organizations, especially in the interest of church music, and is considered one of the best judges in musical mat- ters. In conclusion we will only add that his strict business prin- ciples, personal magnetism, and his most affable manners have won for him a host of friends and the esteem of his fellow-citi- zens. He came to St. Louis in 1852 from his native State, New York, and made our city his home ever since — just now for half a century. MARTIN COLLINS, SON & CO. Bell Main 2303. Kinloch B1765. Mr. Martin Collins, the founder and senior partner of the above firm, is one of the oldest insurance agents of St. Louis, which city has been his home almost sixty years. A Pennsyl- vanian by birth, he considered the then young West an appro- priate field for a young man bound on building up his future. Coming here in 1843, he soon found employment in a business house and formed after a number of years a copartnership with the owner of a wholesale firm on Main street but withdrew from it to accept the position of Collector of Water Rates, offered him in 1861 by Mayor Daniel G. Taylor; he performed the duties of this office so well, that he was retained under the two succeed- ing administrations of Chauncey I. Filley and James S. Thomas. In the second half of the sixties he established a fire insurance agency and it did not take him long to gain an enviable reputa- tion and a very extensive business, which has grown from year to year. Mr. Thomas R. Collins became his father’s partner in 1891, whereupon the present firm name was adopted. The great experience of both gentlemen, who give all their time and attention to their business duties, their strictness and relia- bility combined with the most courteous treatment of all who come — 199 — in contact with them, form the basis of the remarkable success and the confidence which the firm enjoys. The companies which they represent number without exception among the oldest and •safest and are unsurpassed by any one in regard to rates and the prompt adjustment of losses. These companies are: The Fire Association and the American of Philadelphia, the Uni- ted States, Citizens, Lafayette, American and the Assurance of America — all of New York; the Equitable of Providence, R. I., and the Aachen and Munich of Germany. Mr. Martin Collins, although advanced in j’ears, is still hale and hearty, full of activ- ity and energy, he participates very prominently in charitable work and occupies a conspicuous place in the Masonic Order, takes great interest in public affairs, and is always willing to pro- mote the welfare of the community. The junior partner takes after the example he has so constantly before him and is, like his father, much esteemed in commercial and social circles. The office, for many years in the Merchants Exchange Building, is now in the more centrally located Century Building, corner of Ninth and Olive streets. S. KEHRMANN INSURANCE AGENCY CO. Bell Main 2765. Kinloch B158. The sole owner of the above firm, Mr. S. Kehrmaun, Jr., can by right claim that he has grown up in the insurance business since the day he left college, or, in other words, that he is now identified with the insurance branch for more than a quarter of a century. He was first connected with the German Mutual Fire Insurance Company of St. Louis (from 1875 to 1877); during the following three years with the insurance agency of Koch & Roeslein ; he was agent of the Washington Mutual Fire Insurance Co. of St. Louis in 1881 and 1882, and then became the partner of S. Kehrmann, Senior, under the firm name of S. Kehrmana & Son. This partnership was dissolved after four' years to enable Mr. Kelirmann, Junior, to become the successor of his father-in-law, Mr. Chas. Ellard, the well-known florist, who had died in 1885. He conducted the floral business until 1893, in which year he returned to his first love, establishing the insurance firm — 200 — of S. Kehrmann, Junior, which was changed to the S. Kehrmanu Insurance Agency Company and incorporated November 9, 1900, under the laws of the State of Missouri. He has for years rep- resented and continues to represent the Connecticut and the National Fire Insurance Companies, both of Hartford, theNorthern of England and others, also the Pacific Life Insurance Company Accident Department. His experience of so many years, com- bined with great activity, energy and deligence, have resulted in the building up of an extensive patronage, which promises to extend still further in the future. Mr. Kehrmann, Senior, who died in August, 1900, had been in the fire insurance business for nearly thirty years, gaining an enviable reputation for his strict- ness of character and many other qualities, leaving behind him an honored name, which is now held up by his only son, who is one of the best known young business men of our city and a great favorite in social circles. His office is in the Granite Building, southwest corner Fourth and Market streets, where two assistants attend to clerical duties and where he himself is always ready^ to give information and to serve old and new patrons to the best of his ability. ROESLEIN AND ROBYN. Bell Main 1516. Kinloch B1770. One of the best known insurance firms of our city, that of Roes- lein and Robyn, was established in January, 1880, when Anthony Roeslein and Paul Robyn formed a corpartnership, both gentle- men possessing a long and valuable experience in the insurance branch, with which they had been connected since 1866 and 1871 respectively. Mr. Roeslein began operations in the first named year in partnership with Col. Gustav Koch and represented for several years the Hamburg Madgeburg Insurance Co., the Merchants New York, the German and Baltimore, and the Metropole of Paris (France). After Col. Koch’s removal to Chi- cago, where he died later on, Mr. Roeslein continued the business by hinoself until 1880, since which y’ear the present firm exists. It was first located at 223 and 225 Chestnut street, then during many years in the Merchants Exchange Building, and occupies now — 201 — commodious and handsome quarters in tlie Century Building (Suit Number 801). The firm represents now the following old; gilt-edged companies: The Hartford (Hartford, Conn.), Atlas (London), New Hampshire (New Hampshire), Agricultural (New York), Merchants of New Jersey, Westchester, New York, Mil- waukee, Wis., Citizens of St. Louis, Hamburg -Bremen, Germany, and National of Ireland. Messrs. Koeslein and Robyn give their whole time and attention to their business duties and their great success is based upon fidelity and care with which they attend to the wants of their patrons, securing for them the lowest possible rates and guaranteeing the promptest adjustment in case of loss. Many of our largest breweries, manufacturing and mercantile firms have for years entrusted all their insurance business exckrsively to them, aside from a very extensive list of private dwellings, stores, etc. Mr. Anthony Roeslein is a native of Westphalia (Prussia), and came to this country in 1860, after fulfilling his military duty in the Prussian army. He arrived in St. Louis in the spring of 1861, and has made this city his home ever since. Entering the Union army at the outbreak of the rebellion, first in the three months’ service, in the Third Missouri volunteer regiment, commanded by Col. Sigel, under whom he fought in the battle of Wilson’s Creek (10th August, 1861)^ though his term of enlistment had previously expired. He en- listed again in October, this time for three years, in the same regiment, was soon promoted to Second-Lieutenant, participated in the capture of Fort Donaldson, and after a tedious march over Springfield, Batesville, etc., through the swamps, in the battle of Arkansas Post (11th January, 1863) where he was seriously wounded, and then brought to St. Louis ; he received a bullet from an Enfield rifle, which penetrated the right shoulder blade,, the upper part of the lungs, and broke the left collar-bone, the ball still remaining in his body. He advanced to a captaincy in March, 1863, joined his regiment again in the following October, and was made Acting Assistant Adjutant-General of the brigade in February, 1864, whereupon he received his honorable discharge shortly afterwards. Mr. Roeslein is one of the best known business men of our city, very active, congenial and a man of fine attainments, an excellent musician, and even — 202 a composer. During his repeated trips across the ocean he has traveled extensively in Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Holland, Belgium ; in 1899 he visited Egypt, the Holy Land and Constan- tinople. He belongs to various organizations and is a member of Frank P. Blair Post, G. A. R., in which capacity he performed the installation of General P. J. Osterhaus in Mannheim. Mr. Paul Robyn was born in this city and is a son of Mr. William Robyn who came here in 1837 ; his mother was a sister of the late Eugene Miltenberger, the prominent banker ; Prof. Wm. Robyn, now an octogenarian, was for many years at the head of the music department of the St. Louis University and a celebrated violoncello player. The son is a graduate of Washington Univer- sity, entered the insurance branch when only 20 years of age first as an employee of the Excelsior Fire Insurance Company and when this company went out of business, he became the manager of Wm. D. Van Blarcom insurance office; this position he held till 1880, in which year he formed a copartnership with Mr. Roeslein. Mr. Robyn combines the American energy with the German perseverance, he is a man of the most affable manners and highly esteemed in business and social circles. LIFE INSURANCE. It is rather superfluous to tell the intelligent reader — and we presume that all our readers are intelligent — of the great importance, the necessity, and value of Life Insurance to man- kind. A life insurance policy, may it be on the endowment or the life plan, is the best investment of a man’s savings and no one able to do so should neglect the duty, to insure his (or her) life, who wish to provide for his own old age or for those who have been dependent upon him. THE GERMAN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 2746. Kinloch B838. The German Mutual Life Insurance Company of St. Louis has always been and is still conducted with the greatest carefulness, economy, and consideration, never deviating from the funda- — 203 — mental principles, upon which the life insurance business should be transacted. The company was organized in 1857 by Edw. Eggers, Fred Bergesch, Francis Krennig, Adolph Kehr, F. A. H. Schneider, Fred Hauck, Gottlieb Martin, Chas. G. Stifel, Francis Saler, Traugott Thuemler, Geo. Gehrke and Chas. W. Horn. Its present Directors are : Messrs. Chas. J. Doerr, F. W. Biebinger, Dr. Hugo Kinner, R. H. Follenius, Edwin H. Conrades, Lambert E. Walther, Edwin J. Meyer, Anthony J. Nulson, Wm. C. Uhri, Dr. C. F. Hauck, Aug. Krieckhaus, Hugo Muench, Christ A. Stifel, Casper Stolle, Nicholas Guerdan, and Otto J. Wilhelmi, with Christ A. Stifel as President, Nicholas Guerdan, Vice-President, and Edwin J. Meyer, Secre- tary. The latter had been for many years the assistant of Secretary Louis J. Behrens, who died in April, 1902, after having faithfully served this and the Washington Fire Insurance Co. for nearly twenty years in the same position which his father- had occupied from the organization of the two companies up to the time of his death. The company has from its beginning won the fullest confidence of the community for the integrity of its management and the safety of those in whose interest its policies are issued. The significant motto of the company reads: “ I live and die for those I love and it is its constant aim to verify this motto without fail. Among those who in former years rendered very eflfiL-ient service to the company were Mr. Arthur Olshausen and Mr. Isidor Bush, especially the latter as an expert in Life Insurance matters. The offices are on the third floor of the Commonwealth Building, northeast corner Broadway and Olive street. THE FULLERTON BUILDING. Bell Main 2995m. The Fullerton Building, one of the most elegant structures in the West, is situated on the southeast corner of Seventh and Pine streets, and therefore in the very heart of the business part of St. Louis. Its interior is finished in Italian marble and quarter oak ; the plumbing, lighting, heating, etc., are as near perfect as they can be made, and there is no dark or undesirable — 204 — office in the entire building, in whose construction no money has been spared. The building is equipped with passenger and freight elevators of the most improved pattern ; is strictly fire-proof and contains in its 12 stories 360 rooms. It was completed in 1897, several months after the death of General Joseph Scott Ful- lerton, by whose estate it is owned, the latter being managed by Mr. Humphrey Fullerton, a brother of the late General, the affairs of the building being conducted by Mr. J. R. Laughlin. After graduating at Miami University at Oxford, Ohio, and from the Cincinnati Law School, Joseph Scott Fullerton came to St. Louis in 1858, where most of his intimate friends espoused the Southern cause after the breaking out of the Civil War, but he with unswerving loyalty for the Union placed himself in the ranks of its defenders. He became the secretary of a commis- mission appointed by President Lincoln in the fall of 1861 to examine the military affairs of the Department of the West ’ and when this commission had completed its duties, Governer Gamble of Missouri offered him a Major’s position in a Missouri Infantry Regiment, which he declined for want of military experience, preferring to enter the army as a private soldier. He participated in all the battles in which the army of the Cumberland was engaged and his military cai’eer was signified by unsurpassed achievements of bravery, energy and * perseverance; so that his services and merits were duly recog- nized by well-deserved promotion ; the last of which was his appointment as Brigadier-General. In May, 1865, he was assigned to duty to assist General Howard in organizing the Freedmen’s Bureau; three months afterwards he asked to be relieved from this duty and resigned his army commission. But the resignation was not accepted and he was ordered to adjust the difficulties existing in Louisiana between State ofldcers, citizens, officers of the military department and the Freedmen’s Bureau. In this he was so successful that he received the highest praise from President Johnson. Not wishing to continue his military career, he declined a commission as Colonel in the regular army, and returned to St. Louis to resume the practice of law, but was again pressed into public service by his appoint- ment as postmaster in this city, which office he held for two — 206 — years to the unlimited satisfaction of the administration and the public. Retiring from the law practice in 1890, he devoted him- self from that time on to the management of his private affairs, but always took the greatest interest in the welfare of our com- munity and public matters in general, until a sad railroad acci- dent made an untimely end to his active and irseful life in Mar.ch, 1897. RAILROADS. In addition to the history of the Terminal Railroad Association of St. Louis, contained in one of the foregoing chapters, we take pleasure in making special reference to the following prominent railroad lines, which so materially add to the passenger and freight traffic facilities, which make St. Louis the commercial and industrial center not only of the Mississippi Valley, but of the entire West and Southwest. CHICAGO & ALTON RAILWAY. Ticket Office Bell Main 1024. “The Only Way” — This is the significant by-name adopted by the Chicago & Alton Railroad and indorsed by the traveling public in acknowledgment of the superior passenger service of- fered to and enjoyed by travelers on the various lines of the Chicago and Alton Railway System whose respective terminal points are Chicago, St. Louis, Kansas City and Peoria. Quick- ness, comfort, convenience and elegance constitute the principal qualities of the passenger service established by the Chicago and Alton Railway Company, whose constant aim it is, to furnish its patrons the greatest possible safety, the best accommodation in regard to time for reaching destination, and hours of departure and arrival. This refers to both, day and night trains and is fully evidenced by a glance upon the time tables to be had at every station and sent out on application to the passenger or ticket agent offices in the above named cities. The trains of this company are made up of lirst-elass engines and passenger cars — 207 — of newest and most modern construction, including reclining and revolving chair parlor cars, dining-cars on day trains and cafe dining cars (for breakfast) on night trains, and Pull- man sleepers of the latest and most approved style. No extra pay is charged on the reclining and revolving chair cars which affoid, aside from comfort, all desirable observation facilities. The construction of the rock ballasted roadbed on all the lines of the system is unsurpassed and furnishes particular guaranty of safety and, every precaution known in modern railroad management is used for the pi otection and security of travelers. The marble-like roadbed and the oil-sprinkled cross- ings make the line between St. Louis and Chicago and St. Louis and Kansas City even in summer almost entirely free from dust, a fact duly appreciated by the public, in addition to the comfort produced through the scrupulous cleanliness in which the interior of the cars are peimanently kept. The train employees are known for their uniform attention and politeness and nothing is left undone by the officials of the company, to give its patrons the fullest satisfaction and to preserve the enviable reputation, to which the Chicago & Alton can point with justified and well-deserved pride. The Chicago & Alton Railway passes through a magnificent part of our country, it traverses regions of unequaled fertility for agricultural purposes and abundant in material resources, well timbendand rich in building stone, coal, fire clay, etc. Thrifty, industrious, cul- tured, and moral people inhabit the cities, towns and villages, hamlets and farms along its lines, but there is still room for many more and information in this respect is cheerfully given by Mr. E. S. Wilson, in Mexico, Mo., the industrial agent of the company. For information in reference to travel the following officials of the company may be addressed: Geo. J. Charlton, General Passenger Agent, Chicago, 111. ; D. Bowes, Assistant General Passenger Agent, St. Louis, Mo. ; B. L. McLain, Gen- eral Agent, Passenger Department, Kansas City, Mo. ; and A. G. Robinson, General Agent, Passenger Department, Peoria, 111. The St. Louis Ticket Office is located in the Carlton Building, N. E. corner Sixth and Olive streets. — 208 Q •< O HH < < HH > CD Z w (/) g < i—t :z; < > (/) ;z; :z; w Ph I— I < I— I (-U l-H f=^ o < Q pq; 2 PU < o K PU H PO CO 2 < W > 1 Pd CO CD PPI o E Pd U-> 2 O O f— ( u ► iH c_; p- CD < pj (x| 2 h D G CD Tj- o VO CJ u o d vn N V. (t3 P-l OJ pq ar 1 .6} , pa £ CO a D > crq g qI O o o“ 3 w a! ffq Q o' 3 crq o 3 ffl H O O > P3 H n: w n • GEO cn 2 2 o O o c r > iz: c in H >— «( o d: < o CO 2 r >. o 1-5 o H o Eg G 1—1 W 2 5> O j* cn a Cl o > ■ r o — 218 — DEVOY & FEUERBORN. Bell Main 1321, 1322. Kinloch A81. We take great pleasure in calling our readers’ attention to the above firm, one of the best known in their branch. The busi- ness was established in 1885 by Mr. Edward Devoy and Mr. E. R. Feuerborn. Their office was lirst located at 704 Pine, but is since several years in the commodious quarters, 315 North Seventh street, in the Mercantile Club Building. Messrs. Devoy and Feuerborn are wholesale and retail dealers in anthracite, Illinois, Pittsburgh and blacksmith coal, also coke for family use, having gradually built up a very large trade by serving their patrons at all times with a good price-worthy article, and accom- modating them in every possible way. They have in course of time been awarded some of the biggest contracts here and elsewhere, and have always given the fullest satisfaction. They are known for fair and square dealing, and the number of their customers grows from year to year. The principal trade of this firm is local, but aside from this, large sales are constantly made to consumers in the State of Illinois, Missouri, and Arkansas. The firm was incorporated 1894 by Edward Devoy, E. R. Feuerborn, and James S. Kuhn, who up to that time had been cashier of the firm. Mr. Devoy is the President, Mr. Feuerborn the Vice-President, and Mr. Kuhn the Secretary of the company. All three gentlemen were born here and belong to old St. Louis families. Mr. Devoy is a member of the Merchants Exchange, belongs to several social organizations and is one of our most popular, active and energetic business men and he as well as his partners are much esteemed by all who enjoy their acquaintance. DIEKMANN COAL COMPANY. Bell Tyler 357. Kinloch C580. Mr. Louis C. Diekmann commenced operations in the coal, wood, coke and charcoal business in 1884, and has by his energy and perseverance earned a well-deserved success, so that the — 219 — Ditkmann Coal Company which he organized some years ago, ranks among the largest firms in its branch. The firm sells the best grades of Illinois coal, as for instance the Piedmont, Trenton, Big Muddy, Brookside, O’Fallon, etc., handles large quantities of hard coal and coke of the best quality, and is the most exten- sive local dealer in charcoal. It is their constant aim to give their customers all possible satisfaction as to quality and prices, filling all orders large or small with the greatest care and prompt- ness. The yards of the company were for many years at Thir- teenth and Tyler streets, but are now on Main and North Market, where they have switches connected with all the railroad lines. Mr. Louis C. Diekmann is the President and Mr. Henry C. Diek- mann the Secretary of the company, both men of the strictest business principles and fair dealing in all their transactions, and highly respected by all who know them. Mr. Louis C. Diek- mann has served the community as a member of the House of Delegates, during three consecutive terms, in one as speaker of that branch of our municipal legislature, and has won for himself in these capacities an enviable reputation for honesty and integ- rity, attributes nowadays rather rare in ( fflcial life. He and his brothers are St. Louisians by birth, and much devoted to the commercial and other interests of their native city, at all times ready to assist in their promotion. DONE BROTHERS COAL AND COKE CO. Bell Main 686, 2700, 687. Kinloch D1521, 1522. One of the oldest firms in the coal branch, the Donk Bros. Coal and Coke Co. is now more than forty years in existence, having been established in 1860 by August F. Donk, the oldest of the three brothers, which afterwards constituted the firm of Donk Bros. & Co. The present company was organized and incorpora- ted in 1893 by August F. Donk, Edmund C. Donk and Albert Rauscher. After the death of the oldest brother a new Board of Directors was formed with Mr. E. C. Donk as President, Mr. E. H. Conrades, Vice-President, and Mr. Albert Rauscher, Treasurer. Mr. Wm. F. Gould occupies since many years the position of Secretary. The firm was originally located on Second, between — 220 — Market and Chestnut, then on Olive between Third and Fourth, but the constant extension of their trade made larger quarters, necessary, which were found in the Merchants Exchange Build- ing at the southwest corner of Third and Pine streets, where they remained until 1901, in which year they removed to the newly erected building, 314 North Fourth street, in which they occupy an office on the ground floor and the entire second story. The company operates several large coal mines in Illinois and deals in anthracite, bituminous, smithing and Arkansas anthra- cite coal as well as furnace, foundry and domestic coke, genuine Pittsburg gas coke in lump and crushed sizes. The territory of sales includes all the Western States and Old Mexico and they sell more to local customers than any other Arm. With the most complete shipping facilities, large yards, which are connected with all our railroads, and numerous branch offices in different parts of the city they are enabled to handle the output of their own and other mines with the greatest promptness and economy. The company has always enjoyed an enviable repu- tation among consumers here and elsewhere for fair and honest dealing in regard to prices, quality and weight. As a special safeguard for city patrons all their weighers’ certificates bear their trade-mark. There is a vast difierence between fuel and fuel and it has been the invariable aim of this old firm to give their cus- tomers at all times the fullest satisfaction. The gentlemen named herein possess ample means, a long experience and ex- cellent business qualifications, are highly respected in our com- mercial community and well known in social circles. Messrs. Donk and Conrades are members of the Merchants Exchange and belong to the Union Club. GARTSIDE COAL COMPANY. Bell Main 1410. Kinloch C622. It will soon be sixty years that the Gartside Coal Company came into existence and it is therefore the oldest in its branch, which fact is in itself a prestige of rare value, as there are very few industrial or commercial firms in the city which can look back upon such a long period not only of prosperity, but of a — 221 — 'most honorable standing in one of the largest mercantile communi- ties in the country. It was as early as 1843 that Mr. Joseph Oartside established a coal yard in this city, his office for many years being located on Chestnut between Second and Third streets, at that time the center of the real estate and coal trade. The incorporation of the Gartside Coal Company took place in 1873, with Joseph, Charles E. and James Gartside as incorporators, just thirty years after the foundation of the firm. Mi’. Joseph Gartside was ealled from earth a few years after, since which time the affairs of the company have been conducted by Mr. ■Chas. E. Gartside as President and Treasurer, Mr. James Gart- side, Vice-President, and Mr. Alex Hamilton, Secretary. The Board of Directors consists of Messrs. Chas. E. and James ■Gartside, Joseph A. Duffy, and Alex. Hamilton. The firm operates extensive coal mines in the Big Muddy coal district of Illinois, situated on the line of the Mobile and Ohio Railroad and therefore directly connected with St. Louis, where their yards have switch connections with Union Station and all railroads coming to this city. The company has a branch at Murphys- boro. 111. The product of their mine is a high grade coal, justly celebrated for its richness in carbon and its entire freeness from impurities and for these reasons most suitalile for domestic, steam and gas-making pui’itoses. The company employs two hundred and twenty men and has its m^rin office at 1121 Pine street, easily accessible by street cars from all parts of the city. The principles of strictness and integrity laid down by the founder of the firm are strenuously adhered to by his successors whose reliability in all their transactions has -won the respect and esteem of the merchants, manufacturers, and private citizens of St. Louis and vicinity and a large territory in our neighboring State of Illinois. Mr. Chas. E. and Mr. James Gartside are natives of this city and well known in commercial and social circles, and the same can be said of Mr. Hamilton and Mr. Duffy. — 222 — F. W. KLEINE COAL CO. Btfll Tyler 648m, 642a. Kmloch D1568, B1120, C544. North St. Louis with its many manufacturing establishments and its thickly settled population consnmes great quantities of coal, but has a comparatively limited number of dealers in this commodity. The F. W. Kleine Coal Company is one of them and supplies especially the northern part of the city with bitumi- nous and anthracite coal, likewise with coke and blacksmithing coal. Ml’. F. W. Kleine is the sole owner and though only in business since six years has succeeded within this short period to establish a very extensive trade and to gain an excellent reputa- tion, so that his patrons have become more numerous froin year to year. The general office is at the coal yards at Prairie and McKissock avenues, close to the railroad tracks, and the branch yards are located at the intersection of Broadway and Buchanan, and on Broadway and Hempstead street. All orders receive prompt attention. Mr. Kleine is well known among business men and in social circles and enjoys the respect of all who know him. MISSOURI & ILLINOIS COAL CO. Bell Main 681. The Missouri & Illinois Coal Company was organized in 1893, and has a large capital invested in mines in our neighboring State of Illinois, situated on railroad lines leading to St. Louis, thus facilitating the shipment to the company’s yards and the delivery of carloads to the many local industrial establishments using the bituminons coal from the mines operated by this company. Their large output has always found a ready sale in the city and vicinity for factories as well as private consumers, on account of its quality and the liberal conditions at which it is sold. The com- pany enjoys the confidence of its many patrons, whose number too has become more extensive from year to year, as the result of fair and honest dealing with all its customers without distinc- tion, may the orders be large or small. Mr. H. C. Scott is the — 223 — President of the company, Mr. W. S. Scott is Vice-President, and Mr. H. F. Graves the Secretary, all of whom are well known business men of the highest integrity, and enjoy the well-deserved respect of our merchants and manufacturers. The general office was for many years in the Rialto Building, but occupies now commodious quarters in the Mermod-Jaccard Building. ‘ Pin- trance No. 407 North Broadwa}’. CHAS. QUADE. ICE, SOFT AND ANTHRACITE COAL. Bell Tyler 654. Kinloch B1119. This business was established twenty-six years ago, and it is, therefore, one of the oldest firms in its line, and was from beginning, and during all these many years, located at the same place, where it is now, namely, at Second street and Prairie avenue, in that part of the city which formerly was called Lowell. The firm has a large trade in soft and hard coal, likewise in ice, and keeps a number of teams to do hauling of all kinds, making heavy hauling a specialty. Coal and ice is delivered in any desired quantity and furnished on short notice. Mr. Plenry C. Quade succeeded his father, who died a number of years ago, in the management of the business, which has always been con- ducted with the greatest fairness and the fullest satisfaction to their customers. The Quades are one of the best known and much respected families of North St. Louis, where they have resided for more than a quarter of a century. RUTLEDGE AND TAYLOR, Bell Main 984. Kinloch A69. To be classified among the old firms, is certainly a valuable prestige, but 3 ’oung firms have often advantages of their own, es- pecially so when they consist of young men full of energy and activity, business tact and enterprise, and in speaking of Messrs. Rutledge and Taylor we point to just such a firm. They are dealers in coal; commenced business in 1896 and succeeded in — 224 — building up a good trade and a reputation for fair dealing and promptness in all their transactions, giving the same care and at- tention to the filling of the smallest order and the execution of the largest contract. They sell only the best qualities of anthra- cite coal (the Sphinx brand being a specialty), and bituminous coal ; also coke, and devote themselves particularly to shipments by car loads. The offices of the firm were during the first four years in the Union Trust Building but are now in the Lincoln Trust Building, southwest corner Seventh and Chestnut streets, where they occupy rooms 703, 704 and 705. Here one or the other of the two partners is always found at his desk, ever ready to give any desired information, and the affability and politeness with which this is done, is deservedly appreciated by tlieir patrons and all who come in contact with them. Mr. James E. Rutledge and Mr. Scott R Taylor belong to the younger generation of busi- ness men, are imbued with progressive ideas and very popular both in business and social circles. Glendale Coal and Mining Co., Successors to Wm. Brandenburger & Sons. MINERS AND SHIPPERS Glendale Double Screened Coal, Also Dealers In All Grades of HARD AND SOFT COAL. Office, Room 403 Granite Building, 4th and Market Sts., ST. LOUIS, MO. Bell Main 736. Kinloch B170. — 225 - SCRUGGS-McCLURE COAL CO. Bell Mala 704. Kinloch B56. The Scruggs-McClure Coal Company, established in 1891, stands in the front rank of its particular branch. The incorporators form the Board of Directors and are also the officers of the com- pany, viz.: Mr. C. O. Scruggs, President; Mr. R. M. Scruggs, Vice-President, and Mr. G. E. McClure, Secretary. The firm sells hard and soft coal and coke of high grade quality and its very ample means and facilities enable it to furnish its patrons the product of some of the best Illinois and Pennsylvania coal mines at the lowest possible price. They make the family trade a sped, alty and are known for the great exactness and punctuality with which they execute and deliver all orders, large or small, entrusted to the firm. The general office was during a number of years in the Oriole Building but is since 189G in the Union Trust Build- ing in handsome and spacious quarters; branch offices and ex- tensive yards are located on Boyle avenue and Wabash Railroad line and in Webster Groves on the Missouri Pacific Railroad. The number of employees varies from thirty to fifty in accordance with the season of the year. The company has customers in all parts of the city and vicinity, mostly all private customers, who renew their orders from year to year fully convinced to receive at all times the article they desire, fair treatment and prompt serv- ice. The gentlemen composing the firm are so well known in the commercial community and in social circles that this fact hardly requires mentioning. They are highly esteemed by all who know them and belong to that class of citizens who are al- ways cheerfully willing lo promote public interests and to give their active assistance lo lau lable enterprises and matters of general welfare. THE ST. LOUIS AND BIG MUDDY COAL CO. (hurricane coal store CO.) Bell Main 738. The St. Louis and Big Muddy Coal Co. is one of the oldest coal companies of the West and justly celebrated for the quality of its I 5k — 226 — output. Its special brand is the Hurricane Coal, mined at Carter- ville, Ills. ; the same is conceded to be, when unwashed, as good as any coal tliat comes into St. Louis from Illinois mines. The company has at Carterville a coal washer capable of producing six hundred tons of washed coal per day ; this washed coal is made in five sizes, and is by far the cleanest soft coal brought here. The process of washing used at Carterville, is the best in existence and the coal is of superior quality, as acknowledged by all experts and proven by scientific anal} sis. It is therefore only a just claim on the part of the St. Louis & Big Muddy Coal Co. that its washed coal is the best sent out from Illinois. The general quality of the coal hailing from these mines is known far and wide, though the principal territory of sales are the Western States ; one-third of the output is sold in St. Louis, nearly as much in Chicago and the balance is distributed from Louisiana to the Dakotas. The company is the greatest coal shipper on the Illinois Central Railroad, which brings more coal into our city than any other road. With all possible facilities for transporting, loading and unloading, large yards with the necessary track connections, numerous teams for delivery in the city, the company is in a position to execute the largest orders without delay, and it can with justifiable pride point to the fact that it has punctually filled all its contracts, and was never hampered by interruptions so frequently occurring nowadays by labor complications of all sorts. The most careful attention is always given to the filling of orders, may they be large or small, and the promptest deliv- ery is the invariable rule of the company, which is so well known for its fair dealing with all its patrons. Mr. Sam. T. Brush, the President, lives in Carbondale, Illinois ; the Secretary and Treas- urer, Mr. James C. Brush, resides in St. Louis, and both genile- men hold the same positions in the Hurricane Coal Store Com- pany. The offices are in Rooms 502 and 503 Commonwealth Building, northeast corner of Broadway and Olive street, and therefore in the business district of the city. — 227 MADISON COAL CO., Suite 1205 Union Trust Bldg., Olive, N. W. cor. Seventh, WURST COAL HAULING CO. Bell SiclQey 112a. Kinloch B359, 368. Telephones in General Office: in yards: Kinloch B368. This company was incorporated on December 4 th, 1893 , by Mr. Andrew C. Wurst, who is the President, Mrs. Andrew C. Wurst, the Vice-President, and Mr. Chas. P. Johannes, the Sec- retary and Treasurer. They are also the Directors of the cor- poration. The Arm deals extensively in anthracite and bitumi- nous coal, and has a very extensive trade over the whole city, but particularly in the southern part. They handle the various grades of soft coal, among them such high grades as the Trenton, which is acknowledged to be the best brought to this market, the Staunton and Springfield coal, likewise great favorites with consumers ; the hard coal sold by them in all sfzes is also of the best quality, and it is the constant aim of the firm to give their customers the fullest satisfaction in every respect. They make it a point to deliver all orders with the greatest promptness, and are enabled to do so by a large number of wagons. The firm ST. LOUIS, Bell Main 752. Kinloch B47, — 228 — makes a specialty of light and heavy hauling, and serves its patrons with punctuality and care, and whatever is entrusted to them in this line is always performed by attentive and experi- enced employees, of which there are about fifty. The Wurst Coal and Hauling Company is, furthermore, engaged in c'ty sprinkling ; has its general office and stables at 2120 South Third street; the yards are located on Lesperance street, close to tlie tracks of the St. Louis, Iron Mountain and Southern Railroad, which gives them all desirable facilities for receiving and unloading, and connects them with all other railroad lines. The firm is known for its honest and fair dealing, and enjoys a well deserved repu- tation. GLUE, ICE AND COAL. TAMM BROTHERS. Bell Liudell 703. Kinloch C341. The Tamm Brothers Glue Co., the Tamm Brothers Ice and Cold Storage, and the Tamm Brothers Coal Company, constitute a trio of business enterprises which form a little world of their own in the western part of our city. The premises, on which they are carried on, cover several acres of ground on Manches- ter, Vandeventer and Sarpy avenues. The large buildings which serve for the different manufacturing purposes, are equipped with the most complete machinery and appliances for the produc- tion of glue and artificial ice respectively, and great care and at- tention is paid in the two separate features to the processes by which they are produced. The various kinds of glue, all made of animal substances, are favorably known to the trade and con- .■sumers for their excellent quality and great efficiency, and the ;artificial ice is produced by the best and most scientific method, rfree from all impurities and fulfilling all hygienic demands. It lis therefore only natural that they have a very extensive sale, and that the output comprises quantities of the greatest volume. The close proximity of several railroad lines affords ample switch 'facilities for the unloading and loading of cars. A spring. — 229 — furnishing tlie clearest water, located on the premises, led to the erection of an artificial ice plant in 1891, and the ice made from this water is of the best possible quality and unsurpassed in clearness. Tlie glue factory was established in 1873 by Mr. Max Tamm, the President of the different companies, after gaining a thorough knowledge of this industrial branch in an Eastern factory. The cold storage department occupies a large building for the exclusive use of this particular branch. The coal company deals in hard and soft coal of the best quality and has a large trade in the west end and suburbs. Mr. Jacob Tamm, the father of the present proprietors, came here as early as in 1842 and died in 1894 after a long and useful career ; he was prominent in mercantile, industrial and financial circles, for many years President of the United States Savings Association, a man of the highest integrity and respectability. These quali- ties are fully shared by his successors, who conduct their busi- ness in accordance with the staunch principles laid down by their ancestors. Mr. Max Tamm was born in this city, visited first our public schools and completed his studies during a four years sojourn in Germany ; he is an active, enterprising man, gives all his time and attention to his many business duties and is always willing to promote public interests. The different branches of the firm stand under his direct supervision and management, he being the President and Treasurer, and H. S. Tamm the Secretary of the three companies. THE LACLEDE BUILDING. The Laclede Building, completed in 1888, is one of the hand- somest office buildings in the city. It stands on the southwest corner of Fourth and Olive streets, in the very midst of our financial institutions and between the most frequented thorough- fares. Its dimensions are 116 feet wide by 127i feel deep backing on an alley 15 feet wide, thus affording light and air on three sides. Solidity and strength of construction from founda- tion to roof are its conspicuous qualities ; it is furthermore and in fact fire-proof and unsurpassed in its interior. The structure is eight stories high with facades of granite and iron to the third LACLEDE BUILDING. 231 — story, the remaining stories being faced with pressed brick trimmed with Lake Superior stone. Tlie main entrance leads from Fourth street to a broad, well-lighted hall and a stairway of easy tread, the staircase being an iron frame on solid foundations with marble steps ascending in consecutive flights to the eighth floor. The elevators are conveniently located, and secure the greatest safely and at the same time all desirable accommoda- tions. The Olive street entrance leads likewise to the elevators of which there are three in number aside from a fourth one for the transferring of safes, office furniture, etc. All the corridors run straight out at right angles, making the building entirely free from bewildering turns or passages ; they are perfectly light and well ventilated, and so are all the two hundred and more rooms, which are distributed between the second and the eighth floors. These rooms are supplied with the most modern conveniences. The heating and ventilating apparatus are of the newest approved construction, and nothing has been spared to give the incum- bents the greatest comfort. The architects of the Laclede Building were Mr. Stephen D. Hatch and Mr. L. Cass Miller. The latter gentleman has been its efficient superintendent and manager ever since its erection, and under his supervision it is constantly kept in the most admirable order. In conclusion we will add that the entire ground floor is occupied by the Merchants Laclede National Bank and several broker firms. THE LUMBER TRADE. The lumber trade of a great city is naturally large, but St. Louis can boast of particular advantages not possessed by many other cities, first of all the Mississippi river which brings the lumber from the northern forests and the lumber regions of the South elirectly to our door, aside from the extensive receipts by rail from regions not easily reached by water. The pineries of Wis- consin and Minnesota supplied this market almost exclusively till about twenty years ago, when dealers and manufacturers com- menced to direct their attention towards the forests of the South with their great variety of wood so well suitable for industrial — 282 purposes. Our city began about sixty years ago to become the distributing point for liardwood lumber in this section of the country and it developed in course of time into the chief center of the lumber trade, supplying in the first place the extensive local consumption for building and the furniture manufacture, which forms one of the most important industrial branches of St. Louis. But it is not only the building and the furniture branch that require immense quantities of lumber, there are the cooper shops, the box factories, the wagon and carriage makers, the car shops, the planing mills, the sash, door, blind and woodenware manufacturers, the molding, frame, mantel and stair factories, which permanently absorb lumber of various kinds. The local consumption in 1901 amounted to more than 500 million feet and one might think that this forms the bulk of our lumber trade, but such belief would be erroneous, as we sell much more outside than within the city. This external trade together with the local gives employment to an army of men distributed over the pineries of the North and the Northwest and the forests of the South aside from those in the yards, saw and planing mills in our midst. St. Louis is the center of the world’s lumber trade; the forest product of seventeen States is sold in part by St. Louis firms and the capital invested here in this branch amounts to many milliuns. BLOESS LUMBER CO. WHOLESALE COMMISSION LUMBER Yellow and White Pine, Cypress and Poplar Lumber, Oregon Cypress and White Pine Shingles. Temple Building. ST. LOUIS, MO. — 233 — ABELES AND TAUSSIG. Bell Main 1387. This firm was established in 1884 by Messrs. Robert Abeles and B. J. Taussig, and the style of the firm remained unchanged though Mr. Taussig withdrew from it nearly ten years ago on account of other interests, which absorb his undivided personal attention. The firm deals very extensively in lumber and made a specialty of railroad timber sold and delivered exclusively in car- load lots to railroad contractors and railroad companies. This timber is furnished in all desired sizes and in all cases directly shipped from the different saw mills owned by the firm in various parts of the West and Southwest. Some of the largest contracts for new lines and for the repair of old ones have been executed by the firm and the prompt and careful tilling of all orders entrusted to this house has wine and other kinds of lumber and keeps at all times a large stock on hand so that orders can be filled without delay. A branch yard and office is located at the southeast corner of Sarah street and Easton avenue, to accommodate customers in the western pai t of the city, and another one at 1520 North Four- teenth street for the accommodation of that district. DRUHE HARDWOOD LUMBER CO. Bell Tyler 516m. Kinloch C590. Mr. Win. Druhe, the President of the Drnhe Hardwood Lum- ber Company, is one of the oldest lumber merchants of our city, and since more than forty years actively engaged in this important branch of trade. He began operations as early as 1860, and suc- ceeded so well in the development of his trade that the firm stands since many years in the front rank of the branch. The incorporation under the above style took place in 1886 with a paid-up capital of one hundred thousand dollars by Wm. Druhe, Wm. Kroeger and John Druhe, who are the President, Vice- President and Secretary respectively. The firm deals exclusively in hardwood lumber, namely: walnut, cherry, gum, quarter and plain red and white oak, quartered sycamore, hickory, poplar, — 235 — plain red and curly birch, hard maple and butternut, and owns several modern-equipped saw-mills in the Indian Territory. The St. Louis yards, located at Second and Clinton streets, cover an area of four city blocks and contain at all times a very large and fully assorted stock, so that even the largest orders can be promptly tilled, and the company’s very extensive sales, aside from a large local trade, comprise not only the United States but include regular shipments to foreign countries. The reputation of the firm is based upon the strictest business principles, and its well-deserved success is the result of enterprise and perse- verance, industry and fair dealing. Mr. Wm. Druhe is one of our representative business men, a member of the Lumber Exchange, since many years the President of the German Lit- erary Society, and prominently identified with various important interests and charitable oi’gauizaiions. Mr. John Druhe is the worthy son of a worthy father, and Mr. Kroeger, whose connec- tion with the firm is almost as long as that of Mr. Druhe himself, is I'kewise one of the best-known business men of the city. EAU CLAIRE -ST. LOUIS LUMBER CO. Bell Sidney 352. Lindell 1055. Kinloch 727. This compau}’ stands at the head of our local lumber firms. It was incorporated in 1888 for the purpose of purchasing and continiring the St. Louis branch of the Eau Claire Lumber Com- pany of Eau Claire, Wis. This branch had been in existence for over ihirt}" years, and its successors, the Eau Claire-St. Louis Lrrmber Co., has not only maintained the prominent posi- tion of the former firm in every direction, but has largely extended the volume of trade. The officers of the compau}- are: N. C. Chapman, President; C. Marbes, Vice-President and Gen- eral Manager; C. C. Linsenmann, Treasurer, and Julius Seidel, Secretary. Besides these gentlemen W. A. Rust and Fitch Gil- bert, residing in Eau Claire, are also stockholders and directors. The company deals in white and yellow' pine, and carries a well- seasoned stock of twelve to fifteen millions, and since its exist- ence the business has increased from year to year, the sales reaching now the enormous amount of twenty-five millious annu- — 236 — ally. The white pine lumber handled by this firm is brought down the Mississippi river in rafts from Wisconsin and Minne- sota, but the days of rafting lumber are numbered, as timber in the north is getting more and more. scarce, so that particular atten- tion is nowadays directed upon the yellow pine from Southern Slates. In accordance with this fact the company has recently acquired two large saw mills in Monroe, Louisiana, with a daily output of 140,000 feet, and sufficient dry kiln and planing mill capacity for the whole output. The St. Louis yards cover a whole block of ground, on South Broadway, between Victor and Barton streets, where 100 men and thirty teams are employed during the summer season, and a somewhat smaller number in winter. The company commands very ample means, and pos- sesses every facility for the transaction of its large business. The management lies chiefly in the hands of Mr. Charles Marbes, whose long experience in the lumber trade and thorough knowl- edge of all its details has done a great deal towards the constant extension of the firm’s business. JOHN J. GANAHL LUMBER CO. Bell Main 1952. Kinloch D302. It was in 1863 when John P. Fleitz and John J. Ganahl formed a copartnership under the firm name of Fleitz & Ganahl, dealers in lumber and all articles pertaining to the lumber trade. Mr. Fleitz removed soon afterwards to Saginaw, the center of the Michigan lumber region, leaving: the management in,St. Louis in the hands of his partner, who soon succeeded to make the firm one of the largest in its line in this cityu Mr. Ganahl purchased in 1879 his partner’s interest and incorporated two years later the present firm, of which he was the President and Treasurer until his death, which occurred on the 20th of August, 1898, being ably assisted in the conduct of the business by his sons, Louis J. and Theodore C. Ganald, the latter of which followed his father into eternity in December, 1900. The Northern forests supply the firm with white pine, the South and Southwest with yel- low pine, but aside from these, large quantities of cedar, poplar, ash, maple, oak and other hardwood lumber are dis- 237 tributed bj' the company over the various States, comprising the territory of its sales. The trade of the John J. Ganahl Lumber Company lias grown from year to year under the saga- cious management of its founder, who was known for his integrity, strict business principles and fair dealing in all his transactions ; these qualities formed the basis of his success and won him the respect and esteem of the business community and his fellow-citizens in general. This was sufficiently evinced by his repeated election to positions of trust and honor, for instance, as a member of the city council, in which capacity he served duringfour years with the greatest fidelity and ability. His successors firmly adhere to the principles laid down by him and enjoy, like him, the confidence of their customers. The constant development of the firm’s trade made the yards on Second street and Paik avenue inadequate in course of time and additional facilitits necessary, which caused the establishment of another yard, lioundrd by South Broadway, Seventh street, Allen and Russell avenues. The present officers and proprietors of the Lumber Company are: Louis J. Ganahl, President; H. F. Reis, Vice-President, and Albert J. Droege, Secretary. They also own the Ganahl Planing Mill and Mauufacturing Co., located at Kosciusko street near Geyer avenue, with Louis J. Ganahl, as President; Fidel Ganahl, Vice-President; and M. L. Ganahl, Secretary; whose output con- sists in boards, frames, doors, sashes, laths, shingles, etc. To give the reader an idea of the extent of the company’s trade, we will state in conclusion, that the annual sales average twent 3 ’-five millions feet of lumber. The general offices are on South Second street and Park avenue, two blocks east of South Broadway. PHILIP GRUNER & BROS. LUMBER CO. Bell Tyler 251, 645. Kinloch C509, B123.3. Forty years is a long period when they refer to the existence of a business firm in our days, in which changes so frequently’ occur and individuals so often substitute one vocation for the other. The business of which we speak here was founded in 1860, more than forty’ years ago, and numbers therefore among the oldest mercantile concerns of our city. It was established by — 238 — Mr. Philip Gruner, who had left his native land, the then French province of Alsace, in 1853, when only twenty-one years of age as the avant courier of his parents and younger brothers, who followed him to this country a few years latei. He had come to America in possession of an academic education, having studied at the celebrated University of Heidelberg, but also fully equipped with sufficient courage and the will to take up the battle of life if necessary. It became so and found him well prepared ; he was first employed by a large lumber concern in the lumber regions of Michigan, where his thorough knowledge of French and German proved of great advantage to him and where he made himself familiar with all the details of the lumber trade. He and the other members of his family came to St. Louis in 1859, and made this city their permanent home; in the following year he opened a business of his own under the name of Philip Gruner, Jr., & Co. ; it soon became one of the leading lumber firms and more extensive from year to year, so that the jmrds on Cass avenue and Ninth became in course of time insufficient and still larger yards were added on North Broadway between Bremen avenue and Angelica street. The firm name was changed later on to Philip Gruner & Bros. Lumber Co. as a corporation, whose President he was until his death in September, 1898, since which time the business is con- ducted by the following Directors and Officers of the Company: G. A. Gruner, President; M. Gruner, Vice-President; and L. Gruner, Secretary. Mr. G. A. Gruner and Mr. Louis Gruner, brothers of the late Philip Gruner, have been identified with the firm since its foundation and have always taken an active part in its management, which has at all times been based upon the principles of the highest integrity and uprightness in all trans- actions, combined with fair dealing toward all their customers. Most ample means enables them to give their patrons the best possible conditions and their almost inexhaustive stock of well- seasoned lumber affords unsurpassed facilities to the buyer. Every order, large or small, is filled with the greatest care and attention and nothing is left undone to give the fullest satisfac- tion to the patrons of the firm. FRED HEIM, DEALER IN LUMBER, ETC. Bell Siduey 434m. Kinloch C119. Mr. Fred Heim’s lumber yard is located on Russell avenue between 13th and 14th streets, covering the whole block, and is constantly stocked with a full assortment of white and yellow pine, shingles, laths and other building material pertaining to the lumber trade. This large stock enables him to supply builders, contractors and private customers at all times with well-seasoned lumber and his sales comprise all parts of the city and the sur- rounding country. He enjoys an enviable reputation as a business man and citizen, based upon integrity and fair-dealing in all his transactions. Fred Heim was born and reared in Tyrol, one of the Austrian provinces, and brought with him the proverb- ial industry, frugality and honesty of the Tyrolese people ; after- receiving a liberal education in his native land, he and his five brothers emigrated to America and came directly to St. Louis where they first (1850) opened a rope factory on Lesperauce street, near the river, having learned this trade at home in their father’s workshops. In 1856 the six brothers went into the dairy business, supplying hotels, hospitals and a large number of families all over the city. After a period of ten years the dairy business was given up (in 1866) whereupon two of the brothers entered the brewery business and Fred Heim chose the lumber- branch as the field of his activity, meeting with deserved success, as his trade extended from year to year, the sales amounting to several millions of feet annually. He is a man of liberal and pro- gressive views, devotes his leisure hours to science and literature, has a large circle of warm friends and [lossesses the esteem of all who know him. Two of the brothers are still in the brewing business, but the three others are no longer among the livina:. M. J. HELLER LUMBER CO. Mr. M. J. Heller, the son of Mr. Michael Heller, is since several years the sole owner of this firm, the father having re- tired from active business after a long and useful career as a — 240 — prominent representative of our commercial and industrial com- munity. Judge Heller, by which name he is known all over the city, after having served as a member of the St. Louis County Court from 1874 till 1877, in which latter year the separation of city and county took place, came here in 1840 and he is therefore one of our oldest fellow-citizens. In 1855 he had formed a co- partnership with Mr. Sebastian Hoffman under the firm of Heller and Huffman, for the manufacture of chairs, and their establish- ment iH'came one of the largest of its branch within a short time and was chielly instrumental, that the factories in Ohio, who had in a large measure supplied this market, lost their hold on St. Louis and that their wares were replaced by home product. Mr. Heller conducted the affairs of the firm for thirty-eight years and withilrew in 1891, whereupon he became the President of the M. J. Heller Lumber Company. The judge has always been a prom- inent figure in the northern part of the city and his active |)arti- cipation in public matters made him known from one end of St. Louis to the other; his uprightness in all his transactions has won him the esteem and respect of our best citizens. The same can be said in reference to Mr. M. J. Heller, who is likewise well and favorably known in our busine-s circles as a man of .strict in- tegrity and estimable character. The lumber company was established some twelve years ago and supplies exclusively the wholesale trade selling lumber by the carloads only, and its sales are very extensive. Ample means and a thorough knowledge of all the details of the lumber trade enable Mr. Heller to give his customers the fullest satisfaction in regard to quality and price and all orders are executed with the greatest care and prompt- ness. The office was for many years in the Temple Building, but is now in the Houser Building, northwest corner Broadway and Chestnut street. kop:nig lumber company. Kinloch C558. Mr. F. A. Koenig, Senior, a native of Saxony, came to this country in 1855, and first to Chicago, where he found employ- ment as laborer in a lumber yard. Being promoted in course of — 241 — time to yard foreman and City Lumber Inspector, he resolved to establish himself in the trade and for this purpose removed to St. Louis in 1881. Here he began dealing in hardwood lumber on a very small scale but energy and industry made him sook progress. The yard on Second and Louisa street became insuffi- cient and was changed for a much larger one on First and Branch streets, which measures 300 by 150 feet square, with a piling-up capacity of one and a half to two million feet ; on the switch which runs into the yard, twelve to fifteen cars can be unloaded at one time. Mr. F. A. Koenig, Jr. , joined his father in business in 1891. The incorporation of the company took place in 1899 by F. A. Koenig, Senior, the President, F. A. Koenig, Jr., Secretary and Treasurer, and G. A. Koenig, who acts as Yard Overseer. The firm deals iu all sorts of hardwood, especially poplar and oan (poplar box and panel shelving) and handles also yellow and white pine and cypress. They own saw mills at Newbern, Teun., and Oak Ridge, Miss. From 20,000 to 25,000 feet are cut daily. Mr. Koenig Senior, who, in spite of his seventy-six years, is yet very active, attends himself to the buying of timber lands, in the aforesaid States and superintends the sawing and shipping of the ready lumber to St. Louis, where from twenty-five to thirty men are constantly employed in the yards. The trade is exclusively local, the father and the two sons are the sole owners of the busi- ness, which is carried on with an ample cash capital of 20,000 dol- lars. Their success is due to honest and fair dealing, great attention given even to the smallest order and the faithful compliance with the wishes of their customers. Mr. F. A. Koenig, Jr., manages the business in St. Louis, was born in Illinois, received a liberal education, devotes his time and ability to his duties and is an affable German- American in the best sense of the word. L. METHUDY. Mr. L. Methudy, born in Vienna, Austria, 1837, came to this country in 1855 ; spent the years preceding the Civil War as clerk in a large exporting firm ; soon after the outbreak of the war he joined the Union army; after serving some time in the Engineer Corps he was promoted to P'irst Lieutenant and subsequently to 16 k — 242 — Captain of Artillery. During his time of service he was assigned to duty as Acting Assistant Adjutant-General, and was one of the last officers mustered out of the service (May 1, 1866). Soon after he made St. Louis his home, entered the lumber busi- ness and in 1870 founded, together with Mr. Geo. F. Meyer, the firm of Methudy & Meyer, who, until 1889, did a large inland and export business in all kinds of building and furniture woods. From 1889 until October, 1898, he carried on this business in his own name, and lately he consolidated his interests with the Gordon Lumber Co., one of the largest lumber and saw mill concerns in the West, which, with its associate mills, controls an output of 75,000,000 to 80,000,000 feet p. a. He has been identified with various public interests since 1870, was a member of the St. Louis School Board, for many years a director of the National German Teachers’ Seminary in Milwaukee, one of the charter members of the National Conservatory of Music in New York, for thirteen years a director in the St. Louis Exposition and Music Hall Association, also for many years a Director, and for two terms President of the Germania Club, served as President of the Twenty-fifth National Festival of the North American Saengerbund, is a member of the Military Order of the Loyal Legion of the U. S., also a member of the G. A. K. and other societies. A highly cultured and very affable gentleman, active and energetic in business, and much esteemed in social circles. His office is in the Wainwright Building. R. II. HOLMES, Pres. J. H. HOLMES, Treas. H. HAFFERKAMP, V.-Pres. R. H. THOMPSON, Sec. HOLMES LUMBER 401 South Eleventh Street, Bell Main 820. ST. LOUIS. — 243 — REHEIS-ROLFES LUMBER CO. Bell Main 1268. Kinloch D391. The above firm is one of the latest additions in the lumber branch of our city, but can, nevertheless, point to a successful career and a constantly growing trade as the natural result of fair and reliable dealing. The company was organized a few years ago by Messrs. John A. Reheis, Henry G. Rolfes and Joseph P. Groepper, and incorporated in 1900 with the three proprietors as Directors and officers as follows: John A. ReheiSy President; Henry G. Rolfes, Vice-President, and Joseph P.. Groepper, Secretary. Mr. Reheis was for fifteen yeai’s con- nected with the John J. Ganahl Lumber Company, whose serv- ices he had entered when a mere youth, but had soon won the^ confidence of his employers and a responsible position, thereby' acquiring the fullest experience in the lumber line. Mr. Rolfes was, likewise, during many years with theGanahls, and is also an expert in the business. The firm carries at all times a large stock of hardwood lumber, especially yellow pine, which is mostly sold within the city and neighborhood. The office and yards, located on Twelfth and Gratiot streets, give them the advantage of switch connections with the various railroad lines. The business of the firm is conducted by Messrs, Reheis and Rolfes, who give it the closest attention, and whose aim it is to extend to their customers the best conditions as to prices and quality. The three owners have always lived here ; are active, industrious young business men, and are well known and esteemed by all who know them. ADELBERT STRAUSS, Pres. C. T. STRAUSS, Sec. M. J. NULSON, V.-Pres. F. E. NULSOX, Treas, MALVERN LUMBER CQ. Chemical Building, Bell Main 1124m, 721 Olive Street. — 244 — WALDSTEIN LUMBER CO. Bell Main 721a. Kinloch D308. The founder of the firm from which the Waldstein Lumber Company emanates, the late Mr. Nathan Waldstein, was one of the best known business men of our city, highly esteemed in mercantile as well as social circles and at all times willing to promote the interests of the community and to assist in all under- takings for the good and welfare of St. Louis. He became familiar with the lumber trade as Superintendent of the St. Louis Hub & Handle Manufacturing Company and went into the lumber business in 1878. The incorporation of the Company took place in 1892 with Nathan Waldstein, F. Waldstein and H. F. Heuer as incorporators. The death of the senior partner occurred in 1900, since which time the ownership rests in the Waldstein Estate, Mr. F. Waldstein, Mr. J. L. Benas and Mr. H. F. Heuer. The officers of the company are: F. Waldstein, President; J. L. Benas, Vice-President; and H. F. Heuer, Secre- tary, who also constitute the Board of Directors. The company deals exclusively in hardwood lumber of every kind, brought here from the respective lumber regions to their large yards located in close proximity to the Mississippi river and connected by switches with the various railroad lines. Very ample means and a busi- ness experience of many years enable the proprietors to execute the largest contracts on the most liberal conditions and to fill all orders with the greatest promptness from their fully assorted and very complete stock. The handling of the lumber is done by thirty employees under the supervision of experienced foremen. The territory of their sales comprises the United States and Canada aside from considerable exportations to European countries. Messrs. Waldstein, Benas and Heuer devote all their time, energy and attention to the strict performance of their duties and are known for their reliable and fair dealing with all customers of the firm. The yards are located on Rutger between Main and Second streets, the office being at 146 Rutger street, two blocks east of South Broadway. — 245 — SASHES, DOOES, BLmDS, ETC. The permanent growth of St. Louis, its spreading out contin- uously in every direction, where the river does not stand in the way, creates an uninterrupted addition of new houses of every character, but all of them need sashes, doors, blinds, stairs, and other wooden equipments, and this accounts in part for the extensive output of the factories of which we speak below. The manufacture of the articles just named forms an important branch of our industries; they are made here in great variety of standard sizes and shapes, or to order, and the stock of the former is at all times so extensive that even the largest orders can be filled without loss of time. The local consumer demands the greater part of the product, and the remainder is readily absorbed out- side, as the voluminous shipments show the annual sales amount to millions of dollars, and the branch gives employment to thou- sands of hands. FOX BROTHERS MANUFACTURING CO. Kinloch C1029. The extensive establishment of the Fox Brothers Manufactur- ing Companjq on the corner of Ohio avenue and Sidney street, had a rather modest beginning. It consisted in a planing mill, located on the southwest corner Kosciusko and Trudeau streets, carried on by Mr. George C. Fox, from 1882 until 1889, Dur- ing the previous year the new plant was built, and in 1889 set in operation. The incorporation of the firm took place on January 29 of the same year with Mr. George C. Fox, Phil. J. Fox, and E. A. Thomas, as incorporators. The present officers of the company are: George C. Fox, President; Philip J. Fox, Vice- President, and George C. Fox, Jr., Secretary and Treasurer. The firm manufactures sashes, doors, blinds, and mouldings of all kinds, and the product of the factory is not surpassed in quality and workmanship by that of any other establishment. They use only well-seasoned wood of the best quality, have always a large stock of lumber on hand, and employ skilled work- — 246 — men in the various departments, and the designs come from able and experienced hands, and are of the most modern pattern. The factory buildings contain the most approved machinery and a com- plete equipment of all facilities known to the branch, so that every- thing coming from these workshops, from stock on hand or made expressly to order, give the fullest satisfaction. Every article is carefully examined before leaving the premises and all orders, may they be large or small, receive the greatest care and attention besides being filled with remarkable promptness, a matter of much importance to contractors and builders. The firm is known for its reliability and fair treatment of all its cus- tomers and has a well-earned reputation among architects and the building trade in general. They possess ample means and can give their customers the best possible terms in regard to prices and all other conditions. The two brothers, Mr. Geo.'C. and Mr. Phil. J. Fox, are both practical experts in their line and devote all their time and ability to the conscientious fulfillment of their business duties, for which they find a well-deserved reward in the constant growth of their trade and the uninterrupted addition of new patrons. — 247 — PHILIBERT & JOHANNING MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Main 2307. Kinloch D20. The origin of this establishment dates back as far as 1837 and consisted in a planing mill run by horse power located on Olive between Second and Third streets. It remained here until 1856 and from that year on and ever since on Market street between Fifteenth and Sixteenth, where the factory takes up more than half a block aside from the lumber yards of the company which cover the entire area from Walnut to Eugenia between Seven- teenth and Eighteenth streets. The incorporation under the present name took place in 1881 after the death of Mr. Philibert, whereupon Mr. J. W. Kaiser became President and Mr. W. G. Frye, Secretary and Manager. The death of Mr. Kaiser caused another change and the officers of the company are now : M. G. Frye, President and Treasurer, and Henry Arnold, Secretary. They manufacture sashes, doors, blinds, glazed windows, frames, balusters, newels and stair work of every description, unsurpassed in material and workmanship. A very large number of skilled hands are constantly employed in the extensive workshops, super- intended over by able and experienced foremen, and the quality of the output has resulted in a continued growth of trade. The yards contain at all times an extensive stock of well sea- soned hardwood lumber, supplying the factory with the best material. The woodwork in many of the finest buildings and private residences in St. Louis and vicinity comes from this company and gives evidence of the great care with which all orders are executed. The Philibert and Johan- ning Manufacturing Company has aho an exclusive jobbing de- partment, furnishing all the various articles to dealers in quanti- ties to suit. The general supervision of the firm’s business lies in the hands of Mr. Wm. G. Frye, who has been connected with the house for more than twenty years, and who possesses a thorough knowledge, theoretical as well as practical, of all the details in the branch. Aside from this fact he has surrounded himself with a corps of able assistants in the various departments, one of them being Mr. F. Louis Seidel, for many years a manufacturer of — 248 — store and office fixtures and artistic house interiors. Under Mr. Frye’s able management the firm’s trade has grown from year to year and its sales extend over a large territory, especially Mis- souri, Arkansas, Mississippi and Texas, besides a very large local trade. Mr. Wm. G. Frye is a native of St. Louis and entered the service of the firm, at the head of which he now stands, after finishing his academic studies. He is well known and highly esteemed in commercial and social circles, fair and square in all his dealings; a man of great activity and of the most affable manners, which endears him to all who come in contact with him. RIDDLE-REHBEIN MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Tyler 279a. Kinloch B1247. The Riddle-Rehbein Manufacturing Company is the offspring, or more correctly speaking, the successor of the Mississippi Planing Mill plant, owned by J. and W. Patrick, whose operations in the lumber line date back as far as to the beginning of the fifties. They retired from active business in 1878, whereupon Mr. George T. Riddle and Mr. Chas. Rehbein, who had for many years been in their employ, purchased the plant, which has since then become more extensive, we may truthfully say, from year to year. It covers a very large area on Thirteenth from the corner of O’Fallon towards Biddle street and contains a magnifi- cent equipment of modern machinery and all facilities used in the manufacture of the various articles which constitute the output of the establishment. They consist principally in sashes, doors and blinds, but also in interior woodwork for residences and offices, of which the firm makes a specialty. A very large num- ber of skilled hands are constantly employed in the different departments under the direct supervision of Mr. Chas. Rehbein, who for years had been foreman with the Patricks and who, like Mr. Riddle, has a long experience and thorough knowledge of everything pertaining to the branch. Well seasoned material, exact workmanship and fine finish are the acknowledged qualities of the company’s products. The firm was incorporated in 1878 and has the following officers: Geo. T. Riddle, President and — 249 — Treasurer; Chas. Rebbein, Vice-Presidtnt ; ar.d Henry Rebbein, Secretary. All three devote tbeir time and labor to tbe manage- ment of ibeir constantly growing business, give tbeir care and attention to all tbe details and have won the fullest confidence of tbeir patrons through the faithful execution of every order, large or small, by fair dealing in all their transactions. The firm possesses very ample means and belongs to the foremost repre- sentatives in the industrial ranks of St. Louis. ST. LOUIS SASH AND DOOR WORKS. Bell Tyler 543a, The St. Louis Sash and Door Works was established in 1887, at which time they purchased the stock of the St. Louis Planing Mill Co., situated on Mullanphy street between Seventh and Eighth streets. The business was from its inception in charge of Mr. H. Riesenberg, of this city, his partner being Mr. J. P. Weyerhaeuser, of Rock Island, 111. From 1887, until the beginning of 1892, the St. Louis Sash and Door Works were located on Mullanphy street, betw een Seventh and Eighth, and had leased besides these premises, additional warehouses, both on Seventh and also on Eighth streets. In the beginning of 1892, they had leased the large, five-stoiy warehouse on North Market street near Broadway, where they had splendid facilities, when on May 6th, 1892, the entire building and its contents were destroyed by fire, which forced them to abandon those quarters. The business was then moved to its present location, covering the entire block on the south side of Dock street, from Main to Second, where it has commodious warehouses, large lumber-yard room, and a fair-sized factory for the turning out of special sizes. In the beginning of 1897 it seemed best policy for the purpose of connecting tbe Rock Island factory better with the St. Louis end of the business, that Mr. Riesenberg should also have charge of the Rock Island factory, and therefore the Rock Island Sash & Door Works was incorporated early in 1897, the officers being: F. C. A. Denkmann, President; H. Riesenberg, Vice-President and Manager; J. P. Weyerhaeuser, Secretary and Treasurer, and R. C. Imse, Assistant Manager — all of Rock Island, 111., except — 250 — Mr. Riesenberg, who remains a resident of St. Louis, but devotes part of his time to the Rock Island business, going up there about every two weeks. The Rock Island Sash & Door Works, has one of the largest stock sash and door factories in the country, turning out almost 1,000 doors a day, and sash and blinds in proportion. They employ approximately 300 hands, and besides supplying the St. Louis business, they distribute their product over the entire United States, and to a good portion of Europe. The St. Louis Sash & Dooi Works cover with their goods the entire South and Southwest, notwithstanding the fact that rival industries have sprung up, especially in the South, they continue to sell their white pine goods, of which they make a specialty everywhere, and are given the preference over cypress, or yellow pine goods. The St. Louis as well as Rock Island business is connected through Mr. Frederick Weyerhaeuser of St. Paul, Minn , with that large branch of White Pine interests commonly known in the North- west as the “ Weyerhaeuser interests. ” Mr. Frederick Weyer- haeuser is at the head of all these interests, a few of which are: The Mississippi River Logging Co., Chippewa Logging Co., Chippewa Lumber & Boom Co., of Chippewa Falls, Wis. ; further of Weyerhaeuser & Denkmanu, Rock Island, 111. ; Rock Island Lumber & Manufacturing Co., Rock Island, 111. ; Musser Sauntry Co., of Stillwater, Minn. ; Pine Tree Lumber Co. of Little Falls, Wis. ; Northern Lumber Co., Cloquet, Minn. ; North Wisconsin Lumber Co. , Hayward, Wis.; Nebagamon Lumber Co., Lake Nebagamain, Wis. ; Shellake Lumber Co., Shellake, Wis. ; Wey- erhaeuser & Co., St. Paul, Minn. ; Baronet Lumber Co., Baro- net, Wis. ; Mississippi River Lumber Co., Minneapolis, Minn., and others. On account of being connected with these interests, which almost control the entire White Pine standing timber, the St. Louis Sash & Door Works, and its factory connection at Rock Island, the Rock Island Sash & Door Works, have facilities for obtaining White Pine logs that they manufacture into lumber at their saw-mill, which are second to none, and on account of these superior facilities for supplying material, coupled with a factory which is equipped equal to the best in the country, they wilt no doubt continue to extend their trade from year to year. — 251 FURNITURE. The development of St. Louis as the greatest furniture center of the country began in 1870, since which time a continuous progress has been chronicled. There are at present over fifty furniture factories in operation, employing more than six thou- sand hands, and their output, together with wholesale and retail sales, during 1901 amounted to 30 million dollars. The princi- pal woods now used are oak, ash, maple, poplar and cottonwood ; these all come from Missouri and surrounding States. Mahog- any is also much used and is brought from Cuba and Central America. The local consumption is naturally very great, but the bulk of St. Louis made furniture is sold outside the city and readily taken by jobbers and wholesale and retail dealers for the supply of Western, Southern, Southwestern and some of the Middle States. The capital invested in the branch approaches six millions and is constantly increasing. The export trade be- comes more extensive from year to year and promises to be still greater in the near future. Bedsteads and mattresses form an important branch of manufacture and are distributed over a large territory. The same may be said in regard to caskets and cofHns, of which article this city is the principal producing point in the United States. The manufacture of office and store fix- tures, as well as interiors in private residences, form special fea- tures not less important than the other branches of the wood industry. J. H. CONRADES CHAIR & PARLOR FURNITURE CO. Bell Tyler 294. Kinloch B1260. Mr. J. H. Conrades, the President of the above company, be- gan his career as a furniture manufacturer in this city as early as 1854, in partnership with Mr. F. H. Logemann ; they' made only chairs, which, like other articles of furniture, had up to that time been brought here from Ohio and Indiana, so that they were the first who introduced chair-making on a large scale in this city. They succeeded well, but dissolved their partnership in 1882, in — 252 — which year Mr. Conrades put the large factory in operation, which covers the entire block between Main, Second, Tyler and Cham- bers streets, and which forms one of the greatest industrial estab- lishments of St. Louis, and the largest in its branch in the whole West. The building is five stories high, fully equipped with ma- chinery and contrivances of the most approved construction, and contains all facilities for the specific purposes of furniture manu- facture. The tracks of the Wabash Railroad pass the factory and give it switch connection with every railroad line terminating in the city, and the close proximity of the river front affords particular advantages for the hauling of lumber into the large yards belonging to the factory, of which a very extensive stock is permanently kept on hand, so that only well-seasoned wood is used in the work-shops. The incorporation of the company took place in 1888 with the following ofllcers ; J. H. Conrades, President; T. H. Conrades, Vice-President; E. H. Conrades, Treasurer, and J. H. Conrades, Jr., Secretary. They devote all their time to the performance of their respective duties and give undivided attention to the supervision and management of their constantly growing business. Several years ago the manufacture of parlor furniture was added as a special feature, an enterprise which immediately met with the greatest success, as every article is made from only the best material and with all due care in re- gard to modern style and good workmanship. Four hundred skilled hands are permanently employed by the firm, a large num- ber of traveling men represent the house in every part of the Union, aside from an illustrated catalogue which shows the hundreds of different styles of furniture made in the establish- ment. The wood used comes principally from Missouri, Illinois, Tennessee, Arkansas and some of the Southern States, and con- sists of the best kinds of Walnut, Elm, Cherry, Hickory, Maple, Mahagony, etc. Mr. Conrades, Senior, hails from Bremen and learned his trade in his native city. Identified with the furniture trade and its manufacture for over half a century he possesses a thorough knowledge and experience in all its details ; and his sons, of whom we may say that they grew up in the business, are now his able assistants — like their father, men of staunch business prin- ciples, active and progressive. Mr. Conrades, Senior, and Mr. T. 253 — H. Conrades have repeatedly served as Presidents of the Local Furniture Board of Trade and the former was also honored by his election as First Vice-President of the National Convention of Amer- ican Furniture Workers Association held here in 1893; the Union Club has made him for several terms its President; he is one of the founders of the Germania Theater and one of our most public spirited citizens, well deserving his success in life and the respect and esteem in which he is held by all who know him and, it may be added, that the sons follow the excellent example of their father. KOPPELMAN FURNITURE CO. Kinloch B224. A business firm of sixty years’ standing needs no other rec- ommendation than the simple statement of this fact. With this we point to the Koppelman Furniture Company, because Mr. John H. Koppelman, whose death occurred in 1869, began in 1840 the manufacture of bedroom furniture, and this was the founda- tion of one of the best known and oldest furniture houses in our city. The incorporation under the present name took place in 1879 by John J. Koppelman, John D. Stegeman, and Julius Krusch. The manufacturing part of the business was given up in 1890, since which time the firm conducts a general wholesale and retail furniture business, carrying a large and complete stock of carefully selected articles, whose styles and quality have always given the fullest satisfaction to the customers of this reli- able firm. They were first and for a long time located at 814 and 816 North Broadway but occupy since many years the large, four-story double building 911 and 913, on the same thoroughfare, ground and building being owned by the com- pany ; aside from this large establishment, filled from cellar to roof, the firm has a warehouse of still larger capacity, 1022 and 1024 North Broadway, only one block from their salesroom. The proprietors of the firm are known as fair-minded business men and excellent citizens, adhering to the strictest principles in all their transactions, and giving the fullest attention to the wants and desires of their patrons. The following are the — 254 — owners and partners: John G. Koppelman, John D. Stegeman, M. Koppelman, and L. Stegeman. Mr. John G. Koppelman is the President, and Mr. John D. Stegeman the Secretary and Treasurer of the company. MISSOURI FURNITURE CO. Kinloch D1469. Messrs. Geo. Holtgrewe, Wm. Nolkemper andF. W. Holtgrewe, are the owners, directors and officers of the Missouri Furniture Company, established and incorporated in the spring of 1881. The factory, salesrooms and office were pi’eviously located at 1427 to 1449 North Eighteenth street, but occupy since a num- ber of years the buildings. Nos. 1427 to 1449 Sarsfield Place, which runs south from Cass avenue, between Nineteenth and Twentieth streets, and is easily reached from Union Station and all parts of the city. The company devotes itself to the manufacture of medium class furniture, especially wardrobes, bureaus, tables, cupboards and safes. A specialty of the firm are its patent hook safes, which are acknowledged the best in the market. They make three distinct styles of wardrobes, the two better classes of which are portable. All articles produced by the company are made of the best material and exact workmanship, only skilled mechanics being employed in the various workshops, which are equipped with the most approved machinery and tools. Between fifty and sixty hands are constantly employed in the factory and the output is sold to Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Arkansas, Louisiana, Texas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Kansas, Oklahoma, Indian Tei’ritory, Iowa, Nebraska, Minne- sota, South Dakota, Idaho and Florida. The company is well known for its upright and fair dealing, and its trade is extending from year to year. Geo. Holtgrewe is President and Treasurer, Wm. Nolkemper, Vice-President, andF. W. Holtgrewe, Secretary. — 255 — CHAS. NIEDRINGHAUS HOUSE FURNISHING CO. Bell Mala 1129a. Kialoch D918. The name Niedringhaus is a household word with St. Louisans since many years and no wonder that it is so. The northwest corner of Tenth street and Franklin avenue, now occupied by a great emporium filled with house-furnishing goods of every descrip- tion, served forty-three years ago for the modest beginning, which in course of time developed to the present large dimensions. Tinware of their own manufacture formed the basis, then came stoves, later on additions in various branches of household utensils, till it became (in 1870) the grand bazar which is so well known to all classes of our population. The substantial building 1001, 1003 and 1005 Franklin avenue contains an unsurpassed assortment of furniture and upholstery, of all kinds of stoves (hard and soft coal, wood, gas, and gasoline), kitchenware, baby carriages, willowware and an extensive stock of carpets in qualities to. suit every taste and purpose. The firm has the agency for the celebrated Garland stoves. Very ample means and a long business experience enable the Niedringhaus Company to give its customers the best advantages in price and quality of goods ; the house possesses the confidence of the public for its reliability and fair dealing and its reputation and success is fully deserved. Mr. Chas. Niedringhaus and his son give all their time to the supervision of the extensive establishment, which is the result of many years of faithful attention to their business duties and the wants of the public, combined with strict business principles and uprightness. The company was incorporated in 1891, Mr. Chas. Niedringhaus being the President and his son Mr. A. C. Niedringhaus the Secretary and Treasurer. AMERICAN RATTAN WORKS. Bell Main 1458. Kinloch B373. The American Rattan Works are the only representatives of the reed and rattan industry in this part of the United States, and their proprietor, Mr. Anton Boeker, can, with all justifica- — 256 — lion, claim the distinction of having introduced this branch of industry in the Southwest, where it had been unknown until about sixteen years ago, when Mr. Boeker conceived the idea to establish a factory for the production of reed and rattan articles. Its location, 1608 to 1624 South Second street, has the advantage of being in the close neighborhood of the river and the Iron Mountain Railroad tracks, which connect with all other railroads coming to St. Louis, a circumstance that affords particular trans- portation facilities for the raw material as well as for the output of the factory. Mr. Boeker had, previous to his enterprise, been identified with the local furniture trade, whereby he had acquired a thorough knowledge of and experience in this branch of busi- ness. He began operations in a modest way and with limited means, but soon met with surprising success, so that the works had to be enlarged in a comparatively short while, and more additions became necessary from time to time. The output of the establishment consists chiefly in chairs and settees, baby car- riages, tricycles, velocipedes, wheelbarrows and iron wagons, besides numerous specialties of kindred nature. The factory is equipped with the most approved machinery, and its product excels in quality, workmanship and material. The rattan comes from plantations owned by Mr. Boeker, and the various articles are sold to all parts of the United States and to Mexico. Mr. Boeker devotes all his time to his business and conducts it with the greatest reliability. He and his firm enjoy an enviable repu- tation for strict and fair dealing, and he is highly esteemed by all who know him. JACOB KAISER & CO. Bell Main 2123. Kinloch 870. The largest mattress factory in the city is that of Jacob Kaiser & Co. and occupies the recently erected four-story substantial building on the northwest corner of Third and Elm streets. The firm makes mattresses of various grades, differing in quality and price according to material and size, but all of best workmanship. The manufacture of baby carriages forms another and not less important branch of the firm’s business ; they are made in every — 257 style and shape from the finest and costliest down to the every- day baby buggy. The house sells exclusively to the trade aud supplies dealers in quantities to suit, giving the greatest care and attention to the filling of all orders, large or small. Mr. Jacob Kaiser, who is the sole proprietor, came to this country and our city in 1853, when a mere boy of ten, his pai’ents having emigrated from Germany in the aforesaid year. After finishing his education he became first an apprentice and afterwards a journeyman in the upholstery trade and established in 1874 a mattress factory at Number 114 Market street. His beginning was on a rather small scale, but became more extensive in a short time and this caused the removal to North Third street near Washington avenue ; after a few years still larger quarters be- came necessary and such were secured on Fourth between Elm street and Clark avenue ; where he remained until the spring of 1900, when the present locality was taken possession of. The same was completely equipped and most practically arranged for manufacturing purposes and salesrooms ; over seventy-five hands are constantly employed in the various departments and their number is still increasing. The principal territory of sales are all Middle, Northwestern and Southern States. Mr. Jacob Kaiser is an enterprising, active business man, reliable in all his dealings and fully entitled to his continued success. BAXTER MOULDING CO. Bell Main 1313. Kinloch D328. The refined taste nowadays so prevalent in the decorating of private residences, offices and counting-rooms, hotels, restaurants, public resorts, etc., has given a very prominent place to the man- ufacture of mouldings, picture and mirror frames, and St. Louis can boast of having one of the largest factories of this branch in the Baxter Moulding Company, located at 501 to 507 South Third street. This four-story building has a front of seventy-five and a depth of 110 feet, and is fully equipped with the latest improved machinery, tools and appliances. Over one hundred skilled hands are constantly employed in turning out the most artistic work, which has won for the firm an enviable fame and reputation all 17k — 258 — over the United States and Canada. The Baxter mouldings and picture frames are unsurpassed as to designs, beauty, workman- ship and durability, and are furnished to the trade at prices which cannot be discounted by any other first-class firm. The business was established in 1882 under the firm name of C. O. Baxter & Co., by C. O. Baxter, C. Ottmann and H. E. Naffz, all three possessing great experience and artistic taste in this particular line. The incorporation of the company took place in 1897, with the same gentlemen as incorporators. Mr. C. Ottmann is Pres- ident, Mr. C. O. Baxter, Vice-President, and Mr. H. E. Naffz, Secretary and Treasurer, all well known for their strict business principles and fair dealing, devoting the closest attention to all the details in the various departments of their extensive business, which also includes the sale of framed and unframed pictures and mirrors. Fifteen commercial travelers represent the company in every part of the Union and in Canada. Mr. Ottmann is a native of Bavaria ; Messrs. Baxter and Naffz hail from Sauk City, Wis- consin, and they have met here with a well-deserved success, the result of industry and perseverance. OFFICE AND STOKE FIXTURES. CLAES & LEHNBEUTER MNFG. CO. Bell Main 2432. Kinloch C802. The manufacture of store and office fixtures is since many years an important industrial branch in St. Louis, constantly growing like the city itself ; modern interiors are the order of the day, not only for residences, but just as much for counting rooms, business offices, banks and other financial institutions, retail stores and wholesale houses, many of which are perfect models in appearance. Among the firms devoted to this line is one, which is not only one of the oldest but also the most promi- nent, and in saying so we have in view the Claes and Lehnbeuter Manufacturing Company, whose origin dates back as far as 1861, in which year a copartnership between Casper Claes and Joseph Lehnbeuter was formed. A three-story building on the south — 259 - side of Market street, between Second and Third streets, was for many years sufficient for factory purposes and salesrooms, but became inadequate in course of time, so that a removal to a larger building on Seventh, between Walnut street and Clark avenue, took place. The uninterrupted extension of business demanded very soon still larger quarters, and such were secured by the erection of a massive building on the southeast corner of Washington avenue and Twenty-second street, which is the hrm’s own property, containing four stories and a basement and equipped with the newest and best machinery, the most ap- proved tools and all facilities for the production of the various articles which form the output of this extensive establishment. The company was incorporated in 1891 by the present proprietors who constitute at the same time the board of directors and its officers, viz. : Jos. Lehnbeuter, President ; Anton Holthaus, Vice-President ; Edmund W. Beims, Treasurer, and John H. Hohmann, Secretary. The work emanating from the factory comprises store, bank and office fixtures, show cases, etc., aside from these saloon fixtures and ice chests are a special feature of the firm. Well seasoned wood, all other materials, likewise carefully selected, superior workmanship, and, above all,, excellent taste, have won for the firm an enviable reputation, as. all their work is unsurpassed in style and durability, and a busi- ness management, characterized by unexceptional fair and upright dealing is another cause of the large and permanently growing patronage which the company enjoys. Some of the largest retail stores, bank and other offices as well as saloons here and else- where (the firm doing also an extensive outside business), owe their beautiful appearance to the tasty and often artistic work of this firm, which employs on an average over three hundred skilled workmen, superintended over by men of such long experi- ence as Messrs. Lehnbeuter and Holthaus, with a corps of able assistants. Messrs. Beims and Hohmann give all their time anc? attention to the general management and conduct the firm’s busi- ness with marked ability ■and well deserved success. — 260 — STAUDTE & RUECKOLDT MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Sidney 193m. Kinloch A1598. The Staudte & Rueckoldt Manufacturing Company is the off- spring of the former firm of Staudte & Rueckoldt, whose factory had been in the northern part of the city for many years ; the constant increase of orders demanded much more room and ■caused a transfer of their workshops to the large factory building on the southeast corner of Soulard and De Kalb streets, which gives them much greater facilities. The workshops are equipped with the best and newest machinery and the most approved ap- purtenances for the manufacture of bank, store and office fix- tures, fine interiors for private residences including libraries and other work in hardwood, unsurpassed in artistic design, taste and excellent workmanship. Over one hundred skilled mechanics are employed in the various departments and all orders are exe- cuted with the greatest care and attention and only the best ma- terial is used for the various articles of their manufacture. The company which was incorporated in 1893, possesses ample means and all facilities required for the conduct of their exten- sive trade. Their handsome and highly finished work can be seen in many of our banks, counting rooms, hotels and elegant residences. The officers are: George Rueckoldt, President; Wm. L. Staudte, Vice-President, and John Muir, Secretary, all three reliable fair dealing men of the highest integrity, whose aim it is to give their patrons the fullest satisfaction. CARPETS, CURTAINS, ETC. America is the land of home comfort; our dwelling-houses are built with an eye to the greatest possible convenience for the occu- pants, and equally great attention is given to the interior. One of the first demands in the fitting up of a home, large or small, luxur- ious or modest, consists in its carpeting ; the consumption of carpets in this country is much larger than that of all Europe and their manufacture forms one of the most important industrial branches — 261 — in the United States. The firms dealing in this article combine with it, as a rule, the sale of curtains and curtain goods and up- holstery work for decorative purposes. Our modern residences are, in view of their furniture, their carpets and curtains, etc., more or less of an art exhibition, made so by the hand and taste of the decorator. We refer below to these various branches and the representative firms devoted to them. • TRORLICHT, DUNCKER & RENARD. Bell Main 517. Kinloch A902. There are many firms in our city, who can look with justified pride and satisfaction upon their development and prosperity, but none more so than that of Trorlicht, Duneker & Renard, one of the oldest carpet houses of St. Louis. It was in 1863 when John H. Trorlicht and Henry Duneker formed a copart- nership under the firm name of Trorlicht & Duneker. They were first located on the east side of Fourth, between Morgan street and Franklin avenue, the store reaching through to Third street, at that time called Broadway, and when these premises became inadequate, a removal to the southwest corner of Fourth street and Christy (now Lucas) avenue took place. But even this large building proved insufficient for the con- stantly growing trade, so that still larger quarters were required. Such were secured at the southeast corner of Fourth street and Washington avenue, the intersection of two great thorughfares in the center of the business part of the city. Mr. Louis Renard, who for many years had been identified with the firm, was in 1880 admitted into partnership, whereupon the firm name changed to Trorlicht, Duneker & Renard, incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri, with Mr. Duneker as President, Mr. Trorlicht as Vice-President and Mr. Renard as Secretary. Since Mr. Trorlicht’s death (December, 1898) the firm consists of the following partners : Henry Duneker, President ; Chas. H. Dunckeiq Vice-President ; Louis Renard, Secretary, and Henry A. Tror- licht, which four gentlemen constitute the Board of Dii’ectors. The magnificent salesrooms, occupying thq entire fivestory build- ing, contain an almost unlimited stock of foreign and domestic — 262 — carpets, oil cloths, mattings, curtains, upholstery goods, etc., of the latest styles, offering their customers an unsurpassed assort- ment to select from. Aside from a very large retail business, which has grown from year to year, a not less extensive whole- sale trade has been built up, supplying the territory between Indiana and Utah, where the traveling representatives of the firm are always welcome. The goods sold by this house can claim that they are at all times what they are stated to be as to quality and value, and this is fully confirmed by the confidence which the firm enjoys here and elsewhere. Ample means and direct connections with the manufacturers in this country and abroad, enable the firm to compete with any of the largest concerns in their branch, and to give their patrons the most liberal terms and all possible advantages. All orders are filled with the greatest care, and par- ticular attention is given to the execution of decorative and up- holstery work in and outside of the city. The firm employs more than one hundred persons in the different departments. Its mem- bers stand in the front rank of our commercial community, and are also well known and highly esteemed in the social circles of St. Louis. WALL PAPER, WINDOW SHADES, ETC. CHAS. DAUERNHEIM WALL PAPER CO. Bell Main 1222. Kinloch C653. The interior decorating of buildings has long ago become one of the fine arts, especially so in our days, in which this art of embellishment is in general demand. Modern residences, stores, public buildings, churches, theaters, concert halls, etc., bear testimony to the decorator’s art, and we take pleasure to point to the above firm and its work in this line. The Chas. Dauernheim Wall Paper Company has for years won an enviable reputation as decorators ; their designs have always excelled in taste and the artistic and conscientious execution of all work entrusted to them has at all times given the fullest satisfaction to their patrons. A large stock of wall paper and all other articles of decoration is — 263 — constantly kept on hand to make collections from. Only experi- enced workmen are employed by this house and they number from thirty to fifty according to the season of the year. The firm was established in 1871 by Mr. Chas. Dauernbeim, at 904 Market street, then occupied for many years the store, No. 214 North Broadway, and is now at the southeast corner 15th and Olive streets, in large and handsome quarters. The incorporation under the present firm name took place in 1888, with Chas. Dauernbeim, D. Dauernbeim, H. P. Allis and Jos. F. Shenk ; the present partners are Chas. Dauernbeim, D. Dauernbeim, Jos. F. Schenk and A. J. Spackler, with Chas. Dauernbeim as President and Jos. F. Schenk, Secretary. These gentlemen belong to some of the oldest German-American families of the city, are well known, and enjoy the esteem of a wide circle of friends. NEWCOMB BROS. WALL PAPER CO. Bell Main 2224. Kinloch A951. The oldest paper hangers and dealers in wall paper, the New- comb Brothers, have been in business for more than half a cen- tury, and their firm has always enjoyed the confidence of a large patronage as the result of honest and fair dealing. The company keeps an extensive stock of wall paper and interior decorations, attends to paper hanging and decorating for private resi- dences, stores and offices in the most artistic style and unsur- passed in workmanship. The firm’s salesrooms, on the north- west corner of Seventh and Locust streets, contain the fullest assortment of everything pertaining to their branch. Mr. Geo. A. Newcomb is the President of the company ; his nephew, Mr. Frank S. Newcomb, the Secretary, and both gentlemen leave nothing undone to give their patrons the utmost satisfaction and execute all orders with the greatest care and attention. WOODEN WARE. St. Louis has been for many years the chief distributing point of wooden ware, it being shipped from here to every part of the Union with a steadily-growing export business in addition. The larger part of these articles is not of local origin, but we have a ~ 264 — few factories in our midst whose product constitutes more than two-fifths of the total sales. The articles manufactured here are of great variety, and sought by jobbers and dealers all over the country. There is literally no limit to the trade territory of this city in regard to wooden ware. The growing demand for practi- cal and cheap conveniences in the households, on the farm, etc., causes the continuous extension of articles made in these facto- ries, and makes this branch of industry more important from year to year. A correct idea of the volume of trade may be gained by the simple statement, that the average amount of annual sales for the last three years varied between eight and nine million dollars. ST. LOUIS WOODEN WARE WORKS. Bell Sidney 304. Kinloch A1518. It will soon be half a century since the firm of Tamm & Meyer, from which the St. Louis Wooden Ware Works originate, com- menced to manufacture on a rather small scale the various articles of wooden ware, which until then had been supplied from factories in Ohio. Mr. Meyer withdrew from the firm in 1864, whereupon Mr. Jacob Tamm took his two sons-in-law, Mr. Theodore Tamm and Mr. Chas. Everts, into partnership. The firm of Jacob Tamm & Co., as it was now called, had its office on Main street and the factory on Chouteau avenue near Twenty-third street. They succeeded in a remarkable way to get the trade heretofore monopolized by the Ohio manufacturers and to win the St. Louis market for themselves. A fire destroyed the factory in 1872 almost entirely and caused the building of the present plant on St. George, reaching from Main street to the Levee. This loca- tion affords the greatest transportation facilities, being close to the river and the tracks of the Iron Mountain Railroad and there- by connected with all the other roads coming to the city. The incorporation under the name of St. Louis Wooden Ware Works took place in 1874 with Jacob Tamm as Presi- dent ; Theodore Tamm as Vice-President ; and Chas. Everts as Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Theodore Tamm devoted himself to the general supervision of the factory, giving his — 265 — time and attention to all the details of a large establishment. Mr. Everts had charge of the office and the business management, and the united exertions of both resulted in the constant growth of trade and repeated extensions of the plant which employs over three hundred hands, and is since many years one of the largest of its branch in the West. The output comprises all sorts of wooden ware used in the household, on the farm, by dairy- men, wine growers and other industries. They have a far and wide reputation for unsurpassed quality in regard to material, workmanship and durability, and are sold all over the United States. Mr. .Jacob Tamm retired from activity many years ago and died 1894. Mr. Everts preceded him into eternity five years previous, and Mr. Theodore Tamm was called from earth in May, 1900. Our business community lost in these three men some of its most prominent representatives whose excellent qual- ities of character and the strict principles to which they adhered won the respect and esteem of the best of their contemporaries. The officers of the company are: Wm. B. Tamm, President; Frank Everts, Vice-President, and E. Everts, Secretary. ANTHONY WAYNE MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Sidney 723m. The St. Louis plant of the Anthony Wayne Manufacturing Company, erected in 1894, is the offspring of the same company at Fort Wayne, Ind., and was established because the factory at the latter place had become inadequate for the constantly growing demand for its product and for the further reason, that great sums could be saved in freight expense by manu- facturing in and distributing from St. Louis the output destined for the territory west of the Mississippi. This out- put comprises Washing Machines, Churns, Bread Boards, Iron- ing Tables, Self-Measuring Oil Pumps, Tanks, Syphons, etc. The washing machines constitute a specialty of the firm and excel in workmanship, material, construction and durability and so great is the demand for them, that during the year 1901 over 75,000 machines were sold. The most favorite brands are the Wayne Combination, Western Star, Western Conqueror, Good — 26G — Luck, St. Louis, Anthony Wayne, Rotary, American and Co- lumbian Standard, all of which are well known among the trade and the consumers. The articles which the firm makes are sold from Portland, Maine, to Portland, Oregon, from Manitoba to the Gulf of Mexico, and the fame they possess is best evinced by the rare fact that the company employs no traveling agents, that all orders are exclusively received by mail and that the cata- logues issued from time to time are the only advertising medium used. This alone speaks volumes for the quality and merits of the various articles. The greatest care and attention is paid to the execution of orders, all alike, if large or small, and not a single article leaves the factory before being carefully examined. More than one hundred and fifty skilled mechanics are pei'manently at work in the different shops, which are fully equipped with the most approved machinery, the best tools, and all modern facilities. The buildings in St. Louis, very substantial structures, cover a large piece of ground on Sidney street from number 100 to 124, in close proximity to the river, and by switches connected with the tracks of the Iron Mountain, and thereby with every other railroad coming to St. Louis. The company was organized in 1886 under the laws of the State of Indiana, and incorporated by Fred. C. Boltz, Steven Mortimer and Frank Nolke. The present owners are John Rhinesmith, J. H. Simonson, A. C. F. Wichman and Fred. C. Boltz. The officers of the corporation are: John Rhinesmith, President ; J. H. Simonson, Secretary and Treasurer ; A. C. F. Wichman, General Superintendent and Manager. The latter gentleman exercises a general supervision over both facto- ries, and divides his time between St. Louis and Fort Wayne. The establishment in this city has an Assistant Manager in Mr. J. M. Evans, and an Assistant Superintendent in Mr. H. N. Wichman. The company enjoys a well deserved reputation in the commercial world and the fullest confidence of its thousands of customers. KELLER & TAMM MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Sidney 426. Kinloch B342. The Keller-Tamm Manufacturing Company is the successor of the Chester-Harris Manufacturing Company, established in 1868 by E. S. Chester, George Keller and Lloyd G. Harris. After the 267 — latter’s withdrawal the firm’s style was changed to the Chester & Keller Mfg. Co. and later on to the present name. The factory occupies the entire block on Victor, between Main street and the Levee, and its output consists in hickory handles for every kind of axes, hatchets, hoes, scythes, shovels, and similar implements, also spokes and other wooden parts used by wagon and carriage makers. All these articles are likewise made in the two branch factories owned by the firm at Rives in Tennessee and Knobel in Arkansas. The hickory handles manufactured by this company are of superior quality and greatest durability, and there is no State in the Union in which not some of the largest factories use them exclusively and they are also extensively shipped to Europe and Australia. Mr. Theodore Tamm was President of the com- pany, Mr. Keller its Secretary and Treasurer ; the latter died five years ago and the former in May, 1900. The present officers are: M. L. Keller, President; C. T. Burbridge, Vice-President, and Theodore Lobman, Secretary and Treasurer. COOPEKAGE. The last quarter of the nineteenth century brought a thorough change in the methods of coopers’ work, in fact something of a revolution, we might say, of the whole system in use until then. The most important change consisted in an entirely new method for the seasoning of wood by a scientific treatment which makes it perfectly dry, so that all possibilities of shrinking are ex- cluded. The other changes refer to the handling of the material and the introduction of machinery and tools heretofore almost unknown. The firms of which we speak below have made good use of all these new inventions and innovations, and number among the most prominent representatives of this important branch of industry, in which a large capital is invested in this city. ST. LOUIS COOPERAGE CO. Bell Sidney 257. Kinloch B332. The plant of the St. Louis Cooperage Company covers between three and four acres of land on Main and Arsenal streets and has therefore nnsurpassed transportation facilities by the near- — 268 — ness of the Mississippi river and the passing by of the Iron Mountain Railroad, which gives it connection with all other railroad lines coming to the city. The company commenced operations in 1870, in which year Mr. Geo. F. Meyer and Mr. Harold H. Tittmann formed a copartnership under the name of the St. Louis Cooperage Company. It was at that time, that the old methods of the cooper shop had become obsolete and new and better methods were introduced, to satisfy the demand for greatly improved cooper work in regard to material as well as workmanship. The owners of the firm fully appreciated this fact and made it a basis of their enterprise. Up to that time only a secondary attention had been paid to the seasoning of the lumber used in the manufacture of kegs, barrels, hogsheads, etc. They were aware of the great importance, which well sea- soned wood would have in their branch of industry and laid their plans accordingly. Large yard space for a permanent extensive stock of lumber was the first necessity and this was secured by the selection of that locality ; a newly invented process for the drying of wood was adopted and a sufficient number of dry kilns built, and as the wood so prepared prevents shrinking, the output of the factory won very soon the approval of brewers, distillers, vinegar, cider, and pickle manufacturers, wine growers, etc., or, with one word, of all merchants and dealers who need any kind of cooperage work, capable to withstand the effects of climate and weather. The demand for the various articles caused from time to time enlargements of the plant, which is since many years one of the most extensive in the country ; the buildings contain the best machinery and appurte- nances ; all material is carefully selected and exact workmanship demanded from every one of the two hundred to three hundred men employed in the shops. The trade of the St. Louis Coop- erage Company extends to almost every State of the Union, but particularly to the South, Southwest and the extreme North, aside from tbe great local consumption. The company was incorporated in 1884. Mr. George F. Meyer is its President ; Mr. Harold H. Tittmann, the Secretary and Treasurer, and both gentlemen give the closest attention to their business duties, are highly esteemed in the commercial world, belong to the Merchants Exchange, and to the best circles of St. Louis society. — 269 — SOUTHERN COOPERAGE COMPANY. Bell Sidney 707. Kinlocli B344. This company has been in existence for nearly thirty-eight years, having been established as early as in 1864 and has in course of time become one of the largest, best and widely known industrial establishments in the United States. This is saying a great deal, but facts will bear us out in our statement. The Southern Cooper- age Company was organized by Messrs. Robert L. Wirthlin, G. A. Will, Henry Frederich and Oliver R. Wirthlin ; the fac- tory was first located at 2243 De Kalb street, long before that part of St. Louis had become one of the principal manufac- turing districts of our city. The company remained there for many years until the uninterrupted growth of its business de- manded larger quarters ; such were found on Victor street, between Main and Second, where in course of time so much additional space was required, that the factory buildings cover now an entire half block. The company manufactures oakware kegs and barrels of all sizes for wine, liquor, gin, cider, vine- gar, pickles, kraut, syrup, paint and lead kegs, well and cistern buckets, and makes a specialty of tanks for export purposes. The firm brings only the best grades of these articles in the mar- ket and abstains entirely from producing any lower grade of work. The material used comes exclusively from a carefully selected stock, of which oak lumber purchased in the various districts by their own representatives, and in many cases by one or the other of the partners. In this way the best material is constantly secured and to this comes the superior workmanship for which the out- put of the company is justly celebrated. Over three hundred hands are employed in the various workshops, which are equip- ped with the most approved machinery and tools and every pos- sible facility known in the branch ; aside from the fact that the river is close by and railroad tracks pass alongside the building. The territory of sale comprises all Western, Southern and North- ern States of the Union, Old Mexico, Cuba and Porto Rico, the company having agents in all principal cities of these countries. / — 270 — The officers are: Robert L. Wirthlin, President and Treasurer ; G. A. Will, General Manager; Henry Frederich, Vice-President and Superintendent, and Oliver R. Wirthlin, Assistant Superin- tendent. These four gentlemen, with the addition of J. Becker, form the board of directors. Since the incorporation in 1878 the firm stands in the front rank of our industrial community and its members belong to that class of men who, by their activity, en- terprise, perseverance and uprightness achieved great and well deserved results. Mr. Robert L. Wirthlin was honored by his election to the presidency of the National Coopers Association at its Convention in 1899 and he and his partners are well known and highly esteemed citizens. CAES, CARRIAGES, ETC. St. Louis is the greatest center for the manufacture of street and freight cars. More street railroad cars are built here than in all the other cities of our country counted together, and the number of hands employed here in this industrial branch varies between seven and eight thousand. The local demand for street cars would be large enough to keep several factories busy from one year’s end to the other, but we supply an unlimited number of cars to the street railroad companies in other cities of the Union and send them even to foreign countries. Our city is also the principal place for the building of freight cars of every description, and the establishment from which they emanate furnishes them to every part of the United States, Mexico, and Central and South America. There is an immense capital invested here in this industry in which St. Louis outranks all other cities in America. St. Louis is also celebrated as a manufactui’ing center for carriages, buggies, and all other vehicles, especially of the class called pleasure vehicles, which are built here unsurpassed in appearance, comfort, and durability. The various factories have a very large output and employ a commensurate number of hands. 271 — American Car & Foundry Co. F. H. EATON, Pres. W. J. MCBRIDE, V.-Pres. F. F. WEBER, Sec. D. A. BIXBT’, Ass’t Sec. s. s. Delano, Tres. Office; Lincoln Trust Building, ST. LOUIS CAR COMPANY, 706 Chestnut Street, ST. LOUIS Bell Park 450. Kinloch A73,T760. 8000 North Broadway, GEORGE J. KOBUSCH, Pres. CHRISTIAN OONK, V.-Pres. CHARLES E. FRITSCHE, Sec. Bell Tyler 561. Kinloch B1107. — 272 — E M B R E E - M c L E A N CARRIAGE CO. MANUFACTURERS High Grade Pleasure Vehicles. Traps, Spider Phaetons, Stanhopes, Brakes, Runabouts, Buggies, Surries, Phaetons, Broughams, Demi Coaches. FACTORY AND REPOSITORY; 1817 to 23 Olive St., ST. LOUIS, MO. Bell Main 903. — 273 ED. BUTLER & SON. SCIENTIFIC HOKSESHOERS. Bell Main 2138. Kinloch C460. The horse is not only the noblest animal, but also the most useful to mankind, and it is, therefore, only natural that the greatest care should be taken of its well-being and general con- dition. The foot is the most important part of the horse, and should be considered and treated as such. The service rendered by the horse to the human race is not surpassed by any other animal, and it holds this position in spite of steam railroads, cable and electric cars, and whatever rapid transit may bring forth. The art of horseshoeing has been improved from time to time, and can now be truly called a science. Since Mr. Edward Butler established himself as a practical horseshoer in this city (in 1864) it has been his constant aim to bring horse- shoeing up to the highest standard, and the results which he achieved prove how well he succeeded. He abstained entirely from the old and cruel method, to burn the wall and sole and to cut away the sole base and frog of the foot; in burning the foot its elasticity is destroyed, and in cutting away the sole and base the strength and solidity of the foot is taken. There is no neces- sity for such cutting, as nature itself performs this service in a more satisfactory manner by shedding, aside from the fact that cutting away of the frog is the principal cause of lameness with so many horses, as the frog is the natural weight bearer and expander of the foot, being elastic and therefore acting as a sort of buffer between the shoe and our granite and asphalt pavement. It is for these reasons that the Butler’s well justified motto reads; “ No frog, no foot; no foot, no horse ! ” It is the firm’s custom to invite owners of lame horses to send the animals to them ; they cure the cripples and charge only for the shoeing. For years and years Mr. Ed. Butler, Senior, made the anatomy of the horse’s foot his principal study and the same was done by Mr. Ed. Butler, Junior, his second son, who became thoroughly acquainted with all the details of the profession under his father’s 18 k — 274 — teaching and who was admitted as his partner in 1886. The seven different shops carried on by the firm stand since many years under the supervision and management of the junior part- ner, who is an expert scientific horseshoer and a leading member of the Master Horse Shoer’s Association. The firm employs only reliable and experienced workmen and they are strictl3' forbidden to treat or maltreate a horse. About 2000 animals per week are shoed in the seven shops, which for the accommodation of patrons are distributed in different parts of the city. The general office is located at No. 15 S. 10th street, where the numerous diplomas and medals adorn the walls which the firm received for the best method of horseshoeing and the best display of fine workmanship. Butler and Son are agents for the great Rubber Horse-Shoe Pad, the Cruse Patent Foot Clasp, and Scott’s Celebrated Hoof Paste. Mr. Edward Butler, Senior, is since forty-two years a resident of St. Louis, one of our most enterprising citizens, a member of different organizations, a ver^' popular and well-known man. He devotes nowadays most of his time to the management of his private affairs, especially his real estate interests, leaving the horseshoe establishments entirely to the care of Mr. Ed. Butler, Junior. F. C. RIDDLE & BRO. CASKET CO. Bell Tyler 290. Kinloch A1642. The coffin industry has made such progress, the competition in this branch has become so great, that only a few of the firms devoted to it stand, so to speak, at the top of the ladder, and one of these few is F. C. Riddle & Bro. Casket Co. It was estab- lished in 1879 by Mr. Frank C. Riddle, who in 1882 admitted his brother Robert M. as a partner, and these two were eight years later, in 1890, joined by a third brother, Harry S. Riddle. The three gentlemen had the above firm incorporated in the last named year and constitute the board of directors and are also the officers of the company. The firm was originally located at 706 North Fifth street, but the constant extension of business made larger quarters necessary and such were found in the very center of our manufacturing district. Their factory, salesrooms, office, and — 275 — warehouses cover six building lots on Hogan street from No. 1400 to (1412 and afford all facilities and accommodations which may be required. A most complete equipment comprising all modern machinery and tools of the newest construction, enables the firm to furnish the trade with coffins, caskets, and under- takers’ supplies of superior quality and in every desired style as shown by the voluminous catalogues issued from time to time. The establishment numbers about one hundred employees and the sales extend all over the Union, a large portion going to the Middle and New England States. The reputation gained and preserved by the firm is based upon its permanent aim as to best and artistic workmanship, close attention to de- tails, promptness and fair dealing. Mr. F. C. Riddle first be- came identified with the coffin business in Pittsburg, entering the employ in 1868 of the first company organized for the purpose of utilizing machinery for the manufacturing of coffins ; he filled to the satisfaction of his employers various positions of importance and trust for eleven years, during which time he acquired a thor- ough knowledge of all particulars in this branch. He came to St. Louis in 1879, and founded the present business, which, under his management, has grown to be one of the largest of its kind in the country ; he has always been recognized as one of the leaders in his line, and has done much to advance the interest of the coffin industry. He and his brothers devote their entire time to the business, and with such care and energy they have given, it, the success they have attained is well deserved. THE SADDLERY TRADE. The demand for all kinds of saddlery ware within the city and vicinity alone would be sufficient to keep a number of factories and shops busy the whole year around, but the local sales are small when compared with what is shipped from here to Western, Southern and Southwestern States and exported to Mexico, Cen- tral and South America. St. Louis possesses a prestige of long standing in the manufacture of harness and everything else per- taining to horse equipment, especially saddles, — and govern- — 276 — ment contracts for the supply of the United States army amount annually to very large sums, a great many hands are therefore employed in this important branch of industry. WILLIAM HOMANN SADDLERY CO. Bell Main 2500. St. Louis is since about fifty years the center of the saddle and harness trade for many of the Western States, the Southwest and South ; the manufacture of these articles is carried on by numerous small and a few large firms and the Wm. Homann Sad- dlery Company is one of the latter. Mr. Wm. Homann, a native of Germany, came to St. Louis when very young ; he served as an apprentice in one of the saddleries, worked for nine years as a journeyman, thereby gaining a thorough knowledge and experience in all the details of the branch and it may justly be said that what he don’t know about saddles and harness is not" worth knowing. He established a busi- ness of his own in 1865 and therefore actually and literally since forty-six years “ in the harness.” He was first located on North Third street where is now the bridge entrance, but since many years two adjoining buildings on North Fourth street, 716 and 718, are occupied by the firm. The whole interior of these two houses, from cellar to roof, and every inch of it, is needed for the constantly growing business ; office and salesrooms are on the first floor, the upper stories serve for factory purposes. The firm makes saddles and harnesses, also turf goods of every kind unsurpassed in quality and workman- ship ; only the best material being used and experienced hands, about fifty in number, are employed in the different workshops. The extensive stock at all times kept on hand offers their customers a complete assortment to select from, but a large part is made to order and every article coming from this estab- lishment is bound to give the fullest satisfaction, as all possible care is taken to let only perfect work leave the house. Large contracts have been frequently awarded them by the U. S. Gov- ernment, a fact which speaks volumes for their reliability. Besides the articles named, saddlery, hai’dware of every kind is sold — 277 — by the firm. Their principal trade is in our own city, Missouri and Illinois, but great quantities of their manufacture are sent to other States. The firm was incorporated in 1890 by Mr. Wm. Homann and his two younger brothers Rudolph B. and Henry J. Homann, who are likewise practical experts and since many years previous to the incorporation identified with the firm. Wm. Homann is the President and Treasurer, Rudolph B. Homann the Vice-President, and Henry J. Homann the Secretary of the company and all the three devote their whole time and attention to their specific duties, Mr. Wm. Homann exercising a general supervision over everything. The great success of the firm is due to its fair and honest treatment of their customers, the quality of their goods and the energy and industry of the owners, who are gentlemen in the fullest sense of the word, enjoying the highest esteem in business and social circles. AGKICULTURAL MACHINES AND IMPLE- MENTS. The proverbial inventive genius of our nation found a broad field for its achievements when it commenced to provide the farmer and planter with auxiliaries for grubbing, plowing, sow- ing and planting, for mowing, harvesting, threshing, etc., and the improvement of such machines and implements is never ceas- ing, but still going on. It is only natural that the vast agricul- tural regions tributary to St. Louis have made this city the principal center of this bfanch of industry and trade. We have here some of the largest factories and jobbing houses and a con- siderable number of firms representing outside manufacturers. Man}' of the Western, Southern and Southwestern States are exclusively supplied from here, and the export of these articles comprises Mexico, Central and South America, and nowadays Cuba, and Porto Rico, aside from an extensive trade across the Atlantic, especially with Great Britain, France, Germany and Russia. The manufacture of farm wagons constitutes an impor- tant branch and St. Louis distributes them in great quantities — 278 — over the aforesaid territory. The sales in these various articles amount to many millions per year, and the output of the local factories has been constantly on the increase. KINGSLAND MANUFACTURING COMPANY. Bell Tyler 380. This establishment is nearly sixty years in existence and therefor one of the oldest, if not the oldest, in its branch. Mr. L. D. Kingsland, the President of the company, be- came the successor of his father, Mr. Geo. Kingsland, the founder of the firm, in 1874, and has ever since di- rected the affairs of this great industrial enterprise with untiring energy, marked ability and well-deserved success. The factory buildings are located on Mullanphy street, cover two whole blocks from Eleventh to Thirteenth street, and are equipped with the most improved machinery and modern facilities. Agricul- tural implements form the principal product of the works, espe- cially Threshing Machines, Horse Powers, Saw Mills, Cotton Gins, Cotton-Elevator Systems, Cotton Presses and Corn Shellers (which shell corn with or without the shuck on). Castings of all kinds are made in the Kingsland foundry with particular accu- racy and everything emanating from the establishment is justly celebrated for exact workmanship, best material, perfect action and durability. The various articles manufactured by this com- pany are sold all over the Western, Southwestern and Southern States and largely exported to Mexico, Central America, the West Indies and even to Australia. Mr. Kingsland is one of the most prominent citizens of St. Louis, which is his birthplace and whose interests — industrial, mercantile and otherwise — he has always promoted to the fullest extent being a gentleman of the broadest liberal views. He belongs to quite a number of organi- zations for the welfare of our city, is a director in many of them and takes an active interest in all public matters ; he never sought a political office but accepted a few years ago the important po- sition of Police Commisioner, in which capacity he earned the praise of all his fellow-citizens ; he also occupied the not less im- portant place of an Election Commissioner, for which his well- — 279 — known integrity and uprightness made him especialy qualified. All in all he may truly be called one of the representative men of St. Louis, a man of great distinction and value in the community at large and in our commercial, industrial and social circles in particular. WM. KOENIG & CO. Bell Main 2481m. Mr. Wm. Koenig, the head of the above named firm, has for more than half a century been identified with the Agricultural Im- plement branch and it is due to his untiring energy and industiy, that the firm occupies a front rank in our mercantile community, that it is well known in the whole West and Southwest and that the sales of this house become more extensive from year to year. Messrs. Wm. Koenig & Company have for more than forty years represented Aultman, Miller & Co. of Akron, Ohio, makersof Buck- eye Binder Twine and the patentees and manufacturers of the celebrated Buckeye Mowers and Binders, justly famous for their material, workmanship and efficiency. The mowers, reapers and binders made in this factory have received first prizes and gold medals not only at the different World’s Fairs, but in every con- test in which they participated, especially in England, France (in eighteen different places), Spain, Italy, Holland, Roumania, Al- giers, Australia, and in the only four real great field contests ever held in our own country, viz., at Syracuse, N. Y., Auburn, N. Y. , Mansfield, O., and Lafayette, Ind., proving b}'^ these numerous victories, their superior qualities and capacity. Aside from the Buckeye Harvester machines and Binder Twine large sales are also made annually of all Steel Banner Hay Rakes, Kraus Cultiva- tors and Carpo Walking Cultivators. The spacious buildings at 120, 122 and 124 South Eighth street afford ample room for warehouse and shipping purposes, besides being in close proximity to all the freight depots. Mr. Wm. Koenig has been a resident of this city since 1840. He came here when very young, his parents having emigrated from Germany, and he received his education in the public schools of St. Louis. As a boy of only fifteen he secured a situation with the old firm of Lyons, Shorb & — 280 — Co. (Sligo Iron Store) and used the first money earned by him for a complete course in Jones’ Commercial College. After being shipping clerk with the Sligo firm for eight years he asso- ciated himself, in 1858, with Col. Jno. Garnett of Frankfort, Ky., in the seed and agricultural implement business under the firm name of John Garnett & Co. This firm was after Col. Gar- nett’s death succeeded first by Blunden, Koenig & Co., and later by Wm. Koenig & Co., in the management of which he is ably assisted by two of his sons. As a man of the highest integrity and strictest business principles Mr. Koenig enjoys the respect of the whole community ; besides being a member of the Merchants Exchange he is Vice-President of the German Savings Institution and has been a director of the St. Louis House Building Co. for over twenty-five years, and also a director in the Washington Insurance Co. At the urgent solicitation of his fellow- citizens he accepted, in 1881, the nomination as school director, was electod without opposition, was re-elected in 1884, and again in 1887, but resigned in 1890 to the great regret of all con- cerned, as he had been one of the most zealous, energetic and well-meaning ofiScials in the interest of our public schools. MANSUR & TEBBETTS IMPLEMENT CO. Bell Park 660. Kinloch B1348, 1349, C449. To call a firm the largest in its branch in a city like St. Louis, and even in this part of the country, is saying a great deal, but it is only stating a fact when applied to the Mansur & Tebbetts Implement and the Mansur & Tebbetts Carriage Manufacturing Companies, both of which stand under one and the same man- agement and have the same proprietors. It was in 1870 when Mr. Alvah Mansur established the first jobbing house for the sale of agricultural implements west of the Mississippi river, at Kansas City, Mo., under the firm of Deer, Mansur & Co. ; this was followed by the opening of a house in St. Louis in 1874, in which year Mr. L. B. Tebbetts, a brother-in-law of Mr. Mansur, became identified with the business. The two firms remained in operation till 1890, when Mr. Deer purchased Mr. Mansur’s in- terest in Kansas City, and the latter bought Mr. Deer out in St. — 281 — Louis, whereupon the present firms were organized with Alvah Mansur as President, L. D. Tebbetts as Vice-President and Treasurer, and G. S. Tebbetts as Secretary. Previous to his coming to Missouri Mr. Mansur had been connected with the cele- brated steel plow factory of John Deer at Moline, Illinois, with whom he afterwards formed a copartnership. The experience so gained, and his personal energies and activity, formed the basis of the great success that accompanied his enterprises in which he was most ably assisted by Mr. L. D. Tebbetts, whose business qualifications were and are of the same high order. Since Mr. Mansur’s death (1898) the chief supervision and general manage- ment of the firm’s vast business lies in the hands of Mr. Tebbetts, who possesses in his son Mr. G. S. Tebbetts a most capable and reliable assistant. The articles manufactured and sold by the Mansur-Tebbetts Implement Company comprise every kind of agricultural machines and implements, and the territory of sales includes all parts of the Union, Mexico and the South American States. The same may be said in regard to the Carriage Manufact- uring Company, whose product is justly celebrated for its superior workmanship, style and durability. The establishment covers a large area, a part of Cupples Station on Tenth and Spruce streets, is fully equipped with the most complete interior arrangements and facilities and by three tracks directly connected with all the railroad lines terminating in St. Louis. It may be imagined, that an army of employees is necessary in the various departments in this city, but aside from them branch houses are kept in Dal- las, Texas, and Nashville, Tennessee, and a great number of agents represent the firm all over the country. Mr. L. B. Teb- betts, the President of the company, is also a Director of the Con- tinental National Bank and a member of the St. Louis Traffic Commission, the Commercial and the Noonday clubs, and always ready to promote the trade and other interests of the city. The officers of the two companies are: L. B. Tebbetts, President; C. H. Deere, Vice-President ; G. S. Tebbetts, Treasurer, and C. W. Mansur, Secretary. — 282 — WHITMAN AGRICULTURAL CO. Bell Carondelet 120tn. Kinloch C215. St. Louis is the center of a vast agricultural region including the Mississippi Valley, many of the Western and Southern and all Southwestern States. Our city is in consequence of this fact at the same time a center for the manufacture of and the trade in agricultural machinery and implements, and its fame in this direction is based upon the standard products of the various firms devoted to this particular industrial branch. Foremost among them stands the Whitman Agricultural Company, founded in 1870 by Mr. Chas. E. Whitman, who is still at its head. The factory on the northwest corner of Eighth street and Clark avenue, had served for nearly three decades, but in spite of its large dimensions had become inadequate for the constant growth of the Qrm’s trade, so that still more room for manufacturing purposes became necessary. This led to the erection of a number of spacious buildings in the southern part of the city in close proximity to the Mississippi river and directly on the line of the Iron Mountain Railway, affording switch connections with all railroads coming to St. Louis. The massive structures, the property of the company, contain a full equipment of the most approved machinery of newest construction and are supplied with all modern facilities, all of which, combined with very ample means, enables the firm to give their patrons the fullest satisfaction as to quality and price. The machines and implements made in their establishment are acknowledged to be of the best material, design, workmanship, and are especially appreciated for their efficiency and durability. The articles manufactured by the firm comprise baling presses for cotton, hay and straw ; cornshellers of various styles ; lever, tread and railway horse power, the latter having been invented by Luther Whitman seventy years ago ; grain drills, seed sowers, hay and straw cutters ; root or vegetable cutters ; feed mills, of which there are nearly 150,000 in use ; cider and wine mills; adjustable fruit grinders; lard, wine and fruit presses ; harrows ; steel frame drag saws and sawing — 283 — machines ; lawn, garden and field rollers ; express and baggage wagons, trucks and barrows of all kinds ; revolving all-around dump cars, etc., etc. Their cotton-baling presses are in general use in the cotton-raising States and purchasers declare unanimously that they give the utmost satisfaction, and similar flattering testimonials refer to the operative power and exact work of all their agricultural machineiy. Further evidence of the superiority of their products lies in the fact that they have re- ceived first prizes, gold and silver medals, at all international, and national expositions and State fairs, wherever they were exhibited and in all competing field trials in which they partici- pated. The territory of the company’s sales aside from the United States, extends over many foreign countries, their presses and balers are used by nearly all European nations, as well as in South America, Mexico, Australia, New Zealand, Africa and Asia, so that their export trade is constantly increasing. The establishment forms one of the largest aud best-equipped plants in its branch, covers seven acres of ground and has a river front of 500 feet ; the office, being at 6900 South Broadway, is easily accessible from all parts of the city by electric street cars. Mr. Chas. E. Whitman is the President, Mr. H. L. Whitman, Secre- tary and Treasurer, and Mr. G. F. Whitman the General Super- intendent of the company, whose incorporation under the laws of the State of Missouri took place in 1880. The remarkable suc- cess, of which the proprietors may well be proud, is the highly deserved result of their exertions, their energy, reliability and uprightness in all their transactions. METAL INDUSTRY AND TRADE. The trade of St. Louis in iron, steel and machinery embraces the product of rolling mills, foundries, machine shops located here and elsewhere, the bulk of it being manufactured iu our own midst. We have here some of the largest foundries and machine shops in the country whose work not only compares favorably with that of the greatest establishments in the Eastern and New England States, but is widely known for its excellence — 284 in every part of the Union and in foreign countries. St. Louis distributes iron and steel as raw material, and the articles made out of both over the entire Mississippi Valley, the West, South- west and South and has an extensive export trade to the Latin- American States, West Indies and even Europe, where various kinds of machinery built here are justly celebrated and preferred to those of home manufacture. PADDOCK-HAWLEY IRON CO. Bell Main 915, 916, 2370. Kinloch B1352, 939, 409. The origin of the Paddock-Hawley Iron Company dates back to 1872, in which year the firm of Paddock and Lathy entered the field of operations that brought them and their successors within a comparatively short period to the front rank in their branch. Mr. G. E. Hawley became subsequently the successor of Mr. Lathy, whereupon the firm was changed to Paddock & Hawley, remaining so until 1883, when the present name was adopted. The business was, during twenty-three years, from 1872 to 1895, located in the center of the iron trade, that is on North Main street near Morgan ; in the latter year the removal to Tenth and Spruce streets took place, where much larger quar- ters and unsurpassed facilities for the handling of freight were secured through direct connection with all railroad lines coming to St. Louis. The trade of the firm comprises iron, steel, car- riage and heavy hardware, corrugated iron, trimmings and wood material, partly of their own manufacture. The six-story build- ing, with its very ample floor space, contains the factory, sales- rooms, offices and sliipping department, and a spacious warehouse in East St. Louis serves for the storage of bar iron and steel and the heavier articles in which they deal. The firm keeps the fullest assortment of everything in their line, and is at all times prepared to fill even the largest order with- out delay. Over a hundred employees are constantly busy in the various departments and an appropriate number of traveling men represent the house outside of St. Louis. The territory of sales embraces the whole West, Northwest and Southwest, aside from plenty of orders from Eastei’n and South- — 285 — «rn Stales. The prompt and faithful execution of every order, large or small, the reliable and fair dealing on the part of the firm with all its customers has won for it the unlimited confidence of the trade and an enviable reputation over the whole country. The yearly transactions of the house figure in the millions and its oper- ations are still extending to greater dimensions. The officers of the company are as follows : Messrs. Gains Paddock, President ; Geo. E. Hawley, Vice-President ; C. T. Brace, Secretary ; W. M. Miller, Treasurer, and Orville Paddock, Superintendent ; all of whom devote their time and attention, their energy and activity to their respective duties and are true representatives of the charac- teristic qualities of the enterprising industrious American business men. MALLEABLE IRON, ZINC AND BABBITT METAL. MISSOURI MALLEABLE IRON CO. EAST ST. LOUIS. Bell Bridge 270m. Kinloch A1240. One of the most prominent and well-known institutions among the great iron industries of St. Louis is the Missouri Malleable Iron Works — which, although located in East St. Louis, is strictly a St. Louis concern — being owned and operated entirely by St. Louisans. The company owes its existence to the enterprise and capital of Mr. John C. Nulsen and was incorporated in St. Louis in 1881. After ten years of successful operation the works were found insufficient for the increased demand for their prod- uct — and a new plant was erected in East St. Louis directly opposite the city of St. Louis. The works are located on a fif- teen-acre tract and are built in the most substantial manner with every known modern improvement in the wa}' of machinery — smelting and annealing ovens. They have a capacity of 15,000 tons of malleable castings per year, and make a specialty of rail- road — street car — agricultural and stove castings — in addition — 286 — to a general jobbing business. The company was organized with a capital of 250,000 dollars, and at present employs the full amount of half a million dollars in the conducting of its busi- ness. Mr. John C. Nulsen has been the President of the com- pany since the beginning, but having withdrawn from active business has turned the management over to his two sons, A. J. and F. E. Nulsen, who hold the offices of Treasui’er and Secretary, and with assistance of Frank S. Taggart as Superin- tendent, are in charge of the operation of the entire work. The number of men employed varies from 600 to 700, and in- cludes a large variety of mechanics — consisting of molders, help- ers, core-makers, pattern-makers, machinists and other skilled trades. The amount paid out in wages by the company averages one thousand dollars per day, and has proven a large assistance to the building up of the New East St. Louis. Their enterprise has induced other manufacturers to locate at the same place. Mr. John C. Nulsen, a native of Hanover (Germany), is the son of a prominent family, whose ancestors lived in Brabant; he crossed the ocean when only eighteen years old together with his two brothers, with whom he embarked in the cigar business in Cin- cinnati in 1842. Three years later he came to St. Louis and made this city his home ever since. Possessing an academical educa- cation and well informed in general, he was fully equipped for the active business life upon which he had entered since his ar- rival in the new world. For four years he conducted a cigar manufactory on North Main street. On a piece of ground leased for thirty years from Peter Lindell he built in 1849 a business house (solid brick) on North Third street, and in 1858 the first stone-front building in the city, on the same street. No. 407. He also erected, some time later, the first stone front on Olive street, southwest corner of Sixth, a substantial structure whose interior has recently been remodeled. After giving up cigar manufactur- ing he opened a rectifying establishment in partnership with his brother-in-law, Joseph Mersmann, under the firm of Nulsen & Mersmann. He was thus engaged until 1839 when he re- tired temporarily from active business. After a two-years’ stay in Europe, returned to this city, he founded, in 1881, the Missouri Malleable Iron Company and erected the works on Papin — 287 — street on property whicb is still owned by the company. Mr. Nulsen has always been a man of great activity, circumspec- tion and enterprise, and has been identified with various im- portant undertakings and prominent financial and industrial corporations ; assisted in the organizing of the Fourth National Bank and the Franklin Savings Institution, and has at all times been and is still ready to lend a helping hand to every- thing which might promote the welfare of the community. He if yet full of energy as in his younger years, and manages his large and various interests with remarkable ability and success. OTTO F. MFJSTER. Mr. Otto Ferdinand Meister, the oldest son of the late Freder- ick Wm. Meister, is a native of St. Louis, where he received his early training and higher education, finishing the same with the academic course and the special study of metallurgy and chemistry at Washington University. The theoretical knowledge so acquired soon opened him the field of its practical application ; the St. Louis Smelting and Refining Company sent him to its works in Colorado in the responsible position as Assayer. Some time later he became the general manager of a silver mine in the same State and this gave him a thorough knowledge, theoretical as well as practical, of all the details pertaining to the mining, smelting and refining of ore. In 1882 he leased the Lumaghi Zinc Works at Collinsville, Illinois, which he conducted for four years and in 1886 organized the Collinsville Zinc Works, an establishment of large dimensions, giving employment to about two hundred hands. He was for nearly fourteen years a director and during a long period the president of this corporation. The metal industry found in him a most active promoter and his ex- tensive experience in this industrial branch has made him one of its foremost representatives in this section of the country. After the death of his father he succeeded him as a Director of the Ger- man Savings Institution, the second oldest bank and at the same time one of the most solid financial corporations of our city. Mr. Otto F. Meister is well known and highly esteemed in our mercantile and social circles, always I’eady to further the com- — 288 — mercial and manufacturing interests of St. Louis and to promote the welfare of his native city. His father, Mr. F. W. Meister, had come here in 1844 and prepared himself for his future career, as an employee in a retail grocery ; he was industrious and am- bitious and this led in 1848 to his admission as junior partner in the wholesale grocery firm of Meyer, Krug & Meister, which in 1869 after the death of Mr. Krug was changed to Meyer & Meis- ter, from which he withdrew in 1873. He had been one of the founders of the German Savings Institution and served as its President from 1873 to the time of his death (in 1898), a full quarter of a century. In this capacity, like in everything else during his whole life, he proved to be a man of sterling qualities, upright in all his dealings, cautious and conservative in the management of all affairs, honest in all his transactions and the true representative of the German- American business man, com- bining American enterprise with German perseverance. HOYT mp:tal CO. Bell Lindell 1058. The Hoyt Metal Company was established in 1870 by Messrs. C. C. and E. K. Hoyt and was incorporated in 1879 under the laws of the State of Missouri. The owners are the aforesaid two gentlemen and the American Smelting and Refining Company. The factory, for many years located on Second and Carr streets, proved inadequate in course of time, the demand for its products becom- ing greater from year to year, thus necessitating much larger quarters and this led to the erection of the magnificent plant on Clayton between Sarah and Boyle avenue. The substantial build- ings cover almost an entire block and contain a full equipment of the most improved modern machinery and all facilities for the manufacture of Babbitt metals and solder, for which the Hoyt Metal Company is justly celebrated. A complete rolling plant for making all kinds of hard lead pipe, sheet lead, metal tanks for storage batteries, etc., forms an important part of the establish- ment. The Standard Babbitt Metals, made by the Hoyt Metal Company, comprise the genuine and faultless brands for saw mills, dynamos, high speed engines and any severe service, and — 289 — the Reliance, Eagle and C. B. grades for threshing machines, traction engines and machine shop uses; aside from these a No. 4 grade is made, a clean free running metal ; the best in the market for the money. Hoyt’s solder is made from first-class material thoroughly mixed and refined, carefully poured in attractive bars and packed in one hundred pound cases. The mixing and pouring apparatus used by them is their exclusive patent and cannot be made use of by anyone else. All the products of the company are of superior quality, the greatest care being taken in their manufacture so as to make them safe and reliable in the highest degree. Ample means and a very extensive trade, which is constantly on the increase, enable the company to give their pat- rons the best possible terms. The firm employs in the St. Louis factory from 75 to 100 hands, most of them skilled and expe- rienced workmen. The company has a branch, including work- shops and offices, at Arlington, New Jersey, for the supply of the New England and Eastern States. The territory of sales in- cludes all parts of the Union and a considerable export to some of the European countries and even South Africa. The St. Louis factory is a model establishment, and, through the Wabash Rail- road, whose tracks pass by, connected witli all railways coming to St. Louis. The following gentlemen are the officers and di- rectors of the company: C. C. Hoyt, President; E. R. Hoyt, Vice-President, and W. S. Swingley, Secretary. The second Vice-President, Mr. H. K. Mills, who had been connected with the firm for more than twenty years, died May 22, 1901. The firm enjoys an enviable reputation for strictness and reliability in all its dealings, as well as for the unsurpassed quality of its out- put. The mail address is 4153 Clayton avenue, St. Louis. FOUNDEIES MACHINE WORKS. ESSMUELLER MILL FURNISHING CO. Bell Main 1230. Kinloch D368. One of the largest establishments in the milling machinery branch, the Essmueller-Heyde Mill Furnishing Company, was originally founded more than twenty years ago by Fi'ed H. 19k — 290 — Essmueller and Ludwig Mutschler and was continued under the firm name of Mutschler and Essmueller until 1897, in which year the present company was incorporated, whose otficers, F. H. Essmueller, President; August Berbliuger, Vice-President and Superintendent ; and Wm. C. Essmueller, Secretary and Treasurer. The works are located at 605 South Sixth street, in close prox- imity to the tracks of the Iron Mountain Railroad and thereby connected with all other railroad lines centering here. The workshops have a complete equipment of the most approved machinery, tools and other facilities for the manufacture of the various machines and implements used in flour and grist mills, malt houses, breweries, etc., and give employment to a large number of skilled mechanics. Everything made by the firm excels in material, exact workmanship, operative power and durability aside from accurate performance of work. Many of the largest plants here and the various Western States had their outfits supplied by the Essmueller Mill Furnishing Company whose constant aim it is to give their patrons the fullest satisfac- tion. The capacity of the works enables the company to execute even the largest contracts within a comparatively short time. The firm is well known for the great attention given to all orders and its fair and upright dealing, and the owners enjoy the well- deserved respect and esteem of business and social circles. The firm is a member of the St. Louis Merchants Exchange and Manufacturers Association. ARTHUR FRITSCH FOUNDRY AND MACHINE CO. Bell Main 2939. Kinloch D342. The mining industry of this country and especially of the West- ern States is permanently growing in volume and importance and the mining engineers’ sciences is constantly developing new improvements with which the manufacture of mining machinery has to keep pace. The demand for modern machinery must therefore be supplied by reliable firms, whose products come fully up to the requirements of our progressive age, and we speak in this connection of the Arthur Fritsch Foundry and Machine Company as one whose output answers these reqirements in the — 291 — most perfect manner. The company manufactures every kind of mining machinery, boilers and pumps, and makes a specialty of complete concentration plants and sectional crushers of all sizes and varying in capacity according to the specific orders received. The works occupy the premises Number 212-214 and 216 Gratiot street and are equipped with the most improved machines and tools for the turning out of unexceptional superior work, un- surpased in material and accuracy of finish, durability and oper- ating power. Mr. Arthur Fritsch is himself a first class drafts- man and machinist, possesses a thorough knowledge of all the details in the branch and devotes all his time and activity to the business of the firm, which has become more extensive from year to year, so that the plant as well as its capital have considerably been enlarged of late. The company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri, Mr. Arthur Fritsch being Presi- dent, Mr. Edward A. Gessler, Treasurer, and Mr. Ferdinand H. Hegel, Secretary. Their success is the result of the reliable exe- cution of all order’s entrusted to them, strict business principle and fair dealing in all their transactions and is therefore well de- served. PAVYER PRINTING MACHINE WORKS. Bell Main 2670m. Kmloch D360. The Pavyer Printing Machine Works, since many years located at the southeast corner of Broadway and Poplar street, are the direct successors of the St. Louis Type Foundry, established fifty years ago. St. Louis has always been the chief distributing point of printers’ material and furniture for the Mississippi Valley and all the territory tributary to this city, but only one local firm devotes itself to the manufacture of printers’ supplies, and this is the one we speak of. These supplies comprise wrought and cast iron chases, paper cutters, proof-presses, side and foot sticks, lead cutters and all other implements used in a printing office. They are also the sole makers of the Mustang Mailer for affixing addresses on newspapers, periodicals, catalogues, price-lists, and circulars. Everything emanating from the Pavyer Printing Machine Works excels in exact workmanship, durability and ! — 292 — material, all of which has won an enviable reputation for the firm and its products. The establishment is known for its reliable and fair dealing and the great care with which all orders are executed. James G. Pavjer is the President, Ben J. Pavyer the Vice-Presi- dent of the company, both active and energetic business men, who give close attention to the management of the works and are untiring in their efforts to give their patrons the fullest satisfac- tion. ST. LOUIS IRON AND MACHINE WORKS. Bell Main 2932. Kinloch D323. The St. Louis Iron and Machine Works, incorporated under that name in 1875, will soon complete half a century. It was in 1854 that Mr. Gerhard H. Timmermann opened a machine shop on Myrtle, near Second street. It was a small beginning, but soon grew in size and scope of work, so that much larger worshops and facilities became necessary, and this caused the establishment of a factory on Main street and Chouteau avenue in 1864, which had to be enlarged from time to time by the addi- tion of new and the extension of old buildings until the plant covered the entire block. The equipment of the works comprises the most improved machinery and appliances of the present time, the best tools and every imaginable facility for the production of machines unsurpassed in material, workmanship, exactness of service and operating power — qualities so highly appreciated, not only by the owners of machines, but also by those who run them. The output of the establishment consists of various kinds of machinery, a few of which may here be mentioned. The St. Louis Corliss Engine stands in the front rank of similar engines. It is a specialty of the firm ; is made in all desired dimensions up to 2,000 horse-power and is constructed in such a way that every part of it can be replaced without dela}' from the stock on hand. Another specialty are the Lion Dry Press Brick Machines, with a complete outfit for preparing and pulverizing the clay; they are manufactured in three sizes: The smallest, called the Baby Lion, presses two bricks at the time ; the next (known as the Lion) five bricks, and the largest (the Jumbo Lion) — 293 — six at each movetnent. These machines save time, labor and expense, and produce bricks of better quality and nicer and more uniform shape than any other method could. The firm owns sev- eral patents in connection with these machines for which the demand is still on the increase. Among the other articles ema- nating from the works are machines for artificial ice-making and refrigerating purposes (ammoniac condensers), cotton compress and plate glass machines, aside from every variety of heavy machinery, condensing apparatus, etc. In the construction of all these various machines particular stress is laid upon the following qualifications : The greatest and most perfect service ; the saving in cost of running ; the exactness of the work they have to perform; the least deviation and vibration, and, above all, the uniformity of operating. These qualities have made them famous over the whole United States and in Central and South America. The establishment has constantly been improved and is since many years one of the largest and best equipped in the country, with an output of several million dollars per annum. Mr. Gerhard H. Timmermaun, the President of the corporation, still hale and hearty, in spite of his seventy-nine years, can with well-justified satisfaction and pride, look upon the de- velopment of such a magnificent industrial establishment, the result of many years of arduous labor, energy, enterprise and honesty in all his transactions. Mr. Herman Krutzsch, the Vice-President and General Manager, has been identified with the firm, since 1871, is a graduate of one of the best Schools of Engineering in Germany and acquired a thorough practical knowledge in his profession in Germany, England, and this country before coming to St. Louis ; he is very competent and a man of great activity. The Secretary of the company, Mr. John H. Timmermann, a son of the founder, commenced as an apprentice in the works and is therefore familiar with all the details of the branch. It is a happy combination of German dili- gence and perseverance with American enterprise and energy that forms the fundament of the continued great success achieved by the St. Louis Iron & Machine Works. — 294 — SCHOELLHORN-ALBRECHT MACHINE CO. Bell Main 1686. Kinloch A.314. The Schoellhorn-Albrecht Machine Company was established in 1887, by Mr. August Schoellhorn and Mr. Hermann S. Albrecht, both experienced machinists and practical engineers. The firm was afterwards incorporated by thtm and Mr. J. C. Weber, which three gentlemen are at the same time the directors and officers of the company: H. IS. Albrecht, President; J. C. Weber, Vice- President; Aug. Schoellhorn, Secretary and Treasurer. The factory was, during the first eleven years, located at 609 and 610 North Levee and 616 and 618 North Commercial street, where their business made such progress that much more space became necessary, and this was acquired by the purchase of three ad- joining four-story houses, 416, 418 and 420 North Main street, which they relnrilt and remodeled to make them best adapted for their manufacturing purposes. They have a frontage of 64 by a depth of 117 feet, and contain a floor space of 20,800 square feet. The different rvorkshops, in which fifty skilled mechanics are employed, are equipped with the most approved ma- chinery and stand, itnder the direct supervision of Messrs. Al- brecht and Schoellhorn. They manufacture general machinery of all kinds, and pertaining supplies, steamboat machinery, and power plants of every description. The great suc- cess which the firm achieved within a comparatively short time is due to the fact that they give constant attention to perfect workmanship a careful selection of material and the con- scientious execution of every order, large or small, entrusted to them. In this way they have won the confidence of their customers and by fair and honest dealing a reputation of which they may well be proud. The partners of the firm are active, energetic business men, possess a thorough knowledge of all the details in their specific branch, and the work sent out from their factory all over the United States, Canada, and Mexico gives everywhere the fullest satisfaction, which is certainly the highest compliment any manufacturing firm can receive. ■295 COPPER AXD SHEET IROI^ ITOUSTRY. JOSEPH F. WANGLER BOILER AND SHEET IRON WORKS COMPANY. Bell Tyler 383. Kinloch B1227. It is but natural that an industrial center like St. Louis, with its numberless manufacturing establishments of every character, its flour, saw, and planing mills, furniture factories, metalworks, breweries, etc., requires an unlimited number of steam boilers, but there are comparatively onl}^ a few firms here devoted to boiler making and repairing. One of the oldest and most re- liable in this branch, the Joseph F. Wangler Boiler and Sheet Iron Works Co., rvas founded in 1864 by Mr. Joseph F. Wangler under the firm name of Cantwell & Wangler, and was first located on the southeast corner of Main and Carr streets, including numbers 1019, 1021 and 1023 Main street. Mr. Wangler soon became the sole owner of the estab- lishment and the constant growth of business made larger quar- ters necessary, which were secured on North Ninth and Mul- lanphy streets, where the various buildings Nos. 1535 to 1547 cover a very large area of ground. The style of the firm was for many years the Joseph F. Wangler St. Louis Boiler Yard, but was changed in 1891 and incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri as the Joseph F. Wangler Boiler & Sheet Iron Works Company. They make steam boilers of all sizes, also all kinds of sheet iron work, storage tanks for oil and water, freezing and brine tanks for ice machines and put them up in every part of the country. The workshops are equipped with the most approved and modern machinery and the work turned out from them is un- surpassed in exact workmanship, durabilitj^ and quality of ma- terial and are always closely examined before sent out. The greatest care and attention is given to the execution of every order, and plans and estimates are cheerfull}’ fnrnished. The re- pairing of boilers, etc., in and out of the city is promptly attended to by experienced workmen and nothing left undone to give their — 296 customers the fullest satisfaction. Mr. Joseph F. Wangler is a native of Pittsburgh, Pa., but has made St. Louis his liome when quite young ; close attention to business, activity and promptness combined with fair and upright dealing in all his transactions have won for him a well-deserved success and the esteem of his fellow-citizens and the establishment has become more extensive from year to year, giving steady employment to more than one hundred workmen. Mr. Joseph F. Wangler is the President of the company and is ably assisted by his two sons, Mr. C. J. Wangler, the Vice-President, and Mr. J. A. Wangler, the Seci’e- tary. They are members of the Merchants Exchange and of va- rious other organizations for the promotion of industry and trade and are at all times ready to participate in every movement for the welfare and in the interest of the community. DOWN-DRAFT BOILER WORKS. STEW’’ART BOILER CO. Bell Mala 1180. Kioloch U1968. As a matter of interest to industrial St. Louis it affords us great pleasure to bring to the notice of our readers the perfec- tion of economy in steam raising recently brought to our notice. — 297 — All who operate steam plants have their grievance in coal bills: the burden of fuel expense at once exhausts patience and the cheek book. In our illustration we show a new idea in steam boilers. This simple device, while furnishing enormous power, actually occupies the limited floor space of only flve by thirteen feet, its full expense being but one-half that of other steam boilers. In addition the builders guarantee to satisfy the ex- acting requirements of the smoke inspector of St. Louis. A further advantage lies in the fact that the first cost of installa- tion is but two-thirds that of other boilers of equal power, and its success can be verified by inquiry among its users. The Down-Draft Boiler Works, 23d and Papin streets, are the pat- entees and builders. A number of boilers are always on hand so that purchasers may see them before buying, thus securing prompt fulfillment of orders. ALOIS AUFEICHTIG. COPPER AND SHEET IRON WORKS. Kinloch D347. The copper and sheet iron industry of St. Louis is naturally of great extension and importance, there being thousands of factories and other industrial establishments in the bity, which require numerous articles made of copper, brass and sheet iron. Mr. Alois Aufrichtig stands since many years at the head of an establishment exclusively devoted to this branch of metal industry which is justly celebrated for the excellent work performed in it. Mr. Aufrichtig learned the copper-smith trade in the city of Klausenburg, the capitol of Transylvania, he himself being a. Hungarian by birth; after serving his apprenticeship he worked at his trade first in Vienna and Bruenn, the capital of Moravia, then going to England he found employment in London and Newcastle, and afterwards went across the ocean to seek his fortune in the new world. After working for quite a while in Springfield, Mass., and Chicago, he came to St. Louis in 1878, where he soon opened a shop of his own. As a skilled mechanic and by close attention to his work he succeeded in a very short time in gaining a permanent patron- — 298 — age from nearly all our breweries and many distilleries, which in itself was sufficient to keep him and his many workmen busy all the year round. More shoproom became necessary, and he acquired tbe two houses, 218 and 220 Lombard street, where office and factory are now located. The latter is equipped with the most improved machinery and all utensils for the turning out of all kinds of copper, brass and sheet iron articles used in breweries, distillei’ies, sugar refineries, milk condensing factories, etc. The best of material, accurate workmanship and honest dealing have always secured him the confidence and satisfaction of his customers, who are constantly growing in number here and elsewhere, and he may well be proud of his success. NATIONAL ENAMELLING AND STAMPING CO. Bell Tyler 528, 530. Kinloch D1682. This is now the name of what used to be the St. Louis Stamp- ing Company, established in 1866 by Messrs. F. G. and Wm. F. Niedringbaus, who, until then and since 1862, had made stamped tinware in a modest workshop located on Tenth street and Frank- lin avenue. The introduction of enamelled kitchen ware, similar to that used in Germany, took place in 1873, but proved not practical, tbe climate and other circumstances, especially the American method of cooking on iron and gas stoves, demanded a more durable article, and this led to the invention of granite- ware, with which the company achieved such remarkable results. Up to this time and for several years later the sheet iron used in the manufacture of stamped ware came mostly from England, and it was, therefore, a step in the right direction when the Messrs. Niedringhaus resolved to establish an extensive rolling mill in addition to their stamping factory. They located the same close to the river bank, so that the ore from the mines and the scrap iron for melting purposes can in the easiest and cheapest way reach tbe mills, and likewise by railroad, the tracks passing along the rolling works. The factory, for years located on Second, Main and Florida streets, employed usually from 800 to 900 hands, tbe rolling mills about 700, but the former became inadequate in course of time for the constantly growing demand. — 299 — and this caused the founding of Granite City on the east side of the Mississippi, opposite the northern part of St. Louis, and not very distant from the Merchants Bridge, at the same time possessing all desirable railroad facilities. The works at Granite City give steady employment to about twelve hundred persons, and are the most extensive of their kind in the Union. The cat- alogue comprises a very great variety of granite iron articles, which are sold all over the country and favorably known in Europe. Branch warehouses and offices are in New York, Boston and Chicago, the general office being in this city. Officers of the corporation are as follows: F. G. Niedringhaus, President, and Thomas K. Niedringhaus, Manager. The first named gentleman was a member of the Fifty-first Congress, but declined a re-elec- tion, his business interests demanding his entire time and atten- tion. Besides the two gentlemen named several other members of the family are closely identified with the establishments in various capacities, and their co-operative activit}' is, in fact, an unquestionable proof that the old doctrine “ in union there is strength,” is nowhere more practically and fully illustrated than by the great success of the older and younger Niedringhaus gen- erations. Geo. Wiegand, Prest. and Gen’l Mgr. Chas. Wiegand, Sec’y. Geo. Wiegand, Jr., Vice-Prest. E. M. Christopher, Treas. Standard Stamping Co., MANUFACTURERS OF tinware IMPORTERS AND JOBBERS OF Tin Plate, Tinners’ Supplies, Machines and Tools. OFFICE AXD SALESROOMS 2000-2006 N. BROADWAY, Bell Tyler 346. Kinloch A710. — 300 — STOVES AND FURNACES. FRONT RANK STEEL FURNACE COMPANY. Bell Mala 1584. Kinlocb C698. The manufacture of furnaces for heating purposes has under- gone so many changes and improvements, that the doctrine of the surviving of the fittest may justly be applied to this industrial branch and we point with pleasure to the above company as one of the most prominent representatives in their line of business. The same was organized and incorporated in 1800. The present officers are W. G. Haynes, President ; H. F. Langenberg, Vice- President ; and Carl H. Langenberg, Secretary ; who also con- stitute the Board of Directors. The firm manufactures the Front Rank Steel Furnaces, for which they hold various patents, and make hot water, steam, and warm air apparatus a specialty. Many of our modern offices and public bnildings have been supplied with heating systems by this company, likewise numer- ous private residences here and elsewhere. The product of this factory has no rival as to quality of material and workmanship nor in regard to effectiveness and durability. Their sales com- prise the whole United States from one end to another, and European countries, and wherever the “Front Ranks” are known, they are justly celebrated and highly appreciated. The factory buildings extend from 2301 to 2309 Lucas avenue and are equipped with the newest and best machinery ; one hundred hands are constantly employed in the different workshops under the supervision of well experienced scientists and practical experts, which fact in itself is a guarantee, that only perfect work is allowed to leave the firm’s premises. The gentlemen named herein are well-known business men of prominence in our commercial circles and one of them, Mr. H. F. Langenberg, has been Vice-President and afterwards President of our Merchants Exchange. / — 301 — RINGEN STOVE COMPANY. Bell Main 330. Kinloch B859. A store of perhaps 20x20 with a workshop in the rear of similar dimensions, located where now the entrance of the Eads Bridge — such was the beginning of one of the largest manufac- turing establishments of which this city can boast. It was a sim- ple tinshop carried on at the aforesaid location by Mr. John Ringen, from which the Ringen Stove Co. developed. The nar- row store and shop, which had been large enough from 1860 till 1865 was no longer sufficient, more room was required and found at No. 708 North Fourth street. Better facilities brought a larger trade, but the principal cause of the remarkable success of the firm was the admission of Mr. Geo. Kahle as a partner, under whose management the scope of the business extended from year to year, and the same can justly be said of Mr. C. A. Stockstroem who suc- ceeded him after his retirement from active business. The present firm was incorporated in 1881 by John Ringen and Geo. Kahle ; the former withdrew from active participation in the affairs of the company in 1888 and the latter in 1894. The present officers are C. A. Stockstroem, President; E. H. Stockstroem, Secretary and Treasurer; the Board of Directors consists of C. A., E. H., and Louis Stockstroem, and the owners are John Ringen, Geo. Kahle and C. A. and Louis Stockstroem. After the removal to No. 508 North Fourth street, a four-storybuilding of large di- mensions, the business grew in such a degree that even this local- ity proved inadequate. The six-story double house No. 414-16 North Broadway answered the requirements in 1890, but after a number of years still larger quarters became necessary and led to the purchase of one of the most spacious buildings in the heart of the business district, viz.. Nos. 410, 412 and 414 N. Sixth street, between Locust and St. Charles, of which the firm took possession in April, 1900, after important alterations in its interior. The upper floors serve for manufacturing purposes, at which over seventy-five hands are constantly employed. The lower floors contain the salesrooms where polite salesmen attend to the customers. Besides the output of the Quick Meal Stove — 302 — Company, of which we speak below, the Ringen Stove Com- pany sells steel ranges, the Radiant Home Base Burner, the Quick Comfort Refrigerator and all kinds of kitchen ware. QUICK MEAL STOVE COMPANY. Bell Main 512. Kinloch D387. This company is closely affiliated with the Ringen Stove Com- pany, the proprietors of the former being also partners in the latter and both companies working harmoniously hand in hand. The Quiek Meal Stove Company began operations in a very small way ; from a single apartment in an upper story of 708 North Broadway emanated the first Quick Meal Stove, made by Louis and C. A. Stockstroem, the inventors and patentees of the system. The incorporation took place in 1881 with John Ringen, C. A. Stockstroem, Louis Stockstroem, and Geo. Kahle as in- corporators. The first factory was established on Ninth, corner Cass avenue, and had soon to be enlarged, but proved too small within two years so that a removal to the northeast corner of Third and Spruce streets was resolved upon, where a much larger building was leased, but even this became insufficient as the demand for Quick Meal Stoves grew from year to year. The company bought therefore the Smith Mansion on the north side of Chouteau avenue between Eighth and Ninth streets and erected in 1888 upon its site a substantial three story building reaching from 817 to 827 Chouteau avenue with a depth of 318 feet. Since then large additions were made on the west and north side, such becoming necessary from time to time in consequence of the uninterrupted extension of business. The product of this establishment comprises Quick Meal Gasoline and Gas Stoves and Ranges, Quiek Meal Steel Ranges, Quick Meal Wickless Blue Flame Oil Stoves and Quick Meal Gas Heating Stoves, all justly celebrated not only for the system upon which they are based, but also for the excellent workmanship and the superior quality of the material used in their manufacture. They are ac- knowledged to be the best in the world and are sold all over the United States, in Canada, Mexico, South America, Australia and Germany and were awarded Gold Medals at the World’s Fair in — 303 — Melbourne in 1890 and the Industrial Exposition at Hamburg and Madgeburs (1899). The factory is equipped with the newest and best machinery and the most modern appointments, and forms the largest gasoline and gas stove works in existence, constantly employing five hundred and seventy-five skilled mechanics. The ownership has never changed during the twenty years, neither has the great success of the firm, which is all the more deserved as it opened a new industrial field and furnished the world such a valuable household auxiliary as the Quick Meal Stove. The pres- ent officers of the company are: C. A. Stockstroem, President; Geo. Kahle, Vice-President; Louis Stockstroem, Secretary and Treasurer; gentlemen of the highest standing in the community and true representatives of industrial progress. BUTCHERS’ MACHINES & IMPLEMENTS. G. V. BRECHT BUTCHER SUPPLY CO. Bel! Tyler 611. Kinloch D1663. The butcher and packing trade forms one of the most impor- tant and extensive industrial branches on the American as well as the European continent and so does the manufacture of machines and implements required by the aforesaid branches. The G. V. Brecht Butcher Supply Company of St. Louis devotes itself to the manufacturing of these articles and has gained a world-wide reputation in this particular field. It was a rather modest begin- ning, when Mr. G. V. Brecht, Senior, commenced to make butchers’ tools m a small workshop on North Sixth street near Franklin avenue but it became the foundation of one of the lar- gest industrial establishments in this country. This was in 1853 and the firm will therefore soon be able to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of its existence. It required many years of energy and faithful application, of untiring work and diligence, to de- velop the factory and the business of the company to the present dimensions ; a wonderful enlargement took place from time to time, keeping pace with the continuously growing demand for its product and there is to day hardly another establishment of the — 304 — same branch in the United States which can be compared to the plant on Twelfth street and Cass avenue and the adjacent block. The various buildings contain an immense floor space and every department is fully equipped with the most approved machinery and appurtenances used by skilled mechanics under the supervision of experienced superintendents and foremen. The company has recently added the manufacture of automo- biles as a separate branch of their vast establishment, whose output is sold all over the United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, in the European and all other foreign coun- tries. The firm has branches at Frankfui’t-on-the-Main (Ger- many) and at Buenos Ayres (Argentine) as distributing points for Europe aud South America respectively. Two hundred and fifty hands are constantly employed in the works. The company’s remarkable aud well-deserved success is caused by the unsurpassed quality of every article placed ou the market or made to order, and it is furthermore the result of the strictness, promptitude and fair dealing invariably adhered to by the management. The G. V. Brecht Butcher Supply Com- pany possess all facilities for the execution of even the largest orders and has ample means at their command. The working capital of 50,000 dollars in 1888 was increased to 150,000 in 1892, and the surplus amounts at present to over 100,000 dollars. The firm was incorporated in 1888. The death of the founder occui’red in 1891, since which time the officers of the company are as follows ; Mr. G. V. Brecht, Junior, is the President ; Mr. Francis Carl the Vice-President, aud Mr. E. Volkeniug the Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Brecht has for years been Consul of the Argentine Republic. Mr. Volkeniug is one of the most active members of the Manufacturers Associa- tion, and the company has always been ready to promote the industrial and commercial interests of St. Louis. — 305 — HIXGES, IS^UTS AXD BOLTS, ETC. C. HAGER & SONS HINGE MEG. CO. Bell Sidney 711m. Mr. Charles Hager, Sr., began operations as a hinge maker as early as 1857, and from this modest commencement developed in course of time one of the largest industrial establishments in our midst. The works of the C. Hager & Sous Hinge Manufac- turing Company, located at numbers 2421 to 2427 DeKalb street, cover a large area and are fully equipped with the most complete machinery and the best tools for the manufacture of the differ- ent articles which form the product of the firm. It consists in hinges of all sorts, wagon bow staples, wrought iron stay rails, wrought iron tub handles, hay fork pulley hooks, anchors, wrought iron barn door latches, door pulls, meshes, butts and wrought steel felloe plates, etc., and all these articles are favor- ably known for their superior quality, material and workmanship. The factory employs a large number of skilled mechanics, whose work is done under the supervision of the proprietors and their able assistants. Everything is carefully examined before leaving the shops, so that nothing is sent out by the firm that would not come up to the fullest requirements. The great success of the firm is the well-deserved reward for the owners’ faithful adherence to the strictest business principles, the attention given to the execution of work, the prompt filling of orders and the fair dealing with their customers. Mr. Charles Hager, Senior, is the President of the company, though no longer as active as in former years, so that the management depends upon the sons, who are energetic, enterprising and industrious business men, from boyhood grown up in the factory and thoroughly familiar with all details of the business. Mr. C. Hager, Junior, is the Secretary and Mr. A. W. Hager the Treasurer. The Board of Directors consists of these three officers and Mr. A. M. Hager, another son. They are all well known and esteemed as men of integrity, progressive ideas 20k — 306 — and excellent citizens ; they can truly be called chips of the old olock, following in the footsteps of their father, who enjoys the respect of all who know him and has many warm friends, espe- cially in the southern part of the city, where he made his home from the day of his arrival in St. Louis. In addition to the fore- going it may be in order to mention, that a very complete illus- trated price list is issued by the firm from time to time, so that customers are constantly provided with all the desired infor- mation ; these handsome catalogues are also sent to parties wishing to become acquainted with the products, prices and terms of the company. The Hager Steel Works in Granite City, a very extensive establishment, is owned and operated by the same proprietors and forms an important addition to our great industrial enter- prises. ANCHOR IRON WORKS AND BOLT FACTORY. Bell Main 1577. Mr. Dan Kerwin, the proprietor of the above establishment, made this city his home in 1849 and has lived here ever since. He brought with him the industrial and frugal habits of his native country, Ireland, the willingness to work and the laudable ambi- tion to become a useful citizen and in course of time his own master and independent of others. Being a blacksmith by trade and a great mechanic, he soon found employment in the Iron Works of Chouteau, Harrison & Valle, later on in the Coles Pat- ent Bolt & Nut Works, where he advanced to the position of man- ager. He established a business of his own in 1864 and gained the confidence of his customers by strict attention to business, faithful execution of all orders, good material and exact work- manship. The output of the Anchor Iron Works and Bolt Com- pany consists in iron work for buildings, grain elevators, cable and electric railroads, and steamboats, hog and truss chains, marine anchor and bridge bolts, as well as all other kinds of bolts accord- ing to order. The factory, number 805 and 806 North Levee, has a complete equipment of the best machinery and tools and turns out only first-class work. Mr. Dan Kerwin enjoys the respect of — 307 — the business and the whole community for his uprightness and fairness in all his dealings ; he has occupied the impoi’tant offices of Police Commissioner, Chairman of the Democratic and City Central Committee and represented his district in the State Senate from 1887 to 1890. He proved his patriotism during the civil war by serving in one of the Missouri Home Guards regi- ments, is a man of liberal views, well meaning and charitable and has a host of warm friends, who esteem him for his many good qualities. MACHINE SAWS. BRANCH SAW CO. Bell Main 2562. Kinloch A729. Branch Crookes Saws are a household word in the saw and planing mills and in all factories using machinery saws from Maine to California and from Lake Superior to the Gulf of Mexi- co ; they gained this reputation from the start and have kept it intact ever since, which means a period of more than half a cen- tury. Joseph W. Branch was only eighteen years old on his ar- rival in New York City in 184-1; he had been sent there by a Sheffield firm to take charge of their branch house and factory in the American metropolis, after serving his employers at home with a remarkable degree of ability and faithfulness. But the much older men, who until then had conducted the New York house, were not inclined to obey the dictates of so young a manager and this made his position so disagreeable that he re- signed it after two years. He did not return to his native land ; he liked this country and resolved to remain in it. After several years of extensive travels he came in 1849 to St. Louis and made this city his home, becoming at once a partner in what was then called the St. Louis Saw Works, under the firm name of Branch, Crookes and Frost. The latter withdrew in 1857 after Mr. Branch had purchased his interest, whereupon the style of the firm was changed to Branch, Crookes and Co. The name of Branch, Crookes Saw Co. was adopted and incorporated in 1888 — 308 — and changed to the Branch Saw Company a few years ago. The factory covers a large area on North Broadway, between Palm and Branch streets, and has a complete equipment of the most approved machinery for the manufacture of all sorts of saws for factory purposes, especially large circular saws for saw mills, which are unsurpassed in efficiency and durability and justly cele- brated for the work they perform. The product of the works excels in quality as to material and workmanship, and is sold all over the United States, Canada and Central America. The offices and warerooms are located at Nos. 817 and 819 North Second street, where, besides their own output, a large assort- ment of all kinds of saw and planing mill supplies is constantly kept on hand. The firm is well known for its integrity and fair- ness, the careful execution of all orders, and its members num- ber among the most prominent representatives of American industry. The officers of the company are: Mr. Joseph W. Branch, President ; Mr. Joseph C. Branch, Vice-President, and C. Mac J. Cuthbert, Secretary. Mr. Joseph W. Branch is one of the best known St. Louisans, an excellent citizen, sin- cerely devoted to the interests of the community and enjoys the esteem of a large circle of friends. In conclusion we will add that their saws have invariably received the first premiums, medals of honor, etc., from the prize juries of home and inter- national expositions. The general offices and sample rooms are at 817 North Second street. ARCHITECTURAL IRON WORKS. The volume of architectural iron work produced here is keep- ing pace with the continued erection of large buildings, whose chief material is iron. The safety of structures of this kind led to a complete change in the method of building and brought architectural iron work to the front, as shown by the many office and other public buildings of later days and so conspicuous in all great cities. The progress in this mechanical branch is based upon the constant progress of science, and the St. Louis firms devoted to this industry utilize every new invention of approved merit in the performance of work entrusted to them. — 309 — KOKEN IRON WORKS. Bell Linden 681, 1460. Kinloch C318, B1400. The origin of the Koken Iron Works dates back to 1880, in which year (on the first of January) the firm of Koken, Gray- don & Co., opened workshops on the southeast corner of Eighth street and Park avenue, for the manufacture of architectural iron. Here they remained till 1888, when they removed to the present location bounded by the Old Manchester road, Chouteau avenue and Missouri Pacific Railroad tracks. The name of the firm was changed at the same time to the Scherpe-Koken Architect- ural Iron Co., which was incorporated in 1888 by John S. Scherpe, Wm. T. Koken and Chas. W. Koppen. The incorporation of the present firm took place in 1893, and the officers of the company at that time were Wm. T. Koken, President; A. G. Fish, Vice- President, Herman Stoffregan, Secretary and Treasurer, who also constituted the Board of Directors. Besides these there were five other stockholders interested in the company and all actively en- gaged in one or the other department. The product of the estab- lishment consists in structural and ornamental iron and steel work for buildings and bridges ; the various shops, and especially those of the bridge department recently added, are equipped with the newest and most approved tools and machinery all driven by electricity. This and all other modern facilities which can be made useful, enable the company to execute even the biggest contract with great promptness. Every department is superintended over by gentlemen possessing a thorough scientific and practical knowledge of all the details involved ; this fact, combined with the use of only the best material, superior workmanship and a close scrutiny of all the work performed by from 300 to 400 skilled mechanics, gives the output of this vast conceru the enviable reputation, which it enjoys. The territory of sales extends West to the Rocky Mountains, North to Montana, North Dakota andthe Lakes, East to Ohio, West Virginia and Georgia, and South to the Gulf of Mexico. The plant is the most extensive of its kind this side of Pennsylvania covering an area of six acres of land on the Missouri Pacific Railroad line with switching connec- — 310 — tious to every railroad coming to St. Louis. The general offices of the companj^ are housed in one of the factory buildings, but the contracting office is located in the Koken Building, 715 Locust street, close to the General Post-Office and Custom House, right in the center of the business district of the city. After the death of Mr. Koken and the retirement of Mr. Stoffregen from active business, the proprietorship was changed and the officers of the company are now as follows: Mr. F. J. Llewellyn, President; Mr. F. T. Llewellyn, Vice-President, and Mr. G. H. Frederick, Secretary. THE UNION IRON AND FOUNDRY CO. Bell Main 2933m. Kinloch C1875. To speak of a phenomenal success in connection with the Union Iron and Foundry' Company of St. Louis is only stating a fact, because it is to-day one of the largest industrial concerns of which our city abounds, and has reached this rank within a comparatively short period. The company was organized in 1888 by W. J. Patchell, A. H. Doellner, Leo Rassieur and others. The incorporation under the laws of the State of Mis- souri took place at the same time. The constantly growing activ- ity in the building trade here and elsewhere necessitated more than once considerable additions to the works located on South Second, Barry and Kosciusko streets, and connected by switches with the tracks of the Iron Mountain and thereby with all other railroad lines. The company manufactures structural steel and iron and ornamental iron work for buildings, and has furnished such for many of the most imposing edifices, among them the Mercantile Club Building, Liggett & Myers, and the Drummond Tobacco Co.’s new plants, the new building of the National Bank of Commerce, — all in this city — the Alhambra Building in Chicago, the Missouri State University Building, in Columbia, the coui’t house of Deer Lodge County, Montana, a brewery in Monterey Mexico, etc. The output of the Union Iron and Foundry Company can be found in all parts of the United States, in Canada and Mexico, and is considered unsurpassed in quality and workmanship, which latter is executed by from 150 to 200 skilled mechanics. — 311 The Board of Directors consists of Messrs. W. J. Patchell, A. H. Doellner, Leo Rassieur and J. L. Curby. Mr. Patchell is the President, Mr. Doellner the Seci’etary and Treasurer of the corporation, and both give all their time and attention to the management of the factory and the extensive business, whose continued growth is the result of their great ability and untiring energy. STUPP BROS. BRIDGE & IRON CO. Bell Sidney 447a. Kinloch D1940. This large manufacturing firm had a very small beginning in 1859 by Mr. John Stupp, the father of George, Peter and Julius Stupp, who as his successors organized the above company in 1879 and had it incorporated in 1890 with George Stupp as Presi- dent, Peter Stupp as Vice-President and Julius Stupp as Secre- tary. They built iron and steel bridges for railways, cities and country highways on contract, or furnish other contractors the ready made parts, manufacture Wrought Iron and Steel Work for buildings and other articles therewith connected. The works are since 1886 located on Seventh and Shenandoah streets, cover nearly an entire block and are equipped with the most complete machinery and all facilities for factory purposes. The establish- ment is a very extensive one, employs from 80 to 90 mechanics and sends its products all over the Western and Southwestern States. The firm has branches at Kansas City, Mo., and Iowa City, Iowa. The three brothers Stupp are natives of this city, experts in their line, in which they grew up from boyhood and are well known for fair dealing and uprightness, rewarded by de- served success. PAULY JAIL BUILDING & MFG. CO. Bell Sidney 246m. Kinloch B358. This company has since many j^ears become famous all over the United States, in Canada and all Mexico for the superioritj’ of its work in jail and prison building in which particular mechanical branch the firm stands unexcelled and without a rival. Mr. P. J. — 312 — Pauly, Senior, and his younger brother, John Pauly, were both blacksmiths by trade and for several years after their arrival from Germany journeymen in some of the largest foundries of our city. After establishing a business of their own they soon gained a rep- utation for their steamboat work and Pauly’s smithshop became a veritable household word with captains, clerks, pilots and en- gineers on the Mississippi, Missouri and their tributary rivers. But the railroads encroached in course of time upon the river trade in such a measure, that the Paulys found it necessary to seek another field for their industry and mechanical skill. They selected jail and prison buildings as their future field, established in 1870 a factory for this purpose at 2215 De Kalb street and suc- ceeded in this enterprise so well, that the works had to be repeat- edly enlarged and are now the most extensive of its kind in the country. Mr. P. J. Pauly, Senior, and his son, Mr. P. J. Pauly, Junior, the latter an architect of the greatest ability, are the inventors and patentees of vari- ous important improvements, applied in the construction of jails and prisons and highly valued by State, county and city authorities. The orders received by the company are so numer- ous, that a very large force of skilled mechanics are constantly employed and they are always executed with* the greatest care. Some years ago the St. Louis Art Metal Company was organized by them as a separate branch and its products have won the ad- miration of an intelligent public. This company devotes itself to the manufacture of receptacles made of the best steel, for the safe-keeping of valuable documents and papers ; they are unique and handsome in appearance, fire and burglar proof and of the greatest utility to capitalists, lawyers, financial brokers, real estate men, title investigators, with one word to every one who has papers of importance or value in his possession. Since the death of Mr. John Pauly (in 1899) the officers of the two com- panies are: Mr. P. J. Pauly, President; Mr. P. J. Pauly, Junior, Vice-President, and Mr. Jos. Pauly, Secretary. Mr. P. J. Pauly, now over half a century a citizen of St. Louis, is one of the best known men in the community, which he has faithfully served as a member of the State and Municipal Legislatiu’e ; he enjoys the respect of all who know him, is a man of the strictest integrity. — 313 — well-meaning and liberal, charitable and ever ready to promote the public interest. He belongs to the Volunteer Firemen’s Society, the Missouri Historical Society, the Union Club and several benevolent organizations. Mr. P. J. Pauly, Junior, is a worthy son of a worthy father, imbued with the same principles for uprightness and fair dealing, very active and especially adap- ted to the performance of his duties. The remarkable success of the firm is well deserved and a source of justified pride for its owners. Their exhibit will form one of the most interesting parts of the coming World’s Fair. HIDES, LEATHEE, TAjSTNING AND BELTING. St. Louis has comparatively few tanneries, so that by far the greatest part of leather used by the boot and shoe and harness manufacturers of this city and of the leather shipped from here comes from elsewhere. The local consumtion is necessarily very large, this city being since many years the greatest shoe manufacturing center in the Union, even superceding the New England States. The average receipts during the last couple of years amounted to over 100,000 rolls of leather per annum. The annual receipts of hides approach seventy million pounds, the ship- ments about twenty millions more, the difference in these figures showing the production of the local slaughtering. The trade in dry hides is very extensive. A large portion of them are received from the South. The belting used in the thousands of factories and the industrial departments is mostly home-made and its man- ufacture forms a prominent branch of our industries. E. HARTMANN HIDE & LEATHER CO. Bell Sidney 716m. Kinlocb C1084. Few industries in modern communities are of greater impor- tance than that of tanning. When we consider the many uses to which leather is now put, and the demand for the best article, it will be seen that the art is one in which only those who are tho- — 314 — roughl}^ expert, can hope to succeed. Mr. E. Hartmann, the senior partner of the above firm, established his tannery in this cit}^ as early as in 1872. The firm was originally Hartmann and Katznng and its location on North Main street. Larger quarters became necessary and the firm since many years occupies a number of spacious buildings on Shenandoah avenue (No. 1905) and on Gravois avenue (No. 1920) where ample room and every convenience for preparing and finishing the different articles of their manufacture is afforded and where the newest and most im- proved machinery is in use. The E. Hartmann Hide & Leather Company was incorporated in 1891 by Messrs. E. Hartmann, R. Hartmann, George Weinhageu and E. Spohr, who constituted the board of directors. The officers of the company are : E. Hart- mann, President; R. Hartmann, Vice-President, and George Weinhagen, Secretary. The firm devotes itself to the manu- facture of harness leather, lace leather and belting. Their well-known brands, the Sampson and Peerless Lace, Snowflake brand, Raw Hide and Oak Harness Leather are sought and used everywhere, sold all over the United States and chiefly in the West and in Texas, enjoying the reputation of great durability and excellent finish. Including a branch tannery at 171 Carroll street about sixty hands are employed in their works. MISSOURI BELTING COMPANY. Bell Main 521. Kinloch A807. The great reputation of the belting manufactured by the Missouri Belting Company is based upon, its superior quality and the excel- lent service which it performs. The product of the firm consists in “ Giant ” Raw Hide Belting, Oak Tanned Leather Belting and Lace Leather and is sold all over the United States and exported to Europe, where it is most favorably known. The particular properties of these various articles of belting are their strength, durability, pliability, and the quantity of power which they develop. The “Giant” Raw Hide Belt, for instance, furnishes thirty-three and one-third per cent more power than any other belt made. It is a well-known fact that the service of every kind of machinery depends in a great measure upon the transmitting, or in other words the belts and shafts, and it is for this reason, that the Missouri Belting Company manufactures only the best — 315 — grades of beltings. The company was established and incorpo- rated in 1892, bj' Messrs. Geo. Engelsmann, Chas. Kraus, Geo. I. Matthews and Hy. Flachman ; the present owners are the two first named and H. Engelsmann, who are also the directors and offi- cers. The business of the firm has become more extensive fi’om year to year and many of the largest manufacturing establish- ments in the country are its permanent patrons, preferring these belts to all others. The factory occupies the entire building, 120 Commercial street, and is fully equipped with the most approved machinery and modern appliances and employs constantly from fifty to sixty hands. The company has a branch at 109 Liberty street, New York City, where a complete assortment of their goods is always kept on hand. TRAISTSMITTEES OF POWER — PULLEYS. MEDART PATENT PULLEY COMPANY. Bell Sidney 311, 772. One of the most important factors in modern machineiy, and, therefore, in nearly all industrial branches, is the transmission of power from the original motor, may this be the steam, hydraulic or electric engine, to the acting or working machine, — in other words the transferring of power from the moving to the moved machine. The means by which this is effected are the shaft and the pulley, and it is easy to comprehend that they form a very prominent part in the world of industry, where they perform invaluable service. The Medart Patent Pulley Company manu- factures these important auxiliaries in unsurpassed excellence and of such acknowledged value that there are not many factories in the United States without them, and that large quantities are constantly exported to South America and Europe, where their usefulness has long been established. It was a modest begin- ning when Mr. Philip Medart, after the end of the Civil War, opened a small pattern shop on Market, near Second street, in which he and his brother, Frederick, did all the work them- selves. But the mechanical genius of Philip Medart made — 316 — itself felt very soon ; he became the inventor of several mechanical contrivances, and is to-day the owner of more than fifty different patents, many of which have made his name famous ; especially so the various kind of pulleys, to whose construction he has devoted years of thinking and studying. The Medart pulley is a household word in the facto- ries all over the Union, in thousands of foundries, pressrooms, saw and planing mills, and factories of every nature. It is the most serviceable, of great durability, being made from the best material and of the exactest workmanship. The establishment of a large factory on Main, between Biddle and O’Fallon streets, took place in 1880, in which year Mr. Wm. Medart, a younger brother, became identified with the firm, Mr. Fred Medart having severed his connection since which time he manufac- tures apparatus- for gymnasiums. The continued growth of business made larger quarters necessary, and the company erected in 1892 a very extensive plant on a tract of land bounded by DeKalb, Kosciusko, Potomac and President streets. The building, a very massive structure, has a frontage of 762 feet and contains the most approved machinery and all modern facilities, aside from switch connection with all railroad lines. The establishment is considered the largest in its particular branch on either side of the A.tlantic and an evidence of the great success achieved within a comparatively short period. Both brothers devote their time and activity to their business duties, Mr. Philip Medart as the General Supervisor and Manager, Mr. Wm. Medart as Treasurer. They are highly esteemed in our commercial community, well known in social circles, are members of several clubs, and men of broad, progressive and liberal views. FAIRBANKS, MORSE & CO. Bell Main 2360. Kinloch A906. Fairbanks Scales are known and celebrated among all civilized nations, and a household word in the United States. The firm which manufactures them and owns the various patents used in their production was organized in 1830 by Erastus and Thadeus — 317 — Fairbanks and they soon succeeded to outrival all other compet- itors. The constant growth of their business caused repeated enlargements of their factory which is, since many years, one of the largest in the country. Other articles of manufacture were added in course of time and the firm has, since many years, an immense trade aside from their scales, in their gasoline engines, steam pumps, wind mills, tanks and hand cars, all of their own make. The incorporators in 1891 were Chas. H. Morse, Wm. P. Fairbanks, C. A. Sharp and H. M. Hollister. The present owners and partners are: Chas. H. Morse, President; A. M. Gil- bert, Vice-President; M. E. Miller, Secretary, and H. M. Hol- lister, Treasurer. The general offices are in Chicago. Thirty branch houses are distributed in all parts of the Union, one at Montreal (Canada) and one in London (England). The total number of employees amounts to more than three thousand, and the territory of their sales comprises the United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, Great Britain, France, Russia, Japan and China, Cuba and Porto Rico. The company manufactures now the largest and most complete line of gasoline engines, hoisting engines, combined engines and pumps and geared bass engines of any company in the world, the output excelling in exact workmanship, material and operating power. The factory from which these articles emanate has a permanent working force of 900 hands. The branch house in this city used for many years the building Nos. 302 and 304 Washington avenue, but is now located in the recently erected six-stoiy building on the northwest corner of Eighth street and Clark avenue, a very large substantial structure, affording unsurpassed facilities. The St. Louis branch is managed by Mr. H. C. McClary, one of the most affable business men of our city. THE COMMERCIAL BUILDING. Bell Main 2392. Kinloch Bool. The Commercial Building, situated on the southeast corner of Sixth and Olive streets, has a frontage of 116 feet 5 inches on the former and 127 feet 7 inches on the latter thoroughfare, with spa- cious entrances on both. It is eight stories in height, not includ- — 318 — ing the basement. Its construction is of the best character in design, material and workmanship, fully answering all require- ments of a modern office building in reference to safety, light, ventilation, comfort and sanitary arrangements. The exterior walls of the first and second story are of solid rock-faced syenite granite ; for those of the remaining stories the finest quality of St. Louis pressed brick has been used ; all the interior walls are of brick and stone and as all the floors rest on wrought iron girders, carried by cast iron columns (all exposed iron being incased in fireproof material) the entire building may with the fullest justi- fication be considered perfectly fireproof. In view of this im- portant qualification the roof consists likewise of fireproof mate- rial with asphalt covering. The partitions are of hollow tile and can be removed and changed in positions and dimensions as ten- ants may desire. All offices contain fireproof vaults with iron doors and combination locks. The wide, airy and light corridors distinguish the Commercial Building from many others and there- fore deserve special mention. Four hydraulic elevators of the most approved style, combining safety with celerity, are in con- stant operation from morning till night ; aside from these broad — 319 — and easy stairways lead from the first to the eighth story and the scrupulous cleanliness which constantly prevails in all parts of this magnificent structure, in whose erection no money has been spared, adds materially to the comforts of its occupants and all who have occasion to enter it. The lighting and heating appara- tus forms another source of satisfaction to all interested parties. The building contains two hundred offices in its seven upper floors, the ground floor being chiefly occupied as ticket offices by railroad companies, viz., the Missouri Pacific and the Iron Moun- tain, the Baltimore and Ohio Southwestern, the Missouri, Kansas and Texas, and the Mobile and Ohio. The three upper office floors are rented by the St. Louis and San Francisco Railroad Company. The officers of the Commercial Building Company are: J. D. Abeles, President; Z. P. Brosseau, Vice-President, and Robert Abeles, Secretary. ELECTKIC MANUFACTURE. WAGNER ELECTRIC MANUFACTURING CO. Bell Park 300. The wonderful inventions and constant improvements in the field of electrical science constituted a new era for the whole civ- ilized world and made the last quarter of the nineteenth century more celebrated than its predecessors, in which the steamboat, the locomotive, and the telegraph were given to the world. The astonishing results produced by the practical application of elec- tricty have upset time-honored methods and usages, have created innumerable changes in trade and commerce, in almost every branch of industry as well as in public and domestic life. Rapid transit, the modern modus of lighting, the electric power which keeps machines of all sizes in motion, household comforts entirely unknown before, form the principal results achieved by -the prac- tical use of electricity, results which effected a complete meta- morphosis in the system of labor, travel and transportation and we may say in the mode of living. There is hardly a branch of in- dustry, in which electric power or its products are not used at — 320 — present. The United States stands foremost among all the coun- tries of the world in regard to inventions, improvements and in- troduction of practical uses in all the details of electric science, and in this respect St. Louis occupies a place in the front rank this is in a great measure due to the Wagner Electric Manu- — 321 — facturing Co., one of the most prominent industrial establish- ments in America. From a small beginning it has rapidly grown into such dimensions that constant extensions of the plant became necessary, its buildings proving inadequate, so that one addition and enlargement had to follow the other. The present quarters, 2017 Locust street, contains a floor space of 10,000 square feet. Machinery of the newest con- struction, irrespective of cost, the most modern appliances and the latest discoveries of value and merit, are here used in the manufacturing of alternating current apparatus, single phase alternating current motors, direct current motors, dynamos of every size, ventilating fans, transformers of all descriptions, everything pertaining to switch board service, indicators and other specialties. The superior quality of its products has gained for them a world-wide fame so that they are in use all over our own country and largely exported to South America, Asia and even Europe. The founders of the company, Mr. H. A. Wagner and Mr. Ferdinand Schwedtmann, commenced (1891) with the comparatively small capital of 25,000 dollars, but it was very soon enlarged to 100,000 dollars, prominent capitalists of the city acquiring an interest in the enterprise. The uninterrupted extension of business required a further addition of means, and the capital was raised to 250,000 dollars and the facilities were thereby increased threefold. This was in 1896, but proved within two years again insuflfi- cient, so that the working capital had to be enlarged to half a million dollar’s. This fact alone speaks volumes for the effi- ciency of the company and the quality and quantity of its out- put. The officers of the company are; S. M. Dodd, President; James Campbell, Vice-President; S. B. Pike, Secretary; W. A. Layman, Treasurer ; Ferdinand Scwedtmanu, General Super- intendent; E. H. Abadie, Manager of Sales. FRANK ADAM ELECTRIC CO. Bell Main 1428. Kinloch B1446. The innumerable uses of electricity aside from that of electric power created a special branch of this industry, namely, the 21k manufacture of fixtures and all sorts of contrivances for the inte- rior of private dwellings, public buildings, offices, stores, etc. The Frank Adam Electric Company is one of the oldest in this particular line, having been established as early as 1870 by Mr. Frank Adam, a practical electrician of great experience and thorough knowledge of all the details pertaining to the branch. The firm was for a long time on North Fourth street, where now the Fourth National Bank, but occupies, since quite a while, spacious quarters at number 904 Pine street, a location easily accessible from every part of the city by numerous street car lines. The business was incorporated under the present name some time ago with Frank Adam as President and Treasurer, L. Adam, Vice-President, and PTed B. Adam, Secretary. The company manufactures all kinds of electric appliances, and furnishes com- plete electric outfits, including everything from the simple door bell and burglar alarm to the lighting and annunciator system in the larger hotels. They make a specialty of electric, gas and combination features, unsurpassed in practicability and tasteful designs, forming an ornament in even the most luxurious houses, many of which here and elsewhere have been provided by the company. Some of the biggest contracts for residences and business houses have in course of time been executed by this firm, whose work is well known for its exactness and the quality of material. About fifty skilled mechanics are employed in the shops under the personal supervision of Mr. Frank Adam, who gives all his time and activity to his extensive establishment, and who enjoys the well-deserved esteem of all who know him. The contracts and sales arc mostly made in the city, but also com- prise to a large extent Western, Southern and Northern States. Sellner Gas and Electrical Fixture Mfg. Co. 703-5-7-9 LOCUST STREET, ST. LOUIS. Gas and Electric Fixtures WHOLESALE AND RETAIL. Bell Main 51Sa. Kinloch A9I7. — 323 — BRICKS AKD TILES. The abundance of various kinds of excellent clay in the nearest vicinity and even within the city limits has made St. Louis one of the principal manufacturing places of bricks and tiles, and the product of the establishments devoted to this industrial branch is justly celebrated. This fact is due not only to the quality of the material, but also to the careful process used in the manufac- ture of these articles. Modern architecture demands the best quality of everything necessary for the erection of public buildings, business houses and residences and the exclusion of inferior building is nowadays the rule and not the exception. The output of the St. Louis Brick and Tile factories has during the last twenty-five years largely assisted to multiply the number of hand- some and beautiful buildings, the best ornaments a city can possess. Aside from the local demand great quantities of these products are shipped, not only to our neighboring, but also to the more distant States, where their superiority has been acknowl- edged and appreciated since many years. The capital invested in the branch amounts to over four millions, the annual wages paid to more than 3,000 hands employed in it average one and a quarter million and the sales may be estimated at two and three- quarter million dollars per annum. THE HYDRAULIC PRESS BRICK CO. Bell Main 1557. Kinloch B63. The constant growth of our large cities, in which new buildings of every character are incessantly planned and erected, places the manufacture of building material in the front rank of our in- dustries, and it is hardly necessary to point to the great impor- tance of its good quality. Bricks constitute the principal part of our modern buildings for residences, factories, business and other purposes. The public and especially the office buildings erected in our midst during the last fifteen years are an ornament to the city ; they are massive structures, whose solid walls are made to last for times to come, but they could not answer to this — 324 requirement without the superior quality of bricks used in their erection. They are in a great measure supplied by the Hydraulic Press Brick Company, whose works are located in St. Louis and whose offices occupy the twelfth floor of the Union Trust Build- ing. The company was organized in 1868 by E. C. and F. W. Sterling with a capital of 200,000 dollars, and from this begin- ning emanated the present corporation with a paid-up capital of 3,000,000 dollars. The board of directors consists of Messrs. E. C. Sterling, H. W. Eliot, Festus J. Wade, W. B. Dean, Wm. E. Smith and F. G. Middlekauff. The following gentlemen are the officers of the company : E. C. Sterling, President ; H. W. Eliot, First Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer; F. G. Middlekauff, Second Vice-President ; G. F. Baker, Assistant Treasurer; F. H. Dukes, Assistant Secretary, and W. N. Graves, General Superintendent. The process by which the Hydraulic Press Brick Company manufactures its product possesses all the advantages to secure an unsurpassed quatity of brick as to durability and appearance. The output comprises common, front, ornamental and enameled bricks in red, gray, brown, buff, granite and enameled colors made under the careful supervision of experienced superintend- ents and foremen. All the machinery used by the company is of its own invention, and in regard to accuracy and finish the most approved in existence. The presence of a choice quality of clay in the immediate vicinity of St. Louis is naturally of great value to the producing of the various kinds of brick. There vras a time when cream-colored bricks were brought here from Mil- waukee, but this l)elongs to the past, as ever since 1875 bricks have been exported from here to points thousands of miles dis- tant and to every part of the United States, adding materially to the reputation and fame of St. Louis as an industrial eenter. The annual output of the Hydraulic Press Brick Company is larger than that of any other in the country, and its product is justly celebrated between Maine and California, Lake Superior and the Gulf of Mexico. Many of the finest residences and modern office buildings in our city had their bricks furnished by this company, and in this connection it may be of interest to mention a few prominent edifices of Chicago, built of this 325 — material, viz. : The Masonic Temple, the Illinois Central Depot building, the Woman’s Temple, the Pullmann and the Tacoma buildings, the Great Northern Hotel, etc. The number of hands employed by the company averages twenty-five hundred. The branches are located as follows: — American Hydraulic Press Brick Co., St. Louis; Chicago Hy- draulic Press Brick Co., Chicago; Cleveland Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Cleveland, Ohio; Eastern Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Philadelphia; Findlay Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Findlay, and Toledo, Ohio ; Illinois Hydraulic Press Brick Co., St. Louis ; Kan- sas City Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Kansas City, Mo.; Kaw Brick Company, Kansas City, Mo. ; Kelly Brick and Tile Com- pany, West Superior, Wis. ; Menomonie Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Minneapolis, Minn. ; New York Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Rochester, N. Y. ; Omaha Hydraulic Press Brick Co., Omaha, Neb.; Union Press Brick Works, St. Louis; Washington Hy- draulic Press Brick Co., Washington, D. C. Mr. E. C. Sterling, the founder of the vast enterprise, hails from New England, which has given us so many prominent repre- sentatives of the various commercial and industrial branches ; he was born in 1834 in Salisbury, Connecticut ; in 1856 he engaged with his brother in the lumber business in Oshkosh, Wisconsin, and went several years later to Memphis, Tenn., where he established a brick yard, and this venture became the foundation of the ex- tensive manufacturing establishment, to whose conduct he and his associates devote their untiring activity and energy. ANTHONY ITTNER BRICK CO. Bell Main 2748. Kinloch B268. Mr. Anthony Ittner began the manufacture of bricks forty-three years ago, namely, in 1859 ; first, and during a number of years in. partnership with one or the other of his brothers, but since many years as the sole owner of the various establishments con- ducted by him. The first kilns stood on Eighteenth, between Gratiot and Papin streets, but the demand for the Ittner bricks grew so large that greater facilities were necessary, and this led to a removal to Park and Ewing avenues in 1870. But even — 326 — these kilns proved inadequate within a few years, so that the erection of a very extensive plant on California avenue and Sid- ney street followed in 1876. The output of this plant was so eagerly sought by builders and contractors here and elsewhere, especially in Missouri and Illinois, that Mr. Ittner (in 1885) resolved upon the building of an additional factory, located at Swansea, about fourteen miles southeast of East St. Louis, on the line of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad. This establish- ment was originally intended for the manufacture of superior press and ornamental bricks, but it was deemed advisable in course of time to transfer the St. Louis works to the same place, for which reason a second plant was added to the one already in operation, and Swansea has ever since one of the largest brick manufactories in the United States, equipped with the most approved machinery and situated in a district abounding with raw material, viz., red clay, of the best kind. The various sorts of brick made there are of unsur- passed quality, durability, finish and appearance, constributing largely to the beauty of all buildings, for which they are used. The works have a capacity of 132,000 bricks per day and give constant employment to at least one hundred and fifty men. They stand under the personal supervision of Mr. Ittner and of efficient superintendents and foremen, and whatever is sent out from there is carefully examined before being shipped. The plain as well as the ornamental bricks are used for public build- ings, private residences and office buildings and have always given the greatest satisfaction. We could name a great number but will only mention the Southern and Lindell hotels, the St. Louis Merchants Exchange, the Exposition and Music Hall, Bel- cher’s Sugar Refinery, the latter with its fifteen stories being the first structure ever built here of more than eight floors in height. We don’t need to dwell upon the integrity and reliability of Mr. Anthony Ittner or his standing in our community, but we will simply point to the fact, that his fellow-citizens elected him twice to the City Council, the second time in spite of a powerful oppo- sition ; that they sent him afterwards to both branches of the State Legislature and then to Congress and that he in every one of these capacities proved a most faithful representative of his constitu- — 327 — ents and city and State at large. He has been president three times of the St. Louis Builders Exchange, president of the Na- tional Association of Builders, and is one of the charter members and organizers of the National Brick Manufacturers Association, which he twice served as vice-president and once as president. In the management of the Anthony Ittuer Brick Company, incor- porated under that name in 1900, the head of the firm is ably assisted by three of his sons: Benjamin F., Warren W., and Geo. W. Ittner. The office of the company is in the Telephone Build- ing, southeast corner Tenth and Olive, and a local depot on California avenue and Sidney street. LACLEDE FIRE BRICK MNFG. CO. Bell Main 1250. Kinloch A263. The Laclede Fire Brick Manufacturing Company is justly cele- brated for the unsurpassed quality of its products, which con- sist in fire brick, sewer and culvert pipes, gas retort, blast furnace lining, bricks for lime kilns, paving brick and man}^ kindred articles. Mr. James Green, the founder of this great industrial enterprise, began operations in 1865, having purchased a tract of land comprising eighty. acres in Cheltenham, where an abundant supply of clay of superior quality is near at hand. Mr. Green, who is a native of Staffordshire, England, came to St. Louis in 1854 and found soon employment in the Laclede Rolling Mills of which he had charge for a number of years, giving him a valuable experience and making him fully compe- tent for his future career. He had followed the brickmason’s trade before coming to the United States, and made good use of the practical knowledge so gained. The plant at Cheltenham became famous within a comparatively short period for the exact workmanship and good material of its output. The volume of its products grew from year to year, necessitating repeated exten- sions of the works, which may now be considered the biggest of its kind in the Union. They are equipped with the most approved machinery and modern appliances, usually employ over 400 hands and supply all parts of the country with the various articles of their manufacture. It has been Mr. Green’s permanent aim to — 328 — utilize all new inventions and improvements and to give the patrons of the Laclede Fire Brick Manufacturing Company the fullest satisfaction in regard to price, quality and promptness in the careful execution of all orders. Tt>e officers of the company are: Mr. James Green, President; Mr. T. T. Green, Vice-Presi- dent; and Mr. G. R. Blackford, Secretary. The general manage- ment and supervision of so large an enterprise naturally requires much time and attention on the part of Mr. James Green, but he is in spite of this fact actively interested in several other industrial undertakings and important financial corporations, where his prudent advice and good counsel is duly appreciated ; so, for in- stance, in his capacity as a director in the St. Louis and Suburban Railroad Company and the Mechanics National Bank. His re- markable success in life is the result of strict business principles, reliability and progressive, but at the same time conservative* ideas, a high sense of duty and characteristic devotion to his family and his friends — he is in short a true representative of energy, enterprise and integrity and it is of such men that a com- munity like ours may well be proud. The Vice-President of the company, Mr. Thomas T. Green, is fully imbued with the princi- ples and business tactics of his father and his able assistant and the same may be said of the Secretary, Mr. G. R. Blackford, who has been identified with the company since many years. The general offices were for nearly thirty years on the northwest cor- ner of Ninth and Pine streets, but occupy now commodious quar- ters at the Wainwright Building on Seventh and Chestnut streets. LIME AND CEMEJNT. CHAS. W. GOETZ LIME & CEMENT CO. Bell Liudell 883. Kinloch C1676. It was as early as 1867 when Mr. Philip Dauernheim went into the cement business under the firm name of Dauernheim & Co., which in 1880 was changed to Goetz & Cobb, and later on to the present company. The uninterrupted growth of this city natur- — 329 ally causes a growing demand for building material, and lime as well as cement forms an important part of builders’ supplies. The firm of which we speak manufactures lime of unsurpassed quality — it is in fact the best in the market and acknowledged to be so by architects and builders. The company owns two plants for manufacturing purposes, one at Glen Park, in Jefferson, and the other at Port Royal, Franklin County, Missouri. Both establishments are equipped with the most practical machinery and their product is in constant demand. The cement sold by the company is likewise a high grade article ; most of it hails from the neighborhood of Louisville, Ky., and is justly celebrated for its excellent quality. The firm employs about one hundred hands and supplies principally our own city and vicinity. The company’s trade is very extensive, the well-deserved result of reliable and fair dealing. The proprietors and officers are: Philip J. Dauernheim, President ; M. E. Goetz, Vice-President, and L. Goetz, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Dauernheim is a native of St. Louis and has been identified with the particular branch for more than twenty years ; his father, Phil. Dauern- heim, the original founder of the business, had come here in 1848 and died in 1893 as a highly respected citizen and business man, and the same may be said of Mr. Chas. W. Goetz, whose death occurred in 1898. The office and warehouse of the firm are at 3527 Gratiot street, and by switches connected with the various railroad lines. EOOFIXG. ST. LOUIS ROOFING CO. Bell Main 2380. Kinloch A266. Roofing forms a most essential part in the erection of a build- ing, however large or small it may be. The safety of a structure and its occupants depends in a great measure upon the roof by which it is covered, and the art of roofing is therefore just as im- portant as that of any other branch of architecture. The most solid foundation, massive walls and the strongest girders need. — 330 — so to speak, the protection of an appropriate roof. There are manifold systems of roofing in use and numerous are the inven- tions and improvements which have been made from time to time. The St. Louis Roofing Company, established in 1852 by Mr. John M. Sellers, stands foremost in this industrial branch and is justly celebrated for its workmanship as well as for the material used. The orders entrusted to this firm, are invariably executed by skilled workmen under the direct supervision of Mr. Sellers and his superintendents, who like himself have a long experience and thorough knowledge of all the details in connection with roofing. Thousands and thousands of houses in this city and vicinity bear testimony to the conscientious execution of the firm’s work and among them are many public buildings, as, for instance, the following imposing structures: the Lindell, Southern and Planters hotels, the Laclede, Commercial, Odd Fellows, Republic and Globe-Democrat buildings,, also many of the finest private residences in the west end, Compton Heights, etc. The superi- ority of the roofs laid by the St. Louis Roofing Co. is well known to architects and builders and best proven by the fact that they withstood the elemental powers, when they destroyed or dam- aged numberless other roofs in close proximity, and their dura- bility stands unsurpassed. The following gentlemen form the Board of Directors of the company: J. M. Sellers, P. S. Marquis, J. J.j Latal, and Henry Reinstaedler. Mr. John M. Sellers is its President and Mr. Geo. B. Knopf the Secretary. The office was for more than forty years on Fourth and Market street, but is now in the Wainwright Building, corner of Seventh and Chestnut streets. Mr. Sellers belongs to one of our oldest fami- lies ; he is a most excellent citizen, enjoys the esteem of all who know him, takes an active interest in public matters and is espe- cially prominent in charitable enterprises, which find in him an ardent supporter. He is well known in business and social circles and as the firm founded by him has now reached the fiftieth year of its existence, he can be justly proud of the success achieved by his activity and energ}^ combined with fair and honest dealing. The Secretary, Mr. Knopf, has been with him since many years and is his able and trusted assistant. — 331 — STEEET AND SEWER CONSTRUCTION, FOUNDATION BUILDING, ETC. SKRAINKA CONSTRUCTION CO. Bell Main 877. It is nearly ball a century ago since the three brothers, William, Joseph and Philipp Skrainka, made St. Louis their home. Thej" were natives of Budapest, the capital of Hungary, and soon found a remunerative field for their activity and energy by becoming contractors for city and other public work in the stone and masonry line. They devoted themselves especially to the building of sewers, the laying of foundations for large buildings, of granite and other pavement, to railroad building, etc. The great tunnel leading from the Eads Bridge to the railroad center was their work, and an evidence of their enterprise. The Skrainka Construction Company, incorporated in 1889, succeeded the founders of the business after the retirement of the late Wm. Skrainka from activity, the other two brothers having died manj’’ years before, and since that time the sons are the owners of the firm. Louis Skrainka is the President, Fred Skrainka the Vice- President, Morris Skrainka the Secretary and Treasurer, and the three cousins form, to use a popular phrase, a mighty strong team, just as it is needed for the successful management of such a large concern. They number among the most prominent contractors for city work, especiall}' for street construction. They laid the foundation for the new water works, built the bridge on Twenty-first street, made the pave- ment of Union Station, and are constantly engaged in the execution of important contracts for public and private account, giving almost uninterrupted employment to hundreds of workmen and laborers, are also owners of limestone quarries within the city limits and operate their extensive granite works at Knob Lick, Mo. It may be mentioned that the firm was never troubled by strike movements — a fact which speaks just as well for the employers as for the employees. The faithful perform- — 332 — ance of all work entrusted to them, the strict integrity in all their dealings, won for the firm an enviable reputation and the confi- dence of the municipal authorities, railroad and other corpora- tions and all parties who ever had any dealings with them. All three are active, energetic business men of great ability, possess ample means, have an excellent standing in the community and take an active interest in all public affairs. The firm occupies handsome office rooms in the Security Building, where the three partners are always ready to give any desired Information and advice to their patrons and those who intend to make use of their service and extensive facilities. xVRCIIITECTS. H. WILLIAM KIRCHNER, ARCHITECT AND STRUC- TURAL ENGINEER. Bell Main 2414a. Mr. H. William Kirchner, whose office is in the Commercial Building, S. E. corner Sixth and Olive, was born in Baltimore, Md. ; came to St. Louis in his boyhood and made our city his permanent home. He established himself in his profession in 1877, was architect of the Public School Board from 1881 to 1889, in which capacity he earned an enviable reputation as con- structor of school houses, more than sixty of which were built by him in this city and elsewhere. The State University buildings at Columbia,. Mo. , were erected by him in 1886, and after the formation of a partnership with his brother, H. H. Kirchner, in 1889, under the firm of Kirchner and Kirchner (since dissolved), built the Colorado Mining School Exchange in Denver, court houses at Santa Fe and Mora, N. M., the Insane Asylum of New Mexico, the Arcade in East St. Louis, and many other buildings of prominence in the West. The remodeling of the former Fagin building (which had the doubtful reputation of being the most “outre” piece of architecture in the world) into the present Burlington Building was planned and executed by Mr. Kirchner, who devotes himself particularly to intricate and difficult prob- — 333 — leins of construction, and the remodeling of non-producing investment property. He possesses a classic education, and is thoroughly up to date in every branch of science or art that enters into the design or construction of buildings, and has often co-operated in the promotion of buildings and enterprises of magnitude. In concluding this brief sketch we vsdll only add that Mr. H. W. Kirchner is a member of the American Institute of Architects since 1883 ; that he organized the St. Louis Chap- ter of this distinguished body in 1884, and that he is also a licensed architect under the laws of Illinois. JEROME B. LEGO, ARCHITECT. Bell Main 2959m. Mr. Jerome B. Legg can point to a highly successful career as an architect, which profession he chose in 1867. He had the good fortune to come under the preceptorship of the late G. J. Barnett, then the leading architect of this city. Devoting all his spare time to ardent study he soon became proficient in his voca- tion and for the purpose to add practical to his theoretical knowledge he worked for more than a year in the building trade. His first achievement as an architect consisted in planning and building the Centenary M. E. Church, an imposing edifice. Since that time numerous public buildings of importance were planned by him and erected under his supervision, especially educational institutes, churches, court houses, bank buildings, opera houses, hotels, etc., in twelve different States, likewise many office build- ings, business houses and residences in this city. The St. Louis Exposition and Music Hall Building was 'also designed by him. Mr. Legg has been a resident of this city ever since 1864, is well known for reliability and fair dealing and deservedly esteemed in business and social circles. Participating in many public enter- prises, he has always been ready to promote the interests and welfare of the city and as a man of great experience and good judgment he has been entrusted with responsible positions in vari- ous corporations. His office is in the Koken Building, 715 Locust street, where old and new patrons will find him at all times cheer- fully willing to furnish plans and estimates and to give his good advice to those who intend to build. — 334 — THEODORE C. LINK, ARCHITECT. Kinloch A1877. If Union Station were the only work ever planned and executed by Mr. Theodore C. Link it would be sufficient to secure name and fame for him and to serve as a lasting monument to his pro- fessional skill, taste and ability, it being the finest railroad sta- tion in the United States, and, in many respects, the finest in the world. The plans submitted by him to a commission of experts were chosen from those of ten competitors, and the supervision during the course of erection was placed in his hands, the mag- nificent structure whose beauty and practical arrangements have been unanimously ackowledged by the most celebrated architects of the new and the old world, is, therefore, a source of justified pride, not only to him, but also to the city which it adorns. Mr. Link was born and educated in Heidelberg, where his pro- fessional studies began ; they were continued in London and at the Ecole Centrale at Paris, the most prominent school of architecture and engineering in all Europe. He came to this country in 1870, when only twenty years of age; com- menced his pi’ofessional career in New York and Philadelphia; became then connected with several Western and Southern I’ail- roads and selected St. Louis as the field of his activity in 1873. After serving for some time as assistant chief engineer of Forest Park, he was appointed superintendent of all our public parks, which office he held till the new city charter became effective, whereupon he went to Pittsburg, Philadelphia, and New York, practicing his profession in these three cities till 1883, in which year he returned to St. Louis. Since then he planned and super- intended the erection of many handsome public and private buildings in the city and vicinity, especially a great number of attractive residences ; of the public buildings we will only men- tion St. Mark’s Episcopal Church, Monticello Seminary, the Alton Public Library, the Carleton Building, etc., but it is Union Station, which must be set down as his greatest achievement, in fact his chef d’ oeuvre, \vhich entitles him to a foremost place among the leading architects of America. Mr. Link is a member — 335 — of the American Institute of Architects and of the Architectural League of New York and has repeatedly served as President of the Missouri State Association of Architects. When the Com- mission of Architects for the World’s Fair, composed of some of the most prominent members of the profession, was organized, Mr. Theodore C. Link was chosen as one of them, and there is no doubt that the Mines and Metallurgy Building, designed and planned by him, will be one of the most attractive and tasteful edifices on the World’s Fair Grounds. He occupies a suit of rooms in the Carleton Building, northeast corner Sixth and Olive streets, for office purposes. E. PREISLER, ARCHITECT AND SUPERINTENDENT. Mr. E. Preisler, born 1855 in Prague (Austria) received his early education in the public schools and the high schools of his native city. After finishing the five years course of the Impe- rial Poletechnicum at Vienna, he accepted a position as engineer in the Government’s Railway Service. Under leave of absence for one year he visited in 1877 one of his sisters, then living in New York City, and soon found himself engaged in various archi- tectural and engineering work on this side of the ocean. He as- sisted the architect, James R. Willett, on the 500,000 dollar resi- dence of Mr. Story in Chicago and the architect, E. Meyer, on the Texas Capitol at Austin ; he then became connected with the en- gineering departments of the Chicago, Western Indiana, Pennsyl- vania and the Chicago, Burlington and Northern railroads, on which latter he worked from first survey until the last spike was driven as engineer and superintendent for all kinds of work, includ- ing bridges and buildings. He built the roundhouse (costing $40,- 000) and depot ($35,000) in LaCrosse, Wis. Having received, a call as office engineer from Chief Engineer James Dun of the . Frisco railroad, he came to St. Louis in 1887 and made this city his permanent home, built the shops of the company, costing $100,000, in Springfield, Mo., aside from various other build- ings and many plans for the same corporation. In 1892 he opened an architect’s office in St. Louis and soon won a large clientage and a reputation as a very conscientious, painstaking — 336 — architect of great ability and excellent taste. Of the various fine residences built by him we will only mention those of Mr. Henry Griesedieck, Jr., and Mrs. Frank Everts, 3250 and 3261 Hawthorne Boulevard, respectively, and of Mrs. Jane Jackson, 4445 Westminster place. Among the corners improved by him are the Regent Hotel, Fourteenth and Chestnut, the drug store on Compton and Lafayette avenues, and the southwest corner of Cleveland and Grand avenues. It is Mr. Preisler’s constant aim to give his patrons the best of work and the fullest satisfaction and his outspoken success is the well-deserved result of a tho- rough knowledge in his profession, his strictness in the fulfillment of his duties and honesty in all his dealings. His office is in the Imperial Building, 918 Pine street. WIDMANN, WALSH & BOISSELIER. Kinloch A277. The firm emanates from the firm of Walsh & Jungeufeld, com- posed of Mr. Thomas W. Walsh and Mr. E. .Jungenfeld, of whom we only need to say that they planned and superintended the building of the first Lindell Hotel, the Four Courts, the present St. Louis University, the Republican Building on Third and Chest- nut streets, and many other prominent public buildings aside from a great number of school houses and private residences. The old firm was succeeded after an existence of nearly thirty years by E. Jungenfeld & Co. and they in turn by (1885) Widmann, Walsh & Boisseller, which partnership was formed by Mr. F. Widmann^ Mr. Robert W. Walsh (the only son of the late Thomas W. Walsh) and Mr. C. D. Boisselier. The code of ethics, laid down by the American Institute of Architects, of which these three gentle- men are members, prevents us from saying anything about their achievements and their professional career ; we therefore confine ourselves to the simple statement, that they make the planning and supervising of brewery buildings a specialty. The various magnificent buildings of the Anheuser-Busch Brewery Association in this city and elsewhere, for instance, are their work and the Machinery Building for the St. Louis World’s Fair has been designed by them and is to be erected under their supervision. — 337 — Messrs. Widmana, Walsh & Boisselier were formerly located at 919 Olive street, but have their office now iu the Wainwright Build- ing, where they occupy a suit of six rooms on the ninth floor. DENTISTRY. Modern dentistry, when compared with that of a quarter of a century ago, may be called both a revolution and a revelation. It has become a science, taking rank with the medical and surgi- cal professions, and of like value to mankind. But the learned and conscientious dentist of to-day has to combat with the unwelcome rival, the more or less unscrupulous practitioner of limited knowledge and doubtful ability. The doctrine of “the surviving of the fittest” applies, therefore, in a great measure to this profession, as far as standing and reputation, result and achievements are concerned. DR. JOSEPH A. FISCHER. Dr. Joseph A. Fischer came to St. Louis iu 1873, and has made our city his home ever since. He was born in Eger (Austria) and received his education in his native city, pass- ing through all classes of its high school, which entitled him to the entering of any European university, but circum- stances did not permit this, and he became private tutor in the family of Count Wurmbrandt, whom he accompa- nied on his extensive travels in Southern Europe. After his arrival here he first studied medicine at the St. Louis Medical College, and after receiving the degree of M. D. he resolved to devote himself to the practice of dentistry and ac- cordingly took a full course in the Missouri Dental College from which he graduated with the title of D.D.S. For the purpose of adding practical to his theoretical knowledge he became the assistant of Dr. McKellops, at that time the best dentist in the city. Fully equipped for his professional duties he entered the field in 1879, and his success in operative and surgical den- tistry has secured him an enviable standing in his vocation and a patronage of which he may well be proud. Conscien- 22k — 338 — tious and painstaking as he is he makes it his particular aim to preserve the teeth of his patrons if there is a possibility to do so by scientific treatment. His operative work is per- formed with the greatest skill and unsurpassed dexterity. Being an ardent student he keeps himself well informed of all new discoveries and inventions in his line, and makes use of them if found practical and meritorious. His well-appointed office on the fifth floor of the Union Trust Building, u. w. corner of Seventh and Olive streets, has been occupied by him since that building has been erected, and is easily accessi- ble from all parts of the city. DR. ADAM FLICKINGER. A short sketch of the professional career of Dr. Adam Flickin- ger, who for nearly forty years has been identified with dental practice in this city, will be sufficient to prove his standing in the profession and will at the same time give the reader the best evi- dence of his acquirements in the vocation to which he has been devoted during all this time. He entered dentistry as assistant to Dr. Alexander Dienst in 1863 ; while thus employed, he attended the Homeopathic College of Missouri from 1865 to 1866 ; the following year he took a course in the Missouri Medical College (at that time known as McDowell’s) and studied from 1867 to 1869 at the St. Louis Dental College, graduating in March, 1869, whereupon he formed a copartnership with Dr. Dienst under the name of Drs. Dienst and Flickinger. Wishing to gain more knowledge. Dr. Flickinger proceeded, 1870, to Philadelphia where he entered the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, from which he graduated in March, 1872. Actuated by the desire for still further proficiency he then went to Heidelberg, to take a postgraduate course at the celebrated university of that city. Returning to St. Louis in September, 1873, he renewed the part- nership with Dr. Dienst and continued it till 1877, when the same was dissolved by mutual agreement, Dr. Dienst locating at 918 Olive, Dr. Flickinger at 710 Pine street, where he remained for eleven years. In 1888 he purchased the building 1113 Pine street, which he still occupies in the practice of his profession. — 339 — for which his commodious quarters are especially adapted and where his large clientelle finds him at his post from morning till evening. THE MUSICAL PEOFESSIO^sT. Music has always been patronized in St. Louis in such a meas- ure as to place this city in the front rank as a musical center. Vocal as well as instrumental music played a conspicuous role even in olden times ; the old French families gave the other in- habitants a good example in this respect, and this was still more the case with the German element, which may truly be considered the principal factor to which we are indebted for the introduction and cultivation of the better class of music in our midst. The arrival of well educated, highly cultured Germans, which the political events of 1848 and 1849 brought here, gave a fresh impulse to our musical life, which from that time on made a steady progress. , We have in our midst a large number of excel- lent musicians and music teachers and the following biographical sketches will inform the reader about the career and professional achievements of some of them. OTTO ANSCHUETZ. One of the best known and most popular piano teachers, Mr. Otto Anschuetz, began his career in our midst some twenty years ago. He came to the United States after finishing his studies at the Conservatory of Music in Gotha and immediately made St. Louis his permanent home. Being in possession of a thorough musical training, and a conscientious instructor, he soon received! a large patronage, and the number of his pupils of both sexes- became more extensive from year to year. A few years after hi& arrival here he took charge of the musical department in Toens- feledt’s Academy for Boys, in which capacity he remained for twelve years and until this institute went out of existence. He has since that time devoted himself exclusively to the teach- ing of private scholars and is one of the busiest members of the profession. The results of his instructions are signified by the — 340 — fact, that many of his pupils number among the best amateurs and not a few have become professionals of considerable merit in consequence of the excellent training received by him. Mr. An- schuetz is especially well known in the southern and southwestern part of the city, his residence and instruction rooms being at 2127 Sidney street, in a most eligible neighborhood of private residences. MAX BALLMANN. Mr. Max Ballmann may by right be called an artist’s child, he being the only son of the celebrated actor, Max Ballmann, who for many years formed the chief attraction of the world-renowned Stadttheater of Leipsic. The son had from childhood abundant opportunities to witness the best performances on the operatic stage and to listen to the greatest concert singers, and this woke in him love and enthusiasm for music and song at an early age. The city of his birth afforded him ample ways to receive a liberal education and he was well equipped in learning when he arrived in St. Louis, where he soon after devoted himself to the vocation in which he has met with so significant a success. He commenced to give singing lessons in 18C3 and two years later was chosen musical director of the Social Saengerchor, which organization flourished under his leadership in such a measure, that he was re-elected to his old position after his return from Europe, where he had spent more than four years in Vienna, in order to com- plete his musical knowledge. He studied harmony and composi- tion with Professor Krenn and singing with Prof. Victor Roki- tansky, one of the greatest authorities in his branch. Mr. Ballmann resolved in 1875 to devote his energy and high ability exclusively to the giving of private lessons and is one of the best known sing- ing teachers in our midst. As a proof of his zeal and his desire to give his scholars the best possible training in his art, we will mention the fact that he went to New York last year and remained there several months for the sole purpose of making himself tho- roughly acquainted with the method of Madame Louisa Cappiani who is considered an unsurpassed authority in everything per- taining to the art of song. Mr. Ballmann’s pupils number many — 341 — hundreds since he began his career in our city, and he is still active from morning till night in his studio located at 303 North Grand avenue. MRS. EMILY BOEDDECKER. Mrs. Emily Boeddecker received her early education in Heidel- berg and in surroundings especially adapted to prepare the young girl for her future career ; her musical training began in her childhood and found the fullest development in Wiesbaden, the celebrated watering-place, where she had the rare opportunity to hear the greatest pianists of Europe in the Kursaal concerts. Equipped with a thorough knowledge of piano playing in all its details, harmony and music literature the best musical circles of the two cities were opened to her and the same may be said of those in New York, where she arrived when still very young. She was armed with the most flattering recommendations and through the instrumentality of Mr John Sattig, the banker and importer, she was soon admitted into the musical world of the Eastern metropolis and her appearance in concerts was hailed with delight. Returning to Europe, she spent several years in Vienna as a performer and teacher making at the same time exten- sive use of the opportunities which the Austrian capital offers in so great a measure, to study the works of Wagner, Liszt, Schumann and Rubinstein and to familiarize herself with the modern school. Crossing the ocean a second time, she came to St. Louis in 1885, and has ever since devoted herself to teaching. Her results as a piano instructor are well known and are proven by a large num- ber of pupils, whose achievements are regularly evidenced in the public concerts arranged by Mrs. Boeddecker. Miss Emily Boeddecker, her only child, has inherited the musical talent of her mother, is an accomplished pianist, and, in spite of her youth, a teacher of considerable merit. Mrs. Boeddecker has recently purchased the commodious house. No. 2611 Park avenue, which is much more adapted for Conservatory purposes than the house on Sidney street, in which she had been located for more than sixteen years. The new home of the Conservatory contains all desirable facilities, and is easily accessible from all parts of the city. — 342 — JOHN BOEHMEN. Few St. Louis musicians and music teachers can, like Mr. John Boehmen, look back upon more than forty years of unin- terrupted professional activity in one and the same city. Born in the vicinity of Bonn on the Rhine and educated in the schools of that city he was onl}’ twenty years of age when he came to St. Louis in 1859. He had studied music from boyhood and with good result, so that he was well able to become the leader of singing societies soon after his arrival in our midst. He occupied such a position simultaneously in the St. Louis SaengerBund, the Gruetli Gesangverein and the St. Louis Turn- verein until the war interrupted the existence of these organiza- tions. It was his good fortune to receive just at that time an engagement as music teacher at the St. Louis University (belter known as the Jesuit’s College) on Ninth street and Wash- ington avenue. After resigning from that institution he became the piano teacher at the College of the Christian Brothers in 1866 and held this place for sixteen years. In the orchestra of the Philharmonic Society, the best musical organization this city ever possessed, Mr. Boehmen played the oboe, he being the only one who could handle that instrument to the satisfaction of that great conductor and composer, E. Sobolowski. He also belonged to Ernest Spiering’s orchestra, became Spiering’s suc- cessor and associated himself later on with Felix Saenger, fur- nishing for man}' years the music for the Germania Club and the Liederdranz. Mr. Boehmen is a member of the Choral and Symphony Society’s Orchestra where he plays the first viola. All of this shows his great versatility. As a teacher he devotes himself principally to the piano and the violin, is a very conscien- tious instructor and has always a goodly number of scholars, most of whom receive their lessons in his own house, 1643 Texas avenue. LOUIS CONRATH’S COLLEGE OF MUSIC. Mr. Louis Conrath, born in Sedalia, Missouri, on July 30th j 1868, began the study of music when not quite twelve years old and made such quick and remarkable progress, that the Conser- — 343 — vatory at Mayence (Germany) admitted him as a pupil in 1882 and after devoting a year to faithful stud}’ he left that institution and went to Leipzig. At this celebrated center of musical edu- cation he studied piano under the renowned Carl Reinecke and Oscar Paul, and theory and composition under Jadassohn. Four very useful years were thus spent, to the pupil’s greatest advan- tage, he won through his talent and untiring application the un- limited praise of his professors and the first prize in composition. The splendid musical education received at Leipzig would have satisfied most others but not Mr. Conrath, and he devoted two more years to valuable private study in Europe. Returning to his native land, he located in St. Louis in October, 1888, where he soon gained an enviable reputation as pianist and teacher of piano, harmony and composition, appearing with great success in numerous concerts. Among his pupils are many of the most talented young pianists and promising musicians of this city. Mr. Conrath is the author of many compositions, embracing piano solos, duets and songs ; of these the most prominent larger works are : two Piano Concertos, a Violin Concerto, Sarabande and Variations, Grand Duo for two Pianos, etc. His compo- sitions belong to the modern school of piano literature, are so strikingly original in melodic invention, and so admirably finished in their harmonic structure and elegance of form, that they place their author in the foremost rank of American composers. The well appointed rooms of the College are at 3531 Olive street. VICTOR EHLING. Mr. Victor Ehling, who stands in the front rank of our pianists and piano teachers, was born in Budapest, Hungary, in 1852, and came to St. Louis with his parents in 1865. His outspoken talent and inclination for music, shown in earliest childhood, were soon developed by home instruction, his father being an experienced musician and teacher of the piano and flute. Six more years were devoted to continued studies by the young pianist, who in 1871 returned to Europe where he entered the Vienna Conservatory of Music ; he studied with Professor Backs and with such excellent success, that he received (in 1872) the 344 — first prize in the competitive concert for his pla3'ing of Rubin- stein’s D minor concerts, and in the following year the first prize for his interpretation of Chopin’s B minor sonata. Both of these honors were conferred by the unanimous vote of the judges. Mr. Ehling then graduated with the highest honors and received the large medal from “ Die Gesellschaft der Musik Freunde in Wien ” (Vienna Society of the Friends of Music). His services as a teacher were immediately in demand, and he not long after- ward became one of the teachers in “ Horak’s Klavier-Schule,” the largest school of music in Vienna. He returned to St. Louis in 1883 and his appearance shortly afterwards at one of the con- certs of the St. Louis Musical Union gave his friends and the public at large the opportunity of judging how the promise of his earlier years had been fulfilled. From 1885 to 1892 he was the pianist of the Mendelssohn Quintet Club of St. Louis. He is considered one of the best concert pianists and his achievements in this direction have earned the most flattering acknowledg- ments from some of the greatest artists, among them the cele- brated master Paderewski. His success as a teacher has been re- markable and his services are eagerly sought after. In 1894 he established the Victor Ehling College of Music, corner Grand avenue and Lindell boulevard, and the large patronage is the best evidence of its merits. THE BROTHERS EPSTEIN. The best evidence of an instructor’s ability lies in the results of his teaching; in other woids, the attainments of the scholar are the truest criterion of the preceptor’s work. A teacher of music can, of course, not create talent where this gift of nature has been denied, nor can he produce emotional performing by a pupil who does not possess the fundament necessary for it, but the experienced and efficient instructor can and will develop the material in his hand to the best advantage, and will, in most cases, be able to awake enthusiasm for the art in the student, and thereby lay the foundation for the future meritorious, pro- fessional or excelling amateur. With these remarks we refer to and preface what we wish to say about the Brothers Marcus, — 345 Abraham and Herman Epstein. An often-used American phrase would call them a powerful team. We call them with more appropriate significance, and in a manifold sense of the word, a well-composed trio of harmonious, co-operation and effect. Chosing music as their life’s vocation, they began their studies at an early age, and the promises of their youth were fulfilled beyond expectation. Their activity in the realm of music in our midst covers almost a quarter of a century, and this long period has been with them one of untiring, diligent work. Their achievements as pianists are known far and wide, their results as instructors have drawn students from the entire west to the Beethoven Conservatory, whose directors they are and whose graduates are much sought as teachers and performers. Aside from the directors themselves a large number of carefully selected instructors are engaged in the various departments of the institution, comprising instruction in piano, organ, violin, cello, flute, cornet, harp and other instruments, vocal instruction, harmony, counterpoint, composition, instrumentation and elocu- tion. The three gentlemen, enthusiastically devoted to their art, have gained an enviable name as concert players, and their efforts for the promotion of music and the taste for it have been and are duly appreciated ; thousands of St. Louisans remember with great satisfaction the opera preformanees under the leadership of Mr. M. Epstein ; Mr. Abe Epstein is also a splendid organist and admirable accompanist, in which capacity he has earned the unstinted praise from some of the greatest singers ; the amateur orchestra organized and conducted b\^ him gives great pleasure to the always large audiences ; Mr. Herman Epstein, the youngest brother, who spent several years in Europe in the interest of his profession, is likewise a brilliant performer and successful teacher. The Conservatory, located at Twenty-Third and Locust streets, is well equipped for its purposes and so is the recently opened branch institution in the new Masonic Building (Odeon) on Grand and Finney avenues, established for the accommodation of west end residents. 346 — FREDRICK FISCHER. Very few musiciaus are so generally known in the musical circles of our city as Mr. Fred. Fischer, who came here in De- cember, 1886, and has made St. Louis his home ever since. He is a native of Munich (Bavaria), where he was born in 1868. After receiving a good education, he devoted himself to the study of music at the Royal Academy at Munich, and graduated with the highest honors from that celebrated musical school. Soon after his arrival in the United States he accepted a call from St. Louis to become a member of the Musical Union and Choral-Sym- phony Orchestra. During the summer of 1887 leader of the Kate Beusberg Opera Company, he returned for the winter sea- son to this city and remained here until 1889, whereupon he received an engagement as musical director of the California Opera Co. One of the most interesting episodes in his career embraced a period of two years (from 1890 to 1892), during which time he officiated as second leader and chorus master of the Emma Juch Grand English Opera Company, to which important and responsible position he was chosen by Mr. Adolph Neuen- dorff, the famous orchestra leader and impresario. He returned to our city in 1893, and was two years later appointed second musical director of the Choral-Symphony Society, which place he has held ever since. He is at the same time organist at the Church of the Messiah, instructor of the singing section of the Central Turnvereiu and teacher of the piano at the Strass- berger Conservatory of Music. In all these various capacities he has proven a thorough musician in theory as well as in practice, conscientious and painstaking and above all full of great enthu- siasm for his art. He stands in the front rank of our musicians and enjoys an enviable reputation among the profession and the public at large. The results achieved by the Choral-Symphony Orchestra are in a great measure due to his exertions, his untiring activity and the inspiration which he creates in others especially for classical music. In spite of his arduous duties he has found time to edit instructions for piano players, to revise piano music and to attend to the orchestration (instrumentation) of several operas and voluminous music works. — 347 — EGMONT FROEHLICH. The Stuttgart Conservatory of Music has two representatives in our midst, the brothers Froehlich. Mr. Egmont Froehlich, the elder brother, was in 1866 called to St. Louis as successor of Prof. Sobolewski, the musical director of tne old Philharmonic Society ; he held this position till the organization ceased to exist, whereupon he became Director of the Arion des Westens and in 1870 of the Liederkranz, in which latter capacity he re- mained for thirty years and he was twice, in 1872 and in 1888, leader of the festivals of the North American Saengerbund. He also was for many years the musical instructor of the Normal and High School and is acknowledged to be one of the best piano teachers, organists and chorus leaders in the city. He is now exclusively engaged in giving private lessons and resides at 1517 S. Compton avenue. CARL FROEHLICH. Mr. Carl Froehlich was born and educated in Stuttgart, one of the musical centers of Europe, and the seat of the celebrated Royal Conservatory of Music, at which institution he devoted fully seven years to zealous study in his art. He came to St. Louis in 1868, and soon entered upon an active life, not only as a teacher of the piano and violoncello, on which latter instrument he is considered one of the best performers in the country, but also as a vocal teacher, leader and church and oratorio singer, being in possession of a splendid basso voice. He was for eight years a member of the choir of the Church of the Messiah, during six years in the First Presbyterian and afterwards in the St. George’s Episcopal Church. His career as a leader of singing societies is a remarkable one ; he was musical director of the Orpheus from 1870 to 1874, of the Arion des Westens between 1874 and 1876, afterwards for some time with the Chouteau Valley Mannerchor. The Sociale Saengerchor achieved its greatest success during the years in which Mr. Froehlich had charge of it (from 1884 to 1889). He resigned this position and went in 1889 to Stuttgart, where he remained for several years, — 348 — returning to this city in 1893. Since then he has devoted himself again to his profession, in which he undoubtedly stands in the front rank. He was a member of the St. Louis Quintette Club and its manager from 1894 to 1899, in which year this worthy musical organization ceased to exist for want of support. Carl Froehlich is a thorough musician, full of enthuisasm for and ardently devoted to his vocation and so is in fact his family, Mrs. Froehlich being a well-known teacher of singing and one of his sons. Max Froehlich, an excellent cello-player, in which capacity he has for years been a member of Van der Stucken’s orchestra in Cincinnati. Residence and instruction rooms of Mr. Froehlich are at 1026 Morrison avenue. FRANK GECKS. This name has been a household word among the musical world of St. Louis for more than half a century from the fact, that father and son both bearing the same name were foremost in the development and promotion of their art. Geeks, Senior, had come here, when the musical life of St. Louis was in its infancy, and only one orchestra worth that name was in exist- ence ; he played almost every instrument, but especially the violin and contrabass and was considered a master on the latter, a member of the Polyhymnia and the Philharmonic orchestra and for over thirty years at the head of the musical department of the Christian Brothers College. Frank Geeks, Junior, born in this city in 1865, received his education at the aforesaid college, graduated as Bachelor of Arts in 1882 and was two }mars later the recipient of an honorary diploma as Master of Arts. His early musical training was given him by his father and afterward by some of our best local teachers. He began his professional career in 1881 as first violinist in the Grand Orchestra and went in 1886 to Europe, where he devoted two years to studies at the Leipzig Conservatory with Professors Hermann and Brodsky (violin) and Jadassohn (counterpoint and composition). After his return he became his father’s assistant at the college and upon the latter’s death, in 1896, bis successor, which important position he has held ever since. He is a very successful teacher — 349 — and has for years been the concert master of the Symphony Orchestra. His private pupils are instructed by him at his residence, 2212 Hickory street. LOUIS HAMMERSTEIN. Mr. Louis Hammerstein is a native of this city and received his first musical training at the early age of nine years from Professor Rauchholtz, a well known piano teacher in his time ; his next teacher was Prof. Franz Boehmen, with whom he studied until his sixteenth year, whereupon he continued his studies under Prof. Lawitzky till the latter’s death. His career as a piano teacher, concert player and organist has been of marked success and he is considered one of the best accompanists and sight readers in our midst. Mr. Hammerstein has gained an enviable reputation as a painstaking teacher and likewise as a choir leader and organ- ist, in which latter capacity he first served at the Centenary Methodist Church (1881-1882) and then was called to Dr. Niccoll’s Church, where he remained for ten years up to 1893. After a brief intermission he accepted an engagement at the Lafayette Park Presbyterian Church where he officiated until May, 1896, when the church was nearly destroyed by the cyclone. Since October 1st, 1896, he has been organist of the First Presby- terian Church. Aside of his numerous private pupils he has taught at the Sacred Heart Convent for fifteen years and has given recitals and instruction at the summer music schools of Shelby, Youngs- town, Newark and Uhrichsville, Ohio. It may also be mentioned that he has been the pianist at the Philharmonic Quintette Club dur- ing the existence of this organization. The subject of this brief sketch comes from a musical family, which is at the same time one of the oldest and most respected of this city ; his father is an amateur flute player and his uncle was a member of the Poly- hymnia, the first musical society formed here some fifty years ago ; another uncle belonged to the orchestra of the old St. Louis Theater on Pine street. Mr. Louis Hammerstein is well known not only in musical circles, but also in society, is always wel- come wherever he makes his appearance, and a great favorite among his host of friends, Americans as well as Germans. His residence and studio is at 2346 Albion Place. — 350 — GEORGE HEERICH. When, in the middle of the sixties, George Heerich, then a youth in his teens, arrived in this city from Germany, the late lamented August Waldauer had for years been giving glow- ing recitals of his artistic triumphs in bygone days, notably of his tourneys with Jenny Lind, of the friendly rivalry engendered between them, and of the trophies he had snatched from the conquests of the great songstress. As the city bad at that time no solo violinist of distinction its music lovers had to con- tent themselves with the sporadic appearances of visiting artists and the perusal of local newspaper articles, which appeared with regularity and frequency, extolling the wonderful feats in the remote past of a domestic violinist long ago placed on the retired list. When, soon after this time, Mr. George Heerich made his debut as a violin soloist, the reception accorded him was most flattering, as discerning audiences were not slow to recognize the many admirable qualities of his playing, and appreciated no less his warm, broad tone, his great skill of execution, than the noble style and emotional quality of his delivery. In all the time of Mr. Heerich’s career as an artist his aims were the highest, his contributions to the many concerts in which he took part were models of a refined selection, never exhibiting the desire to bribe by concessions to vulgar taste. Not less beneficial was Mr. Heerich’s activity as a teacher ; the many students who enjoyed the privilege of his tuition all testify to his painstaking care and intelligent guidance, and there are not a few young artists whose high pr’oficiency pro- claims the superiority of their teacher’s method and skill. If to-day the taxing duties of a teacher’s life leave Mr. Heerich no time for solo work, and his onerous vocation, not promotive of composure and concentration of mind, indispensable conditions for a soloist’s success, has neccessitated his withdrawal from the concert stage, there remains the assurance that his work will be taken by the younger generation, qualified for the task by their teacher’s instruction and emulated by his example. Mr. Heerich’s studio is at 1926 Louisiana avenue in the district known as Compton Heights. 351 — ALEXANDER HENNEMAN. Mr. Alexander Henneman, the proprietor and director of the vocal college which bears his name, received his musical educa- tion in the different capitals of Europe in which he chose the most eminent specialists in their respective lines as his in- structors ; in this way he became a graduate of the Royal Acad- emy of Music at Munich (Germany), and a voice pupil and accompanist of the celebrated Professor Sbriglia in Paris. These studies would have sufficiently enabled him to follow his vocation as vocal performer and teacher of singing with all de- sirable success, but his ambition and purposes caused him to go to Europe a second time for additional studies with some of the most eminent authorities. Thus equipped with a thorough knowl- edge of voice culture, theoretical as well as practical, he began his career with the determination to give his pupils the best possi- ble instructions in all the details of the .art of singing and the complete training which would fit them for the positions of church, concert and opera singers. With this view the vocal college, located at 3723 Olive street, was established by him a few years after his second return from the other side of the Atlantic. The building erected by him, in accordance with his own plans, includes a hall, serving as the study of the director, wherein all the lessons and recitals are given. It contains a stage, auditorium and balcony, and has a seating capacity of 250 persons ; the acoustics are wonderfully perfect. The four styles of recitals given at the Henneman Vocal College: General Recital, Advanced Pupils Recital, Soloist Recital, and Recital in Costume, of which three of each are given every year, have proven to be, not alone a great incentive to the pupils to advance from a lower to a higher grade, but have given them a practical experience of the demands of public appearance that are of inestimable value, one of their results being that they prevent and protect against stage fever, which otherwise might not be overcome in many cases. The demands of such an institution on the ability of the director are great and manifold. However, Mr. Henneman ’s training as — 352 — Singer, Pianist, Cellist, Conductor, Composer, Lecturer and Journalist, coupled with his stage experience, enables him to conduct this work successfully. Gifted with rare foresight, Mr. Henneman specialized his school, for the needs of the singer, and all efforts are directed to those branches that are necessary for the thorough training of the vocal artist in all fields. Voice cul- ture, artistic singing, sight-singing and ear-training, stage practice, harmony and composition and accompanying — these are taught, and with what splendid success is known far and wide since many years. Director Henneman is a musician of national reputation, whose talents and abilities eminently fit him to be the head of such an institution. He is also director of a choir of fifty voices at St. Francis Xavier’s (College) Church and director of the Henneman Ladies’ Quartette, an organization originally composed of four of his pupils, whose artistic work has received so many favorable press notices and the praise of connoisseurs wherever they have appeared. His text book on Sight-Singing and Ear-Training has proved to be one of the most successful works on a musical subject. The matter is treated in a very original manner and the results in treating have been such as to commend the work at once to musicians. Mr. Henneman’s “ 100 Celebrated Exercises,” a compilation of the daily exercises of famous singers, past and present, a work he has labored on for over eight years, is becoming a standard book for the voice pupil. MADAME WILHELMINE RUNGE-JANCKE. This lady occupies a prominent position among the teachers of the vocal art in our city. Madame Runge-Jancke is a native of St. Petersburg and received her first musical training in the Rus- sian capital, which is so justly celebrated for its refined musical taste and the patronage bestowed upon art and artists. After leaving St. Petersburg more than four years were spent by her in Berlin in the continuation of her studies with some of the great professors of music, of which the capital of Germany is so very rich. Prof. Gustave Engel, Royal Director of Music, was her principal teacher, and she came fully equipped for her vocation to — 353 — the United States where she flrst appeared in concerts in New York City ; she resided there for several years and then came to St. Louis, making this city her home and the field of her activity. Madame Runge-Jaucke instructs not only singing, but also piano playing and many of her pupils give evidence of the excellent training received from her ; she is furthermore a linguist of supe- rior merit and teaches French, Italian, Spanish, English, German and Russian. She used to be the vocal teacher of the Forest Park University and the Mary Institute, now holds the same position at Hosmer Hall and has a large number of private pupils, who receive their lessons in her studio. Room O in the Odeon. Being an en- thusiast for her art she devotes several hours per week to the musical department of the Insane Asylum, music being considered one of the most important and successful auxiliaries in the treat- ment of these unfortunate human beings. E. R. KROEGER. Where there is a will there is a way — this old proverb is clearly exemplified by Richard Ernest Kroeger, the well-known music teacher and composer. Two noteworthy circumstances in his career attract particular attention : the first is, that he received his entire musical education at home, the second is, that in spite of adverse conditions persistence brought success. Beginning his studies at an early age circumstances compelled a cessation of active musical life for eight years. The time when he naturally would have been expected to be doing his severest work at some school of music, or under some first-class instructor, was put in as a clerk in a mercantile house. The interruption ended with a return to his musical career in his twenty-third year. He is of mixed German and English parentage ; his father, Adolph E. Kroeger, was a native of Schleswig-Holstein, and the son of a Lutheran clergyman, whose liberal political views brought him to this country in 1849. His mother was born in Richmond, En- gland. The father of Mr. Adolph Kroeger died in Daven- port in 1857, whereupon his son came to St. Louis, to make this city his home. He was a profound scholar and his translations into English of German philosophical works, 23k — 354 — particularly those of Fichte, are considered the best in existence. His work “ The Minnesingers of Germany ” (Trans- lations of poems by the most noted of those poet knight-errants) won a very high reputation. His writings on social and political topics also received wide attention, likewise his essays on musi- cal subjects. He died in 1882, when only forty-four years old, but not until he had seen his son’s early promise begin to turn to splendid results. E. R. Kroeger was born at St. Louis in 1862 ; his lessons in music began with his fifth year, and were given him by his father ; they were followed by violin lessons fi’om Ernst Spiering, and he was only ten years of age when he wrote his first composition. After attending the public schools for seven years, he entered mercantile life, in the meantime spending every spare hour in the study of music and composition. His father’s death placed upon him the duty to support the family, and he hesitated to abandon a fixed salary for the uncertainties of a musician’s profession ; he yielded at last, however, to the advice of friends, and dropped the business man entirely for the artist. Since that time he has been conspicuously before the public as composer, pianist, organist, conductor, instructor, lec- turer, and writer on musical topics. As a composer he has gained an international reputation ; his pianoforte pieces and songs were soon in such a demand that the leading publishing houses in the country began to issue his works ; in 1895 the great firm of Breitkopf & Haertel, in Leipsic, published his twelve con- cert studios, for the pianoforte, and has since issued a great number of Mr. Kroeger’ s compositions for pianoforte, violin and piano, and for cello and piano. Mr. Kroeger has wi-itten extensively for orchestra; his works in this direction have earned the praise of the highest authorities, and some of them have been rendered by the Thomas, Seidl and St. Louis Sym- phony orchestras. In chamber music he has written considerably also, and his quartette in D minor for pianoforte, violin, viola and violoncello was the first composition which gave him national fame. As a pianist, Mr. Kroeger has achieved almost an equal reputation to that of a composer. The New York Musical Courier said of him: “In his recitals during the past five years Mr. Kroeger has played upward of 300 standard compositions — 355 — from memory. His repertoire is one of the most extensive of any pianist before the public and includes all schools of piano composition. Mr. Kroeger’s interpretation is broadly intellec- tual ; he is keenly analytical in his playing, especially in his astonishingly clear treatment of polyphony ; his technic is brill- iant and easy, but never displayed at the expense of the poetic and emotional side of his work.” As an organist he has been connected with some of the most prominent churches in St. Louis ever since he was fifteen years old. As a conductor, Mr. Kroeger had charge of the musical productions of the McCul- lough Dramatic Club for a long time ; he also directed the Amphion Male Chorus and the Morning Choral Club (a ladies’ chorus of sixty voices) for eight seasons. This organization has achieved a reputation second to none in the United States for merit in its peculiar sphere. As an instructor he has met with unusual success. His private work has been very extensive, and his position as director of the College of Music in the Forest Park University for women has been means of his creating one of the most successful schools of music in the West. Hundreds of young ladies from many States have come under his personal instruction in this institution. As a lecturer and writer on musical topics, Mr. Kroeger has been extremely successful ; his lecture recitals on the Wagner music dramas, and other great composers of pianoforte music, have been met with much favor and his articles on musical subjects in some of the best musical journals have given him quite a high position as an authority in this field. In 1895 the Music Teachers National Association held its annual convention at St. Louis, Mr. Kroeger was the chairman of the executive commit- tee ; the manner in which he fulfilled his duties so met with th& favor of the delegates, that he was unanimously elected president, of the association and presided over the convention the follow- ing year in Denver. He was also elected president of the Mis- souri State Music Teachers’ Association in 1897 and fe-electedi in 1898. For the past two years, he has officiated as adjudi- cator of the Annual Musical Festival which takes place at Hutchi- son, Kans. Mr. Kroeger’s family residence is at Webster Park, one of the most charming suburbs of St. Louis, and his studio is in the Odeon, on Grand and Finney avenues- — 356 — CHAS. KUNKEL. The arrival of Chas. and Jacob Kunkel (in 1869) gave a fresh impetus to our musical life ; they soon became the center of attraction as concert players and especially as duo performers on two pianos in which capacity they received the highest praise from authorities like Rubinstein, Madame Essipoff and others. Mr. Jacob Kunkel died in 1881, much too soon for his art and his friends. Mr. Chas. Kunkel stands at the head of the Kunkel Conservatory and his achievements on the musical field are known far beyond St. Louis ; they are best signified by pointing to his fourfold capacity as instructor, performer, composer and pub- lisher and in addition to these as the organizer of popular con- certs. He is an ardent, enthusiastic musician and has done much to promote the art in our midst. WILLIAM LANGE, TEACHER OF MUSIC Musical Director of the SOCIALER SAENGEECHOR, SOUTH ST. LOUIS BUNDESCHOR, ROCK SPRING SAENGERBUND AND HARMONIE MAENNERCHOR. Residence and Studio, 1126 St. Ange Ave. — 357 — VICTOR LICHTENSTEIN. Young in years, but highly proficient in his art — with these works we refer to Mr. Victor Lichtenstein, the violinist and violin teacher. He is a native of our city, where he was born in 1872 ; his musical instruction began at an early age by the best local teachers and continued until his seventeenth year. After a period of industrious work as a teacher he went to Leipsic and entered the Conservatory of Music as a pupil of Hans Sitt, one of the greatest composers and violinists of the present day, as whose assistant he acted for a considerable time, playing first violin in the Conservatory concerts and from 1895 to 1896 in those of the Gewand House under the celebrated Kapellmeister, Arthur Nikisch. Leaving Leipsic, he proceeded to Brussels, where he continued his orchestral practice under Ysaye and Dupont and studied the Belgian school of violin playing, with Marchat, Ysaye and Thomson. Since his return to St. Louis he has obtained an enviable reputation as violin teacher and as viola soloist of the Choral-Symphony Society ; he is pursuing his practical work as an orchestral player. The string orchestra formed by his pupils and strengthened by the best local professional talent has done excellent work and won the praise of all connoisseurs. Mr. Lichtenstein’s repertoire embraces the great classical sonatas of J. S. Bach, the modern compositions of Rubinstein, Grieg and Brahms, the concertos of Spohr, Wieniawski, Vieuxtemps, Tschaskowsky, Max Bruch, Saint-Saens and virtuouso pieces of Sarasate, Hulay, Miszka Hauser and others. His instruction rooms are in the Odeon and in Lindenwood College (St. Charles) in which institution he officiates as professor of violin. OTTOMAR A. MOLL. Mr. Ottomar Alexander Moll hails from a well-known family of Lebanon in our neighboring State of Illinois, and came to St. Louis when a mere child, and after receiving an excellent education, he devoted himself to the study of music, first under Charles Kunkel and E. R. Kroeger and afterwards with Dr. Robert Goldbeck in Chicago. During his stay in the latter city. — 358 — from 1893 to 1895, he played in concerts at Kimball Hall and it may not be out of place to reprint here what tlie Chicago Tele- graph said of his playing. It reads as follows : “ Dr. Goldbeck, the eminent pianist and composer, gave a concert at Kimball Hall Thursday. He introduced on this occasion one of his pupils, Ottomar A. Moll, a youth of sixteen who has been studying with him for two years. Young Moll’s numbers were Schubert’s A-liat Impromptu, given with delicacy of touch and remarkable feeling. Liszt’s brilliant arrangement of the Sex- tette from Lucia played with the fire and dash befitting the work. To the unanimous encore he responded with the Chopin Nocturne in B flat, which showed fine technique.” After his return to our city he established himself as a teacher of piano and harmony and has met with well-deserved success, as shown by many of his pupils’ performances. Mr. Moll is a very conscientious teacher and takes great care as an instructor, be- ing at the same time a performer of considerable merit’. He was the sole pianist in one of the concerts of the St. Louis Symphony Orchestra (at Music Hall, March 22d, 1897) and was the recipient of enthusiastic applause from the audience and of the most favorable notices by the public press. He is the director of the Eubinstein Club, a well-known musical organization. Mr. Moll’s studio is at 3723 Olive street, easily accessible from all parts of the city. HOMER MOORE. Mr. Homer Moore, the subject of this sketch, was born in the western part of New York State in the spring of 1863. He received the ordinary schooling, including a course of special study in the Kansas State University. As a boy he possessed an unusually clear and sympathetic mezzo-soprano voice, and was continually singing for friends and small entertainments. When eight years of age his musical education was begun with a course of lessons on a reed organ, an instrument that never appealed with any particular force in his musical taste. Shortly before he was sixteen he began the systematic cultivation of his voice, and before passing his seventeenth birthday had charge of the music — 359 — of the First Methodist Church at Erie, Pa., the most ambitious church in the city in regard to its music. After a year in Erie he persuaded his father to send him to Boston to take a thorough musical course in the New England Conservatory. There he studied with Geo. W. Chadwick, Stephen Emery, Louis C. Elson, Wm. E. Apthorp, John Buckingham, J. H. Wheeler, Carl Zerahn, etc., tone production and singing, harmony and counter- point, composition, orchestration, musical theory, piano, pipe organ, the Delsarte system of dramatic action, conducting, and modern languages. During his two years sojourn in Boston Mr. Moore appeared frequently at the Conservatory concerts, and at the close of his course of study gave one of the best recitals in the history of the institution. While yet a pupil of the Conserv- atory Mr. Moore gave the first singing lessons ever given at the Chautauqua, N. Y., Assembly, and appeared as one of the prin- cipal soloists at the Amphitheater concerts under the direction of the late Wm. F. Sherwin. In 1882 Mr. Moore settled in Colum- bus, where he remained as a teacher for two years, having charge of the music in the Trinity Episcopal Church. From Columbus he went to Chicago, taking a position of baritone in the choir of the Sinai Tabernacle, of which Dr. Emil Hirsch was then, as now, rabbi. After a year with Dr. Hirsch, Mr. Moore went to “ Swing’s Church,” in Central Music Hall, where Prof. David Swing preached to a congregation of from two to three thousand people every Sunday morning, among whom were the Fields, Pullmans, Palmers, Gages, etc., to whom the greatness of Chicago is very largely due. Mr. Moore continued at Prof. Swing’s Church for three years, excepting for a few months spent in New York as a member of the first American Opera Company organized by Mrs. Thurber and conducted by Theo. Thomas. In 1889 Mr. Moore went to Cleveland, where he remained one year as a teacher of singing. In 1890 he went to Europe, located in Munich and remained a year devoting him- self almost exclusively to the study of the Wagner Music Dramas. While in Munich he prepared a series of lectures on these works and procured a collection of stereopticon views representing the scenes and characters of the dramas, which is probably not equaled anywhere in the world. In 1892 he re- — 360 turned to this country and made a tour of all the principal Chautauqua Assemblies, giving these illustrated lectures to vast multitudes, a large proportion of which had never heard a Wagner opera. At the close of the season Mr. Moore settled in Pittsburg where he remained for three years teaching singing, and giving concerts. While in Pittsburg Mr. Moore frequently averaged one hundred and twenty lessons a week with a waiting list of fifteen or more applicants for whom he could find no time for lessons. Mr. Moore next settled in New York, teaching sing- ing and continuing his work on the Wagner music dramas with that great conductor, Anton Seidl. When the Trans-Mississippi Exposition was projected Mr. Moore went to Omaha and organized what was known as the “ National Congress of Musicians,” which was the greatest con- vention of the really great musicians of the country that ever took place west of Chicago. In the spring of 1898 Mr. Moore came to St. Louis as soloist for the Apollo Club and in the autumn of the same year came here to reside, taking the position of music critic for the Globe- Democrat and opening a studio in the Odeon. His workontheGZohe-Democmi commenced a new epoch in the musi- cal criticism in this city and brought about the erecting of the Odeon Building, and a reorganization of the Choral-Symphony Society. During the season of 1899-1900 Mr. Moore managed this society and Odeon Building. During the last year he has devoted himself almost entirely to teaching singing and has developed an unusally large and talented class of pupils. His studio is one of the largest and finest in the country, the teaching room being over fifty feet long, decorated with pictures and a magnificent library which in- cludes more than a hundred opera scores, as many oratorois, numerous orchestral scores, including that gigantic work, the “ Nibelungen Trilogy ” by Wagner. For the last two years Mr. Moore had charge of the music at the First Presbyterian Church, where, in connection with the quartet choir and organ, he uses the violin and harp in the accompaniments to the choir pieces and for the instrumental offertories. In this connection he has writ- ten harp and violin parts for over one hundred anthems, solos, etc. Since his arrival in St. Louis, Mr. Moore has taken an active part in everything that has been to the advantage of the music of — 361 — the city, and without doubt deserves all the credit accorded him for the new life which has been felt in musical matters since he took up bis residence here. PAUL MORI. Mr. Paul Mori began to receive musical instruction when only four years of age, by his parents, his father being a good tenor and teacher of singing and his mother one or the best oratorio altos in the city of Berne, the capital of Switzerland, where he was born and where he received a classical education, which enabled him to acquire a teacher’s position soon after his arrival in this country in 1882, at which time he was only nineteen years old. He taught school for five years, in the meantime continu- ing his study of music, to which art he has devoted himself dur- ing the past fifteen years with remarkable success. He studied especially harmony, counterpoint and fugal orchestration and it did not take him long to become one of our best organists, in which capacity he officiated for more than six years in St. John’s Episcopal Church ; he is since nearly five years organist and choirmaster of St. George’s Episcopal Church (Dr. Holland’s) and has, aside from his organ playing, a well-deserved reputation for the training of boy-choirs, as he makes this his particular specialty. The boy-choir of St. George’s is considered the best of its kind in our city. Among the several young solo singers brought out by him, is the highly talented Master Frank de Vol. Mr. Mori has for ten years been connected with the Forest Park University and since quite a while with Strassberger’s Conserva- tory as piano teacher, and his private class at the Odeon is con- stantly increasing. As an authority he is frequently called upon to inaugurate new organs here and elsewhere. His achievements as musical director of the Young Men’s Christian Association (Grand and Franklin avenues) and as leader of its amateur orchestra are well-known and duly appreciated and s,o are his numerous compositions, consisting of church music, cantatas, orchestra and piano pieces, many of which possess particular merit. — 362 — WILLIAM H. POMMER. The subject of this sketch, Mr. William H. Pommer, was born in this city in 1851 as the son of Frederick Wm. Pommer, a piano manufacturer, who was called from eartli when the son was only five years old, so that his education and everything else from that time on had to be cared for by his mother, a woman of strong personality, force of character and self-possession The boy grew up under the best of home influences and as natural talent and outspoken inclination pointed to the musical profession, he began his studies in that direction at an early age, first at home and from his twelfth year on with the pianist B. A. Bode, from whom he received a systematic instruction during a period of eight years. He then became the pupil of E, Sobolewski in musicial composition until 1872, in which year he went to Leipsic, to en- joy the great advantages of the celebrated Conservatory of that city ; he studied piano with Coccius Dr. Paul and Reinecke and harmony with Richter. Two years later he went to Vienna, where he studied organ and composition with the great Anton Bruckner and singing with Victor Rokitanski. Since his return from Europe in 1875 he has made his native city the field of his activity with the exception of four years (1883-1887) in Co- lumbia, Missouri, as Director of Music in Christian College and one year (1889-1890) as Conductor of the Union Musical Club in Milwaukee; for ten years (1890-1900) he had charge of the music in Smith Academy (Preparatory Branch of Washington University) which position he resigned to accept that of Instruc- tor in Music in the High School, and Supervisor of Music in the St. Louis Public Schools. He has at various times been connected as organist and choirmaster with some of the larger churches such as St. George’s, St. Peter’s and Christ Church. Well known as a pianist in his youth, he has in late years thrown all of his strength into composition, conducting and teaching. Mr. Pommer is the composer of many works which have attracted attention wherever heard. His latest work “ Cupid in Arcady,” but recently published is conceded to be one of his best. He has won two prizes for composition, the first for a male chorus “ Sons — 363 — of the Daggers, ” upon which occasion Theodore Thomas was one of the judges, and lately for song for baritone in a competi- tion under the anspices of the Missouri State Music Teachers Association. Mr. Poramer has a number of larger works for choirs and orchestra in manuscript, which, it is hoped, may some day be brought before the public. Imbued with true love and enthusiasm for his art, equipped with a thorough knowledge of everything pertaining to music, conscientious in the fulfillment of his duties, it is but natural that his career has been one of uninterrupted, well- deserved success. His residence and studio is at 777 North Euclid avenue, in a most eligible part of our city. RICHARD S. POPPEN. Richard S. Poppen was born December 1st, 1839, on the island Mohn, not far from Esthland, a province of Russia. He' visited the gymnasium of Reval and the college of Birkenruhe, leaving the latter institution to study music in Leipsic where he remained from 1857 to 1859, receiving instruction from Moscheler, Plaidy, Hauptmann, Richter and Rietz. In November, 1859, he arrived in New York, and, after a short stay there, accepted an engage- ment as conductor of a concert troup, traveling with them for five months. The following autumn he visited Atlanta, Ga. , for the purpose of settling as private instructor, but being offered the position as principal music teacher at the Southern Female College, of La Grange, Ga., he moved to that place in January, 1861. The civil war causing that institution to temporarily sus- pend operations, he left the South and in November, 1863, estab- lished himself in St. Louis. In 1864 he became organist of the old Catholic Cathedral, and in 1865 of the Immaculate Con- ception, then on the corner of Eighth and Chestnut streets. In 1878 he was appointed organist of St. John’s (Catholic) Chnrch and in 1883 of the United Hebrew Congregation, which position he still occupies. Mr. Poppen has also been active in choral and opera work ; he organized and directed the Henry Shaw Musi- cal Society, and the St. Louis Opera Company, the latter organ- ization performing successfully two of his operas. Many other com- — 364 — positions of his have also been performed and published, meeting with favor from the public. At present he is devoting himself to the creating of appropriate music for the Jewish divine service, there being so little of it extant. His long experience as organist of a Jewish Temple and knowledge of composition make him a com- petent person to do so, and he hopes to be able to supply a long- felt want in the synagogues. Mr. Poppen is considered an excel- lent teacher of the piano, and many of his pupils have given fullest evidence of this fact. His studio at 3117 Washington avenue is easily reached by the various street railway lines of the city. SCHOEN’S ORCHESTRA AND VIOLIN SCHOOL I. L. SCHOEN, Director. Office and Studio: THE ODEON. ALFRED G. ROBYN. Mr. Alfred G. Robyn comes from a musical family, two of whose members were intimately connected with St. Louis musical life in its earliest stage. His father, Mr. William Robyn, who had come here in 1837, was the founder of the first two musical organizations in the city, a brass band, which supplied a long- felt want, and an orchestra, almost entirely formed of amateurs, with the assistance of a few professional musicians. The brass band gave its services gratuitously, and the members of the Poly- hymnia orchestra did likewise. The concerts given by this society from 1845 on, were a revelation to the music-loving people of St. Louis; Wm. Robyn was not only a leader of con- siderable merit, but an artist on his special instrument, the violon- cello, which his master hand played until his physicial condition caused him to retire from all activity. He was musical instructor at the St. Louis University from 1838 to 1852, and for a great — 365 — number of years at the Convent of the Sacred Heart. His brother, Henry Robyn, also a very accomplished musician, was during a long period the music teacher at the School for the Blind and up to the end of his life, lost in a shipwreck, the musical instructor of the High School. Under a parental roof, where music played such a conspicuous role, the boy Alfred became imbued with the love for the art in his youngest years, receiving a thorough musical education, which enabled him to make his debut before the public when only ten years of age, on which occasion he played Mozart’s Concerto in A-major, and to officiate as an organist in his eleventh year, since which time he has never been without a position. Years and years of study and earnest devotion to his art made him when still young, a pianist and composer, whose ability com- bined with his talent soon gave him an enviable reputation far beyond his native city. He is a brilliant performer and his ap- pearance on the concert stage is always the signal for a storm of applause and the same may be said of his manipulation of the organ. His first engagement as a pianist was with the Emma Abbott Concert Company, with Ferranti, Arbuckle, Stan- ley and Abbott. As accompanist he has played for nearly all the great artists who come to St Louis. He is the director of the Apollo Club since its organization, choirmaster of the Church of the Holy Communion and leader of the popular Sunday con- certs at the Odeon. His efficiency as an instructor is too well known to require more than a simple mention of the fact that many of his scholars have made a name for themselves. The number of works composed by him is very great. He devotes this activity chiefly to opera, operettas and ballads, of which latter he has published more than three hundred. His first opera, “ Manette,” was performed by professionals in 1883. The second was “Merlin,” a romantic opera in three acts, and twenty operettas written by him have been given in course of time with decided success. He is frequently called on to act as judge at music festivals and on awarding committees, being entrusted with this duty in recognition of his high standing in the musical world. He is a member of the St. Louis, the Fair Grounds and the Glen Echo Clubs, his congenial manners mak- ing him a great favorite in society and welcome wherever he appears. His studio is in his residence, 3714 West Pine boule- vard. FRED. SCHILLINGER. Mr. Frederick Schillinger is a native of this city, where he was born .June the 18th, 1856, the son and only child of Mr. Charles Schillinger, whose tall figure was familiar to every theater-goer, as he had been the first flutist in the orchestra at the old Ben De Barr’s and other principal theaters for more than a quarter of a century, besides being a good pianist and teacher of both these instruments. The elder Schillinger hailed from Wuertemberg (Germany) and had come here in 1852, when only nineteen years old ; he was a member of the Philharmonic Orchestra under that grand director, Sobolewski, and died in May, 1899, leaving be- hind him an honored name. Mr. Fred. Schillinger received his piano instructions from his father ; his violin teachers were Ernst Spiering and A. Waldauer, and their scholar soon made such prog- ress that he could enter the Vienna Conservatory of Music at an early age. There he devoted two years to arduous studies under Pro- fessors Helmesherger and Schenner, both celebrated teachers. After his return from Europe he began his professional career as instructor of piano and violin and his success as such is well known, for the last fifteen years he has been musical director of the Apollo Gesangverein, the Freier Maennerchor and the Ladies Choir of the Freie Gemeinde of North St. Louis. He is a de- voted musician, a conscientious teacher and has a large circle of warm friends. Most of his lessons are given by him in his resi- dence, 2148 Salisbury street. STASSBERGER’S CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC. It was a very modest beginning when Prof. Clemens Strass- berger opened a school of music in 1886, soon after his arrival in this city, after spending several years in traveling in other parts of the United States. His undertaking proved so great a success, the number of pupils growing from year to year, that larger accommodations became a necessity, and they were secured by the purchase of the spacious three-story building. — 367 — No. 2200 St. Louis avenue, in 1893. The interior arrangements of the Conservatory, located as it is on one of the nicest thor- oughfares of North St. Louis and easily accessible from all parts of the city, are fully adapted for the purpose they serve ; well lighted and ventilated, high and airy rooms and a recital hall with splendid acoustics, facilitate the studies for scholars and teachers alike. It has been the constant aim of Director Strassberger to surround himself with the best of teachers, and the faculty, comprising twenty-nine members, include professionals of the highest ability. The result of this maxim has been an uninter- rupted success. The thorough training of all pupils has devel- oped many hundreds of able professsional musicians and of amateurs of superior qualifications, all of whom give evidence of the complete musical education which they receive. The following competent and experienced gentlemen and ladies constitute at present the faculty : The Piano and Har- mony department includes Mr. Louis Conrath, Mr. Geo. Buddeus, Mr. Paul Mori, Mr. Fred. Fischer (who also teaches or- gan, violin and bassoon). Miss Kate Jochum, Miss Annie Geyer and Miss Annie Von Der Ahe ; the vocal instruction lies in the handsof Miss Adelaide Kalkmann and MissEugene Dussuchal ; the violin department is taken care of by Dr. G. Paul Nemours, Mr. Bruno Strassberger and others; Mr. P. G. Anton teaches ’cello and piano tuning, Mr. Wm. Boeck instructs in piano, zither, man- dolin and clarinet ; Mr. Robert Buechel and Mr. Leopold Broeck- hardt attend to the flute department, Mr. Jacques Wouters teaches Oboe and English horn, Mr. Charles Streeper the cornet, Mr. Robert Buhl the bass, Mr. Chas. Bauer, trombone and Euphonium and Mr. F. Steutermann the harp. Mrs. Dr. Johnson is in charge of Elocution and Physical Culture. Most of these instructors are graduates of European schools of music. The utmost care is devoted to each individual pupil and advancement to a higher grade is only granted after a thorough examination by a board presided over by Mr. E. R. Ki'oeger. Diplomas which arfe recog- nized everywhere, and gold medals, are annually awarded to grad- uates for specific merit, and many of them have soon after leaving the Conservatory acquired good positions as teachers or earn a satisfactory livelihood as professional — 368 musicians. Tbe monthly concerts, in which exclusively the scholars perform, are given for the purpose to do away with the bashfulness and embarrassment, which only too often cause the failure of otherwise talented and worthy students, and this is prevented by making them accustomed to appear before an audi- ence. Thus it will be seen that everything is done to make the educational system of the college as perfect as possible. For the convenience of residents in the southern and southwestern parts of the city a branch of Strassberger’s Conservatory has been estab- lished at the southwest corner of Grand and Cleveland avenues (Compton Heights) with a full corps of competent instructors, and like the mother Conservatory under the personal supervision of Director Strassberger, who has proven a very efficient head of this institution and who may well be proud of his results, the fruits of his energy and wise management. GEORGE CLIFFORD VIEH. Mr. George Clifford Vieh has for years been before the public as a concert pianist, composer and instructor, and stands, though comparatively very young, in the front rank of his profession. Born in St. Louis in 1871 he passed the first twelve years of his study of music in his native city, devoting his time and energy to the vocation, which both talent and inclination had pointed out for him. In 1889 he went to Vienna for the continuation of his studies ; he entered the Conservatory, studied piano with Josef Dachs, harmony with Anton Bruckner, counter- point with Robert Fuchs, composition with Johann Nep. Fuchs, and history of music with Prof. Prosniz, all ac* knowledged authorities in their respective branches. Mr. Vieh graduated in 1892, receiving the silver medal, the highest honor awarded by the Institute. Since his return from Europe he has resided in St. Louis where he has been associated with the leading artists as a concert performer and teacher. In the former capac- ity he has gained well deserved reputation as an exponent of Chopin, Schumann and Brahms ; in 1898 he played the D-minor concerto of Brahms _^with the St. Louis Symphony orchestra, and the Quintette op. 34 with the St. Louis Quintette Club. In his — 369 — musical writing Mr. Vieh shows himself to be distinctly of the German School. In his songs he has used only romantic verse, adhering largely to the German poets. As a teacher, besides his city class, Mr. Vieh is director of the department of music at Lindenwood College, St. Charles, Mo., and also organist of the Lafayette Park Pi’esbyterian Church, St. Louis. His achieve- ments as an instructor and in the concert hall are widely known far beyond our own State. His St. Louis studio is in the Con- servatorium, 3631 Olive street. GUIDO VOGEL. The present leader of the Grand Opera House orchestra, Mr. Guido Vogel, was born in St. Louis in 1862 as the son of the late Benjamin Vogel, who, for thirty years, held the baton at the Olympic theater. The son received his first music lessons when only nine years of age, and entered his father’s orchestra in the summer theater at Uhrig’s Cave in 1876, and in the following winter season at the Olympic, where he played for nine consecu- tive years, nearly all the time as first violinist. Mr. Vogel’s first engagement as a leader was with the Roland Reed Company, afterwards with Annie Pixley, Henry Dixey and other dramatic companies, whose travels extended over the greater part of this country. Returning to his native city he again joined the orchestra of the Olympic, and when the Columbia theater was opened he accepted the position as its leader, and now holds that place at the Grand Opera House under the same management, in which capacity he has won the public’s unlimited satisfaction. The same must be said of him in reference to society affairs, at which he and his orchestra are great favorites. It may be men- tioned that he conducted the music at the inauguration of Union Station, on which occasion his orchestra numbered over two hun- dred instruments. But he is not only a very successful musical director, but also a composer of decided merit. His composi- tions embrace orchestral music, marches, pieces for the piano, the violin, and a goodly number of songs, all of which are most favorably received by professionals and amateurs. A man of very amiable disposition he is welcome wherever he appears, and -24k — 370 — enjoys the esteem of all who know him. His residence is at 914 Whittier street, his mail address the Grand Opera House. MISS CARRIE VOLLMAR. In speaking of Miss Carrie Vollmar, we will begin with the statement, that she comes from a truly musical family, being a daughter of the late Mr. Geo. Vollmar, one of the early settlers and a very prominent manufacturer of this city, himself an un- usually good amateur musician and a great lover of the art. She commenced her musical lessons when only seven years old and had for her first teacher Mr. A. Willhartitz, who was followed by Prof. R. S. Poppen, and Mr. Louis Oesterly, a cousin of hers^ since many years a well-known music teacher in New York City and reviser of the celebrated publishing firm of Schirmer ; another cousin, Otto Oesterly was for many years the first fiutist in Theodore Thomas’ Orchestra; and her sister. Miss Julia Voll- mar, is a talented singer and a successful singing teacher. Miss Carrie Vollmar continued her studies during a prolonged period and became in course of time a very successful teacher of the piano, gaining a well-deserved reputation for her ability and dili- gence, her large classes embracing pupils of all ages. The results of her teaching have brought her the most flattering acknowledg- ments from professional authorities and general apprecia- tion in musical circles. Her pupils appear every year in a public recital with well-selected programs, whose chief feat- ures consist in numbers for two pianos, whose splendid execution does like honor to the performers and their teacher. Miss Vollmar is since sixteen years the organist of the Memorial M. E. Church, in which position she has always given and is still giving the greatest satisfaction. Though her time is much taken up by her professional duties she is never- theless a great favorite in society and has lent her valuable assist- ance to various charitable purposes. She is the author of several compositions, among them an inspiring song, “ United, the Blue and the Gray,” which President McKinley received from heron the occasion of his visit in St. Louis in 1898 ; he accepted its dedi- cation to him with outspoken satisfaction, took it with him to — 371 — Atlanta and made use of its test in his famous oration at the Re- union of the Northern and Southern veterans. It was this song which brought her letters of thanks, of which she may well be proud, from some of the most gallant officers in the army and navy, for instance from General Fitzhugh Lee, Admiral Dewey, General Shatter and others of like fame. Miss Vollmar’s studio, in her own residence, 2135 Sidney street, is easily accessible by street rail road lines from all parts of the city. MUSICAL mSTRUMENTS A^s^D SHEET MUSIC. The growing demand for musical instruments and sheet music led in course of time to the establishment of several large firms devoted to this branch of trade. Our citj^ can boast of a few music houses whose stock of musical instruments and sheet music respectively can well compare and compete with Eastern firms. We speak in the following pages of the foremost representatives of the branch firms which have done much for the development of musical art and musical taste in our midst. F. BEYER & SON. Kinloch C853. The Morrison Mansion on the southeast corner of Seventeenth and Locust streets, usually called Lucas Place, was in its time one of the most elegant residences in all St. Louis, but its interior became still more attractive since F. Beyer & Son made it their headquarters in 1899. It underwent great changes by the hands of the architect and builders and is beyond doubt the most beau- tiful and best equipped piano establishment not onl}^ in St. Louis, but in the whole West. The first and second stories contain the salesrooms, the offices, a number of studios for the use of music teachers and a concert hall with 150 seats. No costs have been spared in the fitting up of the different apartments ; the modern art of the decorator, the fresco painter’s brush and the finest workmanship of the cabinet maker contributed to produce the — 3V2 — iiarmonious effect of solid beauty which greets the visitor everywhere in the magnificent establishment. The instru- ments handled by the firm are from the following piano manufacturers: Wissner, Leckerling, James & Holmstrom, Lud- wig & Co., A. Nilson & Company, and Schiller. Mr. Beyer is himself a piano maker, received a theoretical and practical training in the factory of his father, established 1840 in Goerlitz (Germany), in connection with an extensive trade in wood for sounding boards which he furnished to piano makers all over the country. The son gained a liberal education and after leaving school devoted himself to the art of piano making, the thorough knowledge of which may be considered one of the causes of his success. He came here in 1872, was for a year in charge of the workshops of the St. Louis Piano Manufacturing Company and went into business for himself in 1873. He was first on Chouteau avenue between Seventh and Eighth, but re- moved after twelve years to the much larger building, on the same avenue corner of Paul street, where he remained for thirteen years until 1899, when the present location was chosen and taken possession of, the business having become so extensive, that larger quarters were necessary. As stated before, Mr. Beyer grew up in his branch from boyhood and is therefore familiar with all its details, an advantage of great value not only to him, but also to those who buy from him, as they can be sure that he will sell them only good instruments fully worth their price and iu accordance with what they are represented to be. There is always a large stock of pianos on hand affording ample facility to customers to find what they want. The firm is well known for its reliable dealings and strict business principles, which form the basis of an uninterrupted success, won by the exertions of both the senior and the junior partners, the latter being Mr. Theodore Beyer, who is a St. Louisan by birth and, like his father, much liked by all who know him. BOLLMAN BROS. CO. Bell Mala 1522m. Kinloch C476. Among the prominent professional musicians who came to ■St. Louis between 1848 and 1849 was Henry Bollman, the - 373 — father of the gentlemen who are now at the head of the above firm ; he was not only a fine violinist and expert performer on various other instruments, but also a composer of decided merit and many of his compositions are even yet in constant demand. When the Philharmonic Society was organized towards the end of the fifties, he was one of its most active promoters and a member of its orchestra, which embraced the best profes- sionals and amateurs of the city. The Bollman Bros. Co. is the offspring of the firm of Hy. Bollman and Sons, which in turn were the successors of Bollman and Schatzman, one of the oldest St. Louis music houses and especially known as extensive publishers of sheet music. Henry Bollman and Sons were first located on Broadway between Pine and Olive, afterwards at 1104 and 1106 Olive street, from where they removed to their present location on the southwest corner of Eleventh and Olive streets, where a substantial building had been erected for their special use, affording every facility for the transaction of the vast business done by them. After the death of their father, who for more than fifty years had been a citizen of St. Louis, his two oldest sons, Mr. Otto and Mr. Oscar H. Bollmau, organized the Bollman Bros. Co., associating with themselves Mr. Wm. Stein- way of New York. The incorporation of this firm took place in 1888. Since the demise of Mr. Wm. Steinway the partnership consists of the Messrs. Bollman and Mr. Henry W. J. Steinway. They are the Western representatives of the celebrated Steinway & Sons, E. Gabeler & Bros., Lindeman & Sons, and Sterling and Huntington pianos, in other words of the best instruments made in this country. A full assortment of the various styles is constantly kept on hand enabling the purchaser to make his selection from the largest stock in the city, aside from the fact that both Messrs. Bollman are themselves good musicians whose valuable advice is always sought and gladly accepted. Conscien- tious and fair dealing have won them the confidence of the pro- fessionals and the general public, and the superior quality of the instruments they handle is acknowledged by all. The principal trade of the company is, as may be supposed, within our own city but extends largely over Missouri and Illinois and the Western States in general. The owners of the firm enjoy an enviable — 374 — reputation in commercial as well as social circles and may well be proud of the success achieved by their untiring industry and energy. THE ESTEY COMPANY. Bell Main 2618. Kinloch B426. Among the veteran organ and piano manufacturers of this countr}' a place of honor and in the front rank is occupied by the Esteys, three generations of which family have devoted and are still devoting themselves to the building of these instruments. More than half a century has elapsed since Jacob Estey began to make the Estey organ, thereby laying the foundation for on^ of the largest industrial establishments in the United States and whose products have gained a world-wide reputation. From the modest beginning in 1846 has developed the gigantic firm whose name is a household word in the musical circles with pro- fessionals and amateurs in every part of our own and in more than one foreign country. It was a day of particular pride when an organ bearing the number 300,000 left the factory — just think of three hundred thousand instruments sent into the world by one house! This fact alone speaks volumes; it is the best evidence of the high qualities which the Estey organs possess, and no better proof is needed of their excellence in tone, mechanism, material and workmanship, all of which is unsur- passed by any other kindred instrument. They are made in a large variety of size, system and form, from the small organ for family use to the largest “Philharmonic,” to which we listen with delight in church, chapel, lecture rooms, and in the concerts of musical societies, where it serves as a suc- cessful substitute for a complete orchestra. The greatest author- ities are unanimous in their appreciation of these instruments, and the same can be said in reference to the Estey piano, which, in fullness and richness of tone, elegance of shape and superiority of mechanism, is second to none. Combined with these qualities is another of great importance, the moderateness of prices. All instruments emanating from the Estey factories are closely exam- ined before leaving the threshold, so as to secure to the purchaser — 375 — a faultless, perfect oi’gan or piano. Numerous and great improvements have been introduced in course of time in the interior arrangement of the instrument. Every modern invention is, after approval, made use of, and nothing is left undone to enhance their value. There are 800 hands employed in the workshops (in New York, Boston and Brattleboro), all of whom are skilled and experienced mechanics and workmen. The St. Louis house was established in 1876, and stands, since twenty- two years, under the management of Mr. Edward M. Read, who has won not only innumerable warm friends for himself, but also for the firm which he so ably represents. The present owners and part- ners of the Estey Company are Messrs. Julius J. Estey, J. Gray Estey, J. Harry Estey, and Edward M. Read. The firm has branches in New York City, Boston, Philadelphia, St. Louis, London and Hamburg. The St. Louis house, which occupies the entire building, 1116 Olive street, supplies, aside from its local trade, Missouri, Kansas, Texas, Arkansas, Indian Territory and Oklahoma with the Estey organs and pianos, and sends illustrated catalogues on application. KIESELHORST PIANO CO. Bell Main 3062m. Kinloch B132. The Kieselhorst Piano Company is the successor of the late John A. Kieselhorst, whose piano and music store was estab- lished in 1879 and first located at No. 10 South Fourth street and then for many years at the southwest corner of Tenth and Olive streets. The present location at 911: Olive affords ample facilities for the constantly growing business of this enterprising firm, which after the death of the founder (in 1895) came into the ownership and under the management of his son, Edwin A. Kieselhorst, who is the principal stockholder in the company, whose incorporation took place in 1898. The firm sells pianos and organs both reed and pipe of the best make in retail as well as wholesale and keeps at all times a large assortment on hand, so that purchasers have the fullest opportunity to select what they desire. Gentlemanly salesmen are always ready to demonstrate the particular qualities and merits of the diverse instruments — 376 — handled and carefully examined by the company’s experts before being placed in their salesrooms. The firm makes a specialty of automatic or self-playing attachments to be used with pianos as well as organs. The number of employees is at present twenty- five, but this number wdll soon be enlarged in view of the con- tinued extension of its business. The Kieselhorst is one of the oldest St. Louis families ; Mr. John A. Kieselhorst was especially known in musical circles as an excellent flute player, whose appear- ance as a soloist in concerts w’as alwaj^s hailed with delight. Mr. Edwin A. Kieselhorst was only twenty-one years of age when placed at the head of the firm, and it is due to his activity and energy, that the sales are now double what they used to be in former years. He is well known, has a large circle of friends and it can truly be said of him, that he is one of the young men of the present age, whose motto it is to go ahead and to progress. SHATTINGER PIANO AND MUSIC CO. Bell Main 2408m. Kinloch B430. It is a full quarter of a century since Mr. A. Shattinger estab- lished the business, which now bears the above name. His previous connection with Kunkel Brothers, who in former years conducted a similar establishment, gave him a thorough knowl- edge in the piano and music branch and to this knowledge is now added the experience of twenty-five 3 'ears. The place occupied by him during the first twenty years on South Broadwa}^ between Market and Walnut streets, formed always a center of attraction for professionals as well as amateurs and the same can be said of the pre.=ent location, number 912 Olive, which street may be truly called the piano district of St. Louis. The Shattinger Piano, manufactured by the firm, is a great favorite and exten- sively sold through the representatives of the house in Missouri and many other States, aside from our own city and vicinity, likewise the product of some of the best piano factories in the East. The stock comprises also a full assortment of various musical instruments and all supplies of a musical nature ; sheet music is a special feature and anything not on hand is promptl}’’ ordered. A large hall above the store offers ample facilities for 377 — rehearsals, recitals and lectures and is frequently used for such purposes. There are at present twenty-eight persons employed by the firm and its patrons find at all times attentive and polite service. Mr. Shattinger is well known in our musical, fraternal and social circles and enjoys a justified reputation as a business man of the greatest integrity in all his dealings. The Shattinger Music Company was incorporated in 1898 and has the following officers: L. P. Bach, President; A. Shattinger, Vice-President and Treasurer ; and Oliver Shattinger, Secretary. THIEBES-STIERLIN MUSIC CO. Bell Main 124a. Kinloch C484. The demand for musical instruments and sheet music keeps pace with the growth of musical culture and love for the musical art. The constant increase of professionals and amateurs, of teachers and pupils, naturally causes additions to those who sup- ply the increased wants so created, and the result is the establish- ment of new firms aside from the fact that sometimes old houses step to the background to make room for newcomers, verifying the doctrine of the “ surviving of the fittest,” or, in other words, that younger men comprehend the requirements of a progressive age better and more fully than those of a former generation. The Thiebes-Stierlin Music Company is, in comparison with many others, a young firm; it was incorporated November the 8th, 1894, by Augustus Eichele, Arthur C. Thiebes and Fredrick C. Stierlin, and is conducted by the two latter gentlemen who are at the same time the proprietors, directors and officers of the company. Using a well-known American phrase, we m.ay with all justification say of them that they form a mighty strong team, being active, energetic, industrious business men, and well ex- perienced in their branch. The company manufactures the Thiebes-Stierlin Piano, the Paragon Musical Instrument Strings, the Rienzi mandolin and the Monogram guitars, all of which have met with a most favorable reception from connoisseurs. A full stock of instruments of high grade, quality, superior finish, attractive style and medium prices offers at all times a large assortment to select from. Their sheet music department is the — 378 — most complete west of New York, they having purchased in course of time the plates and copyrights of the Bollman, the business of the Bollman-Drumheller, the Drumheller-Thiebes Music Company and the Musical News. They publish the best collection of sheet music in the West, edited and revised by Professor E. R. Kroeger (of whom we speak somewhere else) and they issue the most comprehensive catalogue of Catholic church music which gives them an extensive trade among churches all over the United States, Canada and Mexico. The territory of sales comprises the Central, Western and Southern States, Canada, Mexico, Hawaii and some parts of Germany. The working force of the firm includes sixty-three persons and all orders are exe- cuted with the greatest care and attention. Mr. Thiebes and Mr. Stierlin devote all their time to the mana°gement and super- vision of their permanently growing business ; they enjoy a well- deserved reputation for strict and reliable dealing and number among the best-known business men of our city. The office and salesrooms of the firm were for years at 1111 Olive street, but much more room became necessary and this resulted in their removal to 1118 Olive street, where they occupy the entire five story building and basement underneath. COMMERCIAL SCHOOLS. BARNES’ BUSINESS COLLEGE. Barnes’ Business College • was established in 1881 by Mr. Arthur J. Barnes, who is still in active control of the Institution. Mr. Barnes had been for many year’s prior to the establishment of the school engaged in general reporting in St. Louis. The school was a direct outgrowth of his professional work as a short- hand writer, and for a number of years its work was confined ex- clusively to shorthand and typewriting. In 1896 the school was incorporated under the name, Barnes’ Business College Co., and a regular business department was added, in which bookkeeping, business arithemtic, penmanship, commercial law, letter-writting, grammar, banking and business practice is taught by special — 379 ~ teachers employed for that purpose. The school now has a faculty of eight instructors, and an annual enrollment of 250 pupils. For many years the school was located on the east side of Fourth street, between Pine and Olive. When the Laclede Building was erected, Mr. Barnes was the first business man to make arrangements for space in it, and for eight years the school occupied quarters on the eighth floor of that building. In 1896 the school had outgrown its space, and the agent of the building was unable to secure other rooms that would be convenient, which necessitated the removal of the school to the Insurance Exchange Building, corner Broadway and Olive. The school remained in this building, occupying one-half of the fifth floor, until December 1900, when it was removed to its present quarters in the Public Library Building, Ninth and Locust streets. The rooms now occupied by the school were specially prepared for its use, and no pleasanter rooms for school purposes can be found in St. Louis. Barnes’ Business College is patronized by the best people in St. Louis and the surrounding country, and is recommended by lead- ing business houses of the city. Twenty- one years of earnest, conscientious effort has enabled the management of the school to formulate courses of study that are not surpassed by any business school in the country. Those who are interested in business education are invited to call and inspect the school, and its rooms are open to visitors at all times. About 1881, Mr. Barnes pub- lished Barnes’ Shorthand Lessons, a text-book of the Benn Pitman Phonography. This book attracted the attention of educators all over the country, and was afterward revised and is now known as Barnes’ Shorthand Manual. It is used in the Business High School of Washington, D. C., and Young Women’s Christian Association of Boston, Massachusetts, and hundreds of first-class schools throughout the United States. This book was followed by Barnes’ Complete Typewriting Instructor which has met with a large sale and is the standard work on this subject. In Decem- ber, 1901, the Publication Department was incorporated and now occupies quarters in the Century Building, Ninth and Olive streets. — 380 THE PAPER TRADE. The invention of paper-making originated in China, as far as known about 200 years B. C., and was from there brought first to Arabia and Egypt, later on to the Moors of Northern Africa, who transferred the art to Spain. Italy, France, England and Germany followed in course of time, and the invention of the art of printing at the end of the fifteenth century gave an impor- tant impulse to paper-making. But it was not until the close of the eighteenth century that machinery was put in use by paper manufacturers, first of a rather primitive character, till improve- ments became the order of the day. A few of them were made in Great Britain and France, but their greatest number and the most important ones hail from Germany. If the consumption of paper forms a criterion of the culture and intelligence of a nation, the people of the United States can claim that distinction, the consumption per capita here being greater than that of any other country on the globe. This is no wonder when we consider the large number of newspapers and books published on this side of the Atlantic, the business and other correspondence carried on here, and the quantity of paper and pasteboard used for indus- trial purposes. The first machine-made paper was produced in America, in 1820, by the owner of a paper mill in Pennsylvania, and since that time the industry has developed in such a degree that there are now more than two hundred millions invested in the manufacture of paper, giving employment to about 150,000 hands, and that the yearly product has a value of nearly two hundred and fifty million dollars. The output consists in printing, writing and packing paper and pasteboard of every imaginable quality and size, from the finest printing and letter paper to boards for roof- ing and the building of houses. St. Louis is the center of supply for a very large territory, comprising most of the Western, South- ern, and Southwestern States, with a fair export trade to Mexico, Central and South America. — 381 — GRAHAM PAPER COMPANY. Bell Main 904, 905 947. Kinloch A131, 132. The Graham Paper Company will in a few years complete the first half century of its existence, and is besides being the oldest house of its branch in this city, also the largest as to volume of trade, and the extensive territory covered by its sales. It may with all justification be considered the chief paper distributing firm for the Western, Middle, Southwestern and Southern States, and its export business comprises Canada, Mexico, South America and Australia. The fullest assortment in the different lines per- taining to the paper branch is always kept on hand and the stock at all times so large, that even the biggest orders can be filled without delay. Six adjoining buildings on Main between Pine and Olive street contain the offices, salesrooms and warehouses ; aside from the stock depot occupying the six houses Nos. 1720 to 1730 Noi’th Main street, the firm has branch houses at Kansas City, Minneapolis, San Francisco and Portland, Oregon. A very large warehouse, occupying nearlj^ half a block on North Sixth street in this city, serves for the reception, storage and shipment of rags and waste paper. Mr. B. B. Graham, the President of the Company, is one of the representative business men of our city, an expert in the paper branch, a man of broad and liberal views, the highest integrity and fairness in all his transactions. He is a director in the St. Louis Union Trust Company, Vice- President of the Mechanics National Bank, has been President of the Mercantile Library Association and the St. Louis University Club and is always ready to promote the interests of the city. He is ably assisted in the conduct of the firm’s business by H. B. Graham, Vice-President, and J. P. Tirrill, Secretary. GARNETT & ALLEN PAPER CO. Bell Main 2132. Kinloch B810. The Garnett and Allen Paper Company is one of the repre- sentative firms of the branch and stands side by side with its much older competitors. Mr. Allen was for many years connected — 382 — with the Graham Paper Co., Mr, Garnett has been identified with the paper trade in this city for twenty years, first as a prominent broker and agent for several Eastern paper mills, and Mr. Booth has also a thorough knowledge of the business. The great ex- perience of these gentlemen, fair dealing, ample means and the fact that they represent a number of the best known paper mills in the country are the principal causes of the great success achieved by the firm within a comparatively short period. Its direct connection with these large mills enable it not only to keep an extensive stock permanently on hand, but to give its custom- ers the most liberal conditions. The firm deals also quite exten- sively in waste paper. The office, salesroom and warehouse occupy the two large adjoining buildings, 210 and 212 Washing- ton avenue. The three partners devote all their time and attention to their business duties, and find their well-deserved re- ward in the constant extension of their trade and the reputation they enjoy in commercial as well as social circles. O. L. GARRISON, Pres. AV. G. CHAPPELL, V.-Pres. W. L. CHAPPELL, Sec. ST. LOUIS PAPER CO. WHOLESALE PAPER DEALERS N. E. Cor. Third and Vine Sts. ST. LOUIS. Bell Main 237. Ivinloch BSll. F. O. SAWYER PAPER CO. Bell Main 943. Kinloch A180. The identification of Mr. Frank O. Sawyer, the President of this company, with the paper trade of St. Louis dates back to 1859, the year in which he made our city his permanent home. New Hampshire is his native State, but his parents came to Cin- — 383 — cinnati cluriug his early childhood and he received his education in the schools of that city and finished it at Woodward College. Mr. Sawyer’s father was the first manufacturer of table oil cloth west of the Alleghanies. The son began his mercantile career in the grocery line, but identified himself immediately after his arrival here with the paper branch. The original firm of F. O. Sawyer & Co. was changed in 1889 to the F. O. Sawyer Paper Company, incorporated at that time under the laws of the State of Missouri. The first location on North Second street proved insufficient for the constantly growing trade and this caused a removal to the southwest corner of Third and Locust street, where a five story building had been erected expressly for their use. It was destroyed by fire some five years ago, whereupon the firm took possession of a likewise large building. Number 215 North Third street. The same contains at all times a very extensive stock of printing as well as writing paper and a full assortment of the various other products of some of the best paper mills in the country, whose output the firm controls. News and book paper form a specialty of the house and even the largest orders in both can be filled at the shortest notice. Build- ing paper is another special feature of the firm and this depart- ment is managed by Mr. Frank K. Sawyer, the son of the presi- dent. Mr. F. O. Sawyer’s experience in the paper trade, covering a period of more than forty years, ample means, strict business principles and fair dealing resulted in an uninterupted suc- cess and gave the firm a far and wide reputation. The sales in- clude, aside from a good local trade, a very large territory, especially Missouri, Illinois, the Southern and Southwestern States. F. O. Sawyer is the President and Treasurer ; F. Pfiste- rer the Vice-President and R. F. X. Smith the Secretary of the company ; they devote their time and activity to their business duties, give the fullest attention to the wants and wishes of their customers and are much esteemed in our commercial community. — 384 — BOOKSELLERS, STATIONERS, PRINTERS AND BOOKBINDERS, LITHOGRAPHERS AND ENGRAVERS. These branches form an important part of trade and industry in our midst ; the local demand for books in olden times was rather insignificant and a solitary bookseller had monopoly till 1830, the number extended by and by and became quite large after 1850 but the “ survival of the fittest,” rule reduced them in course of time. The sale of books to city customers, keeping pace with the constant growth of the population, has since many years proved very satisfactory to the various firms and the outside trade, whole- sale and retail, amounts to large sums per annum, the same may be said in reference to the manufacture and sale of stationery, es- pecially blank books, with which St. Louis houses supply many of the Western, Southern and Southwestern States. We have an abun- dance of printing establishments some of which do a great deal of book work, and a few large binderies, whose workmanship is of unsurpassed quality. St. Louis has several publishing houses with extensive plants employing many hundreds of hands and pro- ducing unexcelled work. The lithographing and engraving branch is represented by a few large and numerous small concerns, but we refer exclusively to the prominent firms. JOHN L. BOLAND BOOK AND STATIONERY CO. Bell Main 634. Kinloch A903. This firm may, by right, be considered the foremost repi’esenta- tive of the wholesale and retail book trade, not only in St. Louis, but in the whole West, and is far and wide known in every part of the United States. The origin of the business, now and since 1888 conducted under the above name, dates back to 1840, when Amos H. Schultz & Co. opened a store on Main street. This firm existed till 1860, in which year Cantwell & Shorb became its successors, who in turn were followed (1873) by Shorb and Boland. In 1885 Mr. John L. Boland purchased the interest of his partner and continued the business during the next three — 385 — years under his own name, after which the present company was organized with John L. Boland as President ; John R. Thomas, First Vice-President and Treasurer ; Joseph M. Boland, Second Vice-President, and L. R. Burgess, Secretary. Messrs. Jobii'L. Boland, Joseph M. Boland, John A. Thomas, Samuel R. Burgess and Theophil Herzog form the Board of Directors. The firm 25k — 386 - was first located at 504 N. Main street, occupied later on and for many years a double house on Washington avenue opposite the Lindell Hotel, but even these proved inadequate for the con. stantly growing business, so that much larger quarters became necessary. When the Hitchcock Building, which covers the entire block between Fourth, Vine, St. Charles and Third street, was in course of erection the company secured a lease, and is now in possession of this magnificent structure, situated on one of the principal business thoroughfares, affording ample room and well adapted for the extensive trade transacted therein. The premises contain probably the largest stock of books and stationery in the whole country; the standard works of American and European authors, the modern publications of both continents in every branch of literature are always kept on hand in suflicient quantities to enable the filling of the largest order without delay, and the retail department is permanently provided with the fullest assortment making selections easy and free of all embarrassment. The stationery department comprises everything pertaining to that line through direct connections with the largest and best known manufacturers and the stock in these articles is at all times a very complete one. The hundred and fifty employees of the house include an appropriate number of traveling representatives and its sales go in all directions. The John L. Boland Book and Stationery Co. enjoys a well merited reputation, based upon fair dealing, attentive service and the acknowledged high character and standing of those who manage its affairs; Mr. John L. Boland devotes all his time and labor to the supervision of this extensive establishment and the same may be said of his associates and assistants. He hails from Bolington, Landown County, Virginia, is a true type of the Old Dominion gentleman, upright and urbane, affable and sincere, a man of noble impulse and sterling worth. He interrupted his studies when quite young to join the Confederate army, served until the end of the war and came in 1866 to St. Louis, where he resided ever since and where he has won for himself the esteem and warm friendship of the best of his fellow-citizens. — 387 — B. HERDER. Bell Main 3763m. This firm has the great distinction to be the only one spoken of in this volume whose foundation dates back a full century. It was in 1801 that the publishing house of B. Herder in Frei- burg in Baden was established. The beginning, like in all such cases, was a rather modest one, and the first period of its existence, which included the Napoleonic wars, was certainly not a favorable time for the young enterprise, but energy and perseverance, dili- gence and integrity soon resulted in an unprecedented success. The firm stands since more than fifty years, if not longer, in the front rank of Catholic publishing houses and is not surpassed by any in this particular branch. The mother house in Freiburg be- came ic course of time unable to handle its constantly growing business from this one point, and the establishing of branch houses was found necessary. The first of these was opened in 1866 in Strassburg (Alsace) [and was followed by those in Munich and St. Louis — both established in 1873 — and to these was added the Vienna house in 1886. The establishment in Freiburg Is actually a little world in itself, comprising the various depart- ments through whose co-operation books are produced and placed on the market. Its publications cover the entire field of Catholic literature, including the works of many celebrated authors. Mr. Joseph Gummersbach, who stands at the head of the St. Louis house, opened it in the year named, possess- ing a thorough knowledge of all the details in his line when he left the home] office as its future representative in the United States. How well he succeeded in the fulfillment of this duty, is best proven by the fact that the establishment under his direction is the largest of its kind outside of New York. It supplies not only the West, South and Southwest but also many of the Middle and Eastern States and keeps constantly a complete assortment of Catholic books in the different languages on hand. The firm deals, aside from this, in church goods, church regalia, ornaments, etc., of everyl[description and executes special orders with the greatest care and 'promptness. The business had its beginning — 388 — in 19 South Broadway in the Temple Building. After a few years a store on Walnut street was added, but the ever-increasing business demanded more store-room. Mr. Gummersbach bought in 1881 the four story building, 17 South Broadway, where eighteen employees attend to their various duties. Mr. Gum- mersbach, the resident partner of the firm and its manager, supervises and conducts the affairs of the house with untiring activity, devoting all his time and great ability to them, is always found at his post, a man of remarkable business tact and most affable in his intercourse with everybody, an excel- lent citizen and highly esteemed by all who know him. E. T. JETT BOOK & NEWS CO. STATIONERS, NEWSDEALERS, BOOKSELLERS. 806 Olive Street, ST. LOUIS. Klnloch A686. PHILIP BOEDER. Kinloch A26. The book trade of St. Louis is naturally very large, but we have, strange as it may appear, only a few prominent firms in this branch. One of these is that of Philip Boeder, who gained a thorough knowledge of the business during his long connection with Willie H. Gray, the well-known bookseller of former years. Mr. Boeder’s first bookstore, established in 1878, was located on the south side of Olive, between Third and Fourth streets. The nearness of the old post office where thousands of people congre- gate every day, gave this location particular advantages, so that larger quarters soon became necessary. Luck would have it — 389 — that the double store on the southeast corner of Fourth and Olive street, where now the Rialto building stands, became vacant and Mr. Roeder made good use of this opportunity ; it was here where his business expanded in a remarkable way, but the erection of the Rialto building caused his removal to 307 North Fourth street in 1890. Here he remained for twelve years until 1902, when he resolved to move further west. His new quarters are at 616 Locust street, where the first and second floors are oc- cupied by him, affording ample room for the very large stock of books and stationery, the great variety of newspapers and mag- azines always kept on hand. A full assortment of the standard works as well as of modern literature, including the leading English and American authors and translations from the French and German, give his patrons an almost unlimited opportunity to make their selections. Orders for anything not on hand are promptly executed. Commercial and family station- ery in every desired style constitute a special feature of the firm. Mr. Roeder gives his personal attention to all the details of his business, is at his post from morning till evening and un- tiring in his efforts to accommodate and please his customers "who are also waited on by his able and polite assistants. His in- dustry and close devotion to business has resulted in a well de- served prosperity ; the present large business has developed from a very small beginning and he can therefore point to it with justi- fied pride. He came to this country when in his childhood, has lived in St. Louis for more than forty-seven years, has a large circle of friends and is well liked by all who know him. L. VOLKENING & SONS BOOK AND STATIONERY CO. Kinloch B225. This firm can look back over an existence of forty-four years, having been established in 1858 by Mr. Louis Volkening, and ever since conducted by him until his sons became his able assistants. An old City Directory tells us that Mr. Volkening’s store was first on the east side of Fifth, two doors north of Walnut street, and that he kept books, stationery, wall paper and window shades; in 1865 he removed to the corner of Fourth street and 390 — Franklin avenue, where the book and stationery business became so extensive that wall paper, window shades, etc., were done away with. The continued growth of trade made larger quarters necessary, and they were secured by a removal to the block fur- ther west, namely, to 517 Franklin avenue, a three-story building, now entirely used by the firm. The lower floor contains the salesrooms and office, the upper stories serve as warerooms for their extensive stock of books and stationery. The book department of the house comprises a full assortment in all branehes of literature for the general public, the student and professional man, and a complete stock of commercial and family- stationery, and aside from that a large variety of toys. The lithographing and printing establishment, conducted by the Volk- enings, is located on Seventh and Howard streets, and furnishes first-class work. The incorporation under the present firm name took place in 1900 with the following owners and partners: Louis Volkening, E. Volkening, R. Volkening, C. Volkening, F. Volkening and H. Volkening. Mr. Louis Volkening, a native of Hille near Minden (Prussia), had made St. Louis his home since 1854 and belongs to that class of citizens and business men, who are respected and esteemed for their integrity and strict princi- ples, which qualities are shared by his sons. He is the President of the company, E. Volkening the Vice-President and Treas- urer, and Clias. Volkening, Secretary. The firm has an extensive local and outside trade principally in the Western States and is well known for its reliability and promptness. C. WITTER. This firm was original^' devoted to the selling and publishing of German and French books as a specially but deals for many years in English works as well. Witter’s Book store was and still is a household word among our German population, it being one of the oldest firms of this branch in the city. It was established iu 1850 by Mr. Conrad Witter who had left his native country on ac- count of his participation in the revolutionary movements of 1848 and 1849 but who returned to Germany during the first half of the sixties, making his nephews Hugo and Ludwig Witter his successors. The former had come here iu 1856, the lat- — 391 — ter in 1862 ; they conducted the business till 1866 in which year Mr. Ludwig Witter disposed of his interest to Mr. Anton Witter, who in the meantime had arrived in St. Louis. The partnership of the two brothers Hugo and Anton was severed by the death of the latter in 1894. The firm was for twenty-two years on Second and Walnut, during a quarter of a century on the west side of Fourth between Market and Walnut streets, and is now on the corresponding block of South Broadway No. 19, a very desirable locality on this great thoroughfare. A full assort- ment of the standard works and new publication in English, French and German, is constantly kept on hand, books of science, classic works, dictionaries in the different languages and the importation of magazines and periodicals are a specialty of the firm and any- thing not in stock, domestic or foreign, is promptly furnished. Blank books and stationery form an important feature of the firm’s trade and everything in this line, wholesale and retail, is sold at most liberal prices. The house is known for its fairness and solidity, the great attention shown to customers and the careful execution of all orders entrusted to the same. Mr. Hugo Witter is now assisted by his sons, Mr. Wm. A. Witter and Mr. R. C. Witter ; they enjoy the confidence of their patrons and the esteem of a large circle of friends. BOOKSELLERS, STATIONERS AND NEWSDEALERS. A Full Line of Stationery for the Drug Trade. i ST. LOUIS NEWS COMPANY, ioo8 and loio Locust Street, WHOLESALE Price List and all Information Cheerfully Given. G. W. FLERSHEIM, Manager. Bell Main 1168a. Klnloch C676. — 392 — GEO. A. ZELLER. From a niche five by eight feet with a few wooden boards for shelves to a commodious well-appointed store on one of our prin- cipal thoroughfares is a big jump, and Mr. George A. Zeller is the man who made it thirty years ago, when he closed the little niche on the west side of Fourth near Market street, where he had sold newspapers and periodicals during a couple of years and opened the handsome bookstore at number 18 South Fourth street where he has remained ever since. He always keeps a well selected stock of modern literature on hand, all magazines, periodicals and a large number of newspapers, a complete assortment of stationery, albums, pictures, etc., and fills orders for anything in his line with the greatest promptness. He makes aside from all this, the publication of certain works a specialty of his business, and one of these books, “ Stromberg’s guide for Steam Users” is very popular for engineers and firemen. Mr. Zeller is a native of Germany, came to this country when very young and made St. Louis his permanent home ; he is a courteous, exceed- ingly polite gentleman, attentive to his customers, strict and honest in all his dealings, and well liked by all who come in con- tact with him. His store is a model of neatness and his show window contains at all times something new and attractive for old and young people. GEO. D. BARNARD & CO. Bell Linciell 851. Kinloch C1492. The manufacture of blank books in the Western States had a rather primitive character until 1872, which year can be consid- ered the commencement of a new era in this industrial branch. Up to that time large quantities of blank books used to be sold by Eastern houses to dealers in the Middle and Western States, and it was a common belief, that these goods were of a better quality than those made in Chicago, Cincinnati and St. Louis, in which latter city two or three firms combined blank book manufacturing on a small scale with the stationery business. It is in striking — 393 — contrast with that period, that we have now and since many years the largest blank book manufacturing establishment in the world right in our midst.. It was founded thirty years ago by Geo. W. Van Beck, Geo. D. Barnard and John S. Tinsley, who formed a copartnership under the name of Van Beck, Barnard and Tinsley. Mr. Barnard became the successor of this firm in 1877, since which year Geo. D. Barnard & Co. have come to the front in their particular line. The incorporation took place in 1885, the style of the firm remaining unchanged and the board of di- rectors consists of Messrs. Geo. D. Barnard, W. K. Richards, E. T. Ustick, Floyd Shock and Geo. J. McGrew, with Mr. Barnard as President, Mr. Ustick, Secretary, and Mr. Richards, Treas- urer. They were first located on Main and Vine streets and then for a long time on Washington avenue and Eleventh street, but the constant growth of business made much larger quarters necessaiy and this led to the erection of one of the largest fac- tory buildings in the city at Vandeventer and Laclede avenues, covering several acres of ground. Here are united under one roof the offices, sample and salesrooms, warehouse and workshops, the latter being fully equipped with the most approved machinery of newest construction and all mod- ern facilities. Not less than two hundred and fifty employees are busy from morning till evening in the various departments, which comprise printing, lithographing, the manufacture of all kinds of stationery and all sorts of blank books including those used by city, town and county officials, railroad companies, banks, etc. Mr. Geo. D. Barnard was born in 1846, is a native of Massachusetts, left home when only four- teen years of age ; following Horace Greeley's advice he went west, first to Chicago where he became an apprentice in a printing establishment, from which humble position he in course of time reached the prominent place of being at the head of one of the most extensive industrial establishments in the United States. Coming to St. Louis in 1868, he made this city his. permanent home and numbers among our most respected business men. He and his associates devote their energy, experience and untiring activity to the sagacious conduct of their great enterprise. Based upon progressive ideas and liberal views, the remarkable success of it is highly deserved. — 394 — SKINNER-KENNEDY STATIONERY CO. Bell Main 2823, 2829. Kinloch AG22. The Skinner and Kennedy Stationery Company is one of the younger mercantile and manufacturing houses of our city, but the gentlemen composing the firm possess the experience of many years of active service in the stationery and printing branch, and are therefore well adapted to conduct such a business. The firm was established July 1st, 1900, by Mr. A. B. Skinner, Mr. W. J. Kennedy and Mr. Warren Skinner and incorporated at the same time under the laws of the State of Missouri with A. B. Skinner as President, Mr. W. J. Kennedy, Vice-President, and Warren Skinner, Secretary. They make commercial printing a specialty, and have gained an enviable reputation in this particular line ; they also carry a complete stock of commercial and legal sta- tionery and a full assortment of every kind of counting room and office supplies. The three proprietors, active and energetic business men, give close attention to all the details of their con- stantly increasing trade, and this being exclusively local the greatest care is taken to give the fullest satisfaction to all their patrons. The entire building. No. 410 North Fourth street, is used by the company for office, salesroom and warehouse pur- poses ; it also contains the large printing establishment whose carefully executed work speaks for itself. There are sixty per- sons employed in the various departments under the supervision of able and experienced superintendent and foremen, and noth- ing is left undone to deserve the remarkable success which the firm has won in so short a time. WOODWARD & TIERNAN PRINTING CO. Bell Park 700. Kinloch B 2101, 2102. The Woodward & Tiernan Printing Company has one of the largest establishments of its kind in the United States, and is known far and wide all over the country. It was a rather modest beginning when Mr. Wm. H. Woodward, himself a prac- tical printer, purchased in 1864 the small job printing office of 395 ~ Geo. H. Hanson on North Main street. Within four j’ears larger quarters became necessary and the removal to the north- east corner of Third and Pine streets took place and at the same time a copartnership was formed by Mr. Woodward and Mr. James Tiernan, a most powerful team — to use a popular phrase — which soon overcame all opposition, placing the firm of Wood- ward & Tiernan in the front rank as printers, binders and blank book manufacturers. In 1872 Mr. W. B. Hale became a partner in the firm, which changed to Woodward, Tiernan & Hale, but the latter withdrew in 1882, whereupon the two orig- inal partners continued under the former name of Woodward & Tiernan until 1886 when Mr. Tiernan died and his interest in the business was purchased by the surviving partner, who soon after organized a stock company, incorporated as the Woodward & Tiernan Printing Company. For fifteen years, namely, from 1872 to 1887, the business was carried on at Locust and Second street, but even this large building proved inadequate in course of time and this caused the removal to the present location, on Third, between Olive and Locust, in the last named year. The constant growth of business necessitated additional accommodations from time to time and the establishment comprises now nine buildings with a floor space of nearly' 200,000 square feet. A little world of its own is concentrated in these buildings, containing the vari- ous departments for type-setting, electrotyping, printing, binding and manufacturing of blank books and the sale of every kind of stationery. Everything emanating from this vast establish- ment excels in material and workmanship and whatever comes from its printing presses is unsurpassed in execu- tion and taste. Over six hundred employees constitute the working force, each department having its own superin- tendent and foreman. The officers of the Company are: Wm. H. Woodward, who exercises a general supervision over all affairs, is the President and Treasurer ; J. H. Hawes is Vice- President ; R. Buchanan, Secretary; Walter B. Woodward and Edgar B. Woodward, sons of the President, occupy the position of Business Manager and Superintendent respectively. The phenomenal development and success of the firm is the direct and well-deserved result of untiring activity and energy, close atten- — 396 tion to even the smallest details, strict business principles and fair dealing; and not only the founder of this establishment can with justified pride look upon his achievements, but all St. Louisans can point with satisfaction to the Woodward & Tiernan Printing Company, as one of the greatest industrial concerns of the country. JOS. H. SCHWEICH, COMMERCIAL PRINTER, ii6 Olive St., ST. LOUIS, Bell Main 72a. Kinloch A 142. NIXON-JONES PRINTING CO. Bell Main 297a. Kinloch A149. The Nixon-Jones Printing Company, incorporated in 1882, is the successor of G. I. Jones & Co., which latter firm had con" sisted of Frank Nixon and G. I. Jones. The first officers of the company were F. O. Wellman, President, and Geo. M. Bartlett, Secretary and Treasurer, which position he still holds. The firm devotes itself principally to book work, which on account of its superior quality has gained an enviable reputation all over the United States, and the imprint of this company may be seen on a large part of the high grade work done in St. Louis during the last twenty years. While law book work has been a specialty miscellaneous books of all kinds, catalogues and fine newspaper and magazine work also come from the presses of this establish- ment. School and college catalogues from all over the West and South are generally printed by them and the firm has also done satisfactory work for the great publishing houses of Boston and San Francisco. Particular attention is given to briefs — even such — 397 — of one hundred or more pages are printed and delivered within ten hours after receiving copy and they can with all justification claim to be the best equipped and largest law printing house in the West. All orders entrusted to the Nixon-Jones Printing Com- pany is universally executed with the greatest care by an efficient corps of compositors under the supervision of able and experienced superintendents and foremen and it is the constant aim of the owners to give their patrons the fullest satisfaction. Secretary Bartlett, Manager Kline and Superintendent Gotshall are always ready to give estimates and desired information. The well-known establishment occupies the entire building No. 215 Pine street in the immediate neighborhood of the Merchants Exchange. BECKTOLD PRINTING AND BOOK MANUFACTURING COMPANY. Bell Main 36a. Kinloch BlOOl. St. Louis has a world-wide reputation for its publishing, print- ing, binding and blank book manufacturing establishments, and one of them is especially celebrated for the superior quality of whatever comes from its workshops. The firm to which we refer, the Becktold Printing and Book Manufacturing Company originated in 1874, more than a quarter of a century ago; it was a rather modest beginning when Wm. B. Becktold, H. W. Brand and C. R. Barnes formed a copartnership in the year just named, but the establishment commenced soon to extend and developed within a comparatively short period in an unprecedented way, and to dimensions which make it one of the largest concerns of its kind in the United States. They were first located at 215 Pine street, but occupy since 1880 the building on the south side of the same street, including the numbers from 200 to 212. This magnificent plant comprises a printing establishment, a book bindery and a blank book manufactory, all of which are equipped with the most approved modern machinery and all facilities known in these industrial branches. Three hundred employees are constantly at work in the various departments under efficient superintendents and foremen and it is the aim of the company to produce unexceptionally good — 398 — work and to give tbeir patrons the fullest satisfaction as to quality, price and promptness in the execution of all orders entrusted to them. The ownership changed in course of time and the present corporation was organized in 1896 with Wm. B. Becktold, Andrew Wunsch, and Louis Becktold as incorporators ; the death of Mr. Wunsch caused another change and Messrs. Wm. B. and Louis Becktold are now the proprietors, the former being the President and Treasurer, the latter Secretary of the company. Both devote all their time, ability, and energy to the management and general supervision of the company’s business, whose continued growth is the well-deserved result of their adherence to strictness, reliability, and fairness in all their transactions. Mr. Wm. B. Becktold is interested in various important enterprises and always ready to participate in every movement for the good and welfare of the community and the promotion of industry and commerce. The company is well known all over the United States, as their work goes to every part of the Union and is everywhere deservedly appreciated. COMPTON AND SONS LITHOGRAPHING AND PRINT- ING COMPANY. Bell Main 1404A. This firm was established in 1872 by Mr. Richard J. Compton, a native of Buffalo, N. Y”., who came here as early as 1853 and who soon became famous as an engraver. Several years later he formed a copartnership with Mr. Thomas Doan, under the firm of Compton & Doan, Music Publishers, and after the dissolution of this firm he became the President of the Democrat Lithographing Company. The Compton & Sons Lithographing Company was in- corporated in 1872 and gained within a very short time an envi- able reputation for the excellence of its work ; from its presses emanated in course of time the most artistic products of the lith- ographers and engravers art, justly celebrated for the originality and beauty of design and execution. Of the numerous products issued by this firm we will mention only the superb invitations for the annual Veiled Prophets Ball and the History of the Boatmen’s Bank published on the occasion of the fiftieth anniversary of that — 309 — institmion, the tasteful calendars of the American Wine Company, which, like many other articles, have won general admiration. Mr. R. J. Compton directed the affairs of the company for twenty-seven years, up to the very time of his death, which occurred on May 20th, 1899 ; he was one of the best known men in the city, highly esteemed in business and social circles, was one of the founders of the Mercantile Club, a member of the Merchants Exchange, also of various commercial and fraternal organizations and took at all times a very active part in public affairs. The three oldest of his four sons had for many years been their father’s partners and connected with the estab- lishment almost from boyhood after receiving an excellent edu- cation. They possess a thorough knowledge of all the details in the lithographing, engraving aud printing branches and are their father’s worthy successors, faithful to their various duties and giving all their time and attention to the careful execution of all orders. The products of the establishment consist in all kinds of work pertaining to the branch, such in colors being a specialty for which the firm has earned an enviable reputation in all the Western and Southwestern States. The establishment occupies the entire building number 212 Locust street, is equipped with the best machinery and all modern appliances for the turning out of unsurpassed work. Mr. P. C. Compton is the President, Mr. C. B. Compton Vice-Pi’esident, and Mr. R. J. Compton, Junior, is Secretary of the company ; all three are favorably known in the mercantile community, have a host of friends and are well liked for the affable manners and other attainments inherited from their estimable ancestor. AUG. GAST BANK NOTE AND LITHOGRAPHING CO. Bell Main 2137m. Kinloch C973. It is but natural that this country with its immense trade and commerce forms the greatest field for the lithographers’ and engravers’ art and that millions of dollars are yearly expended for the products of this industrial branch. And it is just as natural that the competition therein creates a permanent striving for the highest achievements, so that the doctrine of “ the surviv- — 400 ing of the fittest ” is truly applicable to the firms engaged in this line of business. It must therefore be a source of pride for our city that the greatest and best known lithographing and engrav- ing establishment in the United States is located in our midst. The August Gast Bank Note and Lithographing Co. stands with- out a rival in regard to the superiority, accuracy and beauty of all its productions. The firm’s beginning was on a very small scale, but it grew continually till it reached the top of the ladder. The brothers Leopold and August Gast came to St. Louis in 1852 ; they had learned their art in their native country, brought a single lithographing press with them and opened a very modest shop with an equally modest outfit. They met with success and could soon occupy larger quarters ; their business kept pace with the growth of the city and placed its competitors within a few years more or less in the background. Mr. L. J. W. Wall, who had in 1876 been admitted into the partnership by Mr. August Gast (the withdrawal of Mr. Leopold Gast had taken place many years before) was especially success- ful in surrounding himself with the best designers, engravers and lithographers whose artistic work contributes just as much to the widespread fame of the establishment as the unexcep- tional fair business methods of the firm. He became the Presi- dent of the company after the retirement of Mr. August Gast in 1885, and the uninterrupted growth and extension of the estab- lishment since then is greatly due to his untiring zeal and energy, assisted by Mr. W. W. Ramsay, the Secretary, and a large number of foremen, many of whom have been with the house for more than twenty years. The erection of the large build- ing on the southeast corner of Morgan and Twenty-first street, occupied since 1889, secure to it not only a very desirable loca- tion, but at the same time the best possible facilities for the ex- ecution of work in all the different departments. They are equipped with the most modern presses, the most approved machinery and the latest improvements. Here every kind and style of engraving, in stone or steel — from the smallest label to the largest show-card ; from a visiting card to a bond with ever so many coupons ; from a monogram on ladies’ note paper to all sorts of commercial and legal blanks. Not less — 401 — than two hundred and fifty employees are necessary to execute the orders received from all parts of the West, Southwest and Middle States ; the Eastern States being served by a branch estab- lishment in New York. Mr. Wall is one of the most promi- nent citizens of St. Louis, a member of the Manufacturers and other Clubs ; one of the founders and a director of the Jefferson Bank and interested in several important enterprises ; in spite of his manifold business duties he devotes much time and labor to the welfare of the community, which he has served in different capac- ities, and since the organization of the Good Government Club of which he was especially instrumental, he occupies the Presi- dent’s chair of the society, as he believes every citizen and especially business man should take an interest in matters concern- ing the welfare of the city in which they live. SCHARR BROTHERS ENGRAVING CO. Bell Main 576a. Kinloch C861. The manufacture and sale of society stationery is since many years an important branch of trade, and the demand for tasteful and artistic work by the fashionable world is constantly on the increase. There is only one strictly society stationery house in St. Louis and that is the Scharr Brothers Engraving Company, whose establishment at 1405 Olive street may by right be called the rendezvous place of the bon-ton of our city. The assort- ment found there comprises every article of society stationery and of the finest quality, the best of American and European, especially English origin, and of the newest and most modern designs. The engraving department of the firm is justly cele- brated for the superiority and beauty of everything emanating from it, from the simple visiting card to the elaborate betrothal announcement, wedding and other invitations, all unsurpassed in style and execution. The firm is one of the oldest in its line, having been established as early as 1854 by Mr. John -Scharr, for many years located on Fourth, between Pine and Olive streets. The death of Mr. John Scharr occurred in 1896, since which time the business is conducted by his oldest son, Mr. Gustav F, Scharr, who has succeeded in adding new patrons to the iunum- 26k — 402 — erable old ones, which for years and years have been and still are pernaanent customers of the establishment, which is known for the prompt and careful attention given to all orders. The firm was incorporated in 1891 under the above name by John Scharr, John Scharr, Jr., and Gustavus F. Scharr. The present officers are: Gustavus F. Scharr, President; Walter C. Scharr, Vice- President and M. A. Schueler, Secretary and Treasurer. STEINER ENGRAVING & BADGE CO. Bell Main 2523. Kiuloch B1429. Whatever emanates from the Steiner Engraving & Badge Company excels in artistic design, taste and skillful execution of work and is unsurpassed in general. The firm stands at the head of all similar establishments and its products comprise badges and buttons for societies, clubs, secret orders, conven- tions, political and other organizations, stencils, seals, steel, brass, and rubber stamps, also bookbinders’ and box printing dies, metal checks, etc. All the articles manufactured by the company are of superior quality and aside from a very extensive local trade large orders for them especially for badges are con- stantly received from all parts of the Union. It is the aim and pride of the company, to give their patrons the fullest satisfaction as to material, workmanship, and price, no matter how large or small the order may be. The business was established in 1879 by J. J. Linck and Co. who conducted it until 1885, when Messrs. T rebus and Steiner became the owners. The present firm was incorporated in 1899 by the following proprietors : Chas. W. Steiner, President and Treasurer; Chas. J. Kircher, Vice-President; Harry B. Higley, Secretary, and Geo. H. Kuntz, Supei'intendent. All the partners, natives of St. Louis, became identified with the establishment when very young, grew up with it and made it what it is now. Their great and well deserved success being the result of long practical experience and thorough knowledge in their particular branch of industry, combined with able management and fair dealing. The business was located for many years at 210 Chestnut street, but the firm occupies since 1896 the entire building No. 11 North Eighth street, the lower — 403 — floor of which contains the office and salesrooms, where a full assortment of the various articles is always to be found ; the upper stories serve as workshops and are equipped with the most modern machinery and best implements. PUBLISHING FIRMS. CONCORDIA PUBLISHING HOUSE. Kiuloch C1053. The greatest Evangelical Lutheran publishing establishment in the United States is located in St. Louis, unsurpassed by any other in size, equipment and the superiority of all work emanat- ing from it, as shown by the fact that its exhibit at the Pan- American Exposition at Buffalo (1901) was awarded a silver medal. Its official position is best signified as. the book concern of the Evangelical Lutheran Synod of Missouri, which comprises all the Western and some of the Middle States. Up to 1869 the books used in church and school were published by private firms, under contract with the Synod, but in that year the founding of a synodal printing establishment was resolved upon, and this plan was carried out without delay. The imposing structure at the corner of Jefferson avenue and Miami street, reaching to In- diana avenue, dedicated to its purpose in 1872, and enlarged from time to time, contains the printing establishment, publica- tion office and book depot of the Synod, from which all the con- gregations belonging to the latter are supplied. There are under the one roof united the type-setters, electrotypers, engine and press-rooms, the bindery, the packing, mailing and shipping de- partment, storage-room, a book store for the local trade, editorial and business offices — all provided with the most modern and practi- cal equipment. Aside from books a great number of periodicals are regularly published, foremost among them their “ Luther- aner,” a semi-monthly family paper, several theological papers, magazines for children and young people, to which in later years a number of English publications of like character have been added. A supervisory board with Pastor C. Janzow as chair- — 404 — man stands at the bead of the corporation and the management lies in the hands of Mr. Martin S. Tirmenstein, who holds this responsible position since 1892, in which year he was appointed General Manager. He performs his duties with a sagacity, ability and circumspection of which much older men might justly be proud, he being at present only forty-two years of age. Mr. Tirmenstein is a native of St. Louis where his grandfather, Mar- tin Tirmenstein settled in 1839 as one of the first Lutheran emi- grants from Saxony. The grandson received an excellent educa- tion and was well prepared for the vocation he chose, in mercantile pursuits ; he first entered the banking house of Consul Robert Barth, worked several years as a clerk with Gray, Backer& Co., book- sellers and stationers, and became, 1891, the assistant manager of the Concordia Publishing House. The promotion, which soon fol- lowed, was well deserved ; he gives his undivided attention and untiring labor to the fulfillment of his duties, possesses remark- able business tact and the most affable manners, qualities that have won him the esteem of all that come in business and social contact with him. LOUIS LANGE PUBLISHING CO. Kinloch C298. The development of a literary enterprise from a small begin- ning to large dimensions is by no means a rare occurrence, but the results of the late Mr. Louis Lange, the founder of the pub- lishing business from which the above company emanated, were of such a remarkable success that it stands almost without compari- son. It was in 1863 when Mr. Lange acquired “ Die Abend- scJmle,” then a monthly, but now, and since many years, a weekly and semi-monthly illustrated journal, whose circulation at that time did not reach over 500 subscribers. The new owner was a practi- cal printer, having learned his trade in the composing rooms of the Netv York Staats-Zeitimg, but he combined with this profession a good deal of editorial ability and business capacity, energy and perseverance, and it did not take long until the paper became a very interesting and valuable addition to the German periodicals -of this country, among which it now stands in the front rank. — 405 — The list of subscribers grew from year to year, and this enabled the proprietor in course of time to erect a printing establishment of a very large size and modern equipment on Texas avenue, corner Miami street, one of the most eligible parts of the city. Mr. Louis Lange, Sr., died in 1893, but had withdrawn from the active management some time previous, leaving the entire business in the hands of his sons, Theodore and Ernest Lange, who in 1892 had the Louis Lange Publishing Company incorporated under the laws of Missouri. They were their father’s worthy successors, conscientious, upright, active and full of enterprise, devoting, their time and labor to their duties ; they surrounded themselves with a corps of able writers, left nothing undone to improve the character and contents of the publication and had the satisfaction that the “ Abendschule ” is now distributed in 42,000 copies. To this German magazine they added in 1894 an English semi- monthly, the Illustrated Home Journal, which is just as carefully edited and sent out to over 17,000 subscribers. Both publica- tions have readers all over the United States, in Canada, Germany and Australia. They are scrupulously free from politics and con- tain unexceptional choice and interesting family reading. Aside from these a number of very interesting works (in German) have been issued by the firm, among them: The Civil War, The Rev- olutionary War, The Life of Bismarck, many books for young people, Books of Fiction, Collections of Poetry, etc. The company has for its officers, Mr. Theodore Lange and Mr. Ernest Lange. The first named is President and Treasurer, his brother the Secretary, and they fully deserve the envious successes which they have achieved. They are known for their strict business principles and enjoy the esteem of a large circle of friends. The establishment gives constant employment to frona forty to fifty hands, is a model of neatness and practical aiTangements in all its details and visitors are always welcome on the premises. — 406 — ADVERTISING AGENCIES. H. W. KASTOR & SONS ADVERTISING CO. Bell Mala 21. Kinloch B418. Twelve well-appointed I’ooms on the fourth floor of the Pozzoni Building, northeast corner Ninth and Chestnut streets, are occu- pied by the H. W. Kastor & Sons Advertising Company, one of the largest Arms in this particular branch in the United States and undoubtedly the largest in the West. The unparalleled success of this company is all the more remarkable, as it has been achieved within a comparatively short period, only seven years having elapsed since Mr. H. W. Kastor exchanged the editor’s and publisher’s vocation with his present one. He had for nearly thirty years been the editor and proprietor of a daily paper in St. Joseph and well known in Missouri and our neighboring States, and when he entered the advertising branch, he brought with him a thorough knowledge and long experience to the new field of his activity. Successful advertising may be classified as a science and one of the higher arts; it requires excellent judgment and circumspection, not only how, but especially where and when to advertise, so as to make it the most profitable to the advertiser, or, in other words, to bring him the best results for the money so invested. It is the particular pride of the Kastor & Sons Advertising Company, that their patrons have always appreciated their services, that their number has grown from year to year and that they have some of the most extensive advertisers in the country, whp formerly dealt with other firms, on their list — a fact which speaks volumes for the Kastors. They form a rather close corporation and a very unique one at that, it being con- stituted by H. W. Kastor, the father and his seven sons, a con- stellation, which very likely has no duplicate in the whole world. The establishment is divided in eight specific departments: H. W. Kastor manages the finances, B. H. Kastor has charge of the printing department from which the often admired, tasty and artistic advertisements sent out by the firm emanate ; Louis — 407 — stands at the head of the rate division, E. H. has won fame as an advertisement and circular writer ; E. H. is the originator of many successful schemes, especially for mail order houses ; W. B. is in charge of the soliciting department and can point to admirable results in his line ; Arthur G. and Fred W. supervise the check- ing and file divisions respectively. The enviable achievements of the company are the direct result of the harmonious co-operation of these various departments and their heads, but not less the result of the strict business principles, reliability and promptness, with which all transactions are invariably conducted by Mr. Kastor and his seven sous. STEWART SCOTT PRESSROOM CO. Bell 731a. Kinloch A399. Good presswork forms an important part of every kind of pub- lication ; the dail}^ or weekly paper, the monthly or quarterly magazine, the largest or smallest book becomes more acceptable if well printed, and loses in value if this qualification is missing. We have in our midst an establishment for the execution of general presswork which stands unexcelled and unsurpassed by any other firm here or elsewhere. The Stewart Scott Pressroom Company is located on the southwest corner of Third aud Locust street and fully equipped with the best and newest machinery and modern appliances, each of the numerous presses having its own separate electric motor as moving power. The business was originally founded in 1881 by Mr. Stewart Scott, who in 1886 formed a copartnership with Mr. J. P. Richarz under the firm name of Scott & Richarz, which after the withdrawal of the latter (in 1898) was succeeded by the Stewart Scott Pressroom Com- pany, incorporated by Stewart Scott, S. D. Scott and Chas. P. Noel with Stewart Scott as President and Treasurer, and Chas. P. Noel as Vice-President aud Secretary. The first location at 318 Chestnut street proved too small in course of time and this caused a removal to 110 South Ninth, but still larger quarters became necessary and this resulted in the transfer to the present fire- proof place, in which sixty hands are constantly employed. The superior pi-esswork emanating from the establishment won for — 408 — the firm a permanent and steadily growing patronage ; the firm abstains from catering to low prices, but secures and holds its customers by meritorious work. Mr. Stewart Scott hails from Edinburgh, left Scotland in 1868 and came directly to St. Louis, making this city his home ever since. He is himself a practical printer, an expert in his trade and exercises a personal super- vision of the establishment. THALMANN PRINTING INK CO. Bell Main 2131. Kinloch A174. The quality of the ink with which newspapers, periodicals, books, engravings, etc., are printed enhances or diminishes their value in a great measure, and it is but natural that in our days, when the printers’ and engravers’ art has reached such a high degree of perfection, the demand for the best kind of ink is a general one. To respond to this demand is the constant aim of the Thalmann Printing Ink Co., established in 1869 by B. Thal- mann at 2115 to 2121 Singleton street, where the factory has remained ever since. The articles manufactured by the firm are printing and lithographic ink of all colors, copper and steel plate ink, printers’ varnishes and plate oils. Experienced workmen and the most approved machinery, together with only the best material and utmost carefulness, produce these various articles, which have won for the firm an enviable reputation and well- deserved success. It was incorporated in 1893 by B. Thalmann, J. H. Ketcheson and L. C. Gross. The present Directors are B. Thalmann, J. H. Ketcheson and Wm. Nedderhut, the first two being President and Vice-President respectively. Thalmann’ s inks are sold in the Northern, Southern and Western States, and give everywhere the greatest satisfaction. The firm has branches in Chicago (No. 415 Dearborn street) and in Kansas City (No. 401 Wyandotte street). The home office is located at 210 Olive street. Mr. Thalmann was born in Thuringia, received a good education and became an apprentice in the lithographic establishment of which his brother was the proprietor. He then found employment as a lithographer in Pesth, the capital of Hungary and later on in Vienna. Seeking his fortune in the new world, he came, 1864, to — 409 — St. Louis, which city he has made his home ; after working for nearly five years for the August Gast Lithographing Company, he concluded to relinquish this vocation, whereupon he estab- lished himself in the ink business and has certainly no cause to regret the change. He is an active and enterprising business man, reliable in all his dealings and highly esteemed by all who know him. DRY PLATES AND PHOTOGRAPHERS’ SUPPLIES. Among the various products of science and industry, the many articles of mauufacture emanating from local establishments, perhaps none has made St. Louis so famous, we might say all over the world, as the dry plates prepared by firms of this city. They are used and preferred by photographers in every part of the United States, are found in the cameras in Europe and other foreign countries, and have carried the name of St. Louis to the Swiss Alps, the volcanoes of Italy, the ruins of classic Greece, the Holy Land, the Desert of the Sahara, the Himalaya Moun- tains and to far-off Australia. It is their superior quality which has secured to them their great reputation and with that the markets of the world, and we take great pleasure to speak of the establishments devoted to this branch on the following pages. G. CRAMER DRY PLATE COMPANY. Bell Sidney 141. Kinloch C1092. The uninterrupted progi’ess of the photographer’s art is largely due to the perfection reached in the manufacturing of dry plates, as they constitute the principal basis of a good picture. The quality of the plate is therefore a matter of greatest importance ; the exactness and finish of the artist’s work depends of course upon his abilitj' but just as much on the material and all auxil- iaries used in the production of a picture. St. Louis may be truthfully called the manufacturing center for dry plates, as we have three such establishments in our midst. We will speak first — 410 — of the G. Cramer Dry Plate Company, whose origin dates back to 1879, in which year Mr. Gustav Cramer, in partnership with Mr. H. Norden, commenced to make dry plates. This was done* on a rather small scale but soon developed into larger dimen- sions. Many obstacles and drawbacks had to be overcome, great patience and energy were necessary, to surmount the manifold hindrances till the desired results were reached. It was a great triumph for the young firm, when at the Photographers’ Conven- tion, held in Chicago, in 1880, the photographs made with their dry plates received the first prize, the awards being given by a jury composed of the best photographers in the country. Mr. Norden withdrew from the firm after a few years and the G. Cramer Dry Plate Works took the place of Cramer & Norden till 1898, in which year the G. Cramer Dry Plate Company was or- ganized and incorporated with Gustav Cramer as President, J. C. Somerville as Secretary, and F. Ernst Cramer as Vice-President and Treasurer. The present location on Shenandoah and Lemp avenues was first occupied iu 1889, but the building became too small for the constant growth of the business and larger accommodations were needed. Much more room was required and an entire new plant, erected on the same site and additional ground, covering an area of 266 by 190 feet is, since April, 1899, in use for the different depart- ments, furnishing ample space for all purposes of this extensive establishment. The principal building consists of two stories below and two above the street, and the four floors contain over 50,000 square feet divided in numerous departments provided with the most modem and complete machinery and appliances known in technic and science. The glass used for the Cramer Dry Plates is imported from England and Belgium, the domestic article lacking the clearness of color and smoothness of surface indispensable for the production of first-class photographic work- The sub-cellar serves in part as storage room for the original packages (boxes) filled with glass ; here the boxes are opened, the glass is carefully examined and then by an automatic electric elevator sent to the next floor where it is placed one by one in tanks filled with sulphuric acid, whereby every particle of foreign substance is removed and from here every single plate passes — 411 — through a process of washing between rotary brushes under a constant stream of filtered water. In emerging it receives the coat of substratum which is necessary to secure the sensitive film to the glass. These substratum machines, of which there are four, are capable of coating thirtj' 8x10 lights of glass per minute and considering the fact that they are run ten hours a day, some idea can be formed of the daily capacity of this plant. The emulsion, ihe composition of which is only known to Mr. Cramer and his assistants in the labcratory, is applied to the plates in rooms with a dim ruby-colored light so as to prevent an exposure to daylight and after being coated they pass through an ice tunnel of more than thirty feet whereby the coating is set, after which the plates are placed on shelves and wheeled into the drying room, where refrigerating and heating pipes and electric fans continue and finish the drying process. These fans are kept in motion day and night, so that the plates coated during the day are perfectly dried the next morning. The examining, assorting, packing and labeling is done in separate rooms, all arranged for their special purpose, and for all transferring and moving electricity is used. The electric power comes from a spacious power house, entirely separate from the main building, two engines provide the whole machinery with the necessary power and all — 412 — parts of tlie establishment with heat, light and ventilation. The equipment of the establishment is the most complete in all its details, it even includes the printing of all the labels and blanks used by the company. The testing department is superintended by Mr. Robert Benecke, an experienced photographer like Mr. G. Cramer himself, and for twenty years connected with the technical and operative divisions of the firm. The constant care and watchfulness on the part of Mr. Cramer and his assistants secure to the output of the firm the uninter- rupted excellent quality which has made the Cramer Dry Plates celebrated at home and abroad ; they are shipped to all parts of the United States, to Canada, South America, Mexico, Europe, the West Indies, Hawaii, Cubaand Australia. Products of these plates are on exhibition in the art room into which the visitor is ushered directly from the center hall of the building. It is an apartment well worth to be seen in the palaces of reigning monarchs ; the floor is of quartered white oak highly polished, with beautiful inlaid border: on the ceiling are numerous incandes- cent flames around the skylight producing a soft light shining through frosted globes. On the walls, which are covered with dark green plush tapestry, the leading photographers of the coun- try exhibit specimens of their work for which the Cramer Dry Plates have been used, forming a gallery of art in miniature. On the other side of the hall the offices are located, commodious rooms with all modern appurtenances and facilities for the trans- action of business. Here is also the private office of the man whose untiring activity combined with ability and knowledge has built up this magnificent establishment, Mr. Gustav Cramer, who may well be proud of the result of his labors. He is still in the prime of life, full of vigor and energy, at his post from morning till evening, but in spite of this he finds time to devote himself to many public interests, especially for charitable pur- poses. He stands high in the esteem of his fellow-citizens, and is a prominent member of several commercial and social organiza- tions. His three sons, F. Ernest, Emile and Adolph, ai’e actively engaged in the business of the company and their father’s valu- able assistants. The firm has a branch at No. 32 East Tenth street in New York City, under the management of Mr. E. L. — 413 — Somerville, for the distribution of their product to all territory east of Pittsburgh. A full assortment is constantly kept on hand there and all orders are filled just as promptly and carefully as from the home office. HAMMER DRY PLATE CO. Bell Sidney 704a. Kinlocn C297. The works of the Hammer Dry Plate Company cover a large piece of ground on Ohio avenue and Miami street, a location well adapted for the manufacture of dry plate, by being far away from business traffic and street travel, therefore almost free from dust and an unclean atmosphere. Mr. L. F. Hammer went into this branch of industry in 1890, with a twenty-year experience as a practical photographer, and the proprietor of a well-patron- ized atelier, from which thousands of excellent photographs have emanated. This gallery is now conducted by his sons, he himself devoting all his time to the management and supervision of the large manufacturing establishment, founded by him. The very substantial building is in its different departments fully equipped with the best machinery and appliances, and the dry plate pro- duced therein have gained a well-deserved reputation among photographers in all parts of the country. About sixty skilled and experienced hands are employed in the factory and several traveling men represent the firm all over the Union. The plates possess all the qualities desired by the profession and amateurs for the production of a good negative, and the consequent gain- ing of a good picture. Mr. Hammer is a German by birth, but came here when very young, and unites German perseverance and industry with American enterprise and activity ; he gives faithful attention to his business duties, is a man of the strictest integrity, and of social qualifications, which endear him to a host of friends. He is a Director in the German Mutual Fire Insur- ance Company of St. Louis, and belongs to several, organizations in which he has served in various capacities, as, for instance, dur- ing ten years as Treasurer of Meridian Lodge A. F. and A. M. The Hammer Dry Plate Company was incorporated in 1891, under the laws of the State of Missouri, since which time its officers — 414 -- are: Mr. F. L. Hammer, President, and Mr. Richard Salzgeber, Secretary. M. A. SEED DRY PLATE COMPANY. selection Bell Mala 1593a. The results of the pho- tographer’s work depend in a great measure upon the quality of the plates used therefore of the greatest importance. The photographic art goes hand in hand with the scientific production of the plates, both stand to each other in the position of cause and effect; the good effect of the photographic picture is in part caused by the negative from which it was printed. Ever since the M. A. Seed Dry Plate Co. was established, their dry plates have received the general approval of photographers (profes- sionals as well as amateurs) in this country and outside of it. Scientific and technical inventions and improvements have always been utilized by this firm in perfecting not only the plates but every article made in their factory. The latter is located in Wood- land, Missouri, and was established in 1883 by A. R. Huiskamp and M. A. Seed. The company has been in continued successful operation, the goods produced have a high reputation for fine chemical effects and great uniformity. The factory has lately been enlarged and more fully equipped with modern machinery and appliances and numbers now among the best in the United States. The entire building, No. 2005 Locust street, is used for the city office and salesrooms, and the Eastern office, salesroom and warehouse are located at 57 East Ninth* street. New York. The dry plates form of course the principal article of manu- facture ; aside from them celluloid films, lantern slides, transparencies and developers are made in large quantities. The quality of all these articles, fair dealing and close attention to the demands of their customers, secured to the M. A. Seed Dry Plate Company a well-earned reputation, and their trade mark — the sun pierced by an arrow, as shown on this page, represents their — 415 — motto, “ Light and Eapidity,” — is favorably known in all parts of the United States, in Canada, Mexico, South America, Cuba, the Hawaiian Islands as well as in Great Britain. Constant extension of trade is the best evidence of the compau 3 '’s standing in the esteem of the photographic fraternit}' and the qualitj’ of their product. The number of employees varies between one hundred and hundred and ten and includes experienced chemists and skilled workmen under able superintendents. The officers of the com- pany are: H. J. Huiskamp, President; M. A. Seed, Vice- President ; and H. C. Huiskamp, Secretar}\ H. A. HYATT PHOTOGRAPHIC SUPPLIES. Bell Main 1049. Kinloch A413. This firm is not only the successor of the J. C. Somerville Photo Supply Company, but also that of Wm. Tillford, who opened the first establishment in this line in St. Louis as early as 1848. Mr. Tillford was succeeded in 1873 by Messrs. Gatchell & Hyatt, which firm continued until 1881, since which time Mr. H. A. Hyatt is the sole owner. The firm was located for man}- years at No. 18 North PVurth street, but removed to its present quarters, 410 and 412 North Broadway, in 1897, formerly occupied by the J. C. Somerville Photo Supply Co., whose entire stock and business had been purchased by Mr. Hyatt. The four stories contain the wholesale and a well appointed retail department, each of which embraces the largest and fullest assortment of everything used by professionals and amateur photographers. The firm trade has grown from year to year and comprises, aside from its large local sales, all the territory tributar}' to St. Louis with a considerable export business to Mexico and other foreign countries. The firm enjoys the reputation of being the largest in its branch west of New York, both in the extent of its stock, and the volume of its business. Mr. Hyatt has been identified with this branch ever since 1861 in which year he became connected with the establishment of Wm. H. Mountfort in New Y"ork, where he gained the thorough knowledge and experience which proved so valuable afterwards; he devotes all his time and attention to the management of his constantly increasing business, ably assisted — 416 — by bis son Harry H. Hyatt and a corps of twenty-four employees. Tbe bouse is well kuown for tbe fairness and reliability in all its dealings and tbe high quality of its goods. OPTICIANS, MATHEMATICAL AND SUR- GICAL INSTRUMENTS, ARTISTS SUP- PLIES, ETC. A. S. ALOE COMPANY. Bell Main 1185. Klnloch A639. Hand in band with tbe science of tbe surgeon, tbe oculist, astronomer, matbematician and photographer goes the art of man- ufacturing surgical, optical, mathematical and photographic instru- ments. Tbe development in these scientific branches has kept and is still keeping pace with tbe progress of the age, and so has and does tbe production of tbe various instruments and appliances used in these vocations. Tbe A. S. Aloe Company devotes itself to tbe manufacture, respectively tbe sale of tbe foregoing articles and have gained the unlimited confidence of tbe men of science, tbe artists and tbe public at large by tbe quality of their goods, tbe superior workmanship of tbe articles of their own manufac- ture and tbe strict execution of all orders entrusted to their care. Tbe firm was founded in 1860, by Albert S. Aloe, who was born in Edinburgh (Scotland), and came to this country when quite young. He first located on Third and Olive streets, then on tbe northeast corner of Fourth and Olive, but tbe constant growth of business made larger quarters necessary from time to time, caus- ing a removal to 517 Olive street, where they remained for a great many years, but even this entire building became inad- equate and tbe firm occupies now tbe much larger one, number 414 North Broadway. Tbe surgical department comprises tbe manufacture and sale (wholesale and retail) of every kind of instruments used in surgery and is probably tbe most exten- sive west of New York ; tbe optical branch is exclusively retail and includes a manufacturing department, in which — 417 — a numbei’ of skilled artisans are employed in grinding lenses and glasses to fit physician’s prescriptions, the mathemat- ical instruments are made under their own roof and are known over the whole United States for their exactness ; photographer’s instruments and supplies form an important branch, likewise artist’s materials and the assortment in both is at all times so complete, that even the largest order can be executed without the least delay. These various divisions stand under the direct super- intendency of the Messrs. Aloe and their able assistants, whose constant aim it is to give the fullest satisfaction to the patrons of the firm. The company was incorporated in 1893, after the death of the father, by the three eldest sons, Sidney A., Louis P. , and David B. Aloe ; the first named left St. Louis a few years ago, to engage in business iu Philadelphia, since which time Louis P., David B., and Alfred Aloe form the company and are its officers. Close attention to even the smallest details, long expe- rience, strict business principles and polite treatment of their customers were deservedly rewarded by an enviable success and an uninterrupted extension of business. The members of the firm, cultured gentlemen as they are, enjoy the respect of the business community, the esteem of a large circle of friends and are public-spirited citizens, who never fail to take an active in- terest in everything tending to promote the general welfare of their native city. ERKER BROS. OPTICAL CO. Bell Main 389. Kinloch B1092. The foundation of this firm dates back to 1879, in which year Mr. Adolph P. Erker opened an establishment on Olive, between Fourth and Fifth streets. It was a rather modest beginning, but developed in course of time to one of the largest and best known of its branch in the Western States. His younger brother, August A. Erker and Robert Bausch, became his partners shortly after- wards and their united efforts soon resulted in the constant growth of their business, so that larger quarters were soon nec- essary ; such were first secured at 204 North Broadway, after- wards at 617 Olive street, but even these proved insufficient and 27k — 418 — another removal had to take place, since which the firm occupies the four-story building, number 608 Olive, directly opposite the Wm. Barr Dry Goods Company. The present style of the firm was adopted and incorporated in 1896 by the three partners ; Mr. August A. Erker’s death occurred in 1889, and the business is now owned by Adolph P. Erker, Mrs. Josephine Erker, Robert Bausch and H. Wedemeyer, the oflScers of the company being as. follows: Mr. Erker, President; Mr. Bausch, Vice-President, and Mr. Wedemeyer, Secretary. The house devotes itself to the manufacture, importation and sale of spectacles and eye-glasses, opera and marine glasses, telescopes, kodaks and other cameras, artificial eyes, mathematical instruments, drawing materials, etc., and makes a specialty of photographic supplies for professionals as well as amateurs. The amateur's department includes every- thing pertaining to the art, the cameras sold by the firm are the most suitable for the amateur’s use and its expert photographers are always ready to give free advice and to develop the negatives, at the most moderate charges. The mathematical instruments handled by the firm are invariably of the best workmanship and so are all articles belonging to the meteorological and optical departments of their own or foreign make. Another special feature consists in a department for selling or providing persons engaged or intending to engage in the magic lantern or stere- opticon exhibition business with complete outfits. The illustrated catalogues regularly issued by them and sent free to all appli- cants contain all desired information, and give evidence of the fact that the patrons of the house receive the best possible terms and liberal treatment, may their purchases or orders be large or small ; the latter are executed with the utmost care and it is the constant aim of the firm to give all customers the fullest satisfac- tion as to quality and prices of goods. The house is known for its reliable dealing, its integrity and strict business principles. Aside from a very large city trade their sales are made all over the Southern States, to Mexico and Cuba, and their employees num- ber permanently at least thirty. — 419 — PHYSICIANS’ AND SURGEONS’ SUPPLIES, TRUSSES, ETC. BLEES-MOORE INSTRUMENT CO. Bell Main 1767. Kinloch C491. In no field of science or art has such progress been made, have such achievements been reached, as in that of surgery, and it is but natural that the manufacture of surgical instruments and appliances keeps pace with this progress. Even the most skilled surgeons have to rely upon the instruments he uses, and those who supply the medical fraternity with the best instruments and auxiliaries have the deserved appreciation of the profession and the public. This can certainly be said of the Blees-Moore Instrument Company, especially in view of the fact that a medical practitioner of long experience as Dr. J. W. Moore stands at the head of the establishmrnt. He not only supervises the manufacture of the various articles pruduced by the com- pany, but devotes all his time and attention to even the smallest details, and his advice and good counsel is daily sought by professional men as well as by the public. He has been in the instrument business in this city for the last nineteen years and is the Secretary, Treasurer, and General Manager of the company since 1897, in which year the same has been incorporated hy him, Col. F. W. Blees and Dr. E. B. Clements, both residents of Macon, Mo., the former being the President, the latter the Vice-President of the corporation. The company manufactures and deals in all kinds of surgical instruments. They are the largest manufacturers of elastic stockings and abdominal sup- porters in the West, also of braces for deformities, and trusses ; keep constantly the fullest assortment of physician’s supplies, hospital and invalid furniture, electric batteries, etc., and execute all orders with the greatest care and promptness. - The firm is known in the entire Mississippi Valley and the far West and South and in fact all over the United States for its fairness and reliability. The office and salesrooms, where Dr. Moore can be found from morning till night, are at 906 Pine street, easily — 420 — accessible from every part of tbe city, and the well-equipped factory is at 1003 Chestnut street, where twenty skilled mechanics are permanently employed. Remember, it is the Blees-Moore Instrument Company, 906 Pine street; Dr. Moore was for years a stockholder in another concern bearing his name but withdrew jn 1897 from it and it has been succeeded by another party. The Blees-Moore exhibit will form an interesting feature of the World’s Fair. CHAS. SCHLEIFFARTH CO. Telephone Bell Main 2189. The establishment of this firm dates back to 1859, in which 3 'ear Mr. Chas. Schleiffarth (whose death occurred in 1890) began operations as a manufacturer of trusses and other surgical appliances in St. Louis, where this branch of science and mechan- ical art up to that time had been in its infancy. He had learned his profession in his native city, Berlin ; had afterwards worked at his trade in Vienna, Paris, and London, from which latter place he directed his steps to this country, first to New York and then to Cincinnati. Soon after his arrival in our city, where he found an open field for his profession, he established a workshop and salesroom at 325 Market street, where he remained until 1875. The necessity of larger premises caused a removal from the place which he had occupied for more than sixteen years, to 608 North F'ourth street. Here the business developed still more, and became in course of time one of the largest of its line in the United States. The incorporation under the present firm name took place in 1890 with E. L., C. W. and A. Schleiffarth as incor- porators, of which E. L. Schleiffarth is the President, A. Schleif- farth the Vice-President, and Chas. W. Schleiffarth, Secretary and Treasurer, the same also constituting the board of directors. The firm manufactures trusses for hernia, made of leather, elastic web, hard rubber and wire spring, alt kinds of apparatus for deformities, artificial limbs, crutches, abdominal supporters, elastic hosiery for varicose veins, shoulder braces, invalid’s rol- ling and reclining chairs and all other articles serving to alleviate the suffering of the afllieted, including electric batteries, atom- — 421 izers, hot water bags and supplies for invalids in general. Tlie workshops are equipped with the most approved and newest ma- chinery and only skilled mechanics are employed. All the va- rious articles are made under the direct suppervision of Messrs. Edgar L. and Chas. W. Schleiffarth, both Doctors of Medicine. The former acquired his practical knowledge of truss making like his father, in Berlin, and has an experience of thirty years in the branch. First-class work exclusively is turned out by the establishment and only the best material is used. A competent lady is always in attendance. The firm sells its goods all over the West, South and Southwest and enjoys an enviable reputation among physicians and the public at large. Factory and sales- rooms occupy .since 1893 the entire building, number 8 South Broadway, where Dr. E. L. Schleiffarth is constantly found at his post, devoting all his time and ability to his duties. The great success of the firm is the well-deserved result of its strictness and its fair-dealing with all its patrons. DR. W. A. LEWIN. SPECIALIST FOR THE CURE OF HERNIA. Kinloch D1818. Following is a short sketch of one of the leading specialists of St. Louis, Dr. W. A. Lewin, who has not only an immense prac- tice in Missouri and surrounding States, but is well known from the Atlantic to the Pacific. He was born in Germany, receiving some years of the splendid German system of education, and after coming here also graduated with high honors from several American medical colleges. He speaks German, French and English fluently. His manners proclaim him accustomed to the best society. He limits his practice to the treatment of rupture without a surgical operation, and during the many years of prac- tice has become so proficent that he is considered an expert in this line. He has made a marvelous record in the cure of rupture since taking up this special branch of disease, and duting the twelve years he has been located in St. Louis he has cured over 6,000 cases. A prominent physician, who knows Dr. Lewin well, said — 422 — recently that this treatment, known as the “ Lewin Method,” is certainly the most wonderful and absolutely effective and pain- less treatment of rupture known to the world. It did not come to him unsought or by any accidental presupmtions, but was the result of many years’ patient investigations and critical analysis. His treatment is indorsed by the leading physicians of St. Louis, who openly declared that the “ Lewin Method ” of curing rup- ture is the only one which should be employed. The Doctor counts amongst bis patients some of the best physicians, clergy- men, lawyers and business men of St. Louis who had been suffer- ing from the disease in all stages, and they have exhibited their deep gratitude for his valuable services in numerous testimonials breathing eloquent praise for his medical skill. Dr. Lewin oc- cupies the entire building on the southwest corner of Sixth and Washington avenue, known as the Lewin Building, where he can be consulted daily from 10 to 5. DKUGS AXD CHEMICALS. St. Louis is since many years not only the chief distributing point of drugs and chemicals in the United States, but has at the same time the rare distinction of being the home of the largest wholesale drug house and the greatest chemical manufacturing company in the world. The distribution comprises drugs and chemicals made elsewhere and those manufactured here by a con- siderable number of firms. Three wholesale drug houses supply most of the Western, Southern and Southwestern States with drugs, chemicals and proprietary medicines and the manufacturers in these two branches, of whom there are a great number in the city, have also an extensive trade all over the country aside from the export business, which includes Central and South America, Mexico, the Islands in the Pacific, Europe and even South Africa. The total sales in these various articles show a continued exten- sion, they amounted to twelve millions in 1892, twenty-five in 1897, twenty-seven in 1898, thirty millions in 1899, and forty millions in 1901, which serves as sufficient evidence of the energy and activity of the gentlemen devoted to these important branches of industry and trade. — 423 — THE J. S. MERRELL DRUG CO. Bell Main 714, 713, 2204. Kinloch A412, 425. There are at present only three prominent wholesale drug houses in the city, and the J. S. Merrell Drug Company is the oldest of them, having been established in 1845 by Mr. Jacob S. Merrell, who conducted the same for forty years, and till his death, which ended his active and useful career in 1885. The name of the firm, which had been Jacob S. Merrell, was then changed into the present one, and at the same time incorporated, the incorporators being the Merrell heirs. The officers of the company are: Cyrus P. Walbridge, President; Hubert P. Mer- rell, Vice-President ; Edward Bindschadler, Secretary, and Geo. R. Merrell, Treasurer, the three first-named constituting the Board of Directors. The wholesale, dealing in drugs, medicines, druggists’ sundries, glass and glassware, surgical instruments, paints, etc., forms the principal and most important part of the business, the preparation and distribution of Merrell’s family medicines being only an auxiliary feature. From the time of its formation it has been, and is still, the constant aim of this house to keep and sell only the best and purest articles in the various branches of its trade, and the large and quick sales are a guarantee for the freshness of the goods. Tiie extensive stock contained in the four-stoiy buildings, No. 620 Washington avenue, and reaching out to St. Charles street, enabled the firm at all times to fill orders with the greatest promptness and this will continue in a still greater measure and with more facilities in the firm’s new home at the northeast corner of Fourth and Market streets, opposite the court house, erected by the firm in 1902 upon the site of the old McLean Building. A well-equipped laboratory serves for the preparing of Merrell’s Family Medicines, flavoring extracts, elixirs, syrups, etc. This department is superintended by Mr. H. S. Merrell, the oldest son of the late Jacob S. Merrell, who from early boyhood devoted himself to the study of botany and chem- istry, then became a practical pharmacist and an expert in all the details of his vocation. Mr. Cyrus P. Walbridge, who is a son-in- — 424 — law of the older Merrell, joined the firm in 1875 ; he is a graduate of the Ann Arbor University, where he prepared himself for the practice of law and it was in the capacity of a legal adviser, that he became connected with the establishment, of which he is now, and since the death of Mr. Merrell, the President. The steady growth of thefirm’s business ischietly due to his activity and energy, his diligence and perseverance. By taking a lively interest in public affairs, the attention of his fellow-citizens was soon attracted towards him ; they elected him first to the House of Delegates and then to the upper brauch of our municipal legislature, presid- ing over the deliberations of the latter body during the whole term, and so marked was his ability and so valuable were his serv- ices, that the Republican City Convention in 1893 nominated him for the highest municipal office whereupon he was elected Mayor by an overwhelming majority of votes. His administration was a very successful one and won for him the esteem and respect of the whole community. The Secretary, Mr. Edward Bindschadler, entered the employ of the firm in 1864 and is closely identified with its interests and enjoying the fullest confidence of his asso- ciates and of all who have dealings with the house. In conclu- sion we will briefly state, that the employees of the firm number over seventy-five and that its sales comprise the following States: Missouri, Illinois, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Kansas, Texas, and also the Indian Territory. MEYER BROS. DRUG CO. Bell Main 1306, 1314. Kinloch B-2106, 2107, 2108, 2109, 2110. Few firms in this city or even in the whole country can look with greater pride and more satisfaction upon their development from a small beginning to their present greatness, than the Meyer Bros. Drug Company, but especially entitled to such a retrospec- tive view is the founder of the firm, Mr. C. F. G. Meyer, whose career as a druggist dates back to the year 1848, and who has in 1898 reached the fiftieth anniversary of the day on which he became the proprietor of a drug store, from which the largest wholesale drug house in the United States has emanated. Half a century and more in the harness — this is what the president of the Meyer — 425 — Bros. Drug Co. can saj' of himself and it was, with an exception of a few years of rest for necessary recreation, active work, un- tiring attention to business duties and never-ceasing watchfulness, that marked this long period in the most significant manner. Mr. Meyer was only twenty-two years of age when he established the retail drug firm of Meyer & Brother in Fort Wayne, Indiana, associating with him his brother, J. F. W. Meyer. This enter- prise was accompanied by such a success, that a wholesale department was soon added, whose extension demanded a larger field of operation and a more appropriate business center. St. Louis was chosen as such and the selection proved a wise one, as even the most sanguine expectations were more than realized after the establishment of what was first a branch in this city. The firm opened here in 1865, first on Second and Locust streets, but this location became soon unsufficient so that a much larger building was secured on the east side of Second between Market and Chest- nut. It was here, where an unparalleled growth of trade set in, making a further branching out desirable, this was accomplished by the establishment of branch houses in New York, Kansas City and Dallas, but these were in course of time abolished, as it was found more practical to concentrate the immense business at one point. At the time that Meyer Bros. & Co. came here there were twelve wholesale drug firms in St. Louis, four of which were absorbed by them within a short time and when the plant of the Richardson Drug Company, corner Fourth street and Clark avenue, became the victim of a confiagration in the New Year’s night of 1889, the Messrs. Meyer utilized this opportunity, to purchase the business of this old and great drug house and to merge it with their own. The buildings since occupied by the firm front on Fourth street, Clark avenue and South Broadway, cover nearly one half of a block and are thoroughly equipped and well arranged for the various departments, that constitute this little world of its own, in which an army of employees, including experienced chemists, other scientists, hundreds of salesmen, stockkeepers, packers, etc., are busy from morning till evening and often during the night in the fulfillment of their respective duties. Besides their own standard preparations, which are too well known to need mention here. The house carries a full line of goods — 426 — of other manufacture, patent medicines of all kinds, drugs, chemi- cals, perfumes, paints, oils and varnishes, glass and glassware, wines and liquors and cigars, druggists’ supplies and sundries, surgical instruments, trusses, etc. The territory of sales com- prises every State of the Union, Canada, Mexico, South America, the West Indies, and is still gaining larger dimensions. A thorough knowledge of the drug business, long experience, very ample financial resources and a close observation of the foreign and domestic markets enable the Meyer Bros. Drug Company to give the trade the best possible terms, and the well-known integ- rity of the firm secures to all customers just and fair treatment. The officers of the corporation are: Mr. C. F. G. Meyer, Presi- dent; Mr. Theodore F. Meyer, Vice-President; Mr. C. W. Wall, Treasurer, and Mr. G. J. Meyer, Secretary. The present house in Fort Wayne is still carried on as of old, and stands under the able management of Mr. J. F. W. Me 3 mr, who is also a partner in the St. Louis firm. MOFFITT-WEST DRUG COMPANY. Bell Main 1901, 855, 751. Kinloch B606, 608. This firm devotes itself to the wholesale trade in drugs and druggist’s sundries as well as to the manufacturing and distribut- ing of several pharmaceutical preparations highlj’ valued by the medical profession and the public at large, among them for in- stance such as Malachol, Rheumagon, Phaselin and the old and reliable remedy for chills and fever, Malarion, a standard medi- cine used in every part of the country. Its incorporation took place in January, 1889, and the present officers of the company are Messrs. Wm. F. Niedringhaus, President ; Geo W. Niedring- baus, Vice-President; Harrj^ E. Papin, Treasurer; Courtney H. W'est, Secretary and General Manager. The gentlemen with the exception of Mr. Papin constitute also the board of direc- tors. The firm was first located on Walnut street between Main and Second where it occupied four adjoining houses, but they soon became insufficient for the constantly growing trade, so that larger quarters had to be procured. The removal to the spacious corner building on Fourth street. Third street and Lucas avenue — 427 was accomplished in 1891, and gave the establishment the most ample accommodations and all desirable facilities for the transac- tion of business. A complete assortment of drugs and med- ical preparations of the purest and best quality secures the promptest filling of even the largest orders ; this in connection with conscientious business principles, integrity and fair dealing has won for the company the enviable reputation which it enjoys and it is since many years one of the largest jobbing drug houses in the United States, a result which is chiefly attributed to the energy and ability of the General Manager, Mr. Courtney H.West, who devotes his whole time and incessant activitj- to the duties of his position. He is well known and much esteemed in business and social circles, a member of the Merchants Exchange, the Mer- cantile and Latin-American Club an;d other organizations, partic- ipating in every movement for the advancement of our cit 3 ^ The Messrs. Niedringhaus belong to that well known oldfamil}' whose members figure so conspicuoush’ among the prominent representa- tives of industrv and commerce and to whom our city is indebted for some of the most important enterprises. J. A. POZZONI COMPLEXION POWDER COMPANY. Pozzoni’s Medicated Complexion Powder has long ago become a household word among the women of the United States and many other countries, it is in fact the standard cos- metic found on the toilet table of the present generation, unsur- passed in its effect and unequaled in the purity of its ingredients. It was the original invention of Mr. J. A. Pozzini whose fashionable hair-dressing establishment was for many years located under the Lindell Hotel, but at that time little attention was paid by the inventor to his compound, which is now famous, we might say, all over the world for its beautifying properties and the im- portant fact that it is not in the least detrimental to health. As an evidence of its value and reputation we need onty- state, that it is largely used in France, the land of cosmetics and toilet supplies par excellence. The remarkable success of the company is directty due to the activity and business talent of Mr. Chas. B. Cook, the son-in-law of the founder of this now vast establish- — 428 ment, whose origin dates back to the year 1860. The laboratory, salesrooms and offices are now in the Pozzoni Building, northeast corner Ninth and Chestnut streets. The incorporation took place in 1889 ; the directors and officers of the company are Mr. Chas. B. Cook, President, Mrs. Josephine Pozzoni, Vice-President and Secretary. A large number of hands is constantly employed in the preparation, the packing and shipping of this celebrated com- plexion powder. The West, South and Southwest and most of the foreign countries are supplied from here, the Eastern States and Canada from the company’s branch in New York. HENRY HEIL CHEMICAL CO. Bell Main 868. There is probably no other firm in this particular branch of busi- ness in the United States that can boast of such an extensiveness as the one to which we here allude. The main feature in which the Henry Heil Chemical Co. takes first rank are all sorts of chemical apparatus and chemicals of every description ; also materials and supplies for laboratories, colleges, universities, assayers, sm dters, iron and steel works, mines, sugar refineries and other industrial purposes. As a best evidence of the volumi- nous assortment of the articles always kept on hand we only point to the fact that the firm’s catalogue of chemical apparatus comprises a book of 447 pages, and its list of chemicals covers over 100 pages. They are considered the most complete works of this character published in our country. Tue business was originally established by the late Theodore Kalb, a well-known retail drug- gist, but remained on a rather small scale until Mr. Heil became its owner in 1883, from which time oil he developed it year after year, and how admirably he succeeded is clearly shown by its present magnitude and prominence. The territory of sales embraces the whole United States, Canada, Mexico, Honduras, Cuba and the Sandwich Islands, and the firm enjoys everywhere an enviable name and fame. Mr. Henry Heil is a native of Germany, was born, 1854, in Schmalkalden ; graduated from High School when only fifteen years of age, whereupon he served an apprenticeship and became clerk and afterwards bookkeeper 429 — in a hardware firm until the end of 1872. Bent on seeking better and wider fields for his energy and industry he came in 1873 to this country, making St. Louis his home ever since with a short interruption of four years, during which he resided in Leadville. With a natural liking for the drug business he became clerk in a drug store and attended at the same time the St. Louis College of Pharmacy, from which institution he graduated in 1877. In 1875 he had established in partnership with E. Hoelke a drug store on the corner of Grattan street and Chouteau avenue, but sold it in 1879, and went to Leadville (Colorado), where he opened two drug stores under the firm name of Heil & Hoelke, his former partner joining him also in this enterprise. He left Colorado in 1882, spent a whole year in extensive travels over all Europe and returned to this city in 1883, in which year he purchased Mr. Theo. Kalb’s business on Market between Third and Fourth streets. This was the foundation of the present extensive establishment, since many years located at No. 212 and 214 S. Fourth street, a three-story double house affording ample facil- ities for the transaction of the large trade carried on by the Henry Heil Chemical Company (incorporated in 1888) whose owner numbers among the best-known business men of our city, held in the highest esteem in commercial as well as in social circles for his integrity and affability in the fullest sense of the word. He belongs to several societies and is an honorary life- member of the College of Pharmacy. - HERF & FRERICHS CHEMICAL CO. Bell Sidney 279. Kinloch A1563. The Herf & Frerichs Chemical Co. was organized in 1887, by Mr. Oscarf Herf, Dr. F. W, Frerichs and Mr. Henry C. Haar- stick, the latter being a silent partner in the firm. The company manufactures various kinds of fine chemicals for medical and industrial purposes under the direct supervision of Dr. Frerichs, who is known as an excellent chemist, having studied in Heidel- berg, Berlin, and Munich, and in the laboratories of the most celebrated professors of chemistry. He was for many years the chief chemist of the Mallinckrodt Chemical Co., and re- 430 — linquif-hed this position to join the establishment of the above company, whose success is fully evidenced by the fact, that repeated additions to their factory buildings became necessary within a comparatively short period. The plant is situated in the manufacturing district of the southern part of the city, fronting on the river bank and close to the tracks of the Iron Mountain and Southern Railroad, which gives the firm a direct connection with all the freight depots of St. Louis. The various depart- ments are equipped with the newest and most approved machinery and all modern facilities known to science and their products are most favorably known all over the United States and largely exported to foreign countries. LARKIN & SCHEFFER CHEMICAL CO. Bell Sidney 332. Kinloch B337. Among the manufacturing chemists of our city the Larkin & Scheffer Chemical Company stands in the front rank and the products of the firm are sold all over the United States and most favorably known on account of their quality and careful and scien- tific preparation. The purity of chemicals and the care taken in their compounding constitute their chief value and the output of this firm is acknowledged to possess these specific requirements. It is therefore but natural that their business has become more extensive from time to time and that the result of their fully thirty years’ labor is the just cause for pride and satisfaction. The firm enjoys an excellent patronage in the different States of the Union for the reliable properties of the various chemicals of their manufacture and for the fair and upright dealing with their customers. The factory was established in 1871, and was first located at 209 Myrtle street, now Clark avenue, but when more room became necessary, a removal took place to the manufacturing district in the southern part of the city. The present factory covers a large area bounded by Main, St. George, Louisa street and the Levee, affording ample space and all facilities for manufac- turing purposes. The output comprises a general line of chemicals and the number of hands employed varies between fifty and sixty. The firm was originally organized by Mr. E. H. Larkin and Mr. — 431 — H. W. Scheffer, both practical and experienced chemists, later on Mr. Thos. H. Larkin was admitted as partner, since which time these three gentlemen constituted the firm until the death of Mr. Thomas H. Larkin in June, 1901. Up to that time ihe name of the firm was Larkin & Scheffer, but was changed to the Larkin & Scheffer Chemical Co. and incorporated as such in September of the same year by Messrs. E. H. Larkin, H. W. Scheffer, and Geo. W. Wines. The oflScers of the company are: Mr. E. H. Larkin, President; Mr. H. W. Scheffer, Vice-Pres- ident and Treasurer ; and Mr. Geo. W. Wines, Secretary. KLIPSTEIN CHEMICAL CO. Bell Main 504. Kinloch C946. The Klipstein Chemical Company is the offspring of one of the oldest retail drug stores in our city, founded in 1849, and since 1892 owned and conducted by Mr. Theodore A. Klipstein, the son of the late Mr. Christian Klipstein, who had been its proprietor for thirty-four years. He was a graduate of the University of Gies- sen, where he had studied chemistry with the celebrated Justus von Liebig. A visit to relatives in this country in 1843 resulted in a permanent stay and in making St. Louis his home in 1849. After gaining practical knowledge and experience with other apothecaries he established himself first on Ninth and Jefferson streets, and bought in 1858, the well-known drug store on the southwest corner of Franklin avenue and Sixteenth street. He was a Director of the College of Pharmacy, one of the founders and the Treasurer of the St. Louis Alma Mater, and in conjunc- tion with Dr. Carl Luedeking, the founder of the German Mutual Widows’ and Orphans’ Aid Society, and its last President. A liberal-minded, public-spirited citizen, and an authority in his profession. When the use of antitoxin in cases of diphtheria began Mr. Klipstein was the first to supplj^ our physicians with it. Born in 1823 as the youngest son of Privy Councillor Chr. Klipstein, he died in 1892 after a long and use- ful life, highly respected by the entire community. Mr. Theo- dore A. Klipstein, his father’s successor, became thoroughly familiar with all the details of the branch, after finishing his — 432 - pharmaceutical and other studies, and devoted all bis time and ability to the conducting of his drug business and the manufae- ture of various chemicals, with anilines and other dye-stuffs and dairy disinfectants as specialties. The latter are unsurpassed for removing bad odors and destroying germs which spread conta- gious diseases. Theodore A. Klipstein is the President; E. C. Klipstein, the Vice-President, and VV. A. Dillon, the Manager of the company. Mr. Theodore Klipstein is well known and esteemed in business and social circles, and especially active in the promotion of physical culture and literary endeavors. MALLINCKRODT CHEMICAL WORKS. Bell Tyler 505. Kinloch C535, B1492. The progress of chemistry during the last quarter of the nineteenth century surpasses that of any other science ; truly won- derful discoveries and inventions have been made upon this partic- ular field and their practical application for medicinal, industrial, technical and agricultural purposes makes chemistry the most valuable adjunct of the aforesaid branches. Innumerable achieve- ments of the greatest importance are due to chemistry, and the world owes this science an unlimited gratitude for priceless serv- ices. The manufacture of chemicals constitutes therefore one of the most important branches of industry and we can with justi- fiable pride point to a St. Louis firm as one of its most prominent representatives, the Mallinckrodt Chemical Works. They were es- tablished in 1867 and are with hardly an exception the largest of its kind in the country, if not also in Europe. They were in the beginning rather small in size, but became within a short time in- adequate and had to be enlarged ; more additions were again and again necessary and the very substantial factory buildings cover now six acres of land in the manufacturing district of North St. Louis. They are bounded by Hall and Main, Salisbury and Mallinckrodt streets, stand in the vicinity of the river and are connected with all the railroad lines terminating in St. Louis. They are equipped with the most modern machin- ery ; the laboratories contain the best and most complete apparatus ; the different departments stand under the super- — 433 — vision of experts and every new discovery wherever it may be made is tested and after close examination, if approved, pressed into service. A second factory belonging to the firm and still larger than the one in St. Louis, is located in Jersey City, N. J., for the manufacture of such articles, which would either become too high in price through transportation from St. Louis, or which can be produced at less cost in the East on account of the cheaper purchase of material. The company devotes itself to the produc- ing of all kinds of chemicals and chemical preparations for drug- gists, analytical purposes, photographer’s use and various indus- trial branches. All these articles are justly celebrated for their high qualities, their purity and uniform value as to ingredients, and correct composition. The Mallinckrodt chemicals are sold to all parts of America as well as to foreign countries, especially Europe. Several hundred hands are permanently employed in the two factories whose output amounts to many millions of dol- lars annually. The distribution for the Eastern States is conducted from a depot in New York City. The general management of this mammoth establishment lies in the hands of its President, Mr. Edward Mallinckrodt ; Mr. Oscar L. Biebinger is since many years the Secretary. WORMSER FILTER PLATE CO. OF ST. LOUIS, 122 PINE ST. Otto F. Stifel, Pres. Geo. Beck, Vice-Pres. Frank R. O’Neil, Sec. and Treas. Jacob Retter, Supt. 28k KInloch A145. — 434 THE NATIONAL AMMONIA CO. Bell Tyler 660. Kinloch C534. This corporation was organized in the fall of 1889 and com- menced active operations in January, 1890. The incorporators and oflScers are as follows : Edward Mallinckiodt, President of the Mallinckrodt Chemical Works of St. Louis, is the President; A. D. Warner, Treasurer of the Delaware Chemical Co. at Wil- mington, is the Vice-President, and T. G. Goldsmith, of the Alleghany Chemical Works of Philadelphia, the Secretary. J. C. Atwood, formerly of the United States Navy and later on Chief Deputy Internal Revenue Collector for the First Missouri District, is the General Manager. The company confines itself to the producing of liquid anhydrous and aqua ammonia for use in refrigerators, artificial ice plants, breweries, laboratories, etc. These products are justly celebrated for their superior quality and entire freedom from all impurities which could detract from their refrigerating efficiency, thus securing to machines using them the greatest possible capacity at the least expense. The factories and branch offices are located at St. Louis, New York, Philadelphia, Wilmington, Denver, San Francisco, and Sidney (Australia), and the headquarters in this city are at 3600 North Broadway, occupying the entire second floor of the building. The output of the National Ammonia Company is sold all over the United States, Mexico, Central and South America, the West Indies, England and South Africa, everywhere recognized as standards of quality, and generally preferred by the operators of refrigerating and ice-making machines. PAINTS, OILS AND COLORS. MOUND CITY PAINT AND COLOR CO. Bell Main 944, 966. Kinloch B669. In the month of November, 1880, with resolute purpose and a fixed determination to honorably succeed, two young men be- gan the career of the now well-known Mound City Paint and 435 Color Company — Robert D. Thornburgh and Norris B. Gregg, President and Secretary. They were maatch is the offspring of the Dispatch, established in 1864, a paper of which it may truly be said, that it has few rivals in regard to a checkered career, as its ownership under- went innumerable changes within the fourteen years during which it appeared under that name. Several of the proprietors, who followed each other in short succession, lost a fortune in the venture and it was ultimately purchased by Joseph Pulitzer who is its owner and publisher since 1878. After a consolidation — 645 — with the Evening Post, published for about a year by that able journalist, John A. Dillon (now and since many years on the York World) the name of Post- Dispatch was adopted. Pulitzer and Dillon were for two years Associate Editors and partners ; the partnership was then dissolved and the former became the sole owner, but left St. Louis in 1883, leaving the management of the Post- Dispatch in the hands of trusted employees. Harry L. Dun- lap is since several years the Managing Editor ; Wm. Steigers, for more than twenty years connected with the paper, is the Business Manager, and Frank R. O’Neil, the well-known St. Louis jour" nalist. Assistant Business Manager. The AmeriJca had its origin in the desire of a number of in- fluential Catholic citizens of St. Louis, to have a daily paper representing their views without becoming an outspoken religious organ. With this object the German Literary Society was organized in 1872, by Henry J. Spaunhorst and others and the first number of the Amerika issued in October of the same year. The officers of the corporation were for many years as follows : Henry J. Spaunhorst, President ; John H. Grefenkamp, Vice- President ; and Anthony Roeslein, Secretary. Anton Helmich was the Editor till 1878, whereupon the Assistant Editor, Dr. Edward Preuss, became his successor ; he held this position until the spring of 1902, when the condition of his health compelled him to resign, having an able successor in Arthur Preuss, one of his sons. The present officers of the German Literary Society are : William Druhe, President ; Joseph Gummersbach, Vice-Pre- sident; Arthur Preuss, Secretary; and John Peitzmeier, Business Manager. The Evening Chronicle exists since 1880, in which year J. E. Scripps, proprietor of the Detroit Tribune, organized a circuit of afternoon papers and located one of them in St. Louis. It was sold for two cents, but became the first penny paper in our city a few years later. Its dimensions were enlarged in course of time, but it has no Sunday issue. Being a non-partisan paper, its patronage has increased without interruption and it is much appreciated by its readers. — 646 — The St. Louis Star emanated from the Sunday Sayings, a weekly paper, established in 1884, and changed in 1888 into a daily evening paper under the name of Star Sayings in which ex- Congressman Nathan Frank acquired a large interest in the following year. The name was abbreviated in January, 1896, since which time it is known as the St. Louis Star. It is a staunch Republican organ and a strong supporter of the adminis- tration. The editor, John F. Magner, is a well-known journalist of great experience ; he was for many years City Editor of the Post-Dispatch, then quite a while connected with the Globe-Demo- crat, and can truly be called a very active and energetic newspaper man. Another St. Louis journalist, M. J. Lowenstein, formerly City Editor of the Republic, and afterwards on the New York World, is the Star’s efficient business manager. The officers of the Star Publishing Company are: Hon. Nathan Frank, President ; August Frank, Vice-President and Treasurer; and M. J. Lo- wenstein, Secretary. The St. Louis World, the newest of our daily papers, is an exponent of liberal progressive ideas and gives special attention to local news and the events of the sporting world. Its editor, Alfred Spink, has been connected with the St. Louis press for a quarter of a century and has always been regarded as an author- ity on matters of sport, but he is at the same time well-versed and thoroughly informed in the political affairs of State and city and an experienced journalist in general. The St. Louis World is owned by the World Publishing Company, of which Mr. Spink is the President. Mr. E. L. McCarthy is the Business Manager. From the foregoing it will be seen that St. Louis is well-pro- vided with daily chroniclers of the affairs of the whole world, and that the inhabitants of this city are supplied morning and evening with abundant information from near and far by a truly met- ropolitan press which can well compare with that of any of the other great cities of this country. — 647 — GOULD’S DIRECTORIES. The Directory of a large city constitutes a most valuable auxiliary for trade and commerce and has long ago become a necessity for the merchant and manufacturer, the bank official and the professional man. It is in fact the greatest information bureau, ever-ready to give correct answers ; it saves time and labor and is therefore, aside from its other qualifications, indis- pensable from an economical standpoint. Gould’s St. Louis Directory has been published without inter- ruption since 1872 and has been constantly improved from year to year by the addition of numerous important features ; it has kept pace with the growth of the city in volume and quality and stands unsurpassed as to completeness and well selected contents- Besides the City Directory proper a Business Directory, called Commercial Register, is issued by the Goulds in October of each year, a handbook especially devoted to details about corpora- tions, mercantile and manufacturing firms, financial institutions, etc. A special feature of this edition is a business guide ar- ranged by streets. The Blue Book, which leaves the press each November, is to society what the City Directory proper is to the public at large, but it forms at the same time a highly useful adviser for the retail dealer whom it enables to place his circulars and price lists in the hands of those whose patronage he seeks. Mr. D. B. Gould, the founder of the Gould Directory Com- pany. died in 1901, since which time the management lies in the hands of his son, Mr. Edward M. Gould, who is now the President of the company and whose aim it is to continue the publication of the three Directories in accordance with the plan and system laid down by his predecessor. THE ST. LOUIS POST OFFICE. The primitive postal arrangements as they prevailed after the establishment of a post office in 1804 and for a good many years later, are briefly described in the first chapter of this volume, the various removals from one locality to the other are likewise men- — 648 — tioned and we can now stale that the immense increase of mail matter has made even the present building inadequate for the handling of the constantly growing business, so that the govern- ment has granted the erection of a second post office building in the immediate vicinity of Union Station. To what dimensions our postal service has grown is best shown by the following figures furnished by Postmaster Fred W. Baumhoff : — Statement op Business Transacted at the St. Louis Post Office During 1901. REVENUES. Beceipts. Expenditures. $2,240,429.72 $1,241,282.07 Increase in receipts $208,764.95 Increase in net revenue 79,573.45 Distribution and Dispatch of Mails Originating in St. Louis. Total pounds handled in 1901 30,521,550 Increase 456,629 Total number pieces outgoing handled in 1901 245,784,171 Increase 20,748.501 Received from Postal Routes and Other Post Offices. Total pounds .......6,561,386 Total pieces handled 94,506,880 Mail Matter Collected and Delivered by City Delivery. Total pounds 18,437,827 Total pieces 378,194,367 Local Drop Mail. Pounds. Letters 904,961 Cards 36,968 Circulars 148,780 Second Class .' 273,549 Third Class 289,788 Pieces. 54,297,660 5.545.200 5.951.200 3,009.039 5,795,760 — 649 — Receipt and Dispatch of Eeoistered Mail. Total number 2,843,506 Issuing and Payment of Monet Orders. Number. Amount. 1,157,718 $8,395,089.32 Number of Employes. Number of clerks Number of carriers 634 486 Total 1,120 Since the foregoing information has been received. Postmaster Baumhoff has asked for additional 65 clerks and 30 carriers, and there is no doubt, that his request will be granted by the depart- ment in view of the uninterrupted growth of business in the Post Office of St. Louis. — 650 — I lEfORMITIES Corrected Our success In the treatment of deformities during the thirty years we hare been engaged in this work Justifies our opinion that ninety per cent of these cases can be cured when treated in time by our methods. The methods we use are radicaliy different from those generaliy empioyed, and our results are eminently more satisfactory. We will guarantee to straighten any case of crooked or club feet, so long as the patient is of reasonable age. Hip Disease in any stage yields to our methods ; while we have dem- onstrated in scores of instances that spinal diseases and deformities can be perfectly and permanently cured. We have special facilities for the treatment of Infantile Paralysis, and can cure deformed and diseasedlimbsand joints without surgical operations. Write us regarding any case of deformity or paral- ysis, for our opinion is Invaluable to those afflicted. We send our pamphlet to any address upon request. THE L. C. McLAIN MEDICAL & SURGICAL INSTITUTE 3100 Pine Street, ST. LOUIS, MO. I — 651 — IXDEX. PAGE Abadie, E. H 321 Abeles and Taussig 233 Abeles, Adolph 190 Abeles, Julius D 319 Abeles, Robert 233, 319 Ackert, Charles H 171 Adam, Frank, Electric Co — 321 Adam, Frank 322 Adam, Fred. B 322 Adam, L 322 Adams, Elmer B 186 Adler-Goldman CommissonCo. 128 Adler, Ben 128 Aiple & Hemmelmann Real Es- tate Co 134 Aiple, Albert J 134 Albrecht, Hermann S 294 Allen, A. A 55 Allen, J. H 128 Allen, N. D 190 Allen, R. J 605 Allen, Thomas 196 Allis, H. P 263 Aloe, A. S., Company 416 Aloe, Albert S 416 Aloe, Alfred 417 Aloe, David B 417 Aloe, Louis P 417 Aloe, Sidney A 417 Altheimer & Rawlings Invest- ment Co 149 Altheimer, Ben 148, 149 Altinger, Charles 196 Amelung, John H. 192 American Brewing Co., The. . . 498 American Car & Foundry Co... 271 American Exchange Bank 158 American Guaranty Fund Mu- tual Fire Insurance Co. of St. Louis 189 American Mineral Water Co.. 442 American Rattan Works 255 American Wine Co 537 Ames, Henry Semple 186, 640 Ames, Frank 608 Anderson, Lorenzo E... 141, 183, 184 Anderson, Wm. H. H 640 PAGE Anchor Iron Works & Bolt Fac- tory 306 Anheuser-Busch Brewing As- sociation 499 Anheuser, Eberhard 500 Annan, Burs & Co 114 Annan, Rogers 114 Anschuetz, Otto 339 Anthony-Wayne Mfg. Co 265 Anton, P. G 367 Armstrong, F. P 474 Arndt, Christian 472 Arnold, Henry 247, 489 Asior, Johann Jacob 16 Atwood, J. C 439 Aufrichtig, Alois 297 Augst, G. A. W 161 Augustin, H 564 Austin, C. A 171 Bach, Louis 194 Bach, L. P 377 Backer, Geo. H 109 Backer, Mathias 110 Bacon, Williamson 186 Baer-Oliver-Singer Clothing Co. 596 Baer, Adolph 596 Baer, Alfred 596 Baer, J. A 562 Baer, Sigmund 562 Baggot, Amos 135 Baggot, William 135 Baggot, William, Jr 135 Bain, Geo 102, 109 Baker, Geo. A 160 Baker, Geo. F 324 Ballard, J.R 96 Ballmann, Max 340 Bang, Adolph - 118 Bardenheier, John, Wine & Liquor Co 538 Bardenheier, Chas. W 539 Bardenheier, John 538 Bardenheier, John H 539 Bardenheier, Joseph A 539 Barker, James. 209 Barnard, Geo. D. & Co 392 — 652 — PAGE Barnard, Geo. D 393 Barnard, Geo 608 Barnes Business College 378 Barnes, Arthur J 379 Barnes, C. R 397 Barnett, Haynes & Barnett, 61, 70. 82 Barnett, G. .J 333 Barr, Wm., Dry Goods Co 559 Barr, Wm 560 Barry, John F 625 Barry, R.F 171 Barth, Robert 165, 404 Barthel, M 494 Bartholdt, Richard. 609 Bartholow, Thos. J 171 Bartlett, Geo. M 396, 639 Bates, Chas. W 629 Battaile, L. A 158 Bauer Flour Co 110 Bauer, Andrew 110 Bauer, A. H 148, 149, 160 Bauer, Chas 367 Bauer, H 110 Bauman, L , Jewelry Co ,. 577 Bauman, Alvin L 578 Bauman, Louis 577, 578 Bauman, Louis 578 Bauman, Meyer 578 Bauman, Samuel C 578 Bauman, Solomon 578 Baumhoff, Fred W 648 Bausch, Robert 417 Baxter Moulding Co 267 Baxter, C. 0 258 Beck, Arnold 174 Beck, Geo 433 Beck, H. W. & Sons 107 Beck, H. W 107 Becker, Casper F 196 Becker, Hugo .. 489 Becker, John, Jr 480 Beckert, John, Jr 175 Becktold Printing & Book Man- ufacturina: Co 397 Becktold, Louis 398 Becktold, Wm. B 397 Beggs, C. H 211 Behrens, F. S 167 Behrens, Louis G 203 Beimler, August 192 Beims, Edmund W 259 Belker, Bernard 513 Bell, J. W 141, 173, 183, 184 Bell, Nicholas M 55 Benas, J. L 244 PAGE Benecke, Robert 412 Benedict, A. W 466 Benedict, Silas 627 Benoist, Eugene H 186 Benton, Thos. H 97 Berblinger, August 290 Berger," W. E 168 Bergesch, Fred 203 Bernd, Adolph 591 Berninghaus, E. O 496 Bernuth, Fr. von 193 Berry-Horn Coal Co 216 Berry, A. L 216 Berry, J. M 190 Besch, Conrad 553 Besch, Henry C 553 Besch, Mrs. Julia 553 Besch, Philip 552 Beyer, F. & Son 371 Beyer, F 372 Beyer, Theodore 372 Biebinger, F. W.. 161, 194, 195, 203 Biebinger, Oscar L 433 Bierbaum, F. W 174 Biermann, H. H 195 Bindschadler, Edward 432 Bischof, Henry 125 Bischof, Henry, Jr 126 Bischof, Gustave 125, 192 Bixby, D. A 271 Bixby, Wm. K 187, 176, 214 Blackford, G. R 328 Blackmer, L. R 183 Blaine, James G 45 Blair, Frank P 94, 644 Blair, James L 55 Blake, Chas. R 183 Blake, James P 134 Blauke, C. F., Tea & Coffee Co. 468 Blanke, C. F 56, 168, 468, 469 Blanke, R. H 469 Blase, Louis 586 Blees-Moore Instrument Co.. 419 Blees, Col. F. W 419 Blessing, J. H 148 Bleyer, S. T 138 Block, J. C. H. D 161, 190 Block, Solomon 589 Bloess Lumber Co 232 Bloess, Theodore 192 Blong, Andrew F 622 Blossom, H. M. & Co 197 Blossom, H. A 197 Blossom, H. M 197 Bluraeyer, Conrad 174 Boatmen’s Bank 159 — 653 — PAGE Boeck, Adam & Co 136 Boeck, Adam 136 Boeck, Geo. H 137 Boeck, Walter A 137 Boeck, Wm 367 Boeckeler Lumber Co 233 Boeckeler, Adolph, Sr 233 Boeckeler, Adolph 234 Boeckeler, Henry A 233 Boeckeler, Wm. L 234 Boeddecker, Mrs. Emily 342 Boehmen, Franz 349 Boehmen, John 342 Boeker, Anton 255 Boernstein, Heinrich 643 Boettler, Adolph 191, 456 Boettler, Miss E 457 Boggy, Louis V 177 Bohn, F. W 68 Boisselier, C. D 336 Bokern, Edward A 142 Boland, J. L., Book & Station- ery Co 384 Boland, John L 187, 384 Boland, Joseph M 385 Bollin, John D 443 Bollman Bros. Co 372 Bollman, Henry 372 Bollman, Oscar H 373 Bollman, Otto 373 Boltz, Fred C 266 Bornefels, J 472 Bowes, D 207 Bowman, Sam. & Co 137 Bowman, Sam 137 Boyce, Joseph 627 Boyd, A. Shapleigh 460 Boyle, Wilbur F 55, 57 Brace, C. T 285 Branch Saw Co 307 Branch, Joseph C 308 Branch, Joseph W 308 Brandenburger, Wm. & Son... 224 Brandt, J. G., Shoe Co 607 Brandt, H. W 397 Brandt, J. G 607 Braun, Adolph 214, 487 Brecht, G. V., Butcher Supply Co '. 303 Brecht, G.V 303 Brecht, G. V., Jr 304 Brennan, Hugh 164 Brennan, James T 628 Bridge, Hudson E 638 Brinckwirth-Nolker Brewing Co 504 PAGE Brinckwirth, Fredericka 505 Brinckwirth, Louis . 164, 505 Brinson, L. B 97 Brock, James E 186 Brockman, F. W., Commission Co 121 Brockman, F. W 121 Brockmeier, F. C 104 Broeckhardt, Leopold 367 Brookings, Robert S.178, 187, 462, 638 Brooks, E. S 125 Brosseau, Z, P 319 Brotherton, Marshall 172 Brown, A. D 55, 57, 181 Brown, B 472 Brown, B. Gratz 644 Brown, D. S 183 Brown, Geo. W...55, 179, 183, 184 Brown, Paul. ..55, 58, 158, 183, 184 Browning, L. A 162 Brownlee, J. A 171 Bruce, Warren 197 Bruckner, Anton 362, 368 Brueggemann, George H 542 Brush, James C 226 Brush, Sam T 226 Bry & liro. Cloak Co 568 Bry, Louis 568 Bry, Nathan 568 Buchanan, R 395 Buck, M. M 160 Buckingham, John 359 Buckley, Thomas J 628 Buddeus, George 367 Buechel, B. A 556 Buechel, E. C 557 Buechel, Robert 367 Buff & Rau 442 Buff, Jacob 443 Buhl, Robert 367 Bullock, R. B 168 Burbridge, C. T 267 Burckhardt, John H 196 Burg, Philip, Grocery Co 480 Burg, Fred 481 Burg, Henry..... 114 Burg, Philip 480 Burg, Philip. Jr 481 Burgess, L. R 385 Burke, John J 627 Burmeister, Henry 123 Burnham, C. B 172 Busch, Adolphus. . .55, 57, 176, 187, 500, 638 Busch, Augustus A — 176, 181, 504 — 654 PAGE Busch, Edward A. & Co 528 Busch, Edward A 528 Busch, Floyd E 447 Busch, Ulrich 628 Busch, Wm 625 Buschmann & Co 100 Buschmann, C. L 161 Bush, Isidor 137, 167 Buss, J. B., Flour Mills 112 Buss, John B 100 Butler & Son 273 Butler, Edward 274 Butler, Edward, Jr 274 Butler, James G 56, 183, 184 Cady, L. Bertram & Co 605 Cady, L. Bertram.*. 605 Caesar, Frederick 547 Caldwell, C. A 162 Calhoun, D. R 664 Campbell, James.. 55, 183, 184, 321 Carl, Francis 304 Carl Philip 529 Carleton Dry Goods Co 564 Carleton, Murray 55, 141, 564 Carpenter, Geo. O., 173, 181, 182, 639, 641 Carpenter, James M *133, 168 Carr, Archibald 629 Carr, A. W 217 Carrere & Hastings 61, 73, 74 Case, J. B 182 Casey, Frank J 445 Catlin, Daniel... 158, 159, 177, 187 Caulfield, H. L 183 Chadwick, Geo. W 359 Chanslor, Eraison 159 Chaplin, Winfield Scott 638 Chapman, Dr. H. N 622 Chapman, N. C 235, 577 Chappell, W. C 382 Chappell, W. L 382 Charless, Joseph 170 Charlton, Geo. J 207 Chase, Edward 152, 188 Chase, H. & L., Bag Co 114 Chauvenet, Regis 85 Chemical Building, The 575 Cherokee Garden 552 Chesbrough, J. M 208 Chester, E. S 266 Chouteau, August 97 Chouteau, Harrison & Valle. . . 109 Chouteau, Pierre 55, 58 Christie, Alex. P 625 Christopher, E. M 299 PAGE Claes & Lehnbeuter Mfg. Co... 258 Claes, Casper 258 Clark, Chas 172, 186 Clemens, F. W 191 Clements, Dr. E. B 419 Clover, Henry A 629 Clover, Henry A., Jr 629 Cobb, Seth W 66, 58 Cockrell. F. M 49 Cockrell, J. H 190 Coffin, E. H 182 Cole, Nathan 173 Coleman, W. H 208 Collins, Martin & Sons 198 Collins, H. B 149, 154 Collins, Martin 198 Collins, Thos. R 198 Colman, Norman J 127 Columbia Brewing Company.. 506 Columbia Mineral Water Co.. 443 Commercial Building, The.... 317 Commonwealth Trust Co 180 Compton & Sons Lithograph- ing and Printing Co 398 Compton, C. B 399 Compton, P. C 399 Compton, Richard J 398 Compton, Richard J., Jr 399 Concordia Publishing House.. 403 Cone, C. S 178 Consolidated Coal Co., The... 217 Consumer’s Brewing Co 508 Cook, Chas. B 427 Cook, Douglas G 538 Cook, Isaac 637 Cook, Isaac T 577 Cooke, John R 179 Conrad, ,J. F., Grocer Co 482 Conrad, Adam 194 Conrad, J. F 168 Conrad, Louis P 482 Conrad, F. E 482 Conrad, J. F 482 Conrad, Oscar J 482 Conradcs, J. H., Chair and Parlor Furniture Co 251 Conrades, E. H 203, 219, 252 Conrades, J. H 251 Conrades, J. H., Jr 252 Conrades, T. H 252 Conrath, Louis, Coll, of Music 342 Conrath, Louis 343, 367 Continental National Bank of St. Louis 159 Cordes, A. C 190 Cornett Brothers 483 — 655 — PAGE Cornett, August 483 Cornett, Edward 191, 483 Cornett, Francis 161 Cornett, Henry 483 Corticelli Silk Company 594 Coste, Felix 165, 172, 643 Coste, Felix 474 Coste, Paui 172 Coughlin, Andrew 625 Couper, E 450 Courtney, Mathew 125 Cowen, W. B 173 Cox, Cbas. A 172 Coyle, James F 55, 57 Cram, G. T 55, 57, 179 Cramer, G., Dry Plate Co 409 Cramer, Adolph G 412 Cramer, Emile L 412 Cramer, F. Ernest 410, 412 Cramer, Gustave, 184, 410, 411, 412 Cramer, Otto 167 Crawford, G. Lacey 148 Cronin, James H 627 Crow, Wayman 165, 638 Crunden, F. M 641 Crystal Water Co 444 Cummings, P 175 Cunningham, L. B 596 Cuno, Chas. A 190 Cupples Station 462 Cupples, Samuel 639, 462, 467 Curby, J. L.. 311 Curd, Chas. P 637 Curley, J. E 564 Cuthbert, C. Mac J 308 Cutter, Norman J 82 Cutts, Geo. T 217 Daenzer, Carl 643 Daly, L. L 147 Dauernheim, Charles, Wall Paper Co 262 Dauernheim, Charles 263 Dauernheim, D 263 Dauernheim, Philip 328 Daughaday, Hamilton 445 Davis, Alexander 570 Davis, John D 55, 58 Davis, John T 178, 187, 638 Davis, H. N 100, 178 Davis, Samuel C 181, 562 Day Rubber Company 585 Day, A. W 585 Day, Robert C 585 Day, S. J 585 Day, Thomas D 460 PAGE Dean, W. B 324 Deere, C. H 281 Deer, John 281 Deibel, Fred 168 Deist er, Frank 103 De Lano, S. S 271 De Menil, Alex. N 55, 57, 58 Denkmann, F. C. A 249 Denny, Chas. J 627 Desberger, S 600 Desloge, Jules 159 Desnoyer, J. B 171 Devoy & Feuerborn 218 Devoy, Edward 167,218 De Vol, Frank 361 Dickmann, Jos. F 624 Dieckmann, Coal Co 218 Dieckmann, John H 97, 149 Dieckmann, Louis C 218 Dieckmann, Henry C 219 Dieckriede, Chas. B 478 Diehm, Ferdinand 162 Dienst, Dr. Alexander 338 Dierkes, Bernard. 615 Diesing, Victor 450 Dillon, John A 645 Dillon, W. A 432 Divoll, Ira 640 Dixey, Henry 369 Doan, Thomas 398 Dohriner, Chas 132 Dodd,S.M.55, 58, 141. 173, 181, 321 Dodson-Braun Mfg. Co 486 Dodson, John W 487 Doellner, A. H 310 D’Oench, Guido 176 D’Oench, Wm 190 Doerr, Peter 169 Donk Brothers Coal & Coke Co. 219 Donk, August F 219 Donk, Edmund C 219 Donnewald, J. B 586 Donovan, J.T 133 Douglas, Alexander 160, 211 Douglas, A. G 182 Down-Draft Boiler Works 296 Dozier, L. D., 55, 141, 172, 183, 184 Drake, Tracy C 445 Drew, F. A 172 Droege, Albert J 237 Droste, Henry 195, 634 Drosten, Fred W 579 Drosten, William 580 Druhe Hardwood Lumber Co.. 234 Druhe, John 234 Druhe, Wm 235,645 — 656 — PAGE PAGE Drummond, Harrison I., 56, 57, 172, 186 Drummond, C. R 149 Drummond, James T 171 Drummond, John N 179 Drummond, Wm. R 183 Dryden, W. B 629 Duestrow, Louis 191 Duffy, Joseph A 221 Dula, R. B 56, 58, 172, 634 Dukes, F. H 324 Duncan, A. H 158 Duncan, James 560 Duncan, Wm 183 Dunham, John S 179 Dunker, Henry 183, 261 Dunker, Chas. H 261 Dunlap, Henry L 645 Dunn, James 335 Dunn, Thomas 190 Durant, Geo. F 183 Dusard, Jos. T 624 Dusard, M 624 Dussuchal, Eugene 367 Dyer, E. H 436 Dyer, John N 640 Eads, James B 84 Eagle Vinegar & Pickle Works.. 487 Eames& Young 61,77, 82 Eaton, F. H 271 Eau Claire-St. Louis Lumber Co 236 Edgar, T. B 159 Edison, W. R 68 Edwards, Albert J 154 Edwards, B. F 173 Edwards, Ernest 570, 572 Edwards, Geo. B 193 Edwards, Geo. L 56, 57, 148 Eggers Milling Co 103 Eggers, Edward 165, 196, 203 Eggers, H 654 Eggers, H. B 100, 103 Eggers, H. B., Jr 103 Eggers, F. W 103 Ehlermann, Chas., Hop & Malt Co 528 Ehlermann, Chas 176, 529 Ehling, Victor 343 Eichele, Augustus 377 Einstmann, Andrew... _ 118 Eiseman, Ben ’. . . . 160, 183 Eisenhardt, Hermann 194 Ellard, Chas. M 199, 557 Eliot, Edward C 634 Eliot, Henry W 639 Eliot, Howard 56, 187, 324 Eliot, Wm. G 637 Elson, Louis C 359 Ely & Walker Dry Goods Co. . 564 Emanuel, Herman 589 Embre-McLean Carriage Co.. 272 Emery, Stephen 359 Engelke & Feiner Milling Co. . 103 Engelke, John 103 Engelsmann, Geo 315 Engelsmann, H 315 Enslin, Chas 165, 173 Eppelsheimer, Frank 105 Epstein Brothers, The 344 Epstein, Abe 345 Epstein, Herman 345 Epstein, J. 1 138 Epstein, Marcus 345 Erker Brothers Optical Co 417 Erker, Adolph P 418 Erker, August A 418 Erker, Josephine 418 Essmueller Mill Furnishing Co .• 289 Essmueller, Fred. H 290 Essmueller, Wm. C 290 Espenschied, Fred. F 193 Estey Company, The 374 Estey, Jacob 374 Estey, Julius J 375 Estey, J. Gray 376 Estey, J. Harry 375 European Steamship Agency . . 214 Evans, J. M 266 Evers, John H 174 Everts, Chas 264 Everts, E 265 Everts, Frank 265, 336 Ewing, August B. 186 Ewing, Wm. L 171, 177 Fabricius Toy & Notion Co ... . 584 Fabricius, Agathe, Mrs 584 Fabricius, H. H 584 Fabricius, H. P 584 Fagin, Aron W 100 Fairbanks, Morse & Co 316 Fairbanks, Erastus 316 Fairbanks, Thadeus 316 Fairbanks, Wm. P 317 Famous, The 605 Farish, J. Hamilton 134 Farmer, J. B 190 Farrar, James S 133 Farrelly, Thos. F 142 Faulhaber, E. A 577 Faulkner, H. A 628 — 657 — PAGE Faust & Sons Oyster and Res- taurant Co 550 Faust, A. E 550, 552 Faust, A. R 552 Faust, E. A 162, 504, 552 Feiner, Eugene J 104 Feiner, Frank 103 Feiner, Geo. W 104 Felton, S.M 56 Ferguson, Forrest 162 Ferguson, D. K 171 Ferrenbach, Thomas 164 Fertig, B.J 495 Feuerbacher, Frank W. & Co... 530 Feuerbacher, Max 513, 531 Feuerbacher, Frank W 175, 530 Feuerborn, E. R 218 Fick, Aug 1 174 Fienup, F 164 Filley, Chauncey 1 198 Filley, John D 187 Fink, Conrad 477 Finkelnburg, G. A 188 Fire Department, The 624 Fire Insurance Companies and Agencies 188 Fire & Police Telegraph 626 Fischer Flour Co 105 Fischer, Frederick 346, 367 Fischer, Dr. Jos. A 337 Fischer, J. C 105 Fish, A. G 309 Fishback, Geo. W 644 Fitzgibbon, Patrick R 618 Flachman, Hy 315 Flad, Edward 619 Flad, Henry 85, 143, 619 Flanagan & Co 100 Flersheim, G. W 391 Flickinger, Dr. Adam 338 Floerke, Emil 547 Follenius, R. H., Marble Works 462 Follenius, R. H 203, 462 Fontana, John R 628 Forbes, Jas. H 162 Forbes, Robert M 163 Ford, E. A 208 Ford, Geo. R 447 Ford, James L 634 Fordyce, S. W 187 Forman, H. A 161 Forrester, Richard 561 Forster, C. August 487, 516 Forster, C. Marquard. .183, 487, 516 Forster, Frank J 516 42k PAGE Forster, Marquard ,=.... 516 Forster, Mary.... 487 Fourth National Bank 160 Fowler, John 187 Fox Bros. Manufacturing Co.. 245 Fox, E. W 156 Fox, H. L 164 Fox, Geo. C 245 Fox, Philip J 245 Foy, Peter L 644 Francis, Chas. W 622 Francis, David R 47, 48, 50, 55, 56, 57, 134, 172, 183, 639 Francis, J. D. P 149 Francis, T. H 97 Franciscus, James M 616 Franciscus, James M., Jr 616 Frank, August 646 Frank, Nathan 56, 646 Frank, V 553 Franklin Bank 162 Franklin, Joseph 178, 560 Franklin Mutual Insurance Co. of St. Louis 190 Frederick, A. H 56 Frederick, G. H 310 Frederick, Henry 270 Freiichs, Dr. F. W 429 Freudenan,Wm 447 Freund Brothers Bread Co 451 Freund, Fred S 453 Freund, Leopold 176, 451, 453 Freund, Morris 451 Freund, Simon 451, 453 Friedman, N. and J 565 Friedman, Ferdinand 565 Friedman, Jacob 565 Friedman, Nathan 565 Frisco Line, The 210 Fritch, Arthur, Foundry & Ma- chine Co 290 Fritch, Arthur 291 Fritch, C.R 194 Fritsche, Charles E 271 Fritz, Chas. A 532 Fritz, Geo. J 176 Froehlich, Carl ' 347 FroehllchjEgmont 347 Froehlich, Max 348 Front Rank Steel Furnace Co. 300 Frye, W. G 348 Fueger, A 672 Fuller, A 562 Fullerton Building, The 203 Fullerton, Humphry 204 — 658 — PAGE Fullerton, Joseph Scott 204 Funkhouser, K. M 172, 623 Funkhouser, Dr. R. M 172, 624 Funsch, Oliver J 627 Fusz & Backer 99 Fusz, Louis 109, 110, 166, 634 Fusz, Paul no Fusz, Mrs. Regina 109 Gaier & Stroh Millinery Co... 586 Gaier, Ernst 586 Galbreath, G. W 179 Ganahl, John J., Lumber Co. . . 236 Ganahl, Fidel 237 Ganahl, John J 236, 243 Ganahl, Louis J 236 Ganahl, M. L 237 Ganahl, Theodore C 236 Ganter, H. C 644 Gardner, Wm. A 96 Garrell, Julius C 183 Garrels, G. W 163 Garrigues, Robert 193 Garrison, 0. L 382 Garnett & Allen Paper Com- pany 381 Garnett, Jno 280 Gartside Coal Co 220 Gartside, Chas. E 221 Gartside, James.... 221 Gartside, Joseph 221 Gast, August, Bank Note and Lithographing Co 399 Gast, August 400 Gast, A. T 513 Gast Brewing Co 512 Gast, Ferdinand 513 Gast, Paulus 190, 512 Gast, U. S 513 Gauss, C. F 172, 183 .Gazzolo, Andrew, Jr 627 Geeks, Frank 348 Geeks, Frank, Jr 348 Gehner, August & Co 139 Gehner, August... 55, 140, 164, 186, 192 Gehner, H 647 Gehrke, Geo 203 Geraghty, L 628 German-American Bank 163 Germania Fire Insurance Co. of New York 193 German Mutual Fire Insurance Co. of St. Louis 192 German Mutual Life Insurance Co. of St. Louis 202 PAGE German Savings Institution. .. 165 Gessler, Edward A. 291 Geyer, Miss Annie 367 Gibson, Chas. E 627 Gideonsen, H 458 Giesecke, Otto 530 Gieselman, F. H 117 Giessler, William J 493 Gilbert, A. M 317 Gilbert, Cass 59, 61 , 76, 82 Gilbert, Fitch 235 Gildehaus, Henry 478 Giraldin, Wm. A 133 Girard, Stephen 45 Givan, Noah M 68 Glaser, Adolph & Bro 592 Glaser, Adolph 592 Glaser, Joseph & Son 156 Glaser, Carl 156 Glaser, Joseph 156, 592 Glaser, Louis 592 Glaser, Morris 153, 171, 641 Glaser, Sigmund 592 Glendale Coal & Mining Co... 224 Goddard, E. & Sons 100 Goddard, Elbridge 100 Goddard, George H 172, 186 Goebel, Frederick 195 Goertz, August 162 Goetz, Charles W., Lime & Cement Co 328 Goetz, Charles W 329 Goetz, L 329 Goetz, M. E 329 Goldman, J. D 128 Goldsmith, J .598 Goldsmith, T. G 434 Goldstein, Robert 600 Goldstein, Wm 600 Goltra, Edward F 181 Gordon, H. B 460 Gotshall, D. H 397 Gottschalk, Charles W . . . . 196 Gottschalk, Louis 167 Gould’s Directory 647 Gould, D. B 647 Gould, Edward M 647 Gould, Jay 90 Gould, Wm. F Grabinsky, S. & Co 219 569 Grabinsky, S 570 Graf, A., Distilling Co.... Graf, Adolph A 539 539 Graf, August .340, 539 Graf, Louis J 539 Grafeman Dairy Company. 449 — 659 — PAGE Grafeman, Win 450 Graham Paper Co 381 Graham, B. B 171, 187, 381 Graham, Joseph A 642 Graham, H. B 381 Grand Leader, The, Stix, Baer, & Fuller 561 Grant, A. D 148 Grant, D. A 447 Grant, Ulysses S 98 Graves, H. F 223 Graves, N.O 324 Gray, Joseph 591 Gray, William H 388 Great Western Paper Box Co. . 493 Great Western Wine & Liquor Co 542 Grefenkamp, John H 645 Green, Chas 133 Green, James 171, 181, 327 Green, T. T 328 Green Tree Brewery 513 Gregg, Norris B 56, 57, 435 Gregg. Wm. H., Jr 436 Gregory, Chas. R 124 Grether, John 136 Griesedieck, Anton 523, 526 Griesedieck, Bernard 524 Griesedieck, Franz... ^ 505 Griesedieck, Frank 524 Griesedieck, H. & Co 531 Griesedieck, Henry 195, 631 Griesedieck, Henry C 508 Griesedieck, Henry, Jr 183, 184, 336, 524 Griesedieck, Joseph 524 Griesedieck, Paul 532 Griffin, Nicholas 628 Groepper, Joseph P 243 Grote, H. C 473 Grubbs, Hartwell B 458 Gruen, Jacob 192 Gruner, Philip & Bros., Lum- ber Co 237 Gruner, G. A 238 Gruner, Louis 238 Gruner, M 238 Gruner, Philip 238 Guerdan Hat Co., The 591 Guerdan, Albert J 592 Guerdan, Francis 592 Guerdan, Nicholas 203, 592 Gummersbach, Joseph.... 387, 645 Gundlach, Peter 196 Guntly, Ed 499 Guy, Wm. E 187, 639 PAGE Haarstick, Henry C...102, 113, 177, 187, 429 Haarstick, Wm. T 56, 97, 173 Haas, A. & Son 597 Haas, A 597 Haas, Berman 590 Haas, J. G., Soap Co 489' Haas, J. G 489' Haas, Lleber & Coste 474 Haas, Max 597 Haas, R. T 474 Haase, A. C. L. & Sons, Fish Co 479 Haase, A. C. L 193, 479 Haenschen, Gustave 115 Haerting, Hugo 191 Hafferkamp, H 242 Hager, C. & Sons, Hinge Mnfg. Co 305 Hager, A. W 305 Hager, Chas 305 Hager, Chas., Jr 305 Haines, John H 474 Haines, Thomas 625 Hale, W. B 395 Hamburger, E 455 Hammer Dry Plate Co 413 Hammer, L. F 193, 414 Hammer, L. F., Jr 617 Hammerstein, C. L 634 Hammerstein, Louis 349 Hamilton, Alex 221 Hamilton, Chas 183 Hanebrink, C. J Ill Hanigan, J. J 628 Hansen, Geo. H 395 Harless, Adolphus 442 Harding, Russell 181 Harrington, H. A 608 Harris, Joseph R 611 Harris, Lloyd G 266 Harrison, Edwin 639 Harrison, John A 634 Hart, A. B 56, 58 Hartmann, E., Hide & Leather Co 313 Hartmann, Ernst .'.<....195, 314 Hartmann, R. & Co 122 Hartmann, R 122, 314 Hatch, Stephen D 231 Hatfield, C. F 68 Haucb, Dr. E. F 203 Hauck, F. B., Cloth Co 602 Hauck, Chas 602 Hauck, F. B 602 Hauck, F. M 602 660 — p. Hauck, Fi'ed Hawley, G. E Hawley, Dr. N. G Hawes, J. H Haydel, Harry L Haynes, W. G Hayes, Frank P Hayes, Jos. M . 160, Heed, K. B Heerich, Geo Hegel, Ferdinand H.... Hehrlein, Wm Heidsieck, H Hell, Henry, Chemical Co Hell, Henry Heim, Fred, Dealer in Lumber, etc Heim, Fred Heinrich, John P Heinrichsofen, Wm Heintz, Emil Held, Geo. A Heller, M. J., Lumber Co Heller, Michael Heller, M. J Hellery, M. F Helmbacher, Michael Helmerich, G. J Helmich, Anton Heman, Ernst Hemmelmann, Theodore, Jr . . . Henneman, Alexander Henning, E. M Henry, Alfred W Henseler Oil Co Henseler, George Henseler, H Henze, F. W Herder, B Herf & Frerichs Chemical Co.. Herf, Oscar Hermann, Chas. F. 167, 533, 536, Hermann, Edward 618, Hermann, Dr. J. H Herold, Ferdinand Herold, Robert. Herold, Theodore Herthel, Adolph Hertle, Daniel Herzog, Morris, Cloaks & Suits Herzog, Morris Herzog, Theophil Herzog, Wm Heuer, H. F Hewit, A Heye, Gerhard PAGE Hezel Milling Co 100 Hiemenz, J. D 192 Hiemenz, Henry, Jr 141, 164 Higley, Harry B 402 Hill, B. W 177 Hill, Dr. Frederick 192 Hill, Geo. W 109 Hill, Walker 56, 158, 159, 214 Hill, Wm 644 Hillenkoetter, F 626 Hilke, Christoph 97, 195 Hilton, Alexander 211 Hlrschberg, Louis C 165 Hitchcock, Ethan Allen 48 Hitchcock, G. N 160 Hitchcock, Henry 638 Hodgeman, Chas. B 148, 154 Hodges, W. R 627 Hoelke, E 429 Hoerr’s Condensed Phosphor- ous Water 445 Hoerr, John 445 Hoerr, John, Jr 445 Hoevel, F'elix 174 Hofmann Bros. Produce Co. . . 122 Hofmann, Ernst G 122 Hofmann, Frederick W 122 Hofmann, Louis. 123 Hofmann, Oscar L 123 Hoffmann, Aug. H 174, 627 Hoffman, Geo. F 172 Hoffman, Sebastian 240 Hoffman, S. E 172, 186 Hoffmeister, Geo 175 Hohmann, John H 269 Holbrook, Wm. J 141 Holle, John F 554 Hollister, H. M 317 Holm, Kobert 504 Holman Paper Box Co 492 Holman, J. B 492 Holman, J. E 492 Hollman, Frederick G 155 Hollmann, Julius G 105 Holmes, John A 56 Holmes, J. A., Lumber Co.... 242 Holmes, R. H 242 Holmes, John A 173 Holmes, J. H 242 Holtgrewe, Geo 254 Holtgrewe, F. W 254 Holthaus, Anton 259 Homan Distilling Co 540 Homan, Henry C 540 Homann, Wm,, Saddlery Co... 276 Homann, Henry J 277 AGE 203 284 622 395 134 300 186 181 128 350 291 495 484 428 429 239 239 167 195 191 168 239 239 240 446 169 167 645 643 134 351 177 614 439 439 439 455 387 429 429 621 621 535 508 508 508 167 643 567 567 385 167 244 117 542 — 661 — PAGE Homann, Rudolph B 277 Homann, Wm 276 Homer, Truman G 82 Homeyer, H. A 472 Hopson, J ,T 450 Horn, Benjamin 164 Horn, Chas. W 203 Horn, Henry 216 Horn, Thomas 216 Hornsby, Joseph L 627, 628 Horton, Wm 627 Hospes, Richard 165 Houser, D. M 55, 58, 187, 644 How, John 177 Howard, James J 628 Howard, Michael J 628 Howenstein, James W 188 Hoyt Metal Co 288 Hoyt, C. C 288 Hoyt, E. R 289 Hubbard, Ernst H 159 Hubbard, R.M 171 Huey, Theo. A 68 Hughes & Co 566 Hughes, John 566 Huiskamp, A. R 414 Huiskamp, H. C 190, 415 Huiskamp, H. J 190, 415 Huiskamp, J. E 190 Hull, Leon L 133 Humphreys 604 Hunicke, Herman 166 Hunicke, Julius; 442 Huppert, W. E.' 175, 517 Hurricane Cold Store Co 225 Hurk & O’Reilly 140 Huttig, Chas. H 55, 58, 68, 171, 179, 186 Hutchinson, R. R 171 Hyatt, H. A., Photographic Supplies 415 Hyatt, H. A 415 Hyatt, Harry 416 Hyde, Wm 642 Hyde Park Brewery 516 Hydraulic Press Brick Co 323 Ibotson, Henry C 186 Idler, Louis 484 Iglehart, F. J 171 Imbs, J. F., Milling Co 102 Imbs, A. V ... 102 Imbs, J. F 102 Imbs, J. J li)2 Imse, R. C 249 Ingalls, M. E 56 PAGE International Bank 167 Interstate Car Transfer Co 214 Israel, Bernard - .... 174 Ittner, Anthony, Brick Co 325 Ittner, Anthony 325, 327 Ittner, Benjamin F 327 Ittner, Geo. W 327 Ittner, Warren W 327 Ittner, Wm.B 634 Ives, H. C 637 Jaccard, E. A 581 Jaccard, D. C 581 Jacoby, M 193 Jancke, Madame Wilhelmine Runge 352 Jankrow, C 403 Jefferson Bank 158 Jefferson Mills Ill Jefferson Mutual Fire Insur- ance Company of St. Louis.. 194 Jefferson, Thomas 42, 51, 52 Jenks, Robert C 625 Jerrolds, E. H 469 Jett, E. T., Book and News Co. 388 Jinkins, B. C 148 Judd, Max 565 Jungenfeld, E 336 Jochum, Miss Kate 367 Jahannes, Chas. P 227 Johnson, Christopher W 634 Johnson, Mrs. Dr 1167 Johnston, J. T. M 68 Jones, Breckenridge. . 56, 141,186 Jones, G. 1 396 Jones, L. F 177 Jones, Robert McKittrick 187 Joy, Chas. F 610 Joy, Duncan 128 Judge, Jos. N 628 Kahle, Geo 301,303 Kaime, J. E. & Bro 144 Kaime, David F 144 Kaime, Edwin F 144 Kaime, James E 144 Kaiser, Geo. E '. 475 Kaiser, Henry 191, 475 Kaiser, John G., Grocer Co — 475 Kaiser, John G 194, 475 Kaiser, Jacob & Co 256 Kaiser, Jacob 196, 257 Kaiser, J. H 161 Kaiser, J. W 247 Kaiser, Mrs. Mary 475 Kalb, G. 0 194 — 662 — PAGE Kalb, Theo 429 Kalbfleisch, Henry 100 Kalkmann, Miss Adelaide 367 Kammerer, M. A 175 Kanne, George 541 Kanne, Joseph A 541 Kanne, Louis P 541 Karbe, Otto F 627 Karlskind, Frank G 192 Kastor, H. W. & Sons, Adver- tising Co 406 Kastor, Arthur G 407 Kastor, E. H 407 Kastor, Fred W 407 Kastor, H. B 406 Kastor, H. \V 406 Kastor, R. H 407 Kastor, W. B 407 Kauffman, Jno. W 99 Kavanaugh, W. K 214 KehlorBros 99, 106 Kehlor Mills 100 Kehlor, James B. M 106, 179 Kehlor, John 107 Kehr, Adolph 203 Kehr, Gustav 193 Kehrmann, S., Insurance Co. .. 199 Kehrmann, S 199 Kehrmann, S., Jr 200 Keller-Tamm Mfg. Co 266 Keller, Geo 267 Keller, M. L 267 Kelley, A. T 158 Kelley, Chas. F 628 Kelley, Taylor D 460 Kelso, Wm. H 57 Kennard, S. M 55, 58, 68, 158 181, 214 Kennedy, W. J 394 Kennett, Luther M 97 Kenrick, Archbishop 22 Kephart, Dr. Horace 640 Kerwin, Daniel 306 Ketcheson, J. H 408 Kieselhorst Piano Co 375 Kieselhorst, Edwin A 376 Kieselhorst, John A 375 Kilgen, R. F 134 Kinner, Dr. Hugo 203 King, Goodman 56, 58, 581 Kingsland Mnfg. Co 278 Kingsland, Geo 278 Kingsland, L. D 278 Kinney, Thos. E 627 Kinsella, W. J 56, 58, 171, 181 Kinsey, W. M 175 PAGE Kircher, Chas. E 164 Kircher, Chas. J 402 Kirchner, H. Wm, Architect and Structural Engineer 332 Kirchner, H. H 332 Kirchner, H. W 322 Kitchen, Cortez A 322 Klasing, August 627 Klausmann’s Brewery 517 Klausmeier, Wm 450 Kleine, F. W., Coal Co 222 Kleine, F. W 222 Kline, Geo. R 397 Klinge, Henry 506 Klinger, W 104 Klipstein Chemical Co 431 Klipstein, Christian 431 Klipstein, E. C 432 Klipstein, Theodore C 431 Klute, John H 628 Knapp, Geo 95, 642 Knapp, Chas. W 56, 642 Knapp, John 642 Kneight, H. F 179 Knopf, Geo. B 330 Knox, C. G 171, 181 Kobusch, Geo. J. 271 Koch, Gustav 200 Koehler, Caspar 506, 510 Koehler, Henry 498 Koehler, Henry, Jr 176, 498 Koehler, Hugo A 498 Koehler, Julius H 506 Koehler, Oscar C 498 Koeln, Edward 627 Koenig Lumber Co 240 Koenig, F. A 240 Koenig, F. A., Jr 241 Koenig, G. A 241 Koenig, Wm. & Co 279 Koenig, Wm 166, 196, 280 Koken Iron Works 309 Koken, Wm. T 309 Kohn & Co 151 Kohn, David 151 Kohn, Wm. M 151 Koppelman Furniture Co 253 Koppelman, John H 253 Koppelman, M 254 Koppen, Chas. W 309 Kortkamp, E. H 194 Kossack, Wm 169 Kotany, M 148, 150 Krall, Dr. Geo. W 637 Kraemer, Louis 163 Kramer, A 598 — 663 — PAGE Kraus, Chas 315 Krauss, Christ 175 KrausSjJohn ...175, 517 Krausse, Emile B 440 Krenniug, Francis 203 Krieckhaus, Aug 192, 196, 203 Kriegshaber, David 546 Kroeger, Adolph 353 Kroeger, E. R . . . . 353, 357, 367, 378 Kroger, Wm 234 Krusch, Julius 253 Kruse, Henry 447 Krutzsch, Herman 293 Kuehne, Albert 197 Kuhl, Max 443 Kuhn, Francis 577 Kuhn, James S 218 Kuhs, Augustus H .. 525 Kunkel, Chas 356, 357 Kunkel, Jacob 356 Kuntz, Geo. H 402 Kupferer, Joseph 176 Kupferle, John 192 Kurlbaum, Julius 196 Kurtzeborn, August 196, 578 Kurz, Julius 538 Lackland, Rufus J. 95, 159 Laclede Building, The 229 Laclede Fire Brick Co 327 Laclede, Pierre Liguest 13 Laderaann, Otto C 510, 512 Ladies’ Tailors, Svoboda Bros. 562 Laduc, P. A 172 Lafayette Bank 169 Lager, Bernard 192 Lakey, Wm. G 186 Lane, J. R 49 Lane, Dr. Wm. Carr 15 Lang, August J 175 Lange, Louis, Publishing Co. . 404 Lange, Ernest 405 Lange, Louis 404 Lange, Theodore 405 Lange, William 356 Lange, Wm. C 167 Langenberg, Carl H 300 Langenberg, H. F . . . .' 158, 190, 300 Landau, Louis & Co 476 Landau, Alex 476 Landau, Louis 476 Lammert, Martin 164 Larkin & Scheffer Chemical Co. 430 Larkin, E. H 430 Larkin, Thomas H 431 Latal, J. J 330 PAGE Latz, Robert 566 Lauber, David 559 Laughlin, J. R 204 Lawrence, Dr. J. J 56 Lay, George 175 Layman, A 312 Lee, John F 214, 641 Lee, Wm. H 56, 57, 134, 172 Lee, Wm. H. & Co 543 Legg, Jerome B 333 Lehman, A. L 578 Lehmann, F. W 56, 58, 641 Lehnbeuter, Joseph 258 Leighton, George E 638 Leisse, August 167 Lembach, Phil 447 Lemp, Wm. J., Brewing Co. .. 518 Lemp, Adam 518 Lemp, Chas. A 523 Lemp, Louis 521 Lemp, Wm. J ....56, 166, 518, 521 Lemp, Wm.J., Jr 521 Leonhardt & Schuricht 100 Leser, Fred 169 Lesser Cotton Co 129 Lesser, Julius 128 Levis-Zukoski Mercantile Co. 587 Levis, Leo 588 Levis, S 588 Llewellyn, F. J 310 Llewellyn, F. P 310 Lewin, Dr. W. A 421 Lewis, J. A 160 Lewis, G. W 162 Lewis, M. D. 630 Lichtenstein, Victor 357 Lieber, Leslie 474 Liggett, Mrs. Elizabeth 638 Lightner, John H 628 Limberg, G 540 Limberg, Rudolph 506 Linck, J. J 402 Lincoln Trust Co 182 Lindemann, E. A 191 Lindenschmidt, Jos 192 Lingenfeldern & Bokern ...... 142 Lingenfelder, Eugene J 142 Link, Ernst 192 Link, Theodore C. 61, 70, 82, 88, 334 Linsenmann, C. C 235 Lionberger, Isaac H 134, 639 Lionberger, John R 179 Lippelt, Lewis A. J. 143 Lipsis & Seymore 588 Lischer, Henry 643 — 664 — PAGE Little, Wm. C. & Bro. Inv. Co. 152 Little, Akien H 152 Little, H. C.. 152 Little, Wm C 148, 149, 152 Livingstone, Kobert 43 Locnmiller, Wm 450 Lockwood, R. J 177, 214 Lockwood, Jas. Y 158,214 Loeb, Alex 600 Loeffel.Wm 580 Loewenstein, Sol., Jewelry Co.. 579 Logemann, F. H.. 251 Lohman, Theodore 267 Long, John A 634 Loth Jeans Clothing Co 598 Loth, Albert 598 Loth, Adolph 598 Lowenstein, M. J 646 Lubke, Geo. W 183 Lucas, J. B. C 158, 214 Luedeking, Carl 431 Luedeking, Dr .Robert 637 Lullman, JohnC 192 Luugstras Dyeing& Cleaning Co 574 Lungstras, Eugene 575 Lungstras, Robert 575 Luth, Fred L 125 Lyle, Hugh R 186 McBride, W. G 271 McCabe, Wm 570 McCarthy, E. L 646 McClary, H. C 317 McCluny, John H. 177 McClure, G. E 225 McCullagh, J. B 644 McDonald, J. W 56 McDowell’s College 39 McGehee, James S 94 McGrew, Geo. J 393 McHenry, Estill 577 McKee, Chas. H 644 McKee, William 644 McKinney Bread Co. 463 McKinney, John F 454 McKittrick, Thomas H, 56, 57, 141, 173, 187 McLain, B. L 207 McLain, L. C 650 McLure, Chas. D 187 McMillan, C. H 183 McMillan, N. A 187 Mc.VIillin, Emerson 183 Macbeth, Malcolm 133 Mack, Chas. J 602 Madill, A 638 PAGE Madison Coal Co 227 Maffitt, P. C 178 MaiHtt, Wm 183, 641 Magner, John F 646 Maguire, John 133 Mallinckrodt Chemical Works. 432 Mallinckrodt, Edward. 187, 433, 434 Malvern Lumber Co 243 Mann, Theodore L 532 Mannebach, Cvrus C 450 Manning, L. W- . . 190 Mansur & Tebbetts 37 Mansur - Tebbetts Implement Co 280 Mansur, Alvah 280 Mansur, C. W 281 Marbes, C 235 Markham, Geo. D 56, 184, 627 Marks, Dennis 100 Marks, Jos 499 Marquard, John H 196 Marquis, P. S 330 Marshall, Ernst 190 Marshall, Finnis E 56, 160 Marshall, J. A 190 Martin, Gottlieb 203 Mason, Chas. P 634 Matthews, Geo. J 315 Mathews, Leonard 154 Mathey, C. F 581 Mauntel, Borgess & Co 105 Marx & Haas Jeans Clothing Co 598 Marx, Benj. F 599 Marx, Edmund J 599 Marx, Harry N 600 Marx, Joseph 600 Marx, Sol 599 Marx, Walter 600 May, D 606 Mechanic’s National Bank, The 170 Medart Patent Pulley Co 315 Medart, Frederick 315 Medart, Philip. . 316 Medart, Wm 316 Mehling, Henry 192 Meier China & Glass Co 582 Meier, Alex . 582 Meier, E. F. W 582 Meier, Fred 582 Meier, Herman H 196 Meier, Henry 162, 190 Meier, Henry, Jr 163 Meier, Theodore G 137 Meinhardt, Chas 446 Meissner, Geo. N 454 — 665 — PAGE Meister, Frederick Wm 165, 287 Meister, Otto F 166, 287 Menges, John J 164 Menke, George C 542 Mercantile Library 639 Mercantiie Trust Co 183 Merchants-Laclede National Bank, The 171 Mermod cSb Jaccard Jewelry Co. 581 Mermod & Jaccard 37 Mermod, A. S 581 Merreil, J. S., Drug Co 432 Merrell, Dr. Albert 622 Merreil, Geo. K 423 Merrell, Hubert S 423 Merrell, Jacob S 423 Merrill, C. L 173 Mersman, Joseph C...115, 161, 286 Methudv. L 241 Mette & Kaune Distillin" Co.. 541 Mette, Joseph P 541 Mette, Louis 541 Meyberg, Jonas 589 Meyer, Albert H 192 Meyer, Alfred C. F 176 Meyer Bros. Drug Co 424 Meyer, Chas. F 190, 526 Meyer, C. F. G 56, 424, 426 Meyer, Chas. W 525 Meyer, E 335 Meyer, Edwin J 196, 303 Meyer, F. W 446 Meyer, Geo. A 158 Meyer, Geo. F 242, 268 Meyer, G. J 426 Meyer & Guye 105 Meyer, John F. & Sons 108 Meyer, Ferdinand P 108 Meyer, Henry A 108 Meyer, John F 108 Meyer, Louis S 108^ Meyer, J. F. W 425 Meyer, J. H. Aug 167, 182, 183 Meyer, J. P 149 Meyer, Theodore F 426 Meyer-Meinhardt Soda Co 446 Meyersieck, Edward 456 Meysenburg, E. A 164, 627 Meysenburg, G 164 Michael, E 181, 569 Middlekauff, F. G 324 Miller, Cass L 231 Miller, H. J 171 Miller, M. E 317 Miller, W. H 68 Miller, W. M 285 PAGE Milliman, J. C 46 Mills, G. A. H 187 Mills, J. W 170 Mills, H. K 289 Miltenberger, Eugene 177 Minche, Ernest 196 Mississippi Valley Trust Co. . , 185 Missouri Belting Co 314 Missouri Furniture Co 254 ^Missouri & Illinois Coal Co... 222 Missouri, Kansas & Texas Railroad, The 209 Missouri Malleable Iron Co... 285 Moberly, J. B 184 Mockler, Geo. F 627 Moffett, Leslie A 133 Moffltt-West Drug Co 426 Moll, A., Grocery Co 483 Moll, Adolph 162, 483, 485 Moll, Ottomar A 357 Moll, Paul 163, 484 Monroe, James 42, 44 Moore, Dr. J. W 419 Moore, Homer 358 Moore, Robert 634 Moore, Wm. G 634 Morell, J. C 588 Morgan, Geo. H 95 Mori, Paul 361, 367 Morisse .and Maurer 593 Morisse, Ernst 593 Morschel, Christ 553 Morse, Chas. H 317 Mortimer, Steven 266 Morton, I. W..56, 58, 187, 639, 641 Moser Cigar Box Co 494 Moser, Joseph N 494 Moser, Otto 494 Mound City Paint & Color Co 434 Mountfort, Wm. H 415 Mueller, C. F. A. 134 Muench, Hugo 203 Muir, John 260 Murrell, Ed. E 627 Mutschler, Ludwig 290 >’affz, H..E 258 Nagel, Chas 176, 628, 639 Nagel, Frank A 508 Napoleon, 1 42 Nasse, August 477 National Ammoniac Co., The.. 434 National Bank of Commerce in St. Louis 172 National Brewery Co 523 — 666 — PAGE National Enameling and Stamp- ing Co 298 Nedderhut, August 166 Nedderhut, Wm 408 Nelson Distilling Co 542 Nelson^ N. O 150 Nemours, Paul 367 Neun, Chas. H 538 Newcomb Bros. Wall Paper Co 263 Newcomb, Geo. A 263 Newcomb, Frank S 263 Newell, James P 627 Nicholson, Alexander 629 Nicholson, David 114 Nicolaus, Henry 171, 181, 514 Nickerson, Jno 173 Niedringhaus, Chas., House Furnishing Co 255 Niedringhaus, A. C 255 Niedringhaus, Chas 255 Niedringhaus, F. G 56,228 Niedringhaus, Geo. W 426 Niedringhaus, Thos. K 299 Niedringhaus, Wm. F.... 298, 426 Nieman, Gustave 140 Niemann, Gustave W 164 Niemann, Wm 164 Nies, John 192 Nietert, Dr. Herman L 622 Nixon-Jones Printing Co 396 Nixon, Frank. 396 Nobbe, Frederick 439 Noel, Chas. P 407 Nolke, Frank 266 Nolkemper, Wra 254 Nolker, Wm. F.. 56, 164, 186, 192, 505 Norden, H 410 Norvell-Shapleigh Hardware Co 460 Norvell, S 460 Northrup, Reid 181 Northwestern Savings Bank.. . 174 Nugent, D. C 56, 184 Nulson, Anthony J 203, 286 Nulson, F. E 243, 286 Nulson, John C 191, 285 Nulson, M. J 243 O’Brien, John J 134,617 O’Fallon, John J 172 O’Neil, Frank R 433, 645 O’Neil, John J 610 O’Neil, Peter 183 O’Reilly, Gerald B 134 O’Reilly, M. B 141 Oberbeck, Gustav H 627 PAGE Obernier, Frank 149 Obernier, Joseph F 175 Obernier, Robert 176 Obernier, Peter 174 Obert, Louis, Brewing Co 525 Obert, Louis 525 Obert, Louis, Jr 526 Ocker, Louis H 496 Oesterly, Louis 370 Oesterly, Otto 370 Old Rock Bakery, The 454 Oliver, John 596 Oishausen, Arthur 642 Olshausen, Theodore 643 Oonk, Christ 174, 271 Orear, E.T ^ 190 Orr, Edward S 56, 58, 179 Orr, Isaac H 187 Orthwein, Chas. F., Sons 114 Orthwein, Chas. F 112, 116 Orthwein, C. C 116 Orthwein, Frederick C 116 Orthwein, Wm. D., Grain Co.. 116 Orthwein, Wm. D 100. 112, 117, 186 Orthwein, Walter E 116, 149 Orthwein, W. J 116, 160 Ossing, G. H. & Co 543 Ossing, G. H 543 Osterhaus, P. J 202 Ottmann, C 258 Overstolz, Hermann 213, 214 Owens, John J 492 Paddock-Hawley Iron Co 284 Paddock, Gaius 285 Paae & Krausse Mfg. & Mining Co 440 Page, Daniel D 98 Page, Thomas M 440 Page, Wm. H 440 Palm, Wm 165 Papin & Tontrup 139 Papin, Harry E 426 Papin, Theophile, Jr 139 Paramore, E. E 172 Parker, Frank S 134 Parker, Geo. W 56, 68, 160 Parsons, Chas 177 Partridge, Geo 638 Paschall, Nathaniel 642 Patchell, W. J 310 Patrick, J. & W 248 Paul, John 169 Paul, Oscar 343 Pauly Jail Building Co 311 — 667 — PAGE Pauly, John 312 Pauly, Joseph 312 Pauly, Peter J 313 Pauly, Peter J., Jr 313 Pavyer Printing Machine Works 291 Pavyer, Ben. J 292 Pavyer, James G 292 Pearce, Chas. E 612 Pearl, Meyer 447 Peitzmeier, John 645 Pennsylvania Railroad 208 Peper, Christ 161 Perkins, C. W 449 Peters, P. J 192 Pfeffle, Henry 627 Pfeifer, Chas 85 Ptisterer, F 383 Philibert & Johanning Mfg. Co. 247 Phillips, D. A 172 Phillips, Hiram 618 Phillips, E. F 127 Phoenix Brewery 525 Pickel, Wm 164 Pierce, E. S. F 466 Pierce, H. Clay... 56, 141, 173, 861 Pierce, Lawrence B 181 Pike, S. B 321 Placke, L. F 164 Plant, Sam 100 Plate, Theodor 643 Platt & Thornburgh Paint Co. 437 Platt, Chas. R 438 Platt, Henry S 162, 437 Platt, Henry S., Jr 438 Platt, Philip C 437, 438 Player, James Y 615 Pommer, Wm. H 362 Pope, Dr. Chas. A 23 Poppen, Richard S 363, 370 Popper, Edward 151 Pozzoni, J. A., Complexion Powder Co 427 Pozzoni, J. A 427 Pozzoni, Mrs. Josephine 428 Prather, J. G 135 Preetorius, Edward L 641, 643 Preetorius, Dr. Emil 643 Price, Wilbur B ;,... 186 Preisler, E., Architect and Su- perintendent 335 Preisler, Ernest 335 Premium Mfg. Co 568 Preuss, Arthur 645 Preuss, Dr. Edward 645 Priest, John G 133 PAGE Priest, H. S 160 Progressive Paper Box Co 493 Prosser, Thos. J 68 Public School Library 640 Pulitzer, Jos 644 (juade Coal Co 223 Quade, Chas 223 Quade, Henry C 223 Quesnel, C. J 117 Quesnel, Edward 118 Quick Meal Stove Co 302 Rainwater, C. C 890 Ramsey, Joseph, Jr. 66, 57, 58, 186, 187 Ramsey, W. W 400 Rankin, David 172 Rankin, David, Jr 56 Rassieur, Leo 192, 193, 310 Ratermann, H 174 Rau, Ferdinand 443 Rausher, Albert 219 Rawlings, E. W 148, 149 Read, Edward M 375 Rebstock, Chas. & Co 544 Rebstock, Chas 176,541, 890 Red Cross Vinegar Co 488 Regina Flour Mill Co 109 Rehbein, Chas 248, 249 Rehbein, Henry 249 Reheis-Rolfes Lumber Co 243 Reheis, John A 243 Rein, H. S 149 Reinstaedler, Henry 330 Reipschlaeger, Wm 163, 195 Reis, H. F 237 Reiss, Paul 628 Reith, Edw. B 478 Reller, Geo 121 Renard, Louis 261 Better, Jacob 433 Reuss, Chas. C 176, 504 Eeyburn, Valle 183, 184 Rhinesmith, John ;.. 266 Rice, Stix & Co 569 Rice, F. D 569 Rice, F. R 158 Rice, Jonathan 56, 183, 184 Richards, Eben 141, 627 Richards, W. K 393 Richardson, James 155 Richardson, Dr. Wm. C 631 Richarz, J. P 407 Richter, Dr. Geo 126 Riddle Rehlein Mfg. Co 248 — 668 — PAGE Riddle, F. C. & Bro. Casket Co. 274 Riddle, Frank C 274, 275 Riddle, Geo. T 163, 248 Riddle, Harry S 274 Riddle, Robert M 274 Ridgley, Franklin L .618, 620 Ridgley, Henderson 620 Riesen Floral Co 556 Riesen, M 557 Riesenberg, H 249 Ringen Stove Co 301 Ringen, John 301, 302 Ritsert, Louis 471 Roach, Jas. H 450 Roberts, John C 183 Robinson, A G '. . . 207 Robinson, A. T 68 Robyn, Alfred G - . 364 Robvn, Alwin 45'1 Robyn, Paul .200, 202 Robyn, Wm .202, 364 Rodgers, Thomas B .632, 633 Roe, John J 177 Roeder, Philip .388, 389 Roeslein & Robyn 200 Roeslein, Anthony 200, 201, 645 Roever, F 196 Roever, Louis 196 Rolfes, Henry G 243 Rombauer, Roderick E 634 Rombauer, R. J 169 Rosenberg, Gus 128 Rosenblatt, M. A 578 Rosenfeld, Isaac, Jr 165, 177 Rosenheim, M 587 Rosenthal c& Desbf*rger. .. 600 Rosenthal, Sloan Millinery Co., The 588 Rosenthal, Abe 600 Rosenthal, Aron 600 Rosenthal, I. B 589 Roth, Adam, Grocery Co. . 477 Roth, Adam — .477, 478 Roth, Fred 472 Roth, Geo. A 478 Roth, John H 478 Roth, Will K 478 Rothschild Bros 589 Rothschild, Albert .589, 591 Rothschild, Julius 591 Rowse, E. C . 136 Rowse, E. S .133, 628 Rubenstein, H 447 Rucker, Thomas W 625 Rueckoldt, George 260 Rueppele, Chas 529 PAGE Ruhe, Henry 456, 457 Rule, A. A 183 Rumsey, L. M 187 Rumsey, Moses 177, 186 Ruoge, Dr. Edward C 622 Runyan, Van L 162 Rust, M. A 102 Rust, W. A 236 Rutherford, Thos. S 158 Rutledge, James E 224 Rutledge, Robert 134 Rutledge & Taylor 223 Ruykhaver, Chas 193 Ryan, O’Neil 641 St. Louis & Big Muddy Coal Co., The 225 St. Louis Car Co 271 St. Louis Cooperate Co 267 St. Louis Corset Co 570 St. Louis Dressed Beef and Pro- vision Co 125 St. Louis Distributing Agency of the Veronica Natural Med- icinal Water 448 St. Louis Iron & Machine Works 292 St. Louis News Co., The 391 St. Louis Paper Co 382 St. Louis Roofing. Co 329 St. Louis Sash and Door Works 249 St. Louis Union Trust Co 186 St. Louis Victoria Flour Mills 112 St. Louis Woodenware Works. 264 Saenger, Felix 342 Saler, Francis 165, 203 Salomon, Albert 493 Salzgeber, Richard 414 Sample, Robert W 438 Sampson, Clark H 56, 595 Sampson, Wm. H 612 Sands, John 439 Sausseuthaler, Peter 507, 510 Sawyer, F. O. Paper Co 383 Sawyer, Frank K 383 Sawyer, Frank 0 382, 384 Sayers, Henry & Co 123 Schaefer, Louis 125 Scharr Bros. Engraving Co 401 Scharr, Gustav F 401, 402 Scharr, John 401, 402 Scharr, John, Jr 402 Scharr, Walter C 402 Scheffer, H. W 431 Schenk, Joseph F 263 Schenkel, Henry 489 — 669 - PAGE Schei’pe, John S 309 Schiele, Edwin & Co 545 Schiele, Edwin 546 Schiele, M 546 Schiele, Sidney 132, 134 Schillinger, Chas 366 Schillinser, Fred 366 Schira, Julius 482 Schleef, Sam 542 SchleifCarth, A 420 Schleiffarth, Chas. & Co 420 Schleifiarth, Chas 420 Schleiffarth, Dr. Chas. W . . 420, 421 Schleiffarth, Dr. Edgar L 421 Schlossstein, Dr. Adolph 515 Schlossstein, Geo 515 Schlossstein, Louis, 176, 513, 514, 515 Schmick, W. L 217 Schmidt, Louis 163 Schmidt, Otto 193 Schmieding, F. E 161 Schmitz & Schroeder 603 Schmitz, Otto 196 Schmitz, Kudolph 603 Schnaider, Joseph 513, 514 Schneider, F. A. H 203 Schneider, Louis 194 Schnell, Louis 627 Schoellhorn-Albrecht Machine Co 294 Schoellhorn, August 294 Schoen’s Orchestra and Violin School 364 Schoen, J. L 364 Schoenbeck, Louis W 195 Schoenthaler Mfg. Co 496 Schoenthaler, A. D 496 Schorr, Jacob B 174 Schorr, J. W 507 Schotten, Wm. & Co 469 Schotten, Christian 470 Schotten, Hubertus 470 Schotten, Julius 56, 470, 471 Schotten, Wm - 470 Schray, Wm. & Sons 557 Schray, Emil 558 Schray, Julius F 558 Schray, Wm 557, 558 Schroder, Sam. W 603 Schroers, John.... ,.56, 58, 634, 643 Schuchmann Realty Co 144 Schuchmann, Gustavus 144, 145 Schueler, M. A 402 Schultz, Amos H 348 Schultz, Charles 0 116 PAGE Schultz, Carl 442 Schultz, Edward 194 Schum, Oliver R 442 Schum, Richard C 442 Schumau, Hugo 193 Schurz, Carl 643 Schwab Clothing Co 601 Schwab, Jacob 601 Schwab, Isack 56,171, 601 Schwab, Leon 601 Schwab, Max 601 Schwedtman, Ferdinand... 321 Schweich, Jos. H 396 Schweickardt, Chas 555 Schweickardt, Chas — The Cot- tage in Forest Park 554 Scott, Henry C 172, 222 Scott, S. D 407 Scott, W.S 223 Scott-Stewart Pressroom Co. 407 Scott, Stewart 407, 408 Scripps, J. E 645 Scruggs, McClure, Coat Co... 225 Scruggs, Chas. 0 225 Scruggs, R. M 56, 225 Scudder, C. R 172 Scudder, John A 177, 187 Scullin, Harry 183, 184 Scullin, John 56, 187 Sears, Edmund H 637 Sears, S. G 99, 100 Seebold, G. F 543 Seed, M. A., Dry Plate Co 414 Seed, M. A 414, 415 Seibert, Chas 168 Seidl, Anton 360 Seidel, Julius 235 Seifried, Wm 196 Sellers, John M 192, 193, 330 Sellner, A. C Sellner Gas & Electrical Fix- ture Mfg. Co • 322 Senter Commission Co 130 Senter, Chas. P 131 Senter, John A 128, 131 Senter, Wm. M 127, 130 Sessinghaus Milling Co..,. 99, 111 Sessinghaus, Frederick Ill Sessinghaus, Gustaveus Ill Sessinghaus, Oscar Ill Sessinghaus, Theodore Ill Shands, Joseph G. 98 Shapleigh, Augustus F 460, 461 Shapleigh, A. L.. 56, 172, 460, 639 Shapleigh, R. W 460 Sharp, Chris., Com. Co 117 — 670 — PAGE Sharp, Chris 117, 118 ShattiDger Piano & Music Co . 376 Shaltiuger, A 376,377 Shattinger, Oliver 377 Shaw, Henry 30, 558, 637 Shay, Patrick 625 She«han, Jeremiah 627 Shepley, John F 187 Shoenberg, J. E 606 Shoenberg, L. D 606 Shoenberg, M 606 Shock, Floyd 303 Shockey, Henry C 625 Sieleraann Distilling Co 547 Sielemann, Henry 547 Sielemann, H. E 547 Sielemann, Walter 547 Siever, Wm 196 Simon, Henry 451 Simon, J. M 151 Simon, E. C 141, 173, 187 Simonson, J. H 266 Singer Brothers 566 Singer, Bernard 566, 596 Singer, Adolph 566 Singer, James W 566 Singer, Louis B 596 Singer, R, 149, 151 Skiff, Frederick J. V 58 Skinner- Kennedy Stationery Co 394 Skinner, A. B 394 Skinner, Warren 394 Skrainka Construction Co 331 Skrainka, Fred 331 Skrainka, Joseph 331 Skrainka, Louis 331 Skrainka, Phillipp 331 Skrainka, Morris 331 Skrainka, Wm 331 Sloan, Wm. G 589 Smith, Alex. H... 100, 101, 112, 458 Smith, Daniel E 114 Smith, James 638 Smith, J. E 56, 58 Smith, J. W 456 Smith, K. F. X 383 Smith, Wm 532 Smith, Wm. E 324 Snodgrass, Dr. Chas. A 622 Snow, Marshall S 637 Snyder, Bryan 211 Sobolewski, E 342, 362 Soldan, F. Louis 634, 635 Sommers, David 162 Sommers, Smith W. 589 PAGE Somerville, J. C 410, 412, 415 Souper, Thos. E 158 Southern Commercial and Sav- ings Bank 175 Southern Cooperage Co 269 South Side Bank of St. Louis. 176 Spackler, A. J 263 Spaunhorst, Henry J. . 190, 191, 645 Spencer, Alex. H 99 Spencer, Corwin H..55, 57, 68, 160, 183, 184 Spencer, H. B 158 Spencer, Samuel 56 Spiegelhalter, Dr. Joseph 184 Spiegelhalter, Jos. Jr 627 Spiering, Ernst 342, 366 Spilling, G 572 Spink, Alfred 646 Sprague, Henry 183 Spraul, Mrs. Louise 508 Springe, J. F 575 Springer, Henry 126 Staehlin, Christ 524, 525 Stamm, Hermann 543 Stanard, E. 0 100, 187 Stanard, Samuel B 628 Standard Stamping Co 299 Stanze, Frank M 627 Star Bottling Co 447 Stark, Geo 542 Stark, Ottmar G 542 Starkloff, Dr. Max C 622 State National Bank of St. Louis 177 Staudinger, Chas. W 504 Staudte, Rueckoldt Manufac- turing Co 260 Staudte, Wm.L 260 Steele, W.H 168 Stegall, Harry W 458 Stegeman, John D 253, 254 Stegeman, L 254 Steinbiss, H. W 56 Steigers, W. C 56, 58 Steigers, Wm 645 Steiner Engraving & Badge Co. 402 Steiner, Chas. W 402 Steinkaemper, Fr 174 Steinway, W. J 373 Steinway, Wm 373 Steinwender & Sellner 545 Steinwender-Stoffregen Coffee Co 471 Steinwender, G. A 545 Steinwender, H. A 546 Steinwender, Julius 471 — 671 — PAGE SterliDET, E. C 324 Sterling, F. W 324 Stern, A 132 Stern, Maurice 132 Stetson, John B 592 Steutermann, F 367 Stevens, Walter B. . .45, 55, 56, 57, 210 Stewart Boiler Co 296 Stewart, A. C 187 Stierlin, Frederick C 377, 378 Stifel, A. C 167 Stifel, C. A 192, 195, 203, 510 Stifel’s, Chas. G., Brewery 526 Stifel, Chas. G... 149, 174, 203, 526 Stifel, Hermann C 149 Stifel, Otto F 174, 181, 433, 525 Stille, A. H 187 Stinde, C. R 165, 190 Stix, Chas. A 56, 562 Stix, Wm 569 Stobi, William Stockstroem, C. A 166, 301, 303 Stockstroem, E. H 301 Stockstroem, Louis 301, 303 Stockton, R. H 56, 57 Stoddard, Thos. A 179, 188 Stoffregen, Chas 471, 472 Stoffregen, Hermann 196, 309, 471, 480 Stolle, Caspar.... 161, 164, 194, 203 Stracke & Caesar 547 Stracke, Albert 547 Strassberger’s Conservatory of Music 366 Strassberger, Bruno 367 Strassberger, Clemens 366, 367 Strat, F. W 175 Straub, A. W 167, 192, 510 Strauss, Adalbert 243 Strauss, C. T 243 Streeper, Chas 367 Strode, Garrard 630 Stroh, Eugene R 586 Stroh, William 586 Stumpf, E. H 485 Stumpf, Louis, Grocer Co 485 Stumpf, Louis 485 Stumpf, L. C 485 Stupp Bros. Bridge & Iron Co.. 311 Stupp, George 311 Stupp, John 311 Stupp, Julius 311 Stupp, Peter 311 Sturgeon, Isaac H 615 Sturgeon, Pope 171 PAGE Sturgeon, R. T 172 Stute & Co 487 Sullivan, John S 183, 184 Svoboda, F. F 563 Sweeney, John P 627 Swingley, Ben E 625 Swingley, Chas. E 622, 625 Swingley, W. S 289 Taggart, Frank S 286 Tamm Brothers 228 Tamm, H. S 229 Tamm, Jacob 229, 264 Tamm, Max 229 Tamm, Theodore 264, 267 Tamm, Wm. B 265 Tansey, Geo. J 56, 96 Taussig, B. J 233 Taussig, Dr. Wm.. 84, 88, 91, 92, 187, 634 Taylor, C. H 121 Taylor, Daniel G 198 Taylor, J. C 128 Taylor, J. Knox 59, 61, 62, 82 Taylor, Isaac S. .60, 61, 66, 69, 73, 82 Taylor, N. W 208 Taylor, Scott R 224 Tebbetts, G. S 281 Tebbetts, L. B 160, 182, 281 Teichmann Com. Co 118 Teichmann, Chas H..118, 120, 195 Teichmann, Otto L 97, 118, 120 Teichmann, Dr. Wm C 622 Terry, Albert T 134 Terry, John H 133 Teuscher & Co 546 Thai, Gustave 488 Thai, Robert 488 Thalmann Printing Ink Co 408 Thalmann, B 408 Thamer, Julius 194 Theegarten, Paul 194 Thiebes-Stierlin Music Co 377 Thiebes, Arthur C 378 Thiele, Albert 542 Third National Bank., 178 Thomas, E. A 245 Thomas, James S 198 Thomas, John R 385 Thompson, Wm. B Ill Thompson, R. H 242 Thompson, Wm. H..47, 50, 55, 56, 57, 58, 68, 134, 141, 173 Thomson, Wm. H 159 Thornburgh, Robert 437 — 672 — PAGE Thornburgh, Robert D 435 Thornburgh, W. H 438 Thuemler, Traugolt 203 Tiernan, James 395 Tillford, Wm 415 Timmermann, Gerhard H..292, 393 Timraermann, John H 293 Tinker & Smith Malting Co... 532 Tinker, Geo 164, 533 Tinker, Zach. W 162, 506, 533 Tinsley, John S 393 Tirmenstein, Martin S 404 Tirrill, J. P 381 Title Guaranty Trust Co 141 Tittmann, Harold 268 Tolle, John F 99 Tompkins, Logan. 178 Tontrup, Louis H. 139 Trauernicht, Wra 164 Traunmiller, Jas 510 Traunmiller, Mathias 610 Trebus, Chas. J 402 Trorlicht, Duncker & Eenard.. 261 Trorlicht, John H 261 Trorlicht, Henry H 261 Troll, Chas 627 Troll, Henry 632 Tucker, Chas. L 99 Turner, Chas. H. 56,57, 171, 181, 182 Turner, J. J 56 Tutt, Thos. E 179 Uhlman, C. T 167 Ulrich, Fred 175 Uhri, Wm. C 166, 196, 203 Uhrig, Franz Joseph 510, 512 Unger, Carl 629 Union Biscuit Co 458 Union Iron and Foundry Co., Updike, Geo. W 106 Upshaw, R.W 128 Ustick, E. T 393 Vahlkamp, Henry 192, 523 Van Beck, Geo. W 393 Van Blarcom, J. C.56, 141, 173, 186 Van Blarcom, Wm. D 202 Van Brunt and Howe. ..61, 81, 82 Vander Lippe, Albert 146 Vander Lippe, P. F 145 Van Hook, L. N 128 Valle, Neree 177 Varrelmann, Chas 618 Vieh, George ClifEord 368 Vierling, Frederick 186 PAGE Vieths, Claus 192 Vogel, Benjamin 369 Vogel, Chas. F 146, 192 Vogel, Guido 369 Vogler, H. A 469 Vogler, Julius 124 Voigtmau, G. F 493 Vollmar, Miss Carrie 370 Vollmar, Miss Julia 370 Volkening, L. & Sons, Book & Stationery Co 389 Volkening, Chas 390 Volkening, E 304, 390 Volkening, F 390 Volkening, H 390 Volkening, Louis 389, 390 Volkening, R 390 Von Ahnen, P. C 485 Von Der Ahe, Miss Annie. .. i 367 Von der Burg, George 555, 556 Von Phul, Henry 98 Voyce, Chas 145 Wabash E. R 212 Wachtel, Max 586 Wade, Festus J., 56, 57, 58, 141, 183, 184 324 Wagner Electric Manufactur- ing Co 319 Wagner, Edward 499 Wagner, Ernst 508 Wagner, G 183 Wagner, H. A 321 Walbridge, C. P 55, 57, 423 Waldauer, A 366 Waldstein Lumber Co 244 Waldstein, F 244 Waldstein, Nathan 244 Wahl, John 165 Wainwright, Ellis 641 Wainwright, Joseph 532 Wainwright, Sam 532 Walker & Kimbal....61, 72, 73, 82 Walker, D. D....134, 183, 184, 564 Walker, D. D., Jr 564 Walker, G. H 149 Walker, J. S 564 Walker, R. F 97 Walker, W. H 564 Wall, C. W 426 Wall, L. J. W 168, 400 Wallace, M. B 466 Walsh, Edward 98 Walsh, Julius S.... 56, 57, 92, 186 Walsh, Robert W 336 Walsh, Thomas W 336 — 673 — PAGE Walther, ChflS. F 192 Walther, Lambert E 203 Walther, W. K 192 Wansler Boiler & Sheet Iron Works Co 295 Wangle!', Joseph F 295 Wangle!', C. J 296 Wangler, J. A 296 Wangler, Joseph F 295, 296 Warner, A. D 434 Warner, C. G 56, 173, 181 Washington Mutual FIp' In- surance Co. of Si . Louis.... 196 Watson, James S 179 Wallenberg, Erm st 5;I9 Weber, Ballihaser 164 Weber, Chas. L 192 Weber, F. F 271 Weber, J. C 294 Weber, Peter Iu6 Weber, Wm 64? Wedemeyer, H 418 Weiners, John L 540 Weinhagen, George 314 Weisert, John 167 Weiss, Peter 192 Welch, Aikrnan 145 Welle-Boettler Bakery (^o.... 451 Welle, Albert F 456, 457 Welles, Edgar T. 217 Wellman, Erich 573 Wellman, F. 0 396 Wells, Erastus 33, 614, 628 Wells, Holla 134, 178, 186, 6l4 Wells, W B 56, 179, 183 Wenneker. Chas. F 56, 68 Wenzel, Frederick 643 Wcinse, H. H 148 Werth, G L 189 Werth, J. C 190 Wertheimer, J. J 56, 57, 172 Wessling, Rudolph 194 West, Allen T 187 West, Courtney H 426 West, Thos. H 141, 187 Westen, Edward, Teas & Spice Co 472 Westen, Ed ward 473, 474 Westen, M 473, 474 West End Hotel 548 Westerbeck, Fred 174 Westermann, Henry 582 Western Dairy Co 450 Westinghouse Electric Mnfg. Co 88 Weyerhaueser, Frederick 250 43k PAGE Weyerhaueser, J. P 249 Wheeler, J. II 359 Whitaker & Co 153 Whitaker, Edwards. .. 56, 154, 159, 187 White, Geo 600 White, Sibley J 167 Whitehead, S. A 97 Whitelaw, Oscar M 97 Whitman Agricultural Co 282 Whitman, Chas. E 282 Whitman, G. F 283 Whitman, II. L 283 Whitman, Luther 282 Whitmore, D. R 96 VVh'tmore, Henry 99 Whitmore, H R 97 Whvte, Jos. P., Real Estate Co 147 Whyte, Jos. P 133, 618, 622 Wichman, A. C. F 266 Wichman, H. N 266 Widman, Walsh & Boisselier. 61, 78, 82, 336 Widman, F 336 Widmann, F 176 Wiedmaun, J. J., The, Cigar Bo.x Co 495 Wiedmann, August H 495 Wiedmaun, J. J 495, 496 Wiegand, Charles 299 Wiegand, C. F. W 542 Wiegand, Geo 299 Wiegand, Geo., Jr 299 Wiest, Adam 128 W^ilder, E. B 585 Wilhelmi, Otto J 203 Wilkins, Wm T 130 Will, G. A 269 Williams, John B 627 Willhartitz, A 370 Wilmot, F 190 Wilson, E. S 207 Witson, Geo. W 183 Wilson, S. G 564 Wilson, Wm. C 133 Winchell, B. L 211 Wiudmuller, A 628 Wines, Geo. W 431 Winkelmeyer, Adolph E...458, 459 Winkelmeyer, Christopher 67 Winkelmeyer, Christiana 510 Winkelmeyer, Julius 167, 510 Wippern, Adolphus 162, 163 Wippern, Geo. A 196 Wirthliu, Oliver R 269 — 674 — PAGE Wirthlin, Robert L 270 Witte, Ernst 1G4 Witter, Anton 391 Witter, C 390 Witter, Hugo 390, 391 Witter, Ludwig - 390, 391 Witter, R. C 391 Witter, Wm. A 391 Woerheide, A. A. B. .. 56, 141, 182, 183 Woerner, Wm. F 629 Woestman, John B... 101, 162, 191 Woeatman, L. H 458 Woffort, M 131 Wolff. A. L. & Co 131 Wolff A. L 131 Wolff, Edward B 133 Wolff, Marcus A 133 Wollbrinck, Henry 97 Wollbrinck, J. H 125 Weltering, J. H 121 Wood, Henry.... 168 Woods, J. M 182 Woodward, Calvin M 634, 637 Woodward & Tiernan Printing Co 394 Woodward, Edgar B 395 Woodward, Walter B 395 PAGE Woodward, Wm. H.... 56,68, 394 Wormser Filter Plate Co 433 Wauters, Jacques 367 Wray, Richard M 627 Wright, Geo. M 56, 660 Wright, Thos 134, 179, 183 Wright, Wm. L 577 Wulflng, Dieckriede & Co 478 Wulflng, Chas 478 Wunsch, Andrew 398 Wurst Coal & Hauling Co 227 Wurst, Andrew C 227 Wyman, Chas. H. & Co 154 Wyman, Chas. H 155 Wyman, Edward.. 22, 134, 144, 156 Yeager, Henry C 99, 554 Yeatman, James E 171, 638 Yantfs, W. G 460 Yoakum, B. F 56, 187, 211 Zachritz, Fred G 627 Zelle, Fred E. 195 Zeller, Carl 214 Zeller, Geo. A 392 Zeibig, Frederick G 134 Zukoski, W. A 588